MM
'iM’Ippi
"iililii
■ 1^1 .
Mk
'M
litSMM
ib IE
.
' i
■ 'i
TRANSACTIONS
1-1%.
OF THE
WISCONSIN ACADEMY
OP
SCIENCES, ARTS AND LETTERS
VOL. XIX, PART I
MADISON, WISCONSIN -
CONTENTS
Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Eitson. Henry A. Bnrd 1
A Species List of the Aphididae of the World and their
Eecorded Food Plants. H. F. Wilson and K. A.
Viekery _ _ _ _ _ - 22
The Influence of the French Farce on the Towneley Cycle
of Mystery Plays. Louis Wann _ _ _ _ 356
The Preparation of Selenic Acid. H. H. Morris _ _ 369
The Fauna of Lake Mendota — A Qualitative and Quanti¬
tative Survey with Special Eeference to the Insects.
(With one Figure). E. A. Muttkowski _ 374
Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna of Houghton and Iron
Counties, Michigan. (With Plates I-V). Alvin E.
Cahn _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — — - - 483
A Eeview of the Plover Genus OcMhodromus Eeichenbach
and its Nearest Allies. Harry C. Oberholser _ 511
The Amount of Food Eaten by the Spider, Aranea
sericata. Catherine Elizabeth Nebel _ _ _ _ _ _ 524
The Visceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake. (With five
Figures). William Henry Atwood _ _ _ 531
Studies on Myxosporidia from the Urinary Bladders of
Wisconsin Fishes. (With Plates VI-VIII). J. W.
Mavor and W. Strasser _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 553
LympJiocystis vitrei, a New Sporozoan from the Pike-
Perch, Stizostedion vitreum Mitchell. (With Plate
IX). J. W. Mavor and S. M. Feinberg__ _ 559
Selective Absorption in the Visible Spectrum of Wiscon¬
sin Lake Waters. (With thirteen Figures). W. B.
Pietenpol _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 562
A Biochemical Study of the Plankton of Lake Mendota.
H. A. Schuette _ _ _ _ _ _ 594
A Second List of Algae found in Wisconsin Lakes.
(With Plates X-XV). Gilbert Morgan Smith _ _ 614
■.rM"
■f,-
>v'- ■ ■ ;^'
■ ■' . .
if^':
?-i
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
WISGONSIN ACADEMY
OF
SCIENCES, ARTS AND LETTERS
%':-KKk
ills
VOL. XIX, PART I
Wy)fSlg]g *
MADISON, WISCONSIN
1918
^-;SM:v;l■^''i■:.'■: '/Sfe
^The annual half-volume of fhe Transactions is issued by the
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,, under the
editorial superyision of the Secretary. . \ ■
Arthur Beatty,
' Secretary.
A' y
EIGHT UNEDITED LETTERS OF JOSEPH RITSON
Henry A. Burd
Joseph Kitson (1752-1803) was by profession a Conveyancer.
Early in life he was apprenticed to a reputable practitioner of
his native town, Stockton-npon-Tees. Late in 1775 he went
up to London, entered an established office for five years, and
afterwards set up for himself, taking chambers in Gray’s Inn,
where he resided till his death. Conveyancing was, however,
merely a bread-and-butter profession. Although he had a re¬
spectable clientage, he made no efforts to increase it. The
half dozen volumes which he published in connection with his
profession were primarily historical and antiquarian in nature,
and were recognized by his contemporaries as authoritative.
But his chief interest and his major work lay in another field.
As a lad at Stockton Eitson read widely, especially in the
older periods of English poetry. His reading, together with
his friendship with Allan, Cunningham, Holcroft, and Shield,
and his proximity to the famous antiquities of the north of
England, gave a permanent direction to his interests. When
he arrived in London, he possessed a deep interest in literary
and topographical antiquities and had an uncommonly good
foundation on which to build his studies. He pursued his
researches in the famous libraries in and about the metropolis
and soon began publishing the results. Eccentric habits of life
early marked him off from his fellows, and a violence of
language, coupled with idiosyncrasies of style and an insistence
upon critical and editorial standards not then in the highest
vogue, soon distinguished him as a writer. Posterity knows
Ritson best, if not solely, for his collections of ballads and ro¬
mances, 1) and for the virulence and acidity of his attacks
1 Especially English Songs, Scotish Songs, Robin Hood, andAncient Eng-
leish Metrical Romancees.
4 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
upon Warton, Percy, and Pinkerton. From his manner in
these controversies is drawn the conclusion that the same char¬
acteristics predominate in everything he wrote. But such an
impression is largely mitigated, if not wholly expelled, by even
a casual perusal of the published correspondence. While it
is not my purpose to attempt to vindicate Kitson of the charges
which have long stood against him, yet the bit of new evidence
which is here presented^ — intimate and personal in nature — •
may aid in a fairer and more intelligent judgment.
These eight letters of Kitson cover a wide range. 2) The
first is the earliest yet discovered, and shows the hero-worship
of youth; the last was written two years before his death, and
exhibits the critical temper of mature years. In the books
and manuscripts which he purchased and borrowed — a com¬
merce in which he was actively engaged all his life — ^^they re¬
veal the field of his major interest as well as his special con¬
cern at a given time, and they give a hint of the wide range
of his friendships as well as of the deep concern with which he
viewed a possible rupture with a friend whom he had injured
or by whom he thought he had been affronted.
The first letter bears no address, but it was evidently writ¬
ten to John Cunningham (1729-1773), itinerant actor and
small poet, who spent his dissolute life with strolling companies
in the north of Britain and wrote occasional prologues, a
farce or two, and some pastoral poems of slight merit.
Cunningham, perhaps in company with Thomas Holcroft
(1745-1809), the political reformer, and William Shield (1748-
1829), the famous musical composer, met Kitson, then a young
legal apprentice with literary aspirations, and immediately
fell heir to his homage. They corresponded infrequently
during the period of Cunningham’s voluntary retirement to
the house of Slack, the printer at Newcastle, where he was
waiting '^till my health either seems to return, or totally
abandons me.” But three of these letters seem to have been
preserved. Two of Cunningham’s, dated respectively June
19, 1772 and July 23, 1773, are printed in Sir Harris Nicolas’s
*With the exception of the second, the originals of these letters are in
the Bodleian, British Museum, and University of Edinburg Libraries. The
MS. of the second letter is in the collection of Mr. Marsden J. Perry, of
Providence.
Burd — Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Ritson 5
Memoir of Eitson. 3) The following, from Eitson, is a reply
to the first of these. 4)
MS. Montagu d. 15, fol. 219, 219b.
Stockton 5) Friday
— th Augt. 1772
Dear Sir , .
The pleasure I received from your agreeable favor
was a little damped by your treating as Flattery the most sin¬
cere Expressions my pen could commit to paper.
I can have small hopes of enjoying the least share in your
Thoughts when you will not believe me if I speak Truth. But
I had rather that you should tell me I lye than a 1000 others
I could name should commend me for speaking Truth.
As to your Expectations of seeing Lane. 6) and me at
Durham in the Eace Week. I am sorry they had so bad a
foundation. The pleasure I would have received from seeing
you would have abundantly compensated for any trouble I
might have been at in the Journey. But as I have never had
a Day nor the Offer of a Day (except Sunday) from my
Master 7) since I entered his office, I never could have ex¬
pected to succeed had I asked him. I believe Lane, is much
8 The Letters of Joseph Ritson, Esq., Edited chiefly from originals in the
possession of his nephew. To which is prefixed a Memoir of the Author by
Sir Ha/rris Nicolas., 2 vols., London, 1833, Vol. I, pp. viii-x.
* Ritson manifested an especial interest in Cunning-ham. Several of his
songs, together with an estimate of his poetic ability, were printed in A
Select Collection of English Songs, with their Original Airs; and a Historical
Essay on the Origin and Progress of National Song, Second edition, 3 vols.,
London, 1813, Vol. 1, pp. xc, 230, 236 ; Vol. II, p. 165 ; and still others were
included in The Northumberland Garland; or Newcastle Nightingale; a
Matchless Collection of Famous Songs, Newcastle, 1793, p. 69. At the time
of the poet’s death Ritson collected a great many newspaper extracts concern¬
ing him, and from these and his personal knowledge, wrote a short biograph¬
ical sketch, which was printed by Nicolas, Op. Cit., Vol. I, p. vii note. See
also Letters, Vol. 1, p. 144, and J* *. C. Walker, Historical Memoirs of the Irish
Bards, London, 1786, p. 85.
® Although Ritson was born and bred at Stockton-upon-Tees, he seldom
used the full address in his correspondence. As a result of this abbreviation
there arose a dispute as to the place of his birth, some maintaining that it
was Stockton in Yorkshire. See John Nichols, Literary Anecdotes of the
Eighteenth Century, 9 vols., London, 1812—15, Vol. VIII, p. 133 note, and
Illustrations of the Literary History of the Eighteenth Century, 8 vols.,
London, 1817-58, Vol.- VIII, p. 588.
* Probably a fellow apprentice, Lancaster.
^ Ralph Bradley, distinguished conveyancer, author of Practical Points, or,
Maxims in Conveyancing, London, 1804.
6 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
in the same Situation. Yet I hope (as it is likely we shall
have Races) I shall enjoy that pleasure before Christmas — &
if you are not inrolled in the List of ye Racing performers I
have a little Expectation of seeing you at Whitby then.
I am exceedingly glad your Benefit at Darlington turned
out to your Satisfaction. You say ‘‘you have often Exper¬
ienced the friendship of Dari, as well as Stock.’’ — ^long very
long may you continue to enjoy the Friendship of both.
Tho’ Merit is seldom rewarded so well as it should be — Yet
the Place must be a damn’d stupid one indeed to let it be
neglected.
We have had the “famous and unparalleled” Mr. Jonas the
Jugler here — his Visit indeed was only short but as he per¬
forms his Part much better than any other Pretender to the
Art — the Spectators are as much pleased as astonished.
There is not the least Necessity for the Letters you honor
me with “to be left at Mrs. Barkers.” 8) Directed to J.
Ritson at Ra: Bradley’s Esqr Stockton they will be much
sooner received as I seldom know there is a Letter till three
or four Days afterwards.
My Imagination’s so shallow, it is the most vain Undertaking
possible, for me to pretend corresponding with you. Yet if
my stupid Letters have only the good fortune to procure one
in return — I am happier than if I were the Author of Mr.
Pope’s Literary Correspondence.
I am
Dear Sir
With the greatest Respect
Your most humble Servant
J. Ritson Jun
The next letter, likewise unaddressed, was written to Isaac
Reed, and forms a not unimportant link in a chain of Shakes¬
pearian controversy which involved, besides Ritson and Reed,
several prominent persons, notably Johnson, Steevens, Malone,
and Farmer. Ritson ’s first publication in this connection
was a volume of scattered notes. Remarks, Critical and Illus¬
trative, on the Text and Notes of the Last Edition of Shaks-
peare, London, 1783, directed against Johnson and Steevens
and their 1778 edition of Shakespeare. The critic’s manner
® Ritson’s landlady.
Bwrd — Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Ritson 7
was characterized by vindictiveness, virtuperation, and per¬
sonal abuse; but the volume contained much sound criticism
and many valuable observations. Many of these notes were
incorporated in Keed’s Shakspeare (sometimes known as the
third edition of the Johnson and Steevens Shakspeare), some
were ignored, and a few were held up to sarcastic ridicule.
Being extremely sensitive about his own writing, guarding it,
as he said, as jealously as a father does his offspring, Eitson
immediately prepared notes on this edition, and especially on
the comments which had been made concerning his observa¬
tions in the Remarks. These notes v/ere not then intended
for the public, but he was later inspired to publish them as
The Quip Modest; a few words hy way of Supplement' to
Remarks, Critical and Illustrative, on the Text and Notes of
the Last Edition of Shakspeare; occasioned by a Republication
of that Edition, revised and augmented by the Editor of
Dodsleys Old Plays, London, 1788.
Even though generally displeased with the reception given
the Remarks by the editor of the 1785 Shakspeare, Eitson was
particularly offended at three notes in which, to use his own
words, “I found or imagined I was treated with contempt.” 9)
These were: (a) In the Remarks, p. 12, Eitson had expressed
the belief that ‘King Edward shovel boards,’ M. W. W., I. i.
154, referred to ‘broad shillings of Edward III’ and not of
Edward VI, as Farmer had stated. An italicized note in the
Eeed Shakspeare castigated him for ‘censuring’ Farmer, denied
his assertion, and dismissed the note as ‘not worth considera-
tion\ 10) (b) After devoting a page and a half to Eitson ’s
note on the mortality of fairies, M. N. D., II. i. 101, the editor
concluded thus: “It is a misfortune as well to the com¬
mentators, as to the readers of Shakspeare, that so much of
their time is obliged to be employed in explaining and con¬
tradicting unfounded conjectures and assertions. . . A
future editor of our author may without any detriment to his
work omit this note, which I should have been better pleased
to have had no occasion to incumber the page with.” 11) (c)
Upon Eitson ’s demanding that Dr. Johnson present some
other proof than his own assertion that Shakespeare was guilty
^Letters, Vol. I, p. 105.
Vol. I, p. 253.
Vol. Ill, p, 37.
8 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
of an anachronism in introducing ‘rapier’ into Rickard II,
IV. i. 40, the editor remarked : “ It is probable that Dr.
Johnson did not see the necessity of citing any authority for
a fact so well known, or suspect that any person would de¬
mand one.” 12)
Upon reading these notes one wonders why Eitson should
have been so wrought up as to feel that he had a personal
quarrel with the man who wrote them. It is certain that
imagination and a super sensitive nature played a rather large
part in exciting his anger. Outside of the two letters that
have been preserved, the only explanation of his point of view
is to be found in The Quip Modest. There he admitted that he
was guilty of a ‘gross blunder’ about King Edward shovel
boards, but he resented the statement that he had censured
Farmer, for whom he professed the highest regard, and de¬
clared that he had only expressed a difference of opinion. In
the discussion on the mortality of fairies Eitson knew he was
in the right, and he steadfastly maintained his ground. It
was the insinuating nature of this note to which he objected,
and to the editor’s parting fling he answered in his richest vein
of sarcasm: “The editor might, without any detriment to
his work, have omitted the above note; but I cannot think that
the page has any particular reason to complain of the in¬
cumbrance, as it would be no difficult matter to point out
several hundreds groaning under an equal burthen.” 13)
In the last note Eitson was incensed at the notion that he
should be criticised for insisting upon an editor or commentator
performing his proper function — that of substantiating opinion
with fact wherever possible.
Eitson immediately made known his dissatisfaction with
these notes. He held much store by Eeed’s friendship and
professed to believe that they came from some ‘friend in the
dark,’ possibly Steevens, rather than from the ostensible edi¬
tor. But when the exchange of several letters failed to bring
a disavowal from Eeed, Eitson began to think that he had
probably been mistaken. When he published The Quip
Modest, it contained an extremely vicious preface (a part of
which it was thought necessary to tone down before many
copies had been sold) in which Steevens was wickedly reviled
M Vol. V, p. 227.
Quip Modest, p. 14.
Burd — Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Ritson
9
and Reed rather awkwardly exonerated. It was then that
Reed flatly disclaimed the notes by which Ritson had felt him¬
self to be most injured. The critic’s reasons for his con¬
clusions and his sincere desire to avoid a break with his friend
are eloquently set forth in this reply to Reed. 14)
Perry MS.
Dear Sir,
I plainly perceive that the little pamphlet I have pub¬
lished 15) will be productive of a consequence which it must
be evident I have sought to avoid, & for which I shall be very
sorry.
That I have often thought and said that the notes at which
I have taken offense could not possibly proceed from you is
a fact well known. I declared my belief of it to yourself in
the letter I wrote soon after the publication of your Shaks-
peare; 16) — you could then, I thought, so easily have un¬
deceived me, that your silence tended to authorize & confirm
my belief. I cannot however doubt the assertion you now
make — but I am more and more at a loss to account for the
language and manner of your notes which so far as you were
personally concerned were without the least provocation on
my side and could not fail to give the most unfavorable im¬
pression of my character to every one who knew who was
meant by the Author of the Remarks. It would surely have
been generous & friendly at the least to have afforded me an
opportunity of defending myself against the charges you
thought me liable to, before the publication of the book, that
I might have had a chance of convincing you that the Re¬
marks objected to were neither so false nor so foolish as they
were represented. 17) You adopted a mode of conduct which
it would have been perfectly natural for me to expect from
A more complete account of the Shakespearean controversy will be found
in my article on “Joseph Ritson and Some Eighteenth Century Editors of
Shakespeare’’, in Shakespeare Studies by Members of the Department of
English of the University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1916, pp. 253-75.
^ Quip Modest.
See letter to Reed, Jan. 19, 1786, in Ritson’s Letters, Vol. I, pp. 105-8.
This was characteristic of Ritson in controversy. He was always the
last to allow his “victim” an opportunity of defense against attack and the
first to demand it when the weapons were turned upon himself.
10 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Mr. Warton 18) or Mr. Malone 19) but certainly not from
you.
I have no intention whatever of troubling the public with
anything more upon the subject. My only wish was to justify
myself which I hope I have done to the satisfaction of every
unprejudiced person.
You will do me the justice to believe that I never enter¬
tained the the most distant suspicions of your having any con¬
cern in the scurrilous libel you allude to 20) — but both
Baynes 21) & I were very much surprised to see it noticed in
your list 22) which we concluded it would not have been if
you were unacquainted with its contents, & which it was
equally difficult to conceive why it shod have been if you were
not.
I should consider myself a person of neither honour or
honesty if I had been actuated in this publication by the least
spark of resentment against you & I beg leave to assure you
that notwithstanding what has passed I shall still continue to
preserve the respect and esteem to which your personal char¬
acter & literary services have so just a claim.
I am,
Dear Sir,
Your very obliged & obed. serv.
J. Eitson.
Grays Inn,
22d. Feb. 1788.
The following letter shows primarily Eitson ’s antiquarian
interest. It is directed to William Laing (1764-1832), Edin-
See Ritson’s Observations on the three first volumes of the History of
English Poetry, in a familiar letter to the author, London, 1782, and the
controversy which was subsequently waged in the Gentleman’s Magazine,
Vols. LII, LIII.
^9 Malone’s Supplement to the edition of Shakespeare’s plays published in
1778, London, 1780, his Second Appendix to Mr. Malone’s Supplement, London,
1783, and his own edition of Shakespeare contained violent abuse of the
author of Remarks and Quip Modest. Ritson retaliated in kind in his Cur¬
sory Criticisms on the edition of Shakspeare published by Edmond Malone,
London, 1792.
20 A familiar address to the curious in English poetry, more especially to
the readers of Shakespeare, by Thersites Literarius, London, 1784. This
pseudonymous tract greatly offended Ritson, as it wasi written with the ob¬
vious intention of creating the impression that it came from him.
21 John Baynes (1758-1787), author of anonymous political verses and
translations from French and German poems, was the friend whom Ritson
selected, at Reed’s suggestion, to arbitrate their differences. See Letters,
Vol. I, p. 132.
22 “A list of detached pieces of criticism”, in Reed’s Shakspeare, Vol. I,
pp. 261-6.
Burd — Eight Vnedited Letters of Joseph Ritson 11
burgh bookseller and antiquarian, with whom he had both
private and professional dealings for many years. It was
Laing who introduced him to Herd at the time when he was
seeking assistance in collecting the material for his edition of
Scotish Songs, and who furnished much material relative t©
the poets of the North.
The titles which stand at the head of this letter have evi¬
dently been taken from the bookseller’s catalogue, and it is
impossible to trace them down with absolute certainty. Only
one of the entire list appears in the catalogue of the sale of
Kitson’s library, so that it would seem that his fear that most
of them were already disposed of when he wrote, had been well
founded.
No. 104 Case 23)
x435 Dissertatio 24)
603 Tristan 25)
808)
809 [Halles 26)
903 A proper project 27)
X2413 Noble 28)
X2619 Colville 29)
5655 Sibbaldi 30)
23 John Case, Angelical Guide, shewing men and women their lott or
chance in this elementary life in IV books, London, 1697.
2^ The British Museum catalogue lists 3 3 titles under Dissertatio and ante¬
dating this letter. The most of them deal with the church.
25 Probably one of the versions of the Tristan saga: by Gast, Paris, 1520,
1533; by Mangin, Lyon, 1577, Paris, 1586; or by Tressen, Paris, 1781, 1787.
2® Ritson left annotated copies of Sir David Dalyrymple, Lord Hailes’
Annals of Scotland from Malcolm III to Robert I, and . . . from Robert I
to the House of Stuart, Edinburgh. See also Letters, Vol. II, p. 47.
2^ This perhaps alludes to one of the numerous “Projects” of the time.
2s Either A Genealogical History of the Present Royal Families of Europe,
London, 1781, or Memoirs of the Protectoral House of Cromwell, 2 vols.,
London, 1784 and 1787, or both, by Mark Noble (1754-1827). Ritson was
interested in royal genealogies and had himself published in 1778, Tables
Shewing the Descent of the Crown of England. Furthermore, both editions
of Noble’s second work had been severely criticised by Ritson’s friend,
Richard Gough, in the preface to his Short Geneological View of the Family
of Oliver Cromwell, London, 1785, and in the Gentleman’s Magazine, June,
1787, p. 516. Rison had previously purchased Noble’s Two Dissertations on
the Mint and Coins of the Episcopal Palatines of Durham, Birmingham, 1780.
See Literary Anecdotes, Vol. VIII, p. 133, note.
29 The Poetical Works of Robert Colvill, minor Scottish poet, appeared at
London in 1789.
39 Sir Robert Sibbald (1641-1712), chiefly noted for his History of Fife,
wrote a great number of treatises on antiquarian subjects for the Royal
Society. These were published in 1739 as A Collection of several Treatises
in folio, concerning Scotlond, as it was of old, and also in later times. On
July 30, 1793, Ritson wrote to Laing for a copy of Sibbald’s Works, which
was to be purchased from the library of James Cumyng, late Secretary of
the Society of Antiquaries of Edinburgh. See Letters, Vol, II, p. 19.
12 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Grays Inn, 20th Novr. 1793.
My good friend,
I have purposed writing to you for some time, but as
you would have got nothing by it, you will think it just as well
perhaps that i 31) have defered my letter till it became produc¬
tive of some little advantage. I am vexed, at the same time,
that i could not write yesterday, as most likely such of the above
numbers as i wish most to see are already disposed of. I dare
not mention Sibbald, as in the first place i suspect it not to be
complete, and secondly, i am terrifyed at the idea of your un¬
expressed & inconceivable charge. You may put up the few
articles you send me (if not too late) in Egerton’s 32) parcel;
& i will pay the charge into your account with them. I will
also pay them if agreeable to you, the sum of ten guineas which
you will be so good as to pay over to Mr. Allan 33) to whom i
write by this post. My book is nearly ready for publication, &
will certainly appear by or about Christmas. 34) I have not
taken the liberty to put your name to it, for which, i take it, on a
perusal of the introduction, you will think yourself not a little
obliged to me. 35) I cannot easyly reconcile your assurance
of the sale of a number of copies with your indetermination to
take one. The expense of sending a parcel to Edinburgh may
^ Ritson’s first publication, a group of amatory Versees addressed to the
Ladies of Stockton, 1772, exhibited a mode of spelling characterized by dis¬
carding the capital I except at the beginning of sentences, and by giving
all words ending in e their full form when suffixes were added. This system
he employed in his later publications, expanding it as he gained confidence.
Toward the close of his life some of his books were refused by publishers
because of orthographic mutilations. That he was by no means consistent in
his orthographic practice is evidenced by these letters. See a factitious letter
in the Monthly Mirror for Aug., 1803, put together by “Old Nick”, which ludi¬
crously exposes Ritson’s variations.
T. and J. Egerton, London booksellers, published Ritson’s English An¬
thology, 1793-4, and Scotish Songs, 1794.
33 George Allan (1736-1800), celebrated antiquary of Darlington, after
interesting Ritson in antiquarian study, introduced him to the British
Museum. In return Ritson aided Allan materially with some of his publica¬
tions. See Letters, passim.
Scotish Songs, 2 vols„ London, 1794. This work had been in process of
compilation for several years, and in the press for some months, but was
not published until the March following this letter.
3® An introductory “Historical Essay of Scotish Song” contains a strong
indictment of the Scottish literati as the world’s most notorious forgers.
Ritson was as unsparing as Dr. Johnson in his ridicule and condemnation
of the Scottish. On one occasion he remarked, “The character given of
Scotish men by old surly Johnson was, generally speaking, far from unjust.
They prefer anything to truth, when the latter is at all injurious to the
national honour : nor are they, so far as I can perceive, very solicitous about
it on any occasion”. Letters, Vol. I, p. 191.
Burd — Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Ritson
13
be no great object, but to have it returned entire is what i should
not like : so if you will answer for 50 i will send you 100, if 25,
50, if 10, 20, if 5, 10, if none, not one, sat verhum. 36)
I am much obliged to Mr. Brown, 37) & request whenever you
meet him you will exert your eloquence in remembering my
friendship & respect. I am much chagrined at the fate of my
King Charles spurs, which were really curious, 38) as well as
at the loss of Mr. Batons parcel. 39) Please to present my
best compliments to that worthy man & say that i mean to have
the pleasure of writing to him in a little time. I must give up,
i find, all expectation of becoming acquainted with the old
volume which has given all of us so much trouble. I sometimes
think of addressing myself directly to the dean, but ‘‘the in¬
solence of office ’ ’ would most probably prevent him from paying
any attention to my request. 40)
Pray why have i never heard anything further of the Edin¬
burgh catalogue! 41) It would be of great use to me in a work
i am now amused with; & which i mean to be a kind of a sort
of a Scotish 42) library of historians & poets. 43) In this,
«« Despite this ultimatum, in March, 1794, Ritson sent Laing 50 copies of
the work with the following directions as to their disposal: . . twelve
you take yourself; five you will present, with the Editor’s compliments, to
Mr. Fraser Tytler, Mr. Allan. Mr Brown, Mr. Baton, and Mr. Campbell —
that Is one to each ; the rest you will sell on my account, if you can.” See
Letters, Vol. II, p. 47.
Alexander Brown, librarian of the Advocates’ Library. See Letters,
Vol. II, p. 21.
8* * Ritson had sent his rare King Charles’ spurs to Cumyng as a gift to
the Society. Upon Cumyng’s death, early in 1793, his entire library was
purchased by Laing. After repeated inquiry Ritson learned that the spurs
had been lost in transferring the property. See Letters, Vol. II, p. 21ff.
«®To George Baton (1721-1807), Scottish bibliographer and antiquary,
Ritson was greatly indebted for information concerning Scottish history
and poetry. A small volume of Letters from Joseph Ritson, Esq., to Mr.
George Paton was published in 1829 for private circulation.
This refers to ‘an old volume of tracts’ which Tytler had withdrawn
from the Advocate’s Library, and from which Ritson wished especially a
transcript of the ‘‘six first lines of Robin Hood”. See Letters, Vol. II, pp.
4, 21, and Archibald Constable and his Literary Correspondents, 3 vols.,
Edinburgh, 1873, Vol. I, pp. 505, 509.
** Ritson suggested that Laing, who was noted for his catalogues, make a
complete compilation of books published in Scotland, and offered his own
ideas as to the best method of procedure. See Letters, Vol. ll, pp. 38, 48.
*2 For Ritson’s spelling of ‘Scotish’ see my note in Notes and Queries,
Ser. 11, Vol. XI, p. 306.
«The MS. of this work, never published, was described in the Ritson
sale catalogue as follows : “Bibliographia Scotica, Anecdotes Biographical
and Literary of Scotish "Writers, Historians, and Boets, from the earliest
accounts to the nineteenth century, in two parts, intended for publication”.
It was intended to supplement Bibliographia Poetica: A Catalogue of Eng¬
lish Poets, of the Twelfth, Thirteenth, Fourteenth, Fifteenth, and Sixteenth
Century s, with a short account of their works, London, 1802.
14 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
which i think i must come down to finish & print in Edinburgh,
you would be of no little service. Who or what is Eobert
Colvelle? Can you get me the two (or more) poems he has pub¬
lished ?
I am,
Your sincere friend &
well-wisher,
J. Eitson.
Mr. Wm. Laing,
Bookseller,
ChessePs Buildings
Canongate
Edinburgh.
The four letters forming the following group are addressed
to George Chalmers (1742-1825), Scottish antiquary, author of
Caledonia, and life long friend of Eitson. They are concerned
mainly with the borrowing of books from Chalmers’ library.
The volumes asked for in the first letter — sixteenth century gram¬
mars and orthographies — were of interest to Eitson because he
was at this time working on his own scheme of grammar and
orthography. As a result of his labors with these and other
books, he left in manuscript at his death: ^‘Dissertation on
the use of ‘Self,’ ” “An orthographico-etymological dictionary
of the English language, ’ ’ and ‘ ‘ Gleanings of English grammar,
chiefly with a view to illustrate and establish a just system of
orthography, upon etymological principles.” From the
transcript of the Stationers’ Eegister, with which the remaining
letters of the group are concerned, Eitson gleaned much mater¬
ial for his Bibliographia Poetica, and many songs and ballads
for his various collections. He left a manuscript of “Extracts
of entries (chiefly of songs and ballads) in the Stationers’ books,
from a transcript by the late W. Herbert.”
MS. Montagu d. 15, fol. 216, 218. ^
1. Derickes Image of Ireland, 1581. 44)
^ John Derricke’s Image of Ireland, in two parts, written in 1578, pub¬
lished 1581, was reprinted with notes by Sir Walter Scott in Somers^ Tracts,
1809, and a limited edition was put out by John Small in 1883. The full
title of this book, containing- 153 words, is given in Bibliographia Poetica,
pp. 186-7. See also Letters, Vol. II, p. 148.
Burd — Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Ritson 15
2. Bellots English Schoolmaster, 1579. 45)
3. Bullokars Orthographie, 1580. 46)
4. Mulcasters Elementarie, 1582. 47)
5. Grammatica Anglicana, 1594. 48)
6. Spensers Three Letters, 1590. 49)
7. Blages Wise conceytes, 1569. 50)
Dear Sir,
If the books mentioned in the enclosed paper be in your
own library, as I presume they are, I shal be highly gratifyed
by the perusal of such of them as you can conveniently spare.
They shal be treated with care, & returned with expedition.
Yours respectfully
J. Ritson
Monday, 6th Feb.
1797. ;
George Chalmers, esq. ' -
Add. Mss. 22900, fol. 404.
Dear Sir,
Understanding that you have purchased Mr. Her¬
bert’s 51) transcript of the Stationers-books, I presume upon
your experienced liberality to solicit the loan, for a few days, of
The only copy known to exist of Jacques Bellot’s The Englishe Schole-
maister: Gonteyning many profitable precepts for the naturall home French
men, and other straungei's that have their French tongue to attayne the true
pronouncing of the Englishe tongue. London, 1580, is that preserved at the
Hofbibliothek in Darmstadt. It was edited, with a reproduction of the
original title page, by Theo. Spira, as Vol. VIII of NeudriicTce fruhneueng-
lischen Grammatiken, Halle, 1912.
William Bullokar published, in 1580, Booke at Large for the Amendment
of Orthographie for English Speech. This was followed by two other books
dealing with similar subjects. All three were published by Max Plessow in
Geschichte der Faheldichtung in England his zu John Gay, Berlin, 1906.
^ Richard Mulcaster, First Part of the Elementarie, which entreateth
chefelie of the right Writing of our English Tung, London, 1582. No second
part is known to have appeared ; the first has not been reprinted.
Grammatica Anglicana, praecipuS quatenus d Latina differt, ad unicam
P. Rami methodum concinnata, etc., London, 1594, Hrsg. von M. Rfisler
und R. Brotanek. Announced in 1905 for publication in Neudrilcke friih-
neuenglischen Grammatiken, but it has not yet appeared.
Edmund Spenser, Three proper and wittie, familiar letters: lately passed
between two university men: touching the earthquake in April last, and our
English reformed versifying, London, 1580.
“ Thomas Blage, A Schole of Wise Conceytes, set forth in common-places
by order of the alphabet. Translated out of divers Greeke and Latine wryters,
London, 1569.
William Herbert (1718-1795), noted chiefly for his edition of Ames’ Typo~
graphical Antiquities, 1785ff. Ritson furnished his own copy of this work
with ‘a great number of MS. notes and remarks’.
16 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
the first volume, either now or when you can better spare it ; with
liberty, if you please, to extract such entries of ballads as Her¬
bert has not already printed. 52)
I am. Dear Sir,
Very respectfully & sincerely yours
J. Ritson.
Gray VInn,
15th. Dec. 98.
George Chalmers esquire,
Green-street.
Ms. Montagu d. 15, fol. 220.
Grays-inn, 20th Decern. 1798.
Dear Sir,
I return your first volume, with a thousand thanks, and
flatter myself it has not been detained beyond your expectation.
As you appear not to have finished your examination of the
second, perhaps you could part with it more conveniently at a
future time, for which I should wait with pleasure. If, how¬
ever, the present be equally agreeable, you may rely on the ut¬
most dispatch from.
Dear Sir,
Very sincerely yours,
J. Ritson,
P. S. ^‘The Clarkes book”, I perceive, wch contained the
entrys from 22d July 1571 to 1576, is still missing; nor now
likely, I conclude, ever to be found. Another book, with a
white cover, occasionally refer ’d to, is, doubtless, in the same
predicament.
George Chalmers esquire. Green-street.
Add. Mss. 22901. fol. 13.
Dear Sir,
I return to you the concludeing volumes of Mr. Herberts
transcript, & shall ever retain the most grateful sense of so
considerable a favour.
Upon Mr. Steevens’s application to I know not what members
of the stationers company, they agreed to let me have the use
of these books in their own hall, but had determined, it seems.
“ In his edition of Ames.
17
Burd—EigU Unedited Letters of Joseph Ritson
that they should no more go abroad into private hands. 53) As
the terms were inconvenient, I did not accept the offer ; & have
■thereby had an opportunity of being much more pleaseingly
indebted to your superior liberality.
■ I remain, Dear sir,
Your most obliged & respectful
humble servant,
J. Eitson.
Grays-inn,
29th Jany. 1799.
The final letter presents Eitson ’s views on some of the prob¬
lems connected with the romance of ‘^Sir Tristrem. It was
written three years before the appearance of Scott’s edition of
the romance, in 1804, and thus antedates the critical contro¬
versy over the authorship of the poem which was precipitated
by the announcement of Scott ^s conclusions in the Introduction.
From this letter it appears that Eitson had independently ar¬
rived at practically the same conclusions, that he had estimated
the age and origin of the poem, and that he had stated the most
plausible theory yet advanced for a definite authorship of it,
and supported his theory by all the available internal and by
almost all the corroborative external evidence which the subse¬
quent century of scholarly investigation has sufficed to un¬
earth.
To the question of the authorship of ‘‘Sir Tristrem’’ there
has not been, and probably can never be, a definite answer.
The theory held by Eitson and propounded by Scott, that the
‘Thomas’ mentioned in the first lines of the romance was in all
probability its author, was too simple to go long unchallenged.
In their anxiety to prove all things scholars have explored the
hidden, labyrinthian paths and have been prone to ignore the
plain and straight ways, if for no other reason than because
they were obvious. And so, after Scott’s declaration that
“the Eomance of Sir Tristrem was composed by THOMAS OF
EECELDOUNE called the EYHMEE, who flourished in the
thirteenth century,” came the testimony of such men as Price,
Steevens’ interest in procuring these books for Ritson came as 'a result
of his suggestion that the antiquary undertake a catalogue of English poets
of the early centuries — which was published as BibliograpJiia Poetioa. Their
cooperation in this regard is evidence that editorial controversy did not cut
Ritson off entirely from the men he criticised.
2--S. A. L.
18 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Wright, Paris, Hazlitt, Halliwell, Garnett, Murray, Schofield,
and Kolbing to prove — not that some other person was the
author of the poem, but simply that Thomas was not its com¬
poser. In McNeill, the latest editor of the romance, critical
judgment seems to be swinging back to the common-sense po¬
sition taken by Ritson and Scott. After reviewing carefully
the evidence and the arguments in favor of an unknown author
other than Thomas of Erceldoune, McNeill concludes thus:
‘‘Broadly viewed, the question of the authorship of the poem
is one which, from the nature of the evidence, must be answered
in accordance rather with reasonable probability than with
absolute demonstration; and the reasonable probability is that
Robert Mannyng of Brunne was right when he ascribed the
poem to Thomas of Erceldoune.” 54)
Ritson ’s letter bears no address. Until its recipient is
definitely determined, it cannot be known just what was the de¬
gree of Scott’s indebtedness to his friend’s research, if, indeed,
he owed anything at all to it. There is but one reference to
Ritson in Scott’s Introduction, and that is a statement of his
suggestion that Thomas may have assumed the third person
so as to gain the greater authority of the reputation of his own
name for what he was writing — an opinion not specifically ex¬
pressed in this letter. Only one student of ‘ ‘ Sir Tristem ’ ’ seems
to have been cognizant of the existence of this letter. Matzner
gives Ritson credit for being the first to discover the romance
in the Auchinleck manuscript. 55)
Ms. Laing II. 589.
Dear Sir,
The romance of Sir Tristrem, if admitted to be the pro¬
duction of Thomas of Ercildon, i may be well enough said to
have discovered, as i know of none who had anticipated my con¬
jecture though i have not been permited to announce that dis¬
covery myself. 56) It is extant in a most valuable, but shock-
G, P. McNeill, Tristem, Edinburgh and London, 1886, p. xliv.
Eduard Matzner, Altenglische Sprachproben, Berlin, 1867, Vol. I, p. 233.
There are two possible reasons why Ritson had not been ‘permitted’ to
announce his discovery. The first is the state of his health, which, at the
time of this letter, was such that he had for five years done no publishing
and very little literary work of any kind. Secondly, his knowledge that
Scott, whom he held in very high esteem, was preparing an edition of the
romance might probably have operated to keep him from publishing his
own material. See Letters, Vol. II, pp. 217, 222, 228, 232, 237.
Burd — Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Ritson 19
ingly mutilated, MS. in the library of the faculty of advocates
at Edinburgh, marked W. 4. 1. and presented to the late lord
Auchinleck in 1744; its age to the best of my judgment, being
about the year 1400, 57) and, evidently compiled and written in
England. 58) The reasons from which i infer this imperfect
romance to be the work of the ancient Scotish bard already men¬
tioned are these: Robert of Brunne, in the prologue to his
metrical version of Peter Langetoft, says, 59)
“I see ill song in sedgeyng tale
Of Brceldoun, & of Kendale,
Non >am says as tai tarn wrought,
& in her sayng it semes noght.
hat may hou here in Sir Tristvem,
Ouer gestes it has he steem,
Ouer all hat is or was.
If men it sayd as made Thomas.
But I here it no man so say,
hat of some copple is away.
So harefare sayng her beforne,
Is hare trauayle nere forlorne.
hai sayd in so quaynte Inglis, «
hat many one wote not what is,
herfore heuyed wele he more
In. strange ryme to trauayle sore.”
I shall now proceed to gratify your curiosity, by a transcript
of the first stanza, which will serve at the same time, to illus¬
trate the censure of the English critick, and to ascertain the
title of the Scotish poet. It runs thus :
“I was at Ercildoun (To supply by conjecture, what is illegible)
Wih Thomas spak y hare,
her herd y rede in roune.
Who Tristrem gat & bare,
Scot was more nearly right in referring the MS. to “the earlier part of
the fourteenth century’. See also McNeill, who places it at the beginning,
and Murray, who sets it at the middle, of the century.
On this point there is no difference of opinion. Ritson agreed that the
English version was from a Norman or Anglo-Norman source. He frequently
contended, as did Tyrwhitt and Warton, that there exists no English ro¬
mance which is not derived, directly or indirectly, from a French original.
See ‘Observations on the ancient English minstrels’, prefixed to English
Songs and Ballads, London, 1790, and ‘A dissertation on romance and min¬
strelsy’, in Ancient Engleish Metrical Romancees.
®®11. 93-104. Scott also quotes these lines.
20 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Who was king wii> croun,
And who him fostered fare.
And who was bold baroun,
As bair elders ware
Bi fere;
Tomas telles in toun
Ms aventours as bai were.”
This is a specimen of such “quaynte Inglis,” and such
strange ryme/’ as there is no other instance of; and, with the
other extracts i have made from this venerable relique 60)
(which, by the way, i had neither time nor convenience to tran¬
scribe at length) , sufficiently proves, at least to my own convic¬
tion, that this is the identical poem alluded to in the above pas¬
sage of Robert Mannyng. In further support of the author¬
ship, i can also cite the fragment of an ancient romance in
French metre upon the same subject, in the possession of Mr.
Douce, 61) in which the Scoto-English performance is appar¬
ently criticised under the name of Thomas. 62) The objection
made, by some, against this opinion, is, that the poem speaks of '
Thomas, in the third person, as one from whom he states himself
to have received his materials: but for this singularity (if it be
one), the authors caprice must be responsible. It seems, in
fact, to have been, if not the peculiar, at least the notorious
practice, of this popular rimer : as, in two more modern poems,
always ascribed to, but not, i believe, actually writen by him,
he is introduced in the same manner: one of these mentioned
by Lord Hailes, you most probably have in the Scotish
prophecys, the other, an imperfect MS. in the Cotton library, &
Lincoln cathedral, has not been printed. 63) Beside, Maistre
Wace, more than once, speaks of himself in the same manner,
tho’ at other times in the first person ; and this identical ob¬
jection is alledged, by Bishop Watson, against the cavils of
They seem not to have been used.
Francis Douce (1757-1834) aided Ritson in the preparation of Biblio-
graphia Poetica and then became estranged from him because of the shabby
treatment he received.
The Douce fragments were edited by Francisque Michel, Tristan: recueil
de ce qui rest des poemes relatifs d ses aventures composes en Frangois, en
Anglo-Normandj et en Grec dans les xii et xin sidcles, 2 vols., London, 1835,
and described by A. E. Curdy, La Folie Tristan, an Anglo-Norman poem,
Baltimore, 1902. ■ Scott cited extracts from the fragments (Introduction pp.
42-4) in support of the point Ritson here makes.
It was printed by David Laing as ‘Tomas of Ersseldoune’, in Early Pop¬
ular Poetry of Scotland, revised edition, London, 1895, pp. 81-111.
21
Burd — Eight Unedited Letters of Joseph Riison
Thomas Paine, as a strong argument in favour of the four
evangelists, after the example of Caesar, Xenophon, and other
ancient historians : 64) which is all i have at present to say
upon the subject. I understand however, that some gentlemen,
at Edinburgh, have transcribed the entire poem for the pur¬
pose of publication, which i should, in fact, have done myself,
tho ’ without the like advantages, had it not been mutilated and
imperfect. 65)
I put into your hands a few years ago an alphabetical list of
the names of British rivers, which, if it would be of any service
to you, and has already perfoi^med it, i should be obliged to you
to leave for me at Egertons any time it may be convenient. 66)
I am.
Dear Sir,
Very respectfully & sincerely yours,
J. Ritson.
Grays inn,
26th June 1801.
** Richard Watson, Apology for the Bible, in Letters to Thomas Paine,
London, 1796.
This, in all probability, alludes to the copy which formed the basis of
Scott’s edition. Ritson’s veneration for Scott seems to have led him to
underestimate his own ability as a transcriber. Had he copied the whole
poem for publication, it would certainly not have been less perfect than
Scott’s version, which, according to Kolbing, ‘swarms with errors’. He was
remarkably painstaking and accurate in such matters. Scott was not, and
he often, as perhaps in the case of “Sir Tristrem’’, left the copying to be
done by a hired clerk. See E. KOlbing, Die nordische und die englische Ver¬
sion der Tristan-sage, Heilbronn, 1878-82,
“This unpublished MS. is now Douce 340, in the Bodleian Library: “A list
of river names in Great Britain and Ireland, with a few etymological notes
on them.”
A SPECIES LIST OF THE APHIDIDAE OF THE WORLD
AND THEIR RECORDED FOOD PLANTS
By H. F, Wilson
AND
R. A. Vickery
PREFACE
The Apkididae, aside from their great economic importance,
are very interesting objects for observation and their peculiar
life histories and habits, both above and below ground, give
added zest to the study of this insect group.
The evidence before us shows that the majority of species of
aphids are confined to certain definite food plants, and the de¬
termination of any one species is made more easy when the food
plant upon which it occurs is known.
Realizing this to be true the following paper has been com¬
piled. We realize that additional valuable data might have been
included and a catalog prepared, but such was not the object in
mind. We have purposely omitted all attempts at synonomy
for both genera and species because we feel that the existing
chaotic condition in this group can be better taken care of in a
paper dealing with those phases alone. It is hoped that such a
paper may be issued in the near future. No names given as
trinomials have been included in this paper.
No doubt a more up-to-date selection of generic names might
have been used, and some inconsistencies are known to be present.
During the past few years a great activity has been taking place
in the breaking up of the old groups to form new ones and many
generic names have been provided which will probably not
withstand a revision. We have therefore taken the liberty to
select older names except in cases where the new species form
Wilso7ir-Vickery~List of Aphididae. 23
types of new genera or where generic names recently changed
will probably stand.
For the plant names the Index Kewensis compiled by B. Day-
don Jackson has been used. A great many names listed as
synonyms in that publication are now generally accepted and in
such cases the names now in use are underlined and followed
by the names recognized by Jackson. For example, — Acer ne-
gundo = Negundo aceroides, which indicates that Acer negundo
is now generally in use while Negundo aceroides was the name
accepted by Jackson.
Names in quotation marks are common names or else could not
be located in the Index Kewensis. Generic names followed by
specific names within quotation marks indicate that the specific
names may occur several times with different synonyms.
Among the abbreviations used occur some which are familiar
to aphidologists but may not be to others. To make these clear
a complete citation of these follows.
APHIDIDAE ITALICA (Passerini) 1863 — Archives per la
Zoologia Fanatomia e la fisiologia, Vol. II, Fasc. 2.
HEMIPTERA OP COLORADO (Cowen) 1895— (A Prelim¬
inary List of the Hemiptera of Colorado) — Colorado Agricul¬
tural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 3, Technical Series No. 1.
KANSAS APHIDIDAE (Sanborn) 1904— (Kansas Aphid¬
idae with catalog of North American Aphididae and with Host-
Plant List). The Kansas University Science Bulletin, III, No.
1. (Whole series, Vol. XIII, No. 1).
APHIDIDAE OP MINNESOTA (Oestlund) 1886— (List of
the Aphididae of Minnesota with descriptions of new species) —
Fourteenth Annual Report, Geological and Natural History Sur¬
vey of Minnesota.
APHIDIDAE OF MINNESOTA (Oestlund) 1887— Synopsis
of the Aphididae of Minnesota) — Geological and Natural His¬
tory Survey of Minnesota, Bulletin 4.
APHIDIDAE OP NEBRASKA (Williams), 1911,— (The
Aphididae of Nebraska) — University of Nebraska Studies X,
No. 2. Supposed to have been published in 1910 but apparently
was not issued until 1911. The species described as new in this
paper were originally listed as new species in Special Bulletin,
No. 1 from the University of Nebraska Department of Entomol¬
ogy, published in 1891. No description accompanied the names.
24 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
RAB. LAB. ZOOL. KAB. VARCH. UNIV. (Mordwilko) —
The Fauna and Anatomy of the Aphididae) — Work of the Lab¬
oratory of the Zoological Cabinet, Imperial University of War¬
saw (literal translation). Published in several parts in 1894
and 1895. A table of species was given in 1894 but the species
were not described until 1895. The title of the publication in
which these papers appeared as secured for us by Mr. J. J.
Davis is 'Warshava Universitskiia Izviestiia. ’ ’
REPT. NOX. & BEN. INSECTS N. Y. (Fitch)— Reports on
the Noxious, Beneficial and other insects of the state of New
Y'ork) — Transactions N. Y. State Agricultural Society.
Mr. J. J. Davis, Mr. L. G. Centner and Mr. C. L. Fluke have
been exceedingly kind in helping check data, reading proof, etc.
Mrs. M. Fischer Hildreth has also given much assistance in
copying the manuscript.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
25
A SPECIES LIST OF THE APHIDIDAE OF THE WORLD
AND THEIR RECORDED FOOD PLANTS
PART I
A SPECIES LIST OF THE APHIDIDAE OP THE WORLD
WITH THEIR RECORDED FOOD PLANTS
PART II
A LIST OP APHID FOOD PLANTS AND THE APHIDS
SAID TO ATTACK THEM
26 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
PART 1
A SPECIES LIST OF THE APHIDIDAE OF THE WORLD
WITH THEIR RECORDED FOOD PLANTS
An * indicates that we have been unable to verify the citation.
A generic name following a citation indicates the name under which
that species was first described. Example Aphis.
abameleki, Eulachnus Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V. p, 329, fig.
Pinus pinea, P. sylvestris.
i
abbrevlata, Aphis Patch, 1912. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 202, p.
170, fig.
Alisma plantago.
g-bietaida, Aphis Walker, 1852. List. Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1035. No food plant given. (AMesf)
abieticola, Lachnus Cholodkovsky, 1899. Zool. Anz. XXII, p. 470,
fig.
Picea alha, P. mariana, AMes siMrica.
abieticolens, Chermes Thomas, 1879. Eighth Rept. State Ent. Ill.,
p. 156.
Picea sp.
abietina, Myzaphis (Walker), 1849. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2,
III, p. 301. Aphis.
Picea abies, P. alba, P. engelmannii, P. gigantea, P. gleUire, P.
kosteriana, P. mariana, P. monstrosa, P. morinda, P. omoriha,
P. orientalis, P. rubra, P. pungens, P. sitcJiensis.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
27
abietinus, Mindarus Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
278, fig.
AMes nordmanniana, A. pectinata, Picea abies, P. canadensis, P.
mariana.
abietis, Iiachnus (Walker), 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2,
II, p. 100. Aphis.
Picea abies?
abietis, Chermes Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10 Systema Naturae,
p. 454.
Larix decidua, L. sibirica, Picea abies, P. alba, P. mariana, Pinus
cembra, P. sylvestris.
abietis, Lachnus Pitch, 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y. Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 67.
Abies concolor, A. sibirica, Picea abies, P. alba, P. canadensis, P.
mariana.
abietis-laricis, Chermes Stebbing, 1903. Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
LXXII, part 2, p. 57.
abietis-piceae, Chermes Stebbing, 1903. Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
LXXII, part 2, pp. 57-60, pi. 1.
Abies webbiana, Picea morinda.
abrotani, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1035.
No Food plant given.
abrotani, Hyalopterus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
18 fig.
Artemisia abrotanum, A. vulgaris.
absinthii, Macrosiphum Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Na¬
turae, p. 452. Aphis.
Achillea ligustica, A. millefolium, Artemisia abrotanum, A. ab¬
sinthium, A. variabilis, A. vulgaris, Helichrysum angustifolia.
absinthii, Rhopalosiphnm Lichtenstein, 1885. Bui. Soc. Ent.
Prance, ser. 6, V, p. CXLI.
Artemisia absinthum.
acaenae, Rhopalosiphum Schouteden, 1904, Erg. Hamb. Magalh.
Sammelr. (1) Sieb. Lief., 7, p. 1. We have seen separate
only.
Acaena splendens.
28 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
acanthi. Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p, 122.
Cirsium arvense, Cnicus oleraceus,
acanthochermes, Phylloxera Lichtenstein, 1876. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Prance, ser. 5, VI, p. XCV.
Quercm rohur.
acaroides, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic
Rev, III, p. 17.
Lepidium virginicam.
a^ericola, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, I,
p. 461.
Acer pseudO’platanm, Platanm sp.
acerifoliae, Drepanaphls (Thomas), 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat.
Hist., Bui. 2, p. 4. Siphonophora.
Acer saccharinum, A. saccharum,
acerifolii, Pemphigus Riley, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr., V, No. 1, p. 16.
Acer saccharinum.
acerina, Drepanosiphum (Walker), 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser, 2, I, p. 254. Aphis,
Acer campestre, A. platanoides, A. pseudo-platanus.
acerlsi Chaitophorus (Linnaeus), 1761. Fauna Suecica, p. 262.
Aphis,
Acer campestre, A> mospessulaniim, A. negundo, A. opuUfoUum, A.
pennsylvanicum, A. platanoides, A. pseudo-plat anus, A, tatari-
cum, Aesculus parviflora,
aceris, Drepanosiphum Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 202, fig.
Acer campestre.
acerls, Pemphigus Mone.ll, 1883. Can. Ent. XIV, p. 16.
Acer saccharum.
acetosae, Aphis Linnaeus, 1767. Edition 12, II, p. 734.
Rumex aeetosa.
acetosae, Aphis . Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p, 80. fig.
Rumex aeetosa, R. conglomeratus.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
29
achilleae, Macrosiphuni (Pabricius), 1776. Genera Insectorum,
p. 385. Aphis.
AcMllea millefolium.
achilleae, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 159, fig. Aphis.
AcMllea millefolium.
achyrantes, Macrosiphum (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr., V, No. 1, p. 18. Siphonophora.
Achyrantes sp., Alyssum maritimum, Amaranthus sp., Asparagus
plumosus, Gladiolus sp., Malva parviflora.
aconiti, Rhopalosiphum Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschr. voor Ent.
deel LV, p. 73.
Aconitum napellus.
♦aculeata, Glyphina Dahl, 1912. Beitr. Naturdenkmalpfi III, p.
434. Pood plant?
addita, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 33, app.
Malva sylvestris.
adducta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 34, app.
Tilia ruT)ra.
adianti, Aphis Oestlund, 188 6. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 26.
Adiantum pedatum.
adjecta, Aphis Walker, 184 9. The Zool. VII, p. 46, app.
Lycopsis arvensis, Cynoglossum officinale.
adjucta, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2220.
Lycopsis arvensis.
adjuvans, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2220.
Lycopsis arvensis.
adscita, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2220.
Lycopsis arvensis.
adusta, Aphis Zehntner, 1897. Archief Java Suiker Ind., V, p. 552.
Saccharum officinarum.
advena, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 48, app.
Samhucus nigra.
30 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
aegopodii, Siphocoryne Scopoli, 1763. Entomologia Carniolica, p.
137. Aphis.
Aegopodia podagraria, 8alix sp.
afiiiiis, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 315.
Mentha viridis.
afimis, Aphis Del Guercio, var. gardeniae, Del Guercio, 1913.
Redia, IX, p. 16 0, fig.
Gardenia radicans.
affinis, Cnaphalodes Borner, 1908. Arb. Kaiserlichen Biol. Ans.
Land-und Forstw., VI, part 2, p. 167.
Larix decidua, Picea abies, Pinus sp.
affinis, Thecabius (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause,
p . 1 8 . Pemphigus.
Populus monilifera, P. nigra, P. pyramidalis, Ranunculus acris, R.
buVbosus, R. tlamula, R. repens,
africana, Aphis Theobald, 1914. Bui. Ent. Research IV, p. 330, fig.
(Sorghum vulgar e, Hordeum vulgare.)?
africana, Tetraneura Van Der Goot, 1912. Mitteilungen aus dem
Naturhistorischen Museum. XXIX. p. 282.
(Prunus amygdalus) ?
ageratoidis, Aphis Oestlund, 188 6. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 38.
Eupatorium ageratoides, E. ur tic ae folium.
agilis, Lachnus Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 161.
Pinus halepensis, P. pinaster, P. sylvestris.
agrimoniella, Macrosiphum (Cockerell), 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV,
p . 168. N ectar ophora.
Agrimonia eupatoria.
agropyronensis, Chaitophorus Gillette, 1911. Ent. News, XXII,
p. 442.
Agropyron glaucum.
agrostemnium, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. nov. nom. for Si-
phonophora cichorii, Buckton (part) non. Koch. Jour.
Econ. Biol., VIII, No. 3, p. 146.
Agrostemma githago.
ajugae, Myzus Schouteden, 19 03. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLVII,
p. 194.
Ajuga genevensis, A. reptans.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
31
alatemi, Toxoptera Del Guercio, 1909. Rivista di Pat. Vegetale,
IV, p. 10.
Rhamnus alaternus.
alba, Tetraneura (Ratzeburg), 1844. Die Forst-Insecten, III, p.
222. Aphis.
TJlmus campestris.
albasiphus, Symdobius Davis, 1914. Can. Ent. XLVI, p. 226, fig.
Quercus aWa.
albicomis, Amycla Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
305, fig.
Polygonum sp.
albifrons, Macrosiphum Essig, 1911. Pom. College Jour. Ent. Ill,
p. 543, fig.
Lupinus alhifrons.
albipennis, Schizoneura Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit,
Museum, part 4, p. 1051.
Pood plant not given.
albipes, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 52.
Symphoricarpos orMculatus, S. racemosa, S. occidentalism
alboapicalis, Siphocoryne Theobald, 1916. The Entomologist
XLIX, p. 18 2, fig.
Malva sp.
albus, Chaitophorus Mordwilko, 1901. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross.
XXXIII, p. 410.
Populus sp.?
alemedensis, Aphis Clarke, 1903. Can. Ent. XXXV, p. 251.
Prunus domestica.
aliemis, Aphis Theobald, 1913. The Entomologists Record, XXVII,
p. 54.
In nest of Lasius alienus.
alismae, Rhopalosiphum Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 26. No description.
Alisma plantago.
allegheniensis, Lachnus McCook, 1877. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
VI, p. 274, fig.
Quercus sp.
32 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
alliariae, Macrosiphiun (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 160, fig. Siphonophora.
Lactuca macrophylla, L. scariola, Lapsana communis, Sisymbrium
alliaria, S. officinale, SoncJius oleraceus.
Probably Linn, was meant for Koch as Koch refers the species to
Linnaeus in the subject matter.
alliariae, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 177, fig. Siphonophora.
No food plant with the original description.
Sisymbrium alliaria, S. officinale.
allii, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphiden, p. 11. No
description.
Allium sp.
alni, Myzocallis DeGeer, 1773. Memoires des Insects, III, p. 47,
fig. Aphis.
Alnus glutinosa, A. rhombifolia.
alni, Chermes Kalm, 1770. Travels in North America (English
Translation), I, p. 154.
Alnus sp.
alni, Glyphina (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 107. Aphis.
Alnus incana, A. glutinosa, Betula alba.
alni. Pemphigus Provancher, 1890. Petite Faune Ent. Can. Ill,
p. 320.
Alnus sp.
alnifoliae, Myzocallis (Fitch), 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N.
Y. *Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 67. Lachnus.
Alnus rubra, A. rugosa.
alnifoliae. Pemphigus Williams, 1911. Aphididae Nebraska, p. 7.
AmelancMer alnifolia. A. spicata.
alter, Symdobius Mordwilko, 1908. L’ann. de Musee Zool. L’Acad.
Imperial des Sciences de St. Petersburg, XIII. p. 378.
Betula alba.
alterna, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool, VII, p. 43 app.
Salix caprea.
althaea. Aphis Harris, 1776. Exposit. Eng. Ins., p. 66, fig. Identi¬
fication of insect is not clear.
Wilson-Yickery—List of ApMdidae.
33
ambrosia, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. -Mon. Mag. & Critic,
Rev., Ill, p. 17.
AmhrO'Sia psilastacJiya.
ambrosiae, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1877, Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist.,
Bui. 2, p. 4. Siphonophora.
Amhrosia psilostachya, A. triflda, Iva xanthifolia, RudtecMa sp.,
Rutus villosus.
amentlcola, Aphis Kalteabach, 1874. Die Pflanzenfeinde,
Populus sp,, Salix alM.
americana, Eriosoma (Riley), 1879. BuL U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 4, fig. Schfigoneura.
Ulinus americana,
americamis, Pemphigus Walker, 1852. List, Homop. Insects Brit.
Museum, part 4, p. 1057.
Food plant not given. (Pyrus malus)f
amerinae, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent., (Germar) III, p. 369.
Food plant not given.
arnica, Aphis Walker, 1848. The ZooL VI, p. 2218.
Artemisia maritima.
ampelinus, RMzoctoiius Mokrzhetsky, 1896 (1897). Horae Soc.
Ent. Ross. XXX, p. 438.
Vitis viniferaf
ampelophila, Aphis Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 157, fig.
(Vines) Sambucus spf
ampelorhlza, Schizoneura Del Guercio, 1900. Nuov. Relaz. Staz.
Agr. Fir., II, p. 104.
Vitis vinifera.
ampullata, Amphorophora Buckton, 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I.
p. 187, fig.
Asplenium sp., Cystopteris montana, Onoclea struteopteris, Poly-
stichum sp.
amycli, Tychea Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 300, fig.
Triticum dicoccum. “Emers”
3-™~S. A. L.
34 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
amygdall, Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 104,
figs. A new name for Aphis persicae Boyer.
amygdali, Aphis Blanchard, 1840. Hist. Nat. Ins., Ill, p. 206.
Prunus amygdalus.
amygdali, Dryobiiis Van Der Goot, 1912. Mitteilungen aus dem
Naturhistorischen Museum, XXIX, p. 280.
Prunus sp.
amygdalinus, Aphis Schouteden, 1905. Broteria, IV, p. 163.
Prunus amygdalus? ■
angelica©, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 52,
fig.
Angelica sylvestr is, Arctium lappa, Cicuta virosa, Hedera Helix.
angelicae, Syphocoryne Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 328, fig.
Angelica sylvestris, Artemisia adsinthium.
annuae. Aphis Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 43.
EcTiinocTiloa crus-galli, Poa annua, Poa compressa.
aimulatus. Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent., (Germar), III, p. 369. -
Quercus sp.
annulatus, Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 7, fig.
Betula alha, B. nigra.
aimulipes. Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic
Rev., Ill, p. 17.
Hieracium gronovii, H. paniculatum.
anonae, Trichosiphum Pergande, 1906. Ent. News, XVII, p. 207.
Anona muricata.
antennata. Monaphis (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause,
p. 115. Aphis.
Betula alha.
antennatum, Melanoxantherium, Patch, 1913. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta.
Bui. No. 213, p. 87, fig.
Salix sp.
antirrhinii, Macrosiphum (Macchiati), 1883. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital.,
XV, p. 228. Siphonophora.
Antirrhinum majus.
Wilson-Yickery — List of Aphididae.
35
anthrisci, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon, der Pflanzenlause, p. 112.
Anthriscus sylvestris, A. vulgaris, CJiaerophylllm tremulum, Pir
melia sp.
aparines, Ai>his Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae, p. 735..
Galium aparine.
aparines, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 4tf.
Galium aparine, G. mollugo, Papaver sp.
apocyni, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 9 7, fig.
Apocynum androsaemifolium, A. cannaMnum, Ononis natrix.
apposita, Aphis Walker, 18 50. The Zool. VIII, p. 103, app.
Senicio vulgaris.
aquatica, Siphocoryne Gillette and Bragg, 1916. Ent. News,
XXVII, p. 447, fig.
Catahrosa aquatica.
aquaticus, Aphis Jackson, 1908. Ohio Naturalist VIII, p. 243, fig.
Nympliaea sp.
aquilegia-canadensis, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon. Mag.
& Critic Rev., I, p. 361.
Aquilegia vulgaris.
aquilegia-flavus, Hyaloptems (Kittel), Hayhurst, 1909. Jour. N.
Y. Ent., Soc. XVII, p. 107.
Aquilegia vulgaris.
aquilegiae, Hyaloptems Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,.
p. 19, fig.
Aquilegia vulgaris.
aquilegiae, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,.
No. 2, p. 92.
Aquilegia vulgaris.
arabis-moUis, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic
Rev., Ill, p. 17.
AraMs canadensis.
aralis-hispida, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon. Mag. & t:!ritic
Rev., II, p. 360.
Aralia Tiispida.
36 Wisconsin Academij of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
arbuti, Aphis Ferrari, 18 73. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova III
p. 228. . ’
Arhutus unedof
arbuti, Rhopalosiphum Davidson, 1910. Jour. Econ. Ent III p
378.
Arbutus menziesii.
archangelicae, Aphis Scopoli, 1763. Entomologia Carniolica, p
137.
Angelica archangelica, Archangelica sp.
archangelicae, Siphocoryne Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minne¬
sota, p. 36.
Angelica atropurpurea.
^armata, Aphis Hausmann, 1802. Mag. Ins. Illiger, p. 439.
Digilatis purpurea, papaver sp.
armoraciae, Aphis Cowen, 18 95. Hemiptera of Colo., p. 117.
Radicula armoracea.
artemisiae, Aphis Passerini, 18 60. Gli Afidi, p. 35.
Artemisia absinthium, A. campestris, A. vulgaris.
artemisiae, Chaitophorus Gillette, 1911. Ent. News, XXII, p. 443,
fig.
Artemisia dracunculoides.
artemisiae, Cryptosiphum Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II,
p. 145, fig.
Artemisia vulgaris.
artemisiae, Macrosiphum (Boyer de Ponscolombe) , 1841. Ann.
Soc. Ent. Prance, X, p. 162. Aphis,
Achillea millefolium, A. nobilis. Althaea officinalis, Artemisia
abrotanum, A. absinthium, A. variabilis, A. vulgaris. Chrysan¬
themum balsamita, C. leucanthemum, Tanacetum vulgare.
artemisiae, Macrosiphum Boyer de Ponscolombe. vai% citrinum,
Schouteden, 1901. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLV, p. 117.
Artemisia vulgaris.
artemisiae, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 165, fig. Siphonophora.
Artemisia campestris, A. vulgaris.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
37
artemisiae, Macrosiphum (Cowen), 1895. Hemiptera of Colo., p.
123. N ectarophora.
Artemisia tridentata.
artemisiae, Slphocoi^yne Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 178, fig.
Artemisia campestris.
artemisicola, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 37.
Artemisia cana.
artemisicola, Macrosiphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae of Ne¬
braska, p. 73. Siphonophora.
Artemisia cana, Cirsium lanceolatum.
artocarpi, Greeotiidea (Westwood), 1890. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon¬
don, p. 649, fig. Siphonophora.
Artocarpus integrifolia, Onesma ferrea.
arundicolens, Callipterus Clarke, 1903. Can. Ent. XXXV, p. 249.
Arundo sp.
arundinis, Hyalopterus (Pabricius) , 1775. Systema Entomologiae,
p. 734. Aphis,
AmopMla arundinaced, Amygdalus communis, Arundo sp., Cala-
magrostis epigeios, C. littorea, Dactylis glomerata, Elymus
avenarius, Phragmites communis, P. vulgaris. Primus ar-
meniaca, P. domestica, P. insititia, P. persicae, P. spinosa,
Salsola kali, Scirpus caespitosus, 8. lacustris, Vistis vinifera.
arundinis, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,
No. 3, p. 144.
Arundo phragmitis, Calamogrostia epigeios.
ascita, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1045.
Cucumis melo.
asclediadifolii, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1879. Eighth Rept. State
Ent., Illinois, p. 58. Siphonophora.
Should read M. asclepiadifolii.
Asclepias cornuti.
asclepiadis. Aphis Pitch, 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y. Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 65.
Acerates floridana, Apocynum cannaMum, Asclepias speciosa, A»
stenopylla, A. syriaca. Citrus aurantium, EuphorMa sp.,
Nerium oleander.
38 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts^ and Letters.
asclepiadis, Macrosiphum (Cowen), 1895. Hemiptera of X^olo., p.
123. N ectarophora.
Asclepias speciosa, A. tridentata.
asclepiadis, Myzocallis Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr., V, No. 1, p. 29. Caliipterus.
Asclepias amplexicaulis, A. oMusifolia, A. syriaca.
asclepiadis, Myzus Passerini, 1863. Aphididae Italicae, p. 25.
Asclepias curassavica, A. grandiflora, A. *'lunata,” A. syriaca, A.
tul)erosa, Citrus aurantium, CompJiocarpus fructicosus, Nerium
oleander, Salix sp.
asperulae, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool., VI, p. 2248.
Asperula odorata.
assidua, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 40, app.
Pyrus germanica.
assueta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool., VII, p. 49, app.
Daucus carota.
asteris. Aphis Walker, 1849. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, III, p.
48.
Aster trifolium.
asteris, Pemphigus Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p.
13. No description.
Aster sp.
atomaria. Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool., VII, p. 50, app.
Atriplex patula.
atra, Macrosiphum (Ferrari), 1872, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, II, p. 58. Siphonophora.
Artemisia ahrotanum, A. camphorata, A. variahilis, A. vulgaris.
atratus, Chermes Buckton, 1883. Mon. Brit. Aphides, IV, p. 3 9,
fig.
Quercus sp.
atriplicis, Aphis Linnaeus, 1761. Fauna Suecia ed. altera p. 262.
Atriplex Jiastata, A. Jiortensis, A. latifolia, A. littoralis, A. patula,
A. portulacoides. Beta vulgaris, Chenopodium album, C. Tiy-
hridum, C. murale, C. polyspermum, C. urbicum, C. vulvaria,
Rumex altissimus, R. crispus.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
39
atronitens, Aphis Cockerell, 1903. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXIX,
p. 115.
Yicia sp.
atropae, Macrosiphum (Mordwilko) , 1895. Rab. Lab. Zool. Kab.
Varch. Univ., p. 271. Siphonophora.
Atropa Tjelladona.
attenuatus, Pemphigus Osborne and Sirrine, 189 2. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci., I, p. 100. Reprinted, 1893, Insect Life, V, p.
237.
Smialx rotundifolia.
aubletia, Aphis Sanborn, 1904. Kansas Aphididae, p. 48.
Yerl)ena auhletia.
aucta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 33, app.
Arenaria peploides.
aucupariae, Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 76,
fig.
Pyriis aucuparia, P. malus, P. torminalis.
aurantiaca, Macrosiphoniella Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 117.
No description.
aurantiae, Toxoptera Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
254, fig.
Citrus aurantium.
aurantii, Toxoptera (Boyer de Ponscolombe) , 1841. Ann. Soc.
Ent. France, X, p. 178. Aphis.
Camellia oleiferae, C. thea, Citrus aurantium, C. medica, Coffea
sp., Pellionia sp., Straussia sp., Thea (Camellia) japoniea.
australis, Lachnus Ashmead, 1881. "Can. Ent. XIII, p. 68.
Pinus palustris, P. serotina.
avellanae, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphi¬
den, p. 168, fig. Aphis.
Corylus avellana.
avellanae, Myzocallis (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 112.
Aphis.
Corylus avellana.
40 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
avenae, Aphis Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae, p. 73 6.
Agrostis alta, Apium graveolens, ArrJienatherum elatius, Arena
fatua, A. orientalis, A. sativa, A. strigosa, Bromus hordeaceons,
B. inermis, B. racemosus, B. secalinus, B. unioloides, Capsella
hursa-pastoris, Coreopsis sp., Crataegus coccinea, C. oxyacantha,
Cydonia vulgaris, Dactylis glomerata, Elymus canadensis, E.
geniculatus, E. virginicus, Euchlaena mexicana, Festuca ovina,
F. ovinaduriuscula, F. ruhra, Glyceria fluitans, Holcus lanatus,
Hordeum disticTion, H. liexasticJion, H. jubatum, H. murinum,
H. vulgare, Koeleria cristata, Folium multiflorum, L. perenne,
Melica bauMni, M. penicillaris, Optilaster opulifolius, Phalaris
arundinacea, Phleum pratefise, Poa annua, P. compressa, P.
pratensis, P. trivialis, Polygonum persiearia, Primus padus, P.
virginiana, Pyrus communis, P. germanica, P. malus, Secale
cereale, Setaria glauca, S. italica, Sorghum halepense, S. sac-
charatum, S. vulgare, Syntherisana sanguinale, Triticum
dicoccum, T. vulgare.
avenae, Sipha Del Guercio, 1900. Nuov. Relaz. Staz. Ent. Agr.
Fir., II, p. 116.
Arena sativa, Cynodon dactylon, Hordeum murinum.
avenivorum, Macrosiphum Kirkaldy, 1905. The Entpinologist,
XXXVIII, p. 132.
New name for Macrosiphum granaria (Kirby) Buckton.
baccharidis, Macrosiphum (Clarke), 1903. Can. Ent. XXXV, p.
254. N ectarophora.
Baccharis sp.
bakeri, Aphis Cowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colo., p. 118.
Amsinckea sp., Anthemis sp., Artemesia sp., Crataegus sp., Gna-
phalium sp., Medicago sativa, Melilotus alba, Pyrus communus,
P. malus, Senecio vulgaris. Trifolium pratense, T. repens.
balbianii, Phylloxera Lichtenstein, 1874. Compt. Rend. Acad.
Sci., LXXIX, part 2, p. 781.
Food plant?
ballii, Brachycolus Gillette, 1^08. Can. Ent., XL, p. 67, fig.
Carex nebraskensis.
ballotae, Aphis Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 35.
Ballota nigra, Marrubium sp.
balsamiferae, Pempliigus Williams, 1911. Aphididae Nebraska,
p. 8.
Populus balsamifera.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
41
*balsamitae, Aphis Muller, 1776. Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 109.
Achillea Ugustica, A. millefolium, A. odorata, A. ptarmica, An-
themis tinctoria, Bidens frondosa, Chrysanthemum halsamitae,
Gnaphalium uglinosum, Helichrysum arenarium, H. chrysan¬
themum, H. stoechas, Lamium purpureiim, Matricaria sp.,
Papaver sp., Senecio vulgaris.
bambusae, Aphis Fullaway, 1910. Rept. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta.,
(1909), p. 35, fig.
Bamlusa sp., Phyllostachys sp.
bambusae, Oregnia Buckton, 1893. Ind. Museum Notes, III, p. 87.
Bamdusa arundinacea, Drendrocalamus giganteus.
bartsiae, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 49, app.
Bartsia viscosa.
basalis, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2220.
Lycopsis arvensis.
beccabuiigae, Aphis Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
146, fig.
Chrysantheinum coronarium, C. leucanthemum, Veronica anagal-
lodes, V. l)eccal)unga.
bedfordi, Macrosiphoniella? Theobald, 1914. Bui. Ent. Research^
IV, p. 318, fig.
Chrysanthemum sp.
begoniae, Macrosiphum Schouteden, 1901. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.^
XLV, p. Ilf.
Begonia sp.
bella, Endeis Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 312, fig.
Avena sativa, Bromus sterilis, Hordeum vulgare, Panicum milia-
ceum, Setaria glauca, 8. viridis, 8. verticillata, Triticum sp.r
Zea mays.
bellidis, Aphis Mosley, 1841. Gardners Chronicle, I, p. 684.
(Beilis perennisf).
bellis, Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 98, fig.
Beilis perennis.
bellula, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 36, app.
Primus spinosa.
42 Wisconsin Academij of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
bellus, Callipteinis (Walsh), 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., I, p. 299.
Aphis.
Myrica gale, Querciis agrifolia, Q. alha, Q. cerris, Q. coccinea, Q.
macrocarpa, Q. rohur, Q. rubra, Ulmus racemosa.
berberidis, Aphis Fitch, 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y., Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 65.
Berberis vulgaris f
berberidis, Liosomaphis (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 95. Aphis.
Berberis vulgaris.
berlesei, Sipha Del Guercio, 1904. Redia II, p. 135. fig.
Aira caryopJiyllea, DescJiampsia flexuosa.
betae, Macrosiphum (Theobald), 1913. Jour. Board of Agr., XIX,
No. 11, p. 918. Rhopalosiphiim.
Beta sp., ''Chenopodiaceae.*'
betae, Pemphigus Doane, 1900. Ent. News, XI, p. 391. also
Wash. Exp. Sta., Bui. 42, p. 1.
Achillea millefolium, Agropyron occidentale, Beta vulgaris, Cheno-
podium album, Distichlis spicata, Hordeum jubatum, Iva
xanthifolia. Polygonum aviculare, Populus deltoides, Rumex
crispus, R. hymenosepalus, R. occidentalis, Solidago sy.
betae, Smyiithurodes Westwood, 1849. Gardners Chronicle, p.
420.
Beta sp.
betulae, Callipterus Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
217, fig.
Betula alba, B. fontinalis.
betulae, Chaitophorus Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p.
139, fig.
Acer campestre, Betula alba.
f
betulae, Euceraphis (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Na¬
turae, p. 452. Aphis.
Betula alba.
betulae, Hamanielistes (Mordwilko), 19 01. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross.,
XXXIII, p. 973, fig. Cerataphis.
Betula alba, B. alpestris.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
43
l)etulae, Vacuna Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 177.
Alnus glutinosa, Betula alha.
betulaecolens, Callipterus Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Terr. Surv. V, No. 1, p. 30.
Betiila fontinalis.
ibetulaecolens, Euceraphis (Fitch), 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State
N. Y. Cab. Nat. Hist., p., 66. Aphis.
Betula alha, B. fontinalis, Tilia americana; and on apple hy acci¬
dent.
hetularia, Callipterus (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. Der Pflanzen¬
lause, p. 119. Aphis.
Betula alha, B. nigra.
hetulella, Calaphis Walsh, 18 62. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p. 301.
Betula alha, B. nigra.
hetulicola, Callipterus (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen¬
lause, p. 44. Aphis.
Betula alha, Carpinus hetulus, Corylus avellana.
hetulina, Aphis Walker, 1852. List. Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p, 1039.
Betula sp.f
betulina, Hamamelistes Horvath, 1896. Wien. Ent. Zeit., XV, p.
6. Tetraphis.
Betula alha.
betulina, Vacuna Buckton, 1886. Trans. Ent. Soc., London, p.
326, fig.
Betula alha.
betulinus, Chaitophorus Van Der Goot, 1912. Mitteilungen aus
dem Naturhistorischen Museum, XXIX, p. 276.
Betula alha, Populus tremula.
beulahensis, Pterocomma (Cockerell), 1904. Can. Ent., XXXVI.
p. 263. Cladobius.
Populus tremuloides.
bicolor, Aphis Haldeman, 1844. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p.
168.
Food plant not given.
44 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
bicdlor, Aphis Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 139, fig.
Galium veruni.
bicolor, Callipterus Koch, 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p.
212, fig.
No Food plant with the original description,
bicolor, Pterocomma (Oestlund), 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 3 6. Melanoxanthus.
Populus halsamifera, Salix sp.
bienis Myzus Sanborn.
• bifrons, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, I, p.
444.
Alnus glutinosaf
bifrontis, Macrosiphum (Passerini) 1879. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XI,
p. 45. Siphoiiophora.
Inula viscosa.
bignoniae, Sipha Macchiati, 1883. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XV, p. 362.
Lachjius.
Catalpa Mgnonioides, Tecoma radicans.
bipunctatimi, Phylloxera Lichtenstein, 1874. Bui. Soc. Ent.
Prance, p. GDI.
Quercus sp.
bituberculata, Aphis Wilson, 1913. Ent. News, XXV, p. 298, fig.
Saccharum officinarum.
bituberculata, Pterocomma Theobald, 1912, Kept. Econ. Zool.,
Year ending Sept. 30, 1912, pp. 82-84, figs.
Food plants?
bobretzkyi, Stomaphis Mordwilko, 1901. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross.,
XXXIII, p. 412.
Populus nigra, Salix sp.
bogdanowi, Lachnus Mordwilko, 18 95. Rab. Lab. Zool. Kab.
Varch. Univ. p. 115.
f
Picea aMes.
For description in German see Zool. Anz. XVIII, 1895, p. 97.
borealis. Pemphigus Tullgren, 1909. Ark. Zool. V, No. 14, p. 142,
fig.
Populus nigra, P. pyramidalis.
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphididae.
45
foouveri, Chermes Cholodkovsky, as var. of C. piceae Ratzburg,
which see
*boyeri, Pemphigus Passerini, 1856. Giornale Giardini III, p. 262,
Coix lacryma-joM, Digitaria humifusa, Oryza sativa, Poa praeten-
sis. 1
For other food plants see P. radicum Boyer.
boyeri, Pemphigus Passerini, (var. saccharata Del Guercio, 1900.
Nuov. Rel. 8taz. Fir., II, p. 93.
braggii, Drepanosiphum Gillette, 19 07. Can. Ent., XXXIX, p. 393,
fig.
Acer negundo.
braggii, Myzus Gillette, 19 08, Dan. Ent. XL, p. 17, fig.
Circium arvense, Cynara sp., Elaeagnus-argentea, Scolymnus sp.,
Shepherdia argentea.
brasiliensis, Ceratavacuna Hempel, 1901. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 7, VIII, p. 384.
Cattleya loddigesii, Epidendrum sp.
brassicae, Aphis Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae, p.
452.
Brassica adpressa, B. alha, B. arvensis, B. campestris, B. fruticu-
losa, B. napus, B. nigra, B. oleracea, B. rapa, Bnnias erucago,
Capsella hursa-pastoris, Cramhe maritima, Diplotaxis tenui-
folia, Erysimun australe, E. mnescens, Hesperis matronalis,
Isatis tintoria, Lepidium sativum, RapJianus landra, R. raphan-
istrum, R. sativus, Bpinacia oleracea, TUalictrum minus.
brassica-napus, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic Rev. Ill, p. 17.
Brassica napus.
brevicauda, MacrosiphoneUa Del Guercio, as var. of M. chrysan-
themi Del Guercio, w^hich see.
brevicornis, Pemphigus (Hart), 1894. Eighteenth Report Nox.
& Ben. Ins. Ill., p. 97, fig. Tychea.
Achillea ageratum, A. millefolium. Aster sp. Chenopodium album.
Euphorbia sp., Iva sp., Rumex occidentalis, Zea mays.
brevis, Aphis Sanderson, 1902. Thirteenth Rept. Del. Agr. Exp.
Sta. p.157, fig,
Crataegus coccinea, Cydonia vulgaris, Lathyrus odoratus, Pyrus
japonica, P. malus.
46 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
breviorostris, Pteroclilorus Mordwilko, as var. of P. roboris Linn.^
which see.
brevisiphona, Aphis Theobald, 1913. Jour. Board Agr., XIX, No.
11, p. 920, fig.
Beta vulgaris, Chenopodium sp.
brittenii, Rhopa-losiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. BioL, VII,
p. 107, fig.
Ribes sp.
brumiea, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,
II, p. 70.
Ononis calumae, 0. natrix, 0. spinosa.
brunellae, Aphis Scouteden, 19 03. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLVII,
p. 194.
Prunella vulgaris?
bruneri, Cliaitophorus Williams, 1911. Aphididae Nebraska, p. 25.
Populus tremuloides.
bufo, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, II, p. 46.
Carex arenaria, Lycopsis arvensis.
bumeliae, Pi’ocipliilus (Schrank) 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 102.
Ahies halsamea, A. fraseri, A. veichii, Fraxinus excelsior Pinus sp.
burrowi, Pemphigus Sanborn, 1904. Kansas Aphididae, p. 18.
Radicula sinuata.
bursarus, Pemphigus (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Na¬
turae, p. 453. Aphis.
CheirantUus cTieiri, Chenopodium sp., Cichorium intyhus, Lactuca
saligna, L. scariola, L. virosa, Lysimachia sp., Melilotus officim
alis, Populus. deltoides, P. molinifera, P. nigra, P. pyramidalis,
P. tremula, Sonchus asperis, 8. oleraceus.
butomi, Rhopalosiphum (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, 11, p. 114.
Aphis.
Butomus umhellatusf
buxtoni, Rectinasus Theobald, 1914. The Entomologist, XLVII,
p. 29.
In nest of Bothryomyrmex meridionalis Pheidole pallidula, Ter¬
mites. Leueotermes lucifugus.
W ilson-V ickery—List of ApMdidae.
41
cadiva. Aphis Walker, 1849.. The ZooL VII, p. 32, app.
Silene maritima.
*caenilesceiis, PempMgiis Passerini, 1856. Giornale Giardini, III,,
p. 262.
Ulmus campestris.
caianense* Macrosiphiiiii (Del Guercio), 1900. Nuov. ReL Staz..
Fir., II, ser. 1, p. 168. Siphonophora.
Sorghum saccharatum.
{
calanilnthae, Phorodon Macchiati, 1885. Bui. Soc. Ent, Ital.,.
XVII, p. 54.
Satureja vulgaris, Teucrium sp.
calaminthae, Rhopaloslplium Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore de&
Aphidens, p. 16. No description.
Calamintha sp.
calendula©, Mac.rosiphuiii (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. &
Geog. Surv. Terr., V, No. 1, p. 21.
Bidens laevis, Calendula arvensis.
caleiidulella, Macrosiphum (Monell) 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. &
Geog. Surv. Terr., V, No. 1, p. 19. Siphonophora.
Bidens laevis, Calendula arvensis.
caleiidulicola, Aphis Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr., V, p. 23.
Bidens laevis, Calendula arvensis, C. offlcinalis. Chrysanthemum sp.
calif oniica, Macrosiphum (Clarke), 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV, p.
264. 'N ectar ophor a,
Salix sp.
californicus, Essigella (Essig), 1909. Pom. Jour. Ent., I, p. Ir
fig. Lachnus,
Pinus sp.
califomicus, Monellia Essig, 1912. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent., 4, p.
767, fig.
Juglans californica.
californicus, Pemphigus Davidson, 1911. Jour. Econ. Ent. IV, p.
414.
New name for Pemphigus ranunculi, Davidson. Name preoc¬
cupied.
48 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ and Letters.
callae, Macroslphum? (Henrich), 1909. Verhand. Mitt. Sieb.
Ver. Naturw. LIX, p. 26, Siphonophora.
Ricfiardia africana.
callipterus, Aphis Hartig, 1841, Zeit. Entom. (Germar)' III, p. 369,
Betula sp.
callunae, Aphis Theobald, 1915, The Entomologist, XLVIII, p.
260.
Calluna vulgaris.
calotropMis, Aphis Del Guercio, 1916. Redia, XI, p. 299, fig.
Calotropis, procera.
caltliae, Rhopalosiphum Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 48, fig.
Caltha palustris.
camelhae, Toxoptera (Kaltenbach), 1843, Mon. der Pflanzen¬
lause, p. 122. Aplils.
Camellia japonica, Citrus medica.
cameliicola, Aphis Del Guerclo, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 161, fig.
Camellia sp.
campanulae, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflan¬
zenlause, p. 26. Aphis.
Aster Unosyres, Campanula erinus, C. persicifolia, C. rotundifoUa,
C. traccUelmm, Chrysanthemum • leucanthemum, Specularia
speculum.
campanula-riparia, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon. Mag,
& Critic, Rev, I, p. 361.
Campanula rotundifoUa.
canadensis, Microsiphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae of Ne¬
braska, p. 89. Oryptosiphum.
Artemisia canadensis, A. ludoviciana.
f
canadensis, Pemphigus Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 151, fig.
Populus canadensis, P. nigra.
canae, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 39.
Artemisia cana.
candicans, Aphis Passerini, 1879. Bui. Soc, Bnt, ItaL, XI, p. 46.
Orohanche ramosa.
WilsoTir-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
49
candicans, Chaitophorus? Thomas, 1877. Trans. Ill. State Hort.
Soc. N. S. X, p. 169, Aphds. No description.
cannabis, Phorodon Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 34.
Cannabis sativa.
capreae, Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
P. 6.
Salix caprea, 8. fragilis.
capreae, Siphocoryne (Pabricius), 1775. Systema Entomologiae
p. 734. Aphis.
Aegopodium podograria, Angelica arcJiangelica, A. atropurea, A.
sylvestris, Apium graveolens, A. nodiflorum, Carum sp., Chaero-
phyllum sylvestris, C. temulum, Conium maculatum, Coreopsis
sp,, Daucus sp., Foeniculwn vulgare, Heracleum spondylium,
Liotris sp., Pastinaca sativa, Petroselinum Twrtense, Peuceda-
niim alsaticum, P. officinalis, Salix alba, 8. amygdaloides, 8.
babylonica, 8, caprea, 8. lucida.
capsellae. Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 58.
Callistephus hortensis, Capsella bursa-pastor is, Chaerophyllum
temulum, C. silvestris, Mentha longifolia, M. sylvestris, Parie-
taria officinalis. Verbena chain aedry folia, Y. officinalis.
capsellae. Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 7 6, fig.
Capsella bursa-past oris.
caraganae, Macrosiphum Cholodkovsky, 1907. (1908), Revue
Russe d’ Entomologie, VII, pp. 87-95, fig.
Caragana arborescens, C. pygmaea.
carbocolor, Aphis Gillette, 1907. Can. Ent. XXXIX, p. 391, fig.
Rumex altissimus..
carduella. Aphis Walsh, 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p. 300.
Cirsium altissimum, C. lanceolatum.
carduelliimm, Rhopalosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Re¬
search, VI, p. 113, fig.
Carduus sp.
cardui. Aphis Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae, p.
452.
Anthemis maritima, A. tinctoria, Arctium lappa, Borago offlcinalis,
Carduus acanthoides, C. crispus, C. nutans. Chrysanthemum
4 — S. A. L.
50
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
leucantliemum, Cirsium arvense, C. lanceolatiim, C. muticum,
Cynara cardunculus, Doronicum cruenta, Eryngium campestre,
Hieracium umhellatum, Lithospermum officinale, Malva rotun-
difolia, M. sylvestris, Matricaria chamomilla, Onopordon acan-
thium, 0. illyricum, Onosma stellulatum, Primus nigra, Scolym-
nus hispaniscus, Senecio erucifolius, 8. jacohaea, 8. vulgaris,
^'VeridiumP
carduina, Phorodon (Walker), 1850. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
2, VI, p. 44. Aphis.
Carduus nutans, Cirsium lanceolatum.
caricis, Aphis Schouteden, 19 06. Mems. Soc. Ent. Belg., XII, p.
218.
Carex pseudo-cyperus.
caricis, Carolinaia Wilson, 1911. Can. Ent., XLIII, p. 61.
Carex sp.
caricis, Toxoptera Fullaway, 1910. Kept. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta.,
(1909), p. 32, fig.
Carex sp.
carlucciana, Vacuna Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 289, fig.
Castanea sativa.
caniosa, Endeis Buckton, 1883. Mon. Brit. Aphides, IV, p. 92, -
fig. Taken in ants nest.
Arena pratensis.
camosa, Macrosiphum (Buckton), 18 76. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I,
p. 144. Siphonophora.
Urtica urens.
camosa Macrosiphum (Buckton), var. impatientis, Williams, 1911.
Aphididae Nebraska, p. 74. Siphonophora.
Impatiens Mflora, I. pallida.
carotae. Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 112, fig.
Daucus carota, D. setulosus, Pastinaca sativa, Tordylium apulum.
Tordylium apulum.
carpini, CaUipterus Koch, 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p.
216, fig.
Betula alha, B. tremula, Carpinus hetulus, Corylus avellana.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
51
caryae, Erlosoma Fitch, 1856. Third Kept. Nox. Ben. Insects N.
Y., p. 443.
Cary a sp. Juglans nigra.
caryae, Longistigma (Harris), 1841. Insects Inj. Veg., p. 208.
Aphis.
Acer saccharinum, Carya alha, C. cordiformis, C. glabra, Juglans
nigra, Platanus occidentalis, Populus sp., Quercus marilandica,
Tilia americana, T. cordata.
caryae, Monellia (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr. V, No. 1, p. 31. Oellipterus.
Carya illinoensis, C. ovata, Juglans nigra, J. regia.
caryae-avellana. Phylloxera Riley, 1880. The American Entomol¬
ogist, III, p. 230.
C. alba, Carya ovata.
caryaecaulis. Phylloxera (Pitch), 1855. First Kept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects N. Y., p. 155. Pemphigus.
Carya alba, C. cordiformis, C. glabra, C. ovata.
caryae-fallax, Phylloxera Riley, 1875. Seventh Rept., Nox. & Ben.
Insects Mo., p. 118.
Carya alba, C. ovata.
caryaefoliae, Callipteims Davis, 1910. Ent. News, XXI, p. 198, fig.
Carya sp.
caryaefoliae. Phylloxera Pitch, 1856. Third Rept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects N. Y., p. 446.
Carya alba, C. glabra.
caryae-glohuli. Phylloxera Walsh, 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.,
I, p. 809.
Carya alba, C. glabra, C. ovata.
caryae-gummosa. Phylloxera Riley, 1875. Seventh Rept., Nox. &
Ben. Insects, Mo., p. 118.
Carya alba.
caryae-magnum. Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc., II, p. 391. Dactylosphaera.
Carya alba, C. cordiformis.
caryae-pilula, Xerophylla Walsh, 1867. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., VI,
p. 283. No description.
Carya glabra.
52 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
caryae-ren, Phylloxera Riley, 1875. Seventh Rept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects, Mo., p. 118.
Carya gladra. '
caryae-scissa, Phylloxera Riley, 1880. The American Entomolo¬
gist, III, p. 230.
Carya aid a, C. ovata.
caryae-semen, Phylloxera Walsh, 1867. Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil., VI,
p. 283.
Carya gladra.
caryae-septum, phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
II, p. 389. Dactylosphaera.
Carya alba, C. glabra.
caryae-septum Phylloxera var. perforans, Pergande, 1904. Proc.
Dav. Acad. Sci. IX, p. 193.
Carya glabra.
caryaevenae, Phylloxera (Fitch), 1856. Third Rept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects N. Y., p. 444. Pemphigus
Carya alba.
caryella, Monellia (Fitch), 1855. First Rept. Nox. & Ben. Insects
N. Y., p. 163. Aphis.
Carya alba, C. cordiformis, C. ovata, Juglans californica.
castanae, Vacuna Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 289, fig.
Castanea sp.
castanea, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 131,
fig.
Cirsium arvense, C. lanceolatum,
castaneae, Callipterus Fitch, 1856. Third Report Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects N. Y., p, 471.
Castanea dentata, C, sativa.
castaneae, Callipterus Buckton, 1881. Mon. Brit. Aphides, III,
p. 26, fig.
Castanea vesca.
castaneae, Phylloxera (Haldeman), 1850. Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts,
IX, ser. 2, p. 108. Chermes.
Castanea dentata, C. sativa.
Wilso7V-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
53
castanea-vesca, Aphis Haldeman, 1844. Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist.
I, p. 168.
Castanea pumila, C. vesca.
cathartica, Aphis Del Guercio, 1909. Rivista di Pat. Veg., IV, p..
5.
Rhamnus frangula. i
caudata, Macrosiphum (Pergande), 1900. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci.,
II, p. 513. Nectarophora.
Food plant unknown.
caudata, Trama Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 246, fig.
Lactuca scariola.
ceanothi, Aphis Clarke, 19 03. Can. Ent. XXXV, p. 250.
Ceanothus cuneatus, C. integerrimus.
ceanothi-hirsuti, Aphis Essig, 1911. Pom. Jour. Ent. 3, p. 525, fig.
Ceanothus hirsutus.
cecconii Dachiiiella Del Guercio, as var. of L. cilicica Del Guercio,
which see.
cembrae, Ch-ermes Cholodkovsky, 1888. Zool. Anz., XI, p. 47.
Pinus cemdra.
cembrae, liachnus Cholodkovsky, as var. of Ii. pini Linn, which see.
centaureae. Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 63,
fig.
Centaurea melitensis, C. scabiosa, C, sphaerocepTvala, Crepis biennis*.
centranthi, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. The Entomologist,.
XLVIII, p. 261.
Centranthus rubra, Valeriana offtcinalis.
cephalanthi. Aphis Thomas, 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., BuL
2, p. 11.
Cephalanthus occidentalis.
cephalicola, Aphis Co wen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colo., p. 118.
Trifolium repens.
cerasi, Aphis Muller, 1776. Zool. Dan. Prod. p. 110, fig.
54 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
cerasi, Aphis Sclirank, 18 01. Fauna Boica, II, p. 115.
Primus cerasus, P. domestica, P. persica, P. spinosa.
cerasi, Myzus (Fabricius), 1775. Systema Entomologiae, p. 734.
Aphis.
OpJirys aranifera. PJiotinea serratula, Prunus avium, P. cerasus, P.
domestica, P. maiialeh, P. persica, P. serotina.
cerasicolens, Aphis Fitch, 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y. ‘Cab.
Nat. Hist. p. 65.
Prunus avium, P. serotina.
cerasifoliae, Aphis Fitch, 1855. First Kept. Nox. & Ben. Insects
N. Y., p. 131.
Prunus avium, P. nigra, P. pennsylvanicum, P. serotina, P. vir-
giniana.
cerasina, Aphis Walker, 1850. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, VI,
p. 43.
Prunus avium.
cerastii, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach) , 1846. Ent. Zeit. (Stettive),
VII, p. 171. Aphis.
Cerastium arvense, Stellaria graminea, 8. holostea.
ceratoniae, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p.
18. No description.
Ceratonia sp.
cerealis, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 16. Aphis.
Agropyron repens, Agrostis alba, Apera spicaventi, Avena fatua, A.
sativa, A. strigosa, Bromus liordeaceous, B. secalinus, B. ster-
ilis, Dactylis glomerata, EcJiinocTila crus-galli, Elymus cana¬
densis, E. virginicus, Glyceria fluitans, Holcus lanatus, H. mol¬
lis, Hordeivm distichon, H. murinum, H. vulgare, H. vulgare-
Mmalayense, Lolium perenne, Poe annua, P. pratensis, Poly¬
gonum persicaria, Secale cereale, Betaria viridis, Trifolium
pratense, Triticum sativum, T. spelta, T. villosum, T. vulgare.
cerealium, Schizoiieura Szaniszlo, 1880. Term Fuzetek, IV, pp.
192-196-233.
Hordeum sp., Triticum sp.
cerricola, Pterochlorus Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 266, fig.
Quercus cerris.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
55
certa, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 32, app.
Viola tricolor
chaerophilli, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 79,
fig.
Beta vulgaris, Caucalis daucoides, Chaerophyllum aromaticum, C.
temulum, C. tuberosum, Daucus carota, Heracleum spondylium.
chamaedrys, Phorodon Passerini, 1879. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., II,
p. 48.
Teucrium chamaedrys.
chamomillae, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
65, fig.
Anthemis nobilis, Matricaria cfiamomilla.
chelidonii, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen¬
lause, p. 41. Aphis.
Brassica oleracea, Chelidonium majus, Rubus idaeus.
chenophyllum-canadense, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon.
Mag. & Critic., Rev. I, p. 361.
CTienophyllum canadensis.
chenopodiae, Brevicoryne (Das) Van der Goot, 1915. Beitr.
Kenntn. der Holland. Blatt. Harrlem, p. 245.
No description.
chenopodii, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 109.
Atriplex patula, Chenopodium album, C. glaucum.
chenopodii, Aphis Co wen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colo., p. 119.
Chenopodium album.
chinensis, Schlectendalia (Bell), 1851. Pharmaceutical Journal,
X, p. 128. Aphis.
Distylium racemosum, Rhue sp.
chloris, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 91, fig.
Fragaria vesca, Cratiola officinalis, Hypericum crispum, H. mon-
tamim, H. peroratum, Scabiosa columbaria, Scrophylaria gal-
ericulata, Stachys recta.
cholodkovskyi, Macrosiphum Mordwilko, 1909. (Trudi), Bureau
of Entomology, Dept, of Agri. St. Petersburg, VIII, p. 10.
Spiraea ulmaria.
56 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
chrysanthemi, Apliis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 5 6, app.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum.
chrysanthemi, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
73, fig.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, Matricaria chamomilla, M. inodora.
chrysanthemi, Macro siphoniella Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII,
p. 332.
Chrysanthemum sp.
chrysanthemi, Macrosiphoniella Del Guercio as var. brevicanda,
Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 117.
No description.
chrysanthemi, Macrosiphum (Oestlund), 1886. Aphididae of Min¬
nesota, p. 22. Siphonophora.
Bidens connata, B. laevis.
chrysanthemicola. Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 39.
Chrysanthemum sp.
chrysanthemicolens, Macrosiphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae
of Nebraska, p. 75. Siphonophora.
Chrysanthemum sp.
chrysothamni. Aphis Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XLI,
p. 101, fig.
Chrysothamnus lanceolatus.
cichbrii. Aphis Dut'rechet, 1833. Ann. Soc. Nat., XXX, p. 204.
Cichorium endiva, C. intyhus.
cichorii, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 184, fig. Siphonophora.
Agrostemma githago, Cichorium endiva, C. intydus.
cicutae, Rhopalosiphum Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlaues Aphiden,
p. 24, fig.
Cicuta virosa.
cilicica, Dachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 297, fig.
Ahies cilicica.
cilicica I<achniella var. cecconii Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p.
297, fig.
AMes cilicica.
Wilson-Vickery—List of ApMdidae,
m
clmicifornils, Paracletus Hey den, 1837. Ent. Beitr. Mus. Senk. II^
p. 294.
Festuca ovina-duri-uscula.
cinchona, FempMgxis (Buckton) Atkinson, E. A., 1889. Ind. Mu¬
seum Notes, I, p. 6.
Cinchona sp,
circezandis, Aphis Fitch, 1870. Thirteenth Kept. Nox, & Ben. In¬
sects, N. Y., p. 501.
Galium aparine, G. circaezans.
circumflexa, Macrosiphimi (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides,
I, p. 130, fig. Siphonophora.
Adriantum Tiytridum, Amorphophallus sp., Anemone cylindrical
AraMs sp., Artemisia dracunculoides, Arum italicum. Aster
spp., Car duns flodmanii. Chrysanthemum sp., Cineraria sp.^
Cyclamen sp. Doronicum cruenta, Freesia sp., Hydrangea hor-
tensia, Lilium candidum, Malvastrum coccineum, Oxalis rosea^
''Persimmom'' Physalis peruviana, Polymnia canadensis, Ra¬
nunculus acris, Richardia africana, Rudheckia laciniata, Rumex
ohtusifolius, Bamhucus canadensis, Bchizanthus sp., Benecio
cineraria, BoUdago missouriensis, *'Bpiraxis^\ Bteironema het-
erophyllum Tulipa sp. Vinca sp., Viola nuttallii.
circnmvailata, Terniitapliis Wasmann, 1903. Tijdschar. Bnt.,
XLV, p. 105, fig.
Food plant not given. In an ants’ nest.
cirsii, Macrosiphum (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Na¬
turae, p. 462. Aphis.
Cirsium arvense.
ctrsina, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ, Stor. Nat. Genova,
III, p. 226.
Cirsium arvensis.
cistatus, Dryobius Buckton, 1881. Mon. Brit, Aphides, III, p. 78,
“Spruce fir”.
clsti, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 20,
No description.
Cistus sp.
cistl, Aphis Walker, 1862. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1037.
No food plant given.
58 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
citri, Aphis (Ashmead) Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 69. No description.
Citrus sp.
citricidus, Myzus Kirkaldy, 1907. Proc. Hawaii Ent. Soc., I, part
3, p. 100.
Citrus aurantium.
^ citricola, Aphis Van der Goot, 1912. Mitteilungen aus dem Na-
turehistorischen Museum, XXIX, p. 273.
Citrus sp.
citrifolii, Macrosiphum (Ashmead), 1880. Orange Insects, p. 66.
Citrus sp.
citrinum Macrosiphum Ashmead as a var. of M. artemisiae Boyer
which see.
*citrulli, Aphis Ashmead, 1882. Florida Dispatch, I, p. 241.
Citrus sp.
clematidis, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 78,
fig.
Clematis flammula, C. recta, C. vitalha.
clematidis, Toxoptera Del Guercio, 1900. Nuov. Relaz. Staz. Agr.
Fir., II, p. 145.
Clematis vitalda.
clinopodii, Aphis Passerini, 1861. Att. Soc. Sci. Nat., Ill, p. 399.
Calamintha acinos, Mentha sylvestris, Satureja vulgaris.
cnici, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 122.
Cnicus oleraceus.
cnici, Apliis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 40.
Cnicus sp.
coccinea, Phylloxera Heyden, 1837. Ent. Beitr. Museum Senken-
berg, II, p. 28 9. Vacuna.
Quercus ilex, Q. rohur.
coccineus, Cliermes Ratzeburg, 1843. Stett. Ent. Zeit. IV, p. 202.
Ahies halsamea, A. pectinata, Picea ahies Pinus sp.
Wilson-Vickery~List of Aphididae.
59
coccus, Pemphigus Buckton, 1889. Trans. Linn. Soc., London,
(2), V, p. 142, fig.
Pistacia vera.
coffeae, Aphis Nietner, 1880. The Coffee Tree and Its Enemies,
p. 12.
Coffea araHca.
collega, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2218.
Artemisia maritima.
coloradensis, Chermes, Gillette, 1907. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
p. 16, fig.
Pinus contorta, P. eduUs, P. ponderosa, P. scopulorum.
coluteae, Pemphigus Passerini, 1863. Aphididae Italicae, p. 75.
Coliitea arhorescens.
comes, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, I, p.
258.
Betula alha.
commoda. Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2219.
Artemisia maritima.
compositae, Aphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p.
123, fig.
^'Compositae, species unknown.
compositae, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research VI,
p. 106, fig.
Compositae sp., african plant called "MocatJia.'’
compressa, Colopha Koch, 1857. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p.
267, fig. Schizoneura.
TJlmus americanus, U. campestris, U. "effiisa.”
confinis, Lachnus Koch, 1857. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 245,
fig.
Juniperus communis.
confusa. Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 46, app.
ScaMosa arvensis.
conica, Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., II, p.
390. Dactylosphaera.
Carya aWa, C. cordiformis.
60 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
conifera, Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., II^
p. 397. Dactylosphaera.
Carya cordiformis.
coniferarum, Ohermeis ‘Cholodkovsky, 1889. Zool. Ans. XII, p. 222.
Picea abies, Larix dicidua.
conii, Siphocoryiie Davidson, 19 09. Jour. Econ. Ent., II, p. 304.
Conium maculatum.
conjuncta, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2220.
Lycopsis arvensis.
consolidae, Aphis Passerini, 18 63. Aphididae Italicae, p. 43.
Matricaria chamomille, SympMtum o3cinale.
consolidatus, Chermes Patch, 19 09. Psyche, XVI, p. 137.
Larix laricina, Picea mariana, P. rubra.
consona, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool., VII, p. 36, app.
Prunus spinosa.
consors, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool., VI, p. 2218.
Cynogolssum officinalis.
conspersa, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool., VII, p. 46, app.
Scabiosa arvensis.
consueta, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool., VI, p. 2219. ,
Lycopsis arvensis.
consumpta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 54, app.
Digitalis purpurea.
contermhia, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 31, app.
Cakile maritima.
convecta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool., VII, p. 37, app.
Prunus domestica.
conviva, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool., VII, p. 36, app.
Prunus spinosa.
convolvuli, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 40. Aphis.
Convolvulus arvensis C. sepium, C. tricolor, Ipomoea purpurea,
Nemophila sp., Vinca major, Y. minor.
W ilson-Y ichery — List of Aphididae.
61
convolvulicola, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova, II, p. 66.
Convolvulus altheoides, C. arvensis.
cookii, Aphis Essig, 1911. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent. 3, p. 587, fig.
Citrus sp.
cooleyi, Chermes Gillette, 1907. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 3,
fig.
Picea englemanni, P. pungens, Pseudotsuga douglassi.
cooleyi Chermes Gillette, var. coweni, Gillette, 19 07. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 10, fig.
Picea englemanni, Pseudotsuga douglassi.
coracinus, Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 2, fig.
Acer campestre, A. platinoides, A. pseudo-platanus.
cora/llorhizae, Macrosiphum (Cockerell), 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV,
p. 167. Nectarophora.
CorallorMza multiflora.
cordatae, Chaitophorus Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 26.
Salix cordata.
coreopsidis, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat.
Hist. Bui. 2, p. 7. Siphonophora.
Bidens aristosa, B. Mpinnata, B. frondosa, B. vulgata.
coriandri, Brevicoryne (Das) Van Der Goot, 1915. Beitr Kenntn.
Holland. Blat. Harrlem, p. 245.
No description.
comi, Anoecia (Pabricius), 1775. Systema Entomologiae, p. 736.
Aphis.
Andropogon furcatus, Bromus Tiordeaceous, B. sterilis, B. unio-
loides, Capsella hursa-pastoris, Cornus amomum, C. asperi-
folia, C. paniculata, C. sanguinea, C. stolanifera, Digitaria
humifusus, D. sanguinalis, EcMnocTiloa crus-galli, Eragrostis
major, E. megastacTiya, E. pectinacea, Festuea ovina-durius-
cula, Grindelia squarrosa, Holcus lanatus, Hordeum judatum,
Muhlendergia racemosa, Panicum capillar e, P. dicJiotomiflorum,
P. proUferum, Phleum pratense, Polygonum aviculare, P.
pennsylvanica, P. persicaria, Prunus domestica, Setaria glauca,
S. italica, S. viridis, Sorghum vulgare, Spartina cynosuroides,
Triticum vulgare, Zea Mays.
62 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
corni, Scliizoiieura Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) , III, p. 367,
Cornus sanguinea,
cornicola, Aiioecia (Walsh), 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p. 304.
Eriosoma.
Cornus stolanifera, Digitaria Tiumifusa.
*coiiiicularius, Pemphigus Passerini, 1856. Giornale Giardini,
III, p. 261.
Pistacia tereMntMis.
coniifila, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 312, fig.
Cornus sp.
cornifoliae, Aphis Pitch, 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y. Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 65.
AmarantJius retroflexux, Cornus amomum, C. florida, C. paniculata,
C. stolanifera, Iva xantMfoliae, Riles aureum.
cornu, Hamamelistes Shimer, 1867. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. I,
p. 283.
Hamamelis virginiana.
comus-stricta, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & ‘Critic.
Rev., Ill, p. 16.
Cornus stricta.
coronillae, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, II, p. 69.
Coronilla pusilla.
corrugatans, Pemphigus Sirrine, 1894. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., I,
p. 129.
Amelancliier alnifoUa, A. ulmifoUa, A. canadensis, Crataegus crus-
galli, C. macrocapetra, C. occidentalis, C. oxyacantha, C,
tomentosa.
corticalis, Chermes Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause,
p. 197.
Pinus strolus, P. sylvestris.
corticalis, Phylloxera Kaltenbach, 1867. Vern. Nat. Ver. Preuss.
Rheinl. Westph., p. 44.
Quercus rolur.
corydalis, Macrosiphum (Oestlund) 188 6. Aphididae of Minne¬
sota, p. 25. Siphonophora.
Corydalis aurea.
Wilson-Yickery — List of Aphididae.
63
coryli, Callipterus Koch, 18 55. Die Piianzenlause Aphiden, p.
215, fig.
Corylus americana.
coryli, Macrosiplmm Davis, 1914. Can. Ent. XLVI, p. 48, fig.
Corylus americana.
coryli, Myzocallis (Goeze), 1778. Ent. Beitrage, II, p. 311.
Aphis.
Alnus glutinosa, Betula sp., Carpinus detulus, Corylus avellanUy
Fraxinus excelsior, Myrica gale.
corylinuni, Rhopalosiphum Davidson, 1914. Jour. Econ. Ent., VII,
p. 134, fig.
Corylus rostrata.
costata, Lachnus (Zetterstedt) 1828. Zett. Faun. Ins. Lapp., I,
p. 559. Aphis.
AMes sp., Picea mariana.
costata, Schizoneura Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar), III, p.
367.
AMes sp., Finns sp.
coweiii, Chermes Gillette, as var. of O. cooleyi Gillette which see.
coweni, Macrosiphuiii (Hunter), 1901. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui.,
60, p. 114. Nectar ophor a.
A new name for M. artemisiae Cowen.
Artemisiae tridentata.
coweni, Phyllaphis (Cockerell), 1905. X::an. Ent. XXXVII, p. 392.
Penujhigus.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi.
craccae. Aphis Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae, p.
452.
Yicia cracca, V. lutea, V. sativa, Y. villosa. No description was
given until 1761, Fauna Suecica editia altera, p. 260.
craccivora. Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 124,
fig.
Anagyris sp., Yicia cracca.
crassa, Tychae 'Cockerell, 19 03. Psyche, X, p. 218.
Pood plant not given.
64 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
*crassirostris, Phylloxera Dahl, 1912. Beitr. Naturdenkmalpfl,
III, p. 435.
Food plant?
crataegaria, Macrosiphum (Walker) 1850. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(2), VI, p. 46. Aphis.
Crataegus oxyacantha.
crataegeUa, Aphis Theobald, 1912. List of Aphididae of the Hast¬
ings District, p. 9.
A new name for Aphis crataegi Buckton not Kaltenbach.
•crataegi, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlaiise, p. 66.
Crataegus oxyacantha, Pprus communis, P. malus, Ranunculus sp.
crataegi, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 64, fig.
Crataegus oxyacantha.
crataegi, Eriosoma (Oestlund) 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p.
27. Schizoneura.
Crataegus punctata, C. tomentosa.
crataegi, 3Iacrosiphiiiii (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, p. 20. Siphonophora.
Crataegus coccinea, C. oxyacantha, C. punctata.
crataegi, ProciphUus Tullgren, 1909. Ark. Zool. V. No. 14, p. 96,
fig.
Crataegus oxyacantha, Pyrus malus.
crataegifoliae, Aphis Fitch, 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y.
Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 66.
Crataegus coccinea, C. punctata.
crataegus-coccinea. Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic. Rev., Ill, p. 16.
Crataegus coccinea.
creelii, Macrosiphum Davis, 1914. Canadian Entomologist, XLVI,
p. 41, fig.
Medicago sp.
crithmi. Aphis Buckton, 1886. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 323,
fig.
Crithmum maritimum.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
65
croaticus, Pterochloris Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
228, fig. Dryobius.
Quercus ilex, Q. rohur.
crucis, Thomasia Essig, 1912. Pom. 'Coll. Jour. Ent., 4, p. 741, fig.
Salix longifoUa.
cucubali, Aphis Passer ini, 18 63. Aphididae Italicae, p. 47.
Bilene cucubalus, S. latifolia.
cucumeris, Aphis Forbes, 1882. Twelfth Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects Ill., p. 83, fig.
Beta vulgaris, Cucumus melo, Cucurhita maxima.
cucurbitae, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1879. Eighth Kept. State
Ent., Ill., p. 67. Siphonophora.
GucurMta maxima, C. pepo.
cucTirbitae, Macrosiphum Mordwilko as a sub sp. of M. cyparissiao
Koch which see.
cucurbiti, Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 56, fig.
Cucumis sativus, GucurMta maxima, G. pepo.
cuneomaculata Lachniella Del Guercio as a var. of L. larlcis ( ? )
which see,
cupressi, Laclmus Buckton, 1881. Mon. Brit. Aphides, III, p. 46,
fig.
Gy press sp.
curtipilosa, Lachnus Mordwilko as a var. of L. pineus Mordwilko.
curvipes, Lachnus Patch, 1912. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 202, p.
161, fig.
AMes dalsamea.
cydoniae, Aphis Boisduval, 1867, Essai Entom. Hort., p. 254.
Gydonia vulgaris.
cymbalariae, Aphis Schouteden, 1900. Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg. XLIV,
p. 123.
Linaria cymhalaria.
cynarae, Aphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research VI, p. 124, fig.
Gynara sp.
5~S. A. L.
66 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
cynaglossi, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 22.
No description.
Cynoglossum sp.
cynoglossi, Phorodon Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p.
88.
Catalpa sp., Cynoglossum sp., Dianthus caryophyllus.
cynoglossum, Aphis Walker, 1848. The ZooL, VI, p. 2217.
Cynoglossum officinale.
cynosbati, Macrosiphum (Oestlund), 1887. Aphididae of Minne¬
sota, p. 81. Nectarophora.
Rides aureum, R. cynosdati.
cyparissiae, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 174, fig. Siphoiiophora.
EupTiordia cyparissia, E. peplus, Redus fruticosus, Scadiosa succisa.
cyparissiae, Macrosiphum Koch, var. cucurbitae, Del Guercio, 1913.
Redia, IX, p. 194.
Angelica arcangelica, A. sylvestris, Bryonia dioica. Calendula
officinalis. Chrysanthemum frutescens, C. leucanthemum,
Conium maculatum, Ecdallion elaterium?
It is not clear to authors whether or not all of the above food
plants were meant for this species.
cyparissiae, Acyrthosiphoii Koch sub. sp. cyparissiae, Mordwilko,
1914. Fauna of Russia, (Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petro-
grad., p. 188. See Macrosiphum cyparissiae Koch.
Euphordia sp.
cyparissiae, Acyrthosiphon Koch, sub sp. propinquum, Mordwilko,
1914. Fauna of Russia, (Insect Hemiptera), I, Petro-
grad., p. 193. See Macrosiphum cyparissiae Koch.
Euphordia gerardiana.
cyperl. Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, II, p. 45.
Juncus lampocarpus.
cyperi, Carolinaia Ainslie, 1915. The Can. Ent., XLV, p. 85.
Cyperus esculentus.
cyperl, Geoica Schouteden, 1902. Zool. Anz., XXV, p. 656.
Cyperus virens.
Wilsofir-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
67
cyperis, Myzocallis Macchiati, 1883. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XV, p.
259.
Cynoglossum sp.^ Cyperis rotundus.
cytisorimi, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) III, p. 370.
Cytisus laburnum,
dactylidis, Hyalopterus Hayhurst, 1909. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
XVII, p. 115.
Dactylis glomerata, Tridens flavus.
dahliae, Aphis Mosley, 1841. Ganders Chronicle, p. 628.
Dahlia sp.
danesiiy Bdmeria Grassi and Poa, 19 08. Atti Reale Accad. Lincei
Rend. XVII, p. 683.
Quercus sp.
dauci, Aphis Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae, p. 737.
Achillea millefolium, A. ptarmica, Beilis perennis, Chrysanthemum
leucanthemum, Daucus carota, EpiloMum molle, Erigeron
canadensis, Gossypium herbaceum. Lychnis dioica, Plantago
major, P. media, P. coronopus, P. rugelii, Taraxacum officinale,
Viola tricolor.
daiici, Forda Goureau, 1867. Bui. Soc. Ent. France, p. Ixxxix.
Daucus sp.. Lychnis dioica.
daTisiana, Aphis Del Guercio, 1913, Redia, IX, p. 159.
This name given for Aphis sambuci (Linnaeus) Davis.
Sambucus sp.
degeeri, Pemphigus Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause,
p. 186.
Pinus sp.
delicata, Chaitophorus Patch, 1913. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta., Bui. No.
213, p. 80, fig.
Populus tremuloides.
dentatus, Lachnus LeBaron, 1872. Second Rept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects, Ill., p. 138.
Salix sp.
deplanata, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 205.
Carya alba.
68 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
depressa, Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., II,
p . 39 0. Dactylosphaera,
Carya alda, C. ovata.
derbesi, Pemphigus Lichtenstein, 1880. Bui. Soc. Ent. Pr., (6),
X, p. LXXXII.
A new name for Pemphigus pallidus (Haliday), Derbes.
Pistachia tereMnthus.
derelicta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 50, app.
Calystegia soldanella.
desmodii, Macrosiphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 76. Siphonophora.
Desmodium canescens.
despecta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 53, app.
EpiloMum sp.
destructor, Macrosiphum (Johnson), 1900. Can. Ent. XXXII, p. 56.
N ectarophora.
Pisum sativum.
detracta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 38, app.
Prunus domestica.
devastati’ix, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.,
IX, p. 248.
Carya ilUnoensis.
devecta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 38.
Pyrus mains.
diani, Pemphigus Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, III, p. 234.
dianthi, Rhopalosiphum (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p
114. Aphis.
Dianthus caryopJiyllus, Pentaptes phoenicea, Solanum dulcamara,
8. tul)erosum.
dianthi, Rhopalosiphum var. poae, Williams, 1911. Aphididae of
Nebraska, p. 70.
Hyoscyamus niger, Poa compressa.
diervilla-lutea, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic. Rev., I, p. 360.
Diervilla lutea.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
69
dllineatus, Hyalopterus Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p.
113, fig.
Rosa centi folia.
diminuta, Aphis Walker, 1850. The Zool. VIII, p, 103.
Senecio vulgaris.
diospyri, Aphis Thomas, 1879. Eighth Kept. State. Ent. Ill. p. 95.
Diosypros virginiana.
diphaga, Aphis Walker, 1852. List. Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1042.
EpiloMum sp.
diplanterae, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 151, fig. Siplionophora.
Justica furcata, Malva sylvestris.
diplepha, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic.
Rev., Ill, p. 16.
Rosa sp.
dipsaci, Macrosiphum (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 104.
Aphis.
Cynara cardunculus, Dipsacus pilosus, D. sylvestris.
dirhoda, Macrosiphum (Walker) 1849. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Ill, p. 43. Aphis.
Avena sativa, Bromus hordeaceous, Dactylis glomerata, Olyceria
fluitans, Holcus sp., Hordeum murinum, Poa sp., Polygonum
persicaria, Rosa canina, R. centifolia, R. eglonteria, R. rugos,
Secale cereale, Triticum sativum.
discolor. Aphis Burmeister, 1835. Hand, der Entomologie, II, p.
94. No food plant given.
discolor, Aphis Haldeman, 1844. Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p.
169. No food plant given.
discolor, Myzocallis (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr., V, No. 1, p. 30. Callipterus.
Quercus ticolor, Q. macrocarpa.
dispar. Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2251.
Pood plant unknown to authors.
70 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
dispar, Myzus Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 225, p. 50.
Rihes spp.
dissita, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 34, app.
LatUyrus odoratus.
distychii, Nipponaphis Pergande, 1906. Ent. News, XVII, p. 205..
DistycMum racemosum.
diversa, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool., VI, p. 2251.
Prunus domestica.
dolichi, Aphis Montrouzier, 1861. Ann. Soc. Ent. Prance, ser. 4,
I, p. 74.
Dolichos sp.
donacis, Aphis Passerini, 1862. Atti. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Milano
III, p. 399.
Arundo donax,
donisthorpei, Trama Theobald, 1913. The Ent. Record, XXVII,
p. 52.
In nest of Tetramorium caespitum.
dryophila, Vacuna (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 113.
Aphis.
Cornus sanguinea, Quercus aegilops, Q. ilex, Q. roT}ur.
duhia, Macrosiphum (Ferrari), 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova, II, p. 55. Siphonophora.
Artemisia campestris, A. vulgaris.
dubia, Rhopalosiphum (Curtiss), 1842. Jour. Royal Agr. Soc.,
Ill, p. 54, fig. Aphis.
Prunus persica.
dubium, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (In-
sec'ta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 180.
*‘Papilionacearum''
duffieldii, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,
No. 2, p. 88.
Tulipa sp.
edentula, Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 39, fig.
Crataegus oxyacantha.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
71
edifactor, Pemphigus Buckton, 1893. Ind. Mus. Notes, III, p. 71.
Pistacia terebinthus.
egens, ApMs Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1036.
No food plant given.
egressa, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 38.
Prunus domestica.
elaeagni, Myzus Del Guercio, 1894. IL Naturalista Siciliana, XIII,
p. 197.
Cirsium arvense, Elaeagnus angustifolia, E. reflexa, Shepherdia
argentea.
elegans, CaUipterus Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p,
213, fig.
TJlmus campestris.
It
elegans, Rhopalosiphum Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Xliv. Stor. Nat.
Genova, III, p. 217.
Salvia ceratophylloides, 8. rectoflora.
elegans, Sipha Del Guercio, 1905. Redia, II, p. 137, fig.
Hordeum murinum.
eleusinis, Rhlzohius Thomas, 1877, Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., Bui.
2, p. 15.
Eleusine indica,
emeljanovi, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia,
(Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 171.
Food plant?
epilohii, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause, p. 64.
EpiloMum angustifoUum, E. Tiirsiitum, E. molle, E. montanum, E.
parviflorum, E. roseum, Gentiana cruciata.
epilohii, Aphis Kittel, 1827. Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris, V, p. 152.
EpiloMum molle, E. palustre, Lavatera sp.
epilohii, Macrosiphum (Pergande), 1900. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci.
II, p. 515. Nectarophora.
EpiloMum sp.
epilohiina, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool., VII, p. 53, app.
EpiloMum sp.
72 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , ArtSj and Letters.
eragrostidis, Colopha Middleton, 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist.,
Bui. 2, p. 17.
Anthoxanthum odoratum, Eragrostis frankii, E. megastacfiya, E.
minor, E. pilosa, Panicum sp.
eragrostidis, Tychea Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 39.
Eragrostis megastachya, Poa annua, Setaria glauca, S. viridis,
Triticum vulgare.
erecta, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 314, fig.
Oalium erectum.
ericae, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1038.
No food plant given.
erigeron-canadense, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic. Rev., Ill, p. 17.
Erigeron canadensis.
erigeronensis, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1877, Ill. State Lab. Nat.
Hist., Bui. 2, p. 7. Siphonophora.
Ambrosia trifida, Beta vulgaris, Erigeron canadensis, Lactuca
pulchella, L. scariola.
erigeronensis, Tychea Thomas, 1879. Eighth Rept. State Ent. Ill.,
Vol. 5, p. 168.
Erigeron canadensis, Cichorium intybus, EcMnochloa crus-gaUi,
Poa pratensis, Zea mays.
erigeron-philadelphicum, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon.
Mag. & Critic. Rev., I, p. 361.
Erigeron pMladelpMcus.
erigeron-strigosum, Aphis Rafinesque 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Crit. Rev., Ill, p. 17.
Erigeron ramosus.
eriobotryae, Aphis Schouteden, 19 05. Broteria, IV, p. 164.
Eriobotyra japonica.
eriogoni, Aphis Cowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colo., p. 119.
Eriogonum umbellatum, Eriogonum alatum, Erigeron acris.
eriophori, Hyalopterus (Walker), 1848. Anns. Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 2, II, p. 46. Aphis.
EriopJiorum vaginatum.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
73
erraticum, Rhapalosiphjum Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 35, fig.
No food plant given.
erraticuSy Prociphilus Koch, 1857. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p.
283, fig.
Food plant unkonwn to Koch.
erysimi, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause, p. 99.
Capsella hursa-pastoris, Raphanus rapUanistrum, Sisymbrium
allaria, S. officinale.
eupatorii, Aphis Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 39.
Eupatorium perfoliatum.
eupatorliy Aphis Passerini, 18 63. Aphididae Italicae, p. 36.
Eupatorium cannaMum, Malva sp., Stachys recta.
eupatorii, Macrosiphum (Williams) , 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 77. Siphonophora.
Eupatorium ageratoides, E. perfoUatum, E. urticaefolium.
euphorbiae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause, p.
94.
Erigeron canadensis, Euphorbia amygdaloides, E. biglandulosa, E.
corrollata, E. cyparissia, E. escula, E. althyrus, E. peplus, E.
terracina, E. virgata.
euphorbiae, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zoologist, VII, p. 43, app.
Euphorbia peplus.
euphorbiae, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1877, Ill. State Lab. Nat.
Hist., Bui. 2, p. 6. Siphonophora.
Euphorbia maculata.
euphorbicola, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat.
Hist., Bui. 2, p. 6. Siphonophora.
Euphorbia hirsuta, E. marginata.
euphrasiae, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 51, app.
Euphrasiae officinalis.
evonymi, Aphis Pabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae p. 736.
Evonymus europaeus, E. atropurpureus, Rhamnus frangula. Vibur¬
num latana.
74 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
exsiccator, Lachnus Altum, 1882. Forst Zoologie, III, p. 353, fig.
Fagus sylvatica.
exul, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 31, app.
Pelargonium sp.
exul, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 48, app.
Bamhucus nigra.
*fabae. Aphis Blanchard, 1840. Hist. Nat. Ins., Ill, p. 207.
Yicia faba.
fabae. Aphis Scopoli, 1763. Entomologia Carniolica, p. 139.
Vida faba.
*fagi, Chermes Altum, Forst Zoologie, III, p. 359, fig.
Fagus sp.
fagi, Chermes Linnaeus, 1761. Fauna Suecica, editio altera, p.
263.
*fagi, Phyllaphis (Linnaeus), 1767. Systema Naturae, Edition,
12, p. 735. Aphis.
Fagus ferruginea, F. grandifolia, F. sylvatica.
fagifoliae. Pemphigus Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 175, fig.
Fagus sp.
familiaris. Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool., VI, p. 2220.
Lycopsis arvensis.
farfarae. Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 54, fig.
Adenostyles albida, Tussilago farfara.
farinosa. Aphis Gmelin, 1788. Systema Naturae, I, part 4, p. 2210.
Salix sp.
farinosus, Pterocomma Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 178, fig.
Lamium sp.
*farinosus, Lachnus Cholodkovsky, 1891. Rev. Sci. Nat. St. Pe¬
tersburg, No. 8, pp. 294-305.
Picea abies, P. glauca, P. pungens, Pinus sp.
fasciata, Macrosiphoniella Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 117.
For description see page 189, fig.
Artemisia campestris.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
75
fasciatus, liachnus Burmeister, 1835. Hand, der Entomologie,
II, p. 93.
Picea aMes, P. mariana, Pinus strodus^ P. sylvestris.
filaginea, Anuraphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 308, fig.
Filago gallica.
filaginis, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 25
No description. n
Filago sp,
fllaginis, Myzus Schouteden, 1906. Mems. Soc. Ent. Belg., XII,
p. 231.
Filago gallica,
filaginiSy Pemphigus (Boyer de Fonscolombe), 1841. Ann. Soc.
Ent. France, X, p. 188. Aphis.
Filago gallica, F. germanica, F. minima, Onaphallium erectum, G.
uliginosum, Populus alia, P. monilifera, P. nigra, P. pyra-
midalis.
fllaginis, Macrosiphum (Lichtenstein), 1884. La Flore des Aphi¬
dens, p. 25. No description. Siphonophora.
Filago sp.
fltchii, Aphis Sanderson, 1902. 13th Kept. Del. Agr. Exp. Sta., p.
137, fig.
Crataegus coccinea, Pyrus germanica, P. malus.
flabellus, Chaitophorus Sanborn, 19 04. Kansas Aphididae, p. 37.
Carex sp.. Grass sweepings.
flaveola, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 55, app.
Carduus sp.
flavescens, Trama Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 307.
Artemisia vulgaris.
flavula, Forda Rohwer, 1908. Pysche, XV, p. 68.
Grass roots (Gramineae).
flavus, Euceraphis Davidson, 1912. Jour. Econ. Ent., V, p. 406,
fig.
Alnus rhomMfolia.
flavus, Hyalopterus Schouteden, 1906. Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg., XII,
p. 230.
Aquilegia vulgaris, Rosa sp.
76 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
flavusy Lachnus Mordwilko, 1895. Rab. Lab. Zool. Kab. Varcb.
Univ., p. 133.
Picea aMes.
For description in German see Zool. Anz. XVIII, 1895, p. 102.
flavus, Sipha (Forbes), 1884. Thirteenth Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects, Ill., p. 42, fig. Chaitophorus.
Arena sativa, Digitaria sanguinalis, Echinochloa crus-galU, Phleum
pratense, Poa pratensis, Sorghum dora, S. halepense, 8. sac-
charatum, Setaria glauea, Zea mays.
flocculosa, Lachnus Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 22.
Pinus ponderosa.
flocculosa, Pterocomma (Weed), 1891. Insect Life, III, p. 291,
fig. Melanoxanthus.
Salix cinerea.
floccus, Chernies Patch, 1909. Psyche, XVI, p. 137.
Picea marina, P. ruhra, Pinus strohus.
florentina, Phylloxera Targioni-Tozzeti, 1875. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital.,
VII, p. 287.
Quercus farnetto, Q. ilex, Q. sessilifolia.
floris-rapae, Aphis Curtiss, 1842. Jour. Royal Agr. Soc., Ill, p. 55.
Brassica oleracea.
foae, Phylloxera Borner, 1909. Zool. Anz., XXXIV, p. 26.
Quercus rohur.
fodiens, Schizoneiira Buckton, 1881. Mon. Brit. Aphides, III, p.
94, fig.
Bromus arienariusf, Rihes nigrum.
foenlculi, Siphocoryne Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 37.
Conium maculatum, Daucus carota, Foeniculus vulgare, Pastinaca
sativa.
foUicularius, Pemphigus Passerini, 1861. Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat.
Ill, p. 400.
Pistacia terehinthls.
folsomii, Aphis Davis, 1908. Ent. News, XIX, p. 143, fig.
P seder a quinquefolia.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
77
forbesi, Aphis Weed, 1889. Bui. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta., II, No. 6,
p. 148, fig.
Fragaria sp.
forcata, Phylloxera (Shimer). Is a wrong citation of foveatiim.
(According to Pergande). Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX, p.
209, 1904.
formicaria, Forda Hey den, 1837. Ent. Beitr. Mus. Senk., II, p. 292.
Agropyron repens, Cynodon dactylon, Festuca ovina — duriuscula
Holcus lanatus, H. mollis, Loliumperenne, Poa pratensis,
Sonchus oleraceus.
formicarium, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. The Ent. Record,
XXVII, p. 55.
In nest of Lasius fiavus.
formicarius, Pemphigus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p.
308.
Food plant not given. Found in ant’s nest.
formicetorum, Pemphigus Walsh., 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I,
p. 308.
Pood plant not given. Found in ant’s nest.
formicina, Eudeis Buckton, 1883. Mon. Brit. Aphides, IV, p. 91,
fig.
Carex dioica.
formlcophilus, liachuus Buchton, 1901. Science Gossip, VII, p.
257.
In ant’s nest.
foveatum, Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., II,
p . 393. Dactylosphaera.
Carya cordiformis.
foveola, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Daven. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 200.
Carya glabra,
foveolata, Aphis Del Guercio, 1916. Redia, XI, p. 302, fig.
Pergularia extensa.
fragaefoUi, Myzus Cockerell, 1901. Can. Ent. XXXIII, p. 101.
Fragaria sp.
78 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
fragariae, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, II,
p. 431.
Fragaria vesca.
fragariae, Macrosiphum (Koch) 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 173, fig. Siphonophora.
Duchesnea indica, Fragaria vesca.
fragariae, Macrosiphum Koch, var. tmmaculata, (Riley), 1875.
Rural World for December 11. Siphonophora.
Fragaria sp.f ^ ! T~j
fragariae, Myzus Theobald, 1912. The Entomologist, p. 223.
Fragaria vesca.
fragariella, Macrosiphum (Theobald), 1905. Rept. Econ. Zool.
p. 36. Siphonophora.
Fragaria vesca.
frangulae. Aphis Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 142,
fig.
Rfiamnus frangula, R. lanceolata.
fraxini. Aphis Fabricius, 1776. Genera Insectorum, p, 303.
Fraxinus excelsior.
fraxini. Pemphigus Hartig, 1841. Germars Zeit. Entom., Ill, p.
367.
Fraxinus sp.f
fraxini. Phylloxera Stebbins, 1910. Springfield Mus. Nat. Hist.
Bui. 2, p. 46, fig.
Fraxinus americanus.
fraxini Prociphilus (Linnaeus), 1758. Systema Naturae, Tenth
Edition, p. 454. Chermes.
Fraxinus americana, F. excelsior, F. oregona, F. quadrangulata, 8y-
ringa vulgaris, Ulmus americana.
fraxlni-dipetalae, Prociphilus (Essig), 1911. Pomona Coll. Jour
Ent. Ill, p. 533. Pemphigus.
Fraxinus dipetala, Pseudotsuga douglassi.
fraxinifolii, Prociphilus (Riley), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr., V, No. 1, p. 17. Pemphigus.
Fraxinus americana.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
79
fraxinifolii, Prociphilus (Thomas), 1879. Eighth Kept. State Ent.
Ill., p. 146. Pemphigus.
Fraxinus nigra, F. oregona, F. quadrangulata, F. samhucifqlia
frequens, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2219.
Artemisia maritima.
*freycmetiae, Cerataphis Van Der Goot, 1915. Beitr. Kenntn.
Holland Blat. Harrlem, p. 434.
New name for Cerataphis lataniae (Lichtenstein)
Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijd. Ent. LV, p. 330.
Mgidae, Aphis Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 46.
Artemisia californica, A. frigida.
frlgidae, Macrosiphmii (Oestlund), 1886. Aphididae of Minne¬
sota, p. 20. Siphonophora.
Artemisia californica, A. frigida.
frondosae, Aphis Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 38.
Bidens frondosa.
fuliginosa, Schizoneura Buckton, 1881. Mon. Brit. Aphides, III,
p. 96, fig,
Finns laricis, P. pyreniaca, P. sylvestris,
fuligmosus, Lachnus Buckton, 1891. Ind. Mus. Notes, II, p. 41, fig.
Prunus armeniaca, P. persica.
fulvae, Macrosiphum (Oestlund), 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 80. Nectarophora.
Impatiens diflora, I. pallida.
fumariae, Aphis Blanchard, 1840. Hist. Nat. Ins., Ill, p. 207.
Fumaria offlcinalis.
fumipemiella, Monellia (Fitch), 1855. First. Kept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects N. Y., p. 166. Aphis.
Carya sp., Juglans sp.
funesta, Macrosiphum (Macchiati), 1885. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital.,
XVII, p. 67. Siphonophora.
Rudus idaeusf
fungicola, Eriosoma Walsh, 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p. 304.
Fungus?
80 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
fimltectus, Ohermes Drefus, 1888. 61 Vers. Deutcher. Nat. Argt.
Koln., part 2, p. 60.
Picea aUes, Tsuga canadensis.
furcata, ApWs Patch, 1914. Me, Agr. Exp, Sta. Bui. No. 233, p.
259, fig.
Prunus virginiana.
f areata, Forda Theobald, 1913. The Ent, Record, XXVII, p. 53.
In nest of Myrmica laevinodis.
furcipe^, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817, Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic.
Rev., I, p. 361.
Beilis perennis^ Primula veris.
furcala, Aphis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica, p. 312.
Betula sp., Salix sp.
fusciclava, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic.
Rev. I, p. 361.
Pood plant not given.
fuscicornis, Amycla Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
p. 303, fig,
Anthemis noMUs, Camelia sp.^ Chenopodium sp.
fuscifrons, Amycla Koch, 1857, Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
301, fig.
Arena sativa, Camellia sp., Coix lacryma-joM, Hieracium pilosella,
Panicum sp. See P. radicum Boyer.
fuscifrons, Pemphigus var. saccharata, Del Guercio, 1895. Nat,
SiciL XIV, p. 88.
Sorghum saccharatum.
fuscipennis, Aphis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponi'^a, p. 312.
“Hah in Dapponiae Suecicae meridionalis, sylvis, rarissime, etc.”
fuscus, Dachnus Passerini 1863. Arch. Zool. Anat. II,. p. 188.
Quercus sp.
galeactitis, Rhopalosiphum Macchiati, 1883. Bui. Soc. Ent. ItaL,
XV, p. 233.
Antirrhinum majus, Galeactites tomentosa. .
MV ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
81
galeopsidis, Phorodon (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 35. Aphis.
Galeopsis ladanum, O. tetrahit, HeracUum spondylium, Lamium
alhum, L. amplexicaule, L. purpureum, Leonurus cardiaca, Pe-
tasites japonicus^ Plantago lanceolata, P. psyllium, Polygonum
aviculare, P. donii, P. fagopyrum, P. Jiydropiper, P. Jiydropiper-
oides, P. JapatJiifoUum, P. mite, P. pennsylvanicum, P. persi-
caria, Potentilla anserinia, P, reptans, P. verna, Stachys ar-
vensis, S. germanica, 8. recta, 8. sylvatica, Tussilago farfare.
galil, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 8 7.
Oalium aparine, G. cruciata, G. moUuga, Q. saccharatum, O. verum.
gaHaruin, Aphis Gmelin, 1788. Systema Naturae, I, part 4, p.
2210.
AMes sp.f Picea mariana.
gallarum, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1856. Verb. Natur. Ver. Preuss.
Rhein, West., p. 236.
Artemisia adrotanum, A. vulgaris.
gallarmn-iilmi, Aphis Linnaeus, 1789. Entomologia, p. 550, no. 41.
Vlmus sp.
gallicae, Anuraphis (Del Guercio), 1911. Redia, VII, p. 311.
Aphis.
Filago gallica, F. germanica.
gardenia©, Aphis Del Guercio, a var. of Aphis afRnis Del G. which
see.
ganrae, Macrosiphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 79. Siphonophora.
Oaura parviflora.
gaurina, Macrosiphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 80. Siphonophora.
Oaura parviflora.
gei, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
171, fig. Siphonophora.
Oeum urtanum.
genevel, Callijiterus Sanborn, 19 04. Kansas Aphididae, p. 38.
Pood plant not given.
6=-S. A. L.
82 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
geniculatus, Chermes Ratzeburg, 1844. Die PorsMnsecten, III,
p. 202. Foot note.
Larix decidua.
genistae, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (In-
secta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 144.
Genista tinctoria.
genistae, Aphis Scopoli, 1763. Entomologia Carniolica, p. 139.
Cytisus lahurnum, Foeniculum vulgare, Genista tinctoria.
genistae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 9 0.
Genista angelica, G. tinctoria.
georgiana, Phylloxera Pergande, 19 04. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 249.
Carya illinoensis.
geranii. Aphis Kaltenbach, 1874. Die Pflanzenfeinde, p. 81.
Geranium maculatum, G. rodertianum.
geranii, MacroSiphum (Oestlund), 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 80. Nectarophora.
Geranium maculatum.
gerardiae, Macrosiphnm (Thomas), 1879. Eighth Rept. State Ent.
Ill., p. 65. Siphonophora.
Gerardia tenuifolia, Ostrya virginica.
gibbosa, Apliis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic. Rev.,
Ill, p. 17.
Solidago canadensis, S. odora.
giganteus, Callipterus Cholodkovsky, 189 9. Zool. Anz., XXII, p.
474.
Alnus glutinosa, A. incana.
gigliolii, Cavariella Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 326.
Angelica silvestris.
gillettei. Aphis Cowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colo., p. 120.
Amaranthus retroflexus, Helianthus petiolaris.
gillettei, Euceraphis Davidson, 1915. Jour. Econ. Ent., VIII, p.
421.
Alnus rhomdifoUa, Betula fontinaUs.
Wilson-Vickery—-List of Aphididae.
83
githago, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. N. N. for Slphoiiophora
cichorii, Buckton (part) not Koch, Jour. Econ. Biol.,
VIII, No. 3, p. 147.
Agrostemma githago, Cichorium inty'bus.
glabra, Vacuna Heyden, 1837, Ent. Beitr. Mus. Senk., II, p. 291.
Quercus sp.
gladioli, Aphis Felt, 1908. Twenty-fourth Kept. State Ent. Inj.
Insects, N. Y., Mus. Bui. 134, p. 19, fig.
Gladiolus sp., Nepeta glechoma.
glandiformis, Pemphigus Rudow, 1875. Zeit. Ges. Natuiv. (2),
XII, Mecklenberg, p. 247.
Populus pyramidalis.
glandulosa. Aphis Kaltenbach, 1846. Ent. Zeit. (Stettin), VII, p.
170.
Artemisia a'brotanum.
glauca, Macrosiphum Buckton, as var. of M. rosae Linn., which
see.
glaucii, Macrosiphum (Lichtenstein), 1884. La Flore des Aphi-
dens, p. 27. No description. Siphonophora.
Glaucium sp.
glechomae. Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2247.
Nepeta glechoma.
glehnus, Lachnus Essig, 1916. Jour. Ent. & Zool. Claremont,
Cal., VII, p. 180. fig.
Picea glehni.
globosum. Phylloxera (Shimer), 1867. Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phil.,
XIX, p. 2. Dactylosphaera.
Carya cordiformis, C. glabra.
globosus. Pemphigus Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit.
Museum, part 4, p. 1057.
Rumex sp.? Scarlet runner?
globulosus. Pemphigus Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI,
P. 147, fig.
Populus sp.
84 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
glyceriae, Siplia (Kaltenbach) 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p.
113. Aphis.
Dactylis sp., Festuca sp., Olyceria aquatica, G. fluitans, Juncus e/-
fusus, J. lampocarpus, Leersia oryzoides, Oryza sativa, Phalar-
is arundinacea, Phleum pratense, Poa annua, Sagittaria sagit-
tifolia, Triticum sp.
glyceriae, Sipha var. italica, Del Guercio, 19 05. Redia, II, p. 142.
fig.
Agrostis sp., Alopecurus sp.
gnaphalli, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 50, app.
Filago germanicum.
gnaphalii, Pemphigus Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause,
p. 180.
Filago germanica, Gnaphalium erectum.
gnidil, Macrosiphum (Lichtenstein), 1884. La Flore das Aphi-
dens, p. 22. No description. Siphonephora.
Daphne sp.
gomphorocarpi, Aphis Van Der Goot, 1912. Mitteilungen aus dem
Naturhistorischen Museum, XXIX, p. 275.
Gomphorocarpus fructicosus.
gossypii, Aphis Glover, 1877. Report *Comm. Agr., U. S. A., 1876,
p. 36.
Acalypha virginica, Althaea sp., Amaranthus sp., Arctium lappa.
Asparagus officinalis. Begonia sp., Beta vulgaris Bidens sp.,
Capsella 'bursa-past oris, Catalpa sp., Chenopodium album, G.
ambrosioides, Cirsium arvensis, Citrus aurantium, Colocasia
antiquorum. Convolvulus sp., Cornus mas, Cosmia sp., Cucumis
melo, G. sativus, Cucurbita maxima, Cuphea, Batura stramon¬
ium, Diodia teres, Duchesnea indica, Gossypium herbaceum,
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, Humulus lupulus, Hydrangea sp., Ipo-
moea sp.. Lappa major, Lepidium virginicum, Lilium candi-
dum, Lycopersicum esculentum, Malva rotundifolia, Medicago
denticulata, Nepeta hederacea, Phaseolus lunatus, P. ranus,
P. vulgaris, Philadelphus coronarius, Plantago virginica. Port-
ulaca oleracea, Pyrus communis, P. coronaria, Rumex cris-
pus, Saccharum offlcinarum, Solanum tuberosum, Spinacta
oleracea, Stellaria media, Taraxacum officinale, Trifolium pra¬
tense, Vida faba, Viola odorata.
gossypii, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia (In-
secta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., App, p. 7.
Gossypium sp.
Wilson-Yickery — List of Aphididae.
85
gossypii, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, sub. sp. gossypii, Mordwilko,
Fauna of Russia, (Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p.
173.
Gossypium sp.
gossypii, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, sub. sp. paczoskii, Mordwilko,
1914. Fauna of Russia (Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petro¬
grad., p. 178.
Lepidium perfoliatum.
grabhami, Rhopalosiphum Cockerell, 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV, p.
342.
Lonicera involucrata.
gracilis, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1040.
Salix sp.
gracilis, Myzus Buckton, 18 76. Mon. Brit, Aphides, I, p. 176, fig.
Acer pseudo-platanus, Platanus sp.
grafiai, Stomaphis Cholodkovsky, 189 4. Bui. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mus.,
VIII, p. 401, fig.
Acer campestre, A. tataricum.
graminis, Chermes Linnaeus, 1758. Systema Naturae, p. 453,
No. 1.
graminis, Tetraneura Monell, 1882. Can. Ent., XIV, p. 16.
DescTiampsia amhigua, D. caespitosa, Leersia virginica, Panicum
teneriffae, Triticum vulgare, TJlmus americana.
graminis, Tychea Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 298,
fig.
AnthoxantJium odoratum.
granunum, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,
No. 3, p. 145.
Wild grasses, — meadow foxtail, timothy grass.
graminum, Toxoptera Rondani, 1852. Nuov. Ann. Sci. Nat. Rend,
ser. 3, VI, p. 10.
Agropyron occidentale, A. repens, A. smithii, A. tenerum, Alope-
curus geniculatus, ArrJienatherum avenaceum, Avena hartata,
A. fatua, A. sativa, Bromus commutatus, B. erectus, B. Jiordea-
ceous, B. inermis, B. maximum, B. porteri B. secalinus, B. tec-
86 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
torum, B. unioloides, CJiaetocJiloa dactylon, C. viridis, Cyno-
don dactylon, Dactylis glomerata, Digitalis sanguinalis, Distich-
Us spicata, Echinochloa crus-galli, Eleusine indica, Elymus
canadensis, E. striatus, E. virginicus, Eragrostis megastachya,
E. pilosa, Fagopyrum esculentum, Festuca elatior, F. hetero-
phylla, F. ovina-duriuscula, F. rubra, Heteropogon hirtus, Hor-
deum caespitosum, H. jubatum, H. murinum, H. pusillum, H.
vulgare, Juncus tennis, Lolium multiflorum, L. perenne, L. tem-
ulentum, Medicago sativa, Phalaris canariensis, Phleum pra-
tense, Poa annua, P. compressa, P. pratensis, Polypogon mon-
speliensis, Secale cereale, Setaria glauca, 8. italica, Sorghum
halepense, 8. vulgaris, Sporobolus neglectus, 8tipa setigera, 8.
viridula, Triticum sativum, T. spelta, T. villosum, T. vulgare,
vea mays.
graminus, Schizoneura Del Guercio, 1895. Natural. Sicil. XIV, p.
84.
Triticum vulgare.
graiiariiim, Macrosiphum (Kirby), 1798. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon¬
don, IV, p. 238. Aphis.
Agropyron repens, Avena fatus, A. sativa, Bromus commutatus?
B hordeaceous, B. secalinus, Chaetochloa glauca, Dactylis glom¬
erata, Echinochloa crus-galli, Eleusine indica, Elymus canaden¬
sis, E. virginicus, Festuca heterophylla, F. ovina-duriuscula, F.
tectorum, Frageria grandifiora, Glyceria fiuitans, Holcus sp.,
Hordeum jubatum, H. murinum, H. pusillum, H. vulgare, Jun¬
cus tenuis, Lolium multiflorum, Poa compressa, P. pratensis.
Polygonum sp., Secale cereale, Seteria glauca, 8. italica, 8yn-
therisma sanguinale, Triticum sativum, T. vulgare, Zea mays.
granulatus, Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 13, fig.
Acer campestre
gravicomis, Pemphigus Patch, 1913. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. No.
213, p. 75, fig.
Populus balsamifera.
greeni, Lachnus Schouteden, 1905. Spolia Zeylanica, II, p. 184, fig.
Cryptomeria sp.
grindeliae, Atarsos Gillette, 1911. Ent. News, XXII, p. 440, fig
Grindelia squarrosa.
grindeliae, Macrosiphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae of Ne¬
braska, p. 81. Siphonophora.
Grindelia squarrosa.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
87
groenlamdica, Tychea Rubsaamen, 1898. Bibl. Zool. XX, p. 115.
Grass roots.
grossulaidae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause,
p. 67.
Rides grossularia, R. nigrum, R, sanguineum, R. vulgar e.
grossulariae, Schizoneura Taschenberg, 1887. Verb, blatt.
Deutsch. Pomol. Ver. p. 8 0.
Rides sp.
grossus, Lachnus Kaltenbach, 1846. Ent. Zeit. Stettin, VII, p. 174.
Picea adies, Pinus sp.
hamadryas, Anisophleba Koch, 1857 Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 320, fig.
Larix decidua.
hamainelidis, Hormaphis (Fitch), 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State
N. Y. t)ab. Nat. Hist , p. 69. Byrsocrypta.
Betula nigra, Hamamelis virginiana.
hederae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 89.
Hedera helix, Ilex aquilfolium.
hederae, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI,
p. 108, fig.
Hedera helix.
hederae, Pemphigus Horvath, 1894. Rev. Entom. France, XIII,
p. 188, fig.
Hedera helix.
hederella, Aphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p. 119,
fig.
Hedera helix.
heleniella, Macrosiphum (Cockerell), 1903. Can Ent., XXXV, p.
169. N ectarophora.
heliauthemif Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, II, p. 65.
Helianthemum vulgare.
helianthemi, Rhizobius Westwood, 1843. Proc. Ent. Soc. Jour.,
also Ann. Nat. Hist., XIV, p. 453.
We have seen only the citation in the Gardners Chronicle for
1848, p. 399.
Helianthus tuderosus.
88 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
helianthl, Aphis Monell, 1879. BuL* U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr., V, No. 1, p. 26.
Cornus sp., Helianthus annuus, H. divaricatus, H. giganteus, H.
grosse-serratus, H. petiolaris, H. scahherimus, H. tuberosus.
helichrysi, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p.
102.
Achillea ligustica, A. millefolium, A. odorata, A. ptarmica, Ager-
atum conizoides, Anthemis tinctoria, Aster sp., Bidens fron-
dosa, Bidens tripartita. Chrysanthemum balsamita, Erigeron
canadensis? Onaphalium uglinosum, Helichrysum arenanum,
H. chrysanthemum, H. stoechas, Hieracium umbellatum, Lam-
ium album, L. maculatum, L. purpureum, Leonurus cardiaca,
Matricaria sp., Myosotis palustris, Prunus insititia, Senecio
vulgaris, Tanacetum vulgar e, Trifolium pratense.
heliotropiiy Aphis Macchiati, 1885. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XVII, p.
69.
Heliotropium europaeum.
hemisphericum, Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc., II, p. 387. Dactylosphaera.
Carya alba.
heraclei, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 50, flg.
Aethusa cynapium, Apium graveolens, Arctium sp., Daucus carota,
Heracleum spondilium.
heraclii, Aphis tJowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colo., p. 120.
Heracleum lanatum, Pastinaca sativa.
hermistonii, Aphis Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLI, p.
93, flg.
Artemesia tridentata.
heucherae, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1879. Eighth Kept. State
Ent. Ill., p. 66. Siphonophora.
Heuchera hartwegii, H. hispida.
hexagona, Forda Theobald, 1913. The Ent. Record, XXVII, p. 53.
In nest of Formica fusca.
hlhemaculorum, Aphis Boyer de Ponscolombe, 1841. Anns. Soc.
Ent. Prance, X, p. 181.
Daphne indica.
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphididae.
89
hieracii, Macrosiphiun (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 121.
Aphis.
Arctium lappa, Ballota nigra, Carduus sp., Cichorium endiva. C.
intydus, Crepis tectorum, Hieracium murorum, H. pilosella, H.
spondylium, H. sylvaticum, H. sylvestris, Urospermum dale-
champii, U. picroides.
hieracii, Macresiphum (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 17. Aphis.
Arctium lappa, Cichorium intyhus, Crepis Mennis, Hieracium mur-
orum, H. pilosella, H. spondylium, H. sylvaticum, H. sylvestris,
H. um'bellatum, H. vavietis.
hieracium-paniculatum, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag.
& Critic. Rev., Ill, p. 17.
Hieracium paniculatum.
hieracium-venosum, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon. Mag.
& Critic, Rev., I, p. 361.
Hieracium venosum.
himalayensis, Chernies Stebbing, 1910. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon¬
don, ser. 2, Zool. XI, part 6, pp. 99-124, fig.
This name is adopted by the author to replace Chermes ahietls-
piceae Stebbing because he thinks the latter name will
cause confusion if Cholodkovsky is right in his belief that
two species are involved.
AMes wehMana, Picea morinda.
hippophaes, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1036.
No food plant given.
hippophaes, Rhopalosiphum Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 28, fig.
Elaeagnus sp., Hippopha rhamnoides. Inula graveolens, Poly¬
gonum nodosum, P. persicaria, Shepherdia sp.
hlrtellusy Atheriodes Haliday, 1839. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 189.
Juncus articulatus.
hlrticomis, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, I,
p. 447.
Quercus sp.
♦holci. Aphis Hardy, 1850. North British Agriculturist, II, p. 531.
Holcus sp.
90 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
holci, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, II,
p. 62.
Holcus mollus.
hordei, Aphis Kyber, 1815. Germars Mag. Ent., I, part 2, p. 15
Hordeum vulgar e.
hordei, Aphis Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 205.
Hordeum murinum.
horvathi, Trama Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 252, fig.
Cichorium intyhus, Leontodon taraxaci, Sonchus aspcris, S. olera-
ceus.
houtenensis, Aphis Troop, 19 06. Ent. News, XVII, p. 59.
Rihes rotundifoUum, R, sanguineum.
howardii, Amphorophora Wilson, 1911. Can, Ent. XLIII, p. 59.
Dactylis glomerata, Elymus canadensis, E. virginicus, Glyceria ner-
vata.
humilis, Aphis Walker, 185 2. List. Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1038.
No food plant given.
humuli, Phorodon (Schrank), 18 01, Fauna Boica, II, p. 110.
Aphis.
Asparagus officinalis, Humulus lupuius, Prunus domestica, P. in-
sititia, P. mahalel), P. pissardi, P. spinosa.
hyalinus, Lachims Koch, 1857. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p.
238, fig.
Picea aMes, Pinus sp.
hyalinus, Myzocallis (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S, Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr., V, No. 1, p. 30. Callipterus.
Quercus imdricaria, Q. lamellosa, Q. stellata.
hyosciami, Aphis Kittel, 18 27. Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris, V, p. 149.
Hyoscyamus niger.
hyperici, Callipterus Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr., V, No. 1, p. 25.
Hypericum kalmianum, H. prolificum.
hyperici, Myzocallis Thomas, 1879. Eighth Rept. State Ent. Ill.,
p. 108.
Hypericum prolificum.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
91
hyperophilus, Lachnus Koch, 1865. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 232, fig.
Finns '‘maritima'\ P. sylvestris.
hypogeus, Chaitophorus Schouteden, 1906. Mems. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
XII, p. 213.
Salix reyens.
idaei, Aphis Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschr. voor Ent., 55, p. 78,
fig.
Rul)us idaeus.
Ignotum, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (In-
secta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 147.
Spiraea sp.
ilicicola) Pterochlorus (Boisduval), 1867. Entom. Hort., p. 272.
Aphis.
Quercus ilex.
ilicina, Pterochloiuis Del Guercio), 1909. Redia V, p. 271, fig.
Dryaphis. Sinonimia esclusa for Aphis ilicicola Boisduval.
Quercus ilex.
illciphila, Pterochlorus (Del Guercio), 19 09. Redia, V, p. 268,
fig. Dryaphis.
Quercus ilex. Name given to replace Boisduval’s name A. ilicicola.
ilicis, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 88.
Ilex aquifolium.
ilicis, Parthenophylloxera Grass! and Fra, 1911. Rend. Acc. Lincei,
20, 2 sem., pp. 611-617.
Quercus sp.f
ilka, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (Insecta
Hemiptera), I, Petrograd, p. 149.
Papaver nudicaule.
incerta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 45, app.
Cucumis sativus.
illinoisensis, Aphis Shimer, 18 66. Prairie Farmer, XVIII, No. 20,
Nov. 17, p. 316.
Vitis cordifolia, V. vinifera, V. vulpina.
92 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
imaicus, Pemphigus Cholodkovsky, 1912. Revue Russ. Ent., XII,
p. 495, fig.
Populus cUiata.
imbricator, Pemphigus (Fitch), 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State N,
Y., Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 68. Eriosoma.
Betitla sp., Fagus sylvatica, I<\ grandifolia.
immaculata, Macrosiphum Riley, as a var. of M. fragariae Koch
which see.
immunis, Pemphigus Buckton, 1896. Ind. Mus. Notes, IV, p. 51.
Populus tremuloides.
impacta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The ZooL, VII, p. 48, app.
Samhucus nigra.
impatientis, Aphis Thomas, 1877. 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist. Bui.
2, p. 12.
Impatiens hiflora, I. pallida.
impatientis, Macrosiphum Williams, as a var. of M. camosa Buck-
ton, which see.
implngens, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1042.
Betula alba.
incerta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 45, app.
Juniperus communis.
incertus, Lachnus Schouteden, 1906. Mems. Soc, Ent. Belg., XII,
p. 203.
In a foot note on this page Schouteden gives the above name
to replace L. subterraneus Del Guercio.
inculta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 43, app.
Apium graveolens.
incumbens, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 35, app.
Ononis spinosa.
indecisa, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 45, app.
Juniperus communis.
indlcus, Pemphigus Kieffer, 1908. Marcellia, VII, p. 161.
Coreopsis sp., Fagus sp.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
93
tndicimi, Rhopalosiphum Van Der Goot, 1916. Records Indian
Museum, XII, p. 1, fig.
Food plant unknown.
Indistincta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 46, app.
Asparagus offlcinalis.
inducta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 35, app.
Ononis spinosa.
infaustus, Pemphigus Ferrari, as a var. of P. spyrothecae Passer-
ini, which see.
luflatae, Pemphigus Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 303, fig.
Silene latifoUa.
lufuscata, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 77,
fig.
Prunus spinosa.
inhaerens, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1041.
Betula sp.
tnserta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 39, app.
Pyrus germanica.
insessa, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 3 2, app.
Viola tricolor.
insignis, Myzocallis Ferrari, as a var. of Myzocallis quercus Kal-
tenbach which see.
insita, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 39, app.
Cineraria sp., Pyrus germanica.
insititiae, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 58, fig.
Prunus insititia.
instabiliSy Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 94, fig.
EpiloMum montanum, E. parviflorum, Matricaria inodor a.
insularisy Oerataphis Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschrift voor Ento-
mologie, deel LV, p. 325.
Food plant unknown.
94 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
msularis, Macrosiplmm (Pergande), 19 00. Proc. Wash. Acad.
Sci., II, p. 515. Nectarophora.
Food plant unknown.
interject!, Forda Cockerell, 19 03. Psyche, X, p. 217.
Food plant not given.
intermedia, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.,
IX, p. 199.
Carya aWa, C. ovata.
internata. Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 37, app.
Primus domestica.
introducta. Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 57, app.
Reseda odorata.
intybi. Aphis Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 148, fig.
Cieliorium endivia, C. intyhus, Cynara eardunculus, Taraxacum of¬
ficinale, Xeranthemum sp.
inulae. Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 45.
Inula dysenterica.
inuJae, Macrosiphiim (Ferrari) 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova, II, p. 57. Siphonopliora.
Inula viscosa.
inulae, Phorodoii Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 34.
Adenostyles alMda, Galactites tomentosa, Inula conyza, I. graveo-
lens, 1. viscosa, Pulicaria sp., Tussilago farfara.
iridis. Aphis Del Guercio, 1900. Nuov. Relaz. Staz. Agr. Fir. II,
p. 129.
Iris florentina.
isatidis, Aphis Boyer de Fonscolmbe, 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent. France,
X, p. 165.
Isatis tinctoria.
italicae, Sipha Del Guercio, as a var. of S. glycerae Kaltenbach
which see.
jaceae, Macrosiphum (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Na¬
turae, p. 452. Aphis.
Anchusa officinalis, Arcnaria sp.. Campanula trachclium, larduus
acanthoides, C. crispus, C. nutans, Centaurea cyanus, C. jacea,
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
95
C. maculosa, C. nigra, C. nigrescens, C. scaMosa, Cichorium in-
tyhus, Girsium arvense, C. muticus, C. palustre Crepis hiennis,
EcMnospermum lappula, EcMum vulgare, Hieracium muror-
um, Hypochoeris maculata. Inula helenium, I. squarrosa, Lac-
tuca virosa, Lithospermum arvense, L. fruticosum, L. offtciiiale,
Onopordon achantium, Pulmonaria officinalis, Ruta graveolens,
ScaMosa arvensis, Senecio viscosus, 8. vulgaris, Sonchus oler-
aceus.
*jacobaeae, Aphis Walker, 1850. The Zoologist, VIII, p. 54, app.
Senecio jacohaeae.
/ ■
jacobaeae, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 123.
Senecio jacodaeae, 8. sarracenicus, 8. vulgaris.
jacobearbalsamita, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic. Rev. Ill, p. 16.
Senecio jacohaea.
janl, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, ir,
p. 73.
No food plant given.
jasmini, Macrosiphum (Clarke), 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV, p. 25 2.
Nectar ophora.
“Jasmme”
juglandicola, Chromaphis (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflan-
zenlause, p. 151. Eachnus.
Juglans nigra, J. regia.
juglandicola, Callipterus Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 224. fig.
Juglans regia.
juglandiana, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, I,
p. 335.
Juglans nigra, J. regia.
juglandis, Aphis Blanchard, 1840. Hist. Nat. Ins. HI, p. 205, fig.
Juglans regia.
/
juglandis, Callipterus (Goeze), 1778. Entomologische Beitrage.
II, p. 311. Aphis.
Juglans regia.
96 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts f and Letters,
jujubae, Rhizobius Buckton, 1899. Ind. Mus. Notes, IV, p. 277.
Zizyphus jujuha.
junackianus, Myzus Karsch, 1887. Berlin Ent. Zeit., XXXI, p.
XXI.
Aconitum cammarum, A. lycoctonum.
juniperi, liachnus var. signatn, Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p.
Aphis.
Juniperus communis.
juniperi, Laclinus var. signata, Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p.
314, fig.
Thuja occidentalis.
junipeiinus, Lachnus Mordwilko, 1895. Rab. Lab. Zool. Kab.
Varch. Univ., p. 134. .
Juniperus communis, Thuga occidentalis.
For description in German see Zool. Anz. XVII, p. 102.
kahawaluokalani, Myzocallis Kirkaldy, 1907. Proc. Hawaii Ent.
Soc., I, part 3, p. 101.
Lagerstroemia indica.
kaltenbachii, Macrosiphum Schouteden, 1906. Mems. Soc. Ent.
Belg., XII, p. 239.
New name for Siphoiiophora allariae Koch.
Lactuca macrophylla, Sisym'brium alliaria.
kamtshatkanum, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Faui\a of Rus¬
sia, (Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd, p. 144.
Kamtshatka orientalis.
karschii, Schizoneura Lichtenstein, 1886. Entom. Nachr., XII, p.
82.
Artemisia campestris.
kingii, Forda Cockerell, 1903. Psyche, X, p. 216.
Grass roots in nest of ants.
kirgiz, Acyrthosiphum Mordwilko, as a sub. sp. of A. sibircium
Mordwilko, which see.
kirkaldyl, Macrosiphum Fullaway, 1910. Rept. Hawaii Agr. Exp.
Sta., (1909) p. 23, fig.
Acrostichum reticulatum.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
97
kochi, Aphis Schouteden, 1903. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLVII, p.
185.
New name for Aphis pyri Koch not Boyer.
Cydonia vulgaris, Pyrus sp.
kochii, Macrosiphum (Ferrari), 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.,
Genova, III, p. 212^. Siphonophora.
New name for Macrosiphum artemisiae Koch.
kochii, Schizoneura Lichtenstein, 1885. Les Pucerons, p. 30.
New name for Schizoneura comi (Fab.) Koch. No description.
Cornus sanguinea.
korotnewi, Brachycolus Mordwilko, 1901. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross.,
XXXIII, p. 350, fig.
Lolium sp., Triticum vulgare.
kuwanae, Trichosiphum Pergande, 1906. Ent. News, XVII, p. 209.
Quercus acuta, Q. serrata.
labumi, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 85.
Cytisus laburnum, C. scoparius, Portulaca oleracea.
Rohinia, pseudo-acacia.
lactea, Pachypapa Tullgren, 1909. Arkiv. Zool. V, No. 14, p. 69,
fig.
Populus treraula.
lactucae, Macrosiphum (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10. Systema
Naturae, p. 452. Aphis.
Crepis viridis, 'Lactuca oleracea, L. perennis, L. scariola, L. virosa,
Solanum tuberosum, Sonchus oleraceus.
lactucae, Macrosiphum (Passerini), 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 34. Si¬
phonophora.
Lactuca scariola, L. virosa.
lactucae, Rhizohius Pitch, 1871. Fourteenth Kept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects, N. Y., p. 360.
Lactuca scariola.
lactucae, Rhopalosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflan¬
zenlause, p. 37. Aphis.
CicTiorium endiva, Cineraria sp., Crepis tectorum, Cucurtitis pepo,
Lactuca oleracea, L. scariola, Lapsana communis, Picris ecMo-
ides, P. Meracioides, Rides grossularia, R. nigrum, R. vulgare,
Sonchus arvensis, 8. asperis, 8. oleraceus.
7 — S. A. L.
98 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
*lactucarius, Pemphigus Passerini, 1856. Giornale Giardini, III,
p. 262.
Chenopodium album, Cheiranthus cheiri, Lactuca scariola, Popu-
lus spJ Sonchus oleraceus.
lactucellum, Rhopalosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent Research,
VI, p. 116, fig.
Lactuca sp., Prunus persica.
I
lactucae, Pemphigus Westwood, 1849. The Gardeners Xi^hronicle,
p. 548, figs. 1-7.
Lactuca sp.
laevigatae, Macrosiphum Essig, 1911. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent, III,
p. 548, fig.
Salix laevigata.
lagerstromiae, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flora des Aphidens,
p. 32. No description.
Lagerstroemia indica.
lamii, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 85, fig.
Lamium purpureum, TJrtica sp.
lamii, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. The Entomologist, p. 275.
Lamium purpureum.
lamii, Myzus Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie,
deel LV, p. 69.
Lamium purpureum.
lanata, Aphis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica, p. 311.
No food plant given and species not recognizable.
lanigera, Eriosoma (Hausman), 1802. Ill. Mag. Ins., I, p. 440.
Aphis.
Crataegus coccinea, Planera sp., Prunus domestica, Pyrus (sorbus)
americana, P. communis, P. coronaria, P. malus, Ulmus ameri-
cana.
lanigera, Oregma (Zehntner), 1897. Archief. Java. Suiker Ind.,
X, V, p. 553. Ceratovacuna.
Saccharum officinarum.
lantanae, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 105,
fig.
Viburnum lantana, V. tinus.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
99
lanuginosa, Schizoneura Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) III,
p. 367.
Planera sp., Ulmus campestris.
lapidarius, I/achnus (Fabricius), 1803. Systema Rhyngotorum,
p. 306. Chermes.
Species not recognizable.
lappae, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 50, fig.
Apium graveolens, Arctium minus, Daucus carota, Petasites aWus.
lapponicus, Chermes Cholodkovsky, 188 9. Zool. Anz., XII, p. 390.
Larix sp., Picea alba, P. abies, P. engelmanni, Pinus sp.
lapponicus, Chermes var. praecox, Cholodkovsky, 189 7 (1898).
Horae Soc. Ent. Ross., XXXI, p. 28, fig.
Picea abies, P. alba, P. engelmanni.
laificae, Periphyllus Haliday, 1868. Bui. Soc. Ent. France, VIII,
p. 11, fig.
Larix sp.
lariciatus, Chermes Patch, 19 09. Psyche, XVI, p. 137.
Larix laricina, Picea canadensis, Pinus strobus.
larlcifex, Lachnus Fitch, 1858. Fourth Rept. Nox. & Ben. Insects,
N. Y., p. 752.
Larix laricina.
larlcifoliae, Chermes Fitch, 1858. Fourth Rept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects, N. Y., p. 752.
Larix laricinia.
larlcifoliae, Lachnus Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLl,
p. 102, fig.
Larix occidentalis.
laricina, Lachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 301, fig.
Larix decidua.
laricis, Adelges Vallot, 1836. Compt. Rend. Seanc. Acad. Sci., p.
72.
Larix sp.
laricis, cuneomaculata, Lachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p.
291, fig,
Larix decidua.
100 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts^ and Letters,
laricls, Chermes Hartig, (1837). Jahresb. Forst. und Forstl. Na-
turk. im Jahre 1836 and 1837, pp. 643-648.
Larix sp,
laricis, Coccus (Bouche), Baerensprung, 1849. Zeit. Zool. Zoat.
Paleoz. 1, p. 174.
Larix sp.
laricis, Eriosoma Mosely, 1841. Gardners Chronicle, p. 828.
Larix sp.
laricis, Lachnus Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 241,
fig.
Larix decidua.
laricis, Lachnus Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 11,
p. 102. Aphis.
Larix decidua, L. sibirica.
lasil, Tychea Cockerell, 1903. Psyche, X, p. 217.
In ants’ nest. Pood plant not given.
lata. Aphis Walker, 1850. The Zool. VII, p, 103, app.
Senecio vulgaris.
lataniae, Cerataphis (Boidsuval), 1867. Essai Ent. Hort., p. 355,
fig. Coccus.
Acorus calamus, Calamus sp., Cattleya loddigesii, Coelia albiflora,
Cynoglossum sp., Cypripedium sp., DendroMum sp., Latania
barhonica, Pritchardia sp., Sobralia sp., Vanda sp.
lateralis, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2251.
Prunus domestica, Senecio vulgaris.
Prunus domestica, Senecio vulgaris.
lathyri, Macrosiphum Moseley, Gardeners’ Chronicle, I, p. 684.
Aphis.
Lathyrus.
latysiphon, Amphorohpora Davidson, 1912. Jour. Econ. Ent., V,
p. 408, fig.
Convolvulus arvensis. Vinca major.
lavaterae. Aphis Kittel, 1827. Me. Soc. Linn. Paris, V, p. 154.
Lavatera sp.
laaarewi, Abamalelda Del Guercio, 1906. Redia, III, p. 364.
Populus nigra, Quercus robur.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
101
leguminosae, Aphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p.
121, fig.
Oleditschia triacanthos. Beans, cowpeas.
lentiginisy Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 59,
fig.
Pyrus communis.
’^'‘lentlsci, Aploneura Passerini, 1856. Giornale Giardini, III,' p.
264.
Bromus hordeaceus, B. sterilis, Pistacia lentiscus.
leontod'oniella, Aphis Theobald, 1913. Entomologists Record,
XXVII, p. 64.
Taraxacum sp., in nest of Lasius flavus.
leontopodti, Aphis Schouteden, 1903. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
XLVII, p. 196.
Leontopodium alpinum.
leucanthemi, Macrosiphum (Scopoli), 1763. Entomologia Car-
niolica, p. 138. Aphis.
Matricaria sp.
leucanthemiy Macrosiphum (Ferrari), 1872. Ann. Mus. “Civ. Stor.
Nat. Genova, III, p. 214. Siphonophora.
Leucanthemum sp.
leucomelasy Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 4, fig.
Populus alba, P. canadensis, P. italica, P. nigra, P. pryamidalis,
Balix amygdaloides.
leucomelasy Chaitohporus Koch, var. lyratus, Ferrari, 1872. Ann.
Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. di Genova, III, p. 232.
Populus nigra.
lichteusteiniy Pemphigus Tullgren, 1909. Ark. Zool. V, No. 14,
p. 148, fig.
New name for P. bursarius Lichtenstein, but not the one de¬
scribed by Linnaeus.
Populus sp.
Uchtensteini, Phylloxera Balbiani, 1874. Compt. Rend. Seances
Acad. Sci. LXXIX, part 2, p. 904.
Quercus sp.
102 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
ligustici, Aphis Fabricius, 1781. Species Insectorum, II, p. 389.
Ligusticum scoticum.
ligustri, Aphis Mosley, 1841. Gardners tJhronicle, p. 628.
Ligustrum sp.
ligustri, Rhopalosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflan-
zenlause, p. 48. Aphis.
Evonymus europaeus, Ligustrum vulgare.
ligustriella, Aphis Theobald, 1914. Bui. Ent. Research, IV, p.
327, fig.
Ligrustrum sp.
ligustrtnellum, Asiphum 'Koch, 1857. Die Pfianzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 247, fig.
Ligrustrum vulgare.
Ulacina, Macrosiphum (Ferrari), 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor.
Nat. Genova, III, p. 216. Siphonophora.
Tanecetum vulgare.
lilicola, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 43.
Lilium candidum.
lilii, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 33.
No description.
Lilium candidum.
lilii, Macrosiphum (Monell), 1879. Kept. U. S. Comm. Agri. p.
221. Siphonophora.
Lilium sp.?
linariae, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 33.
No description.
Linaria cymhalaria.
linariae, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden,
p. 163, fig. Siphonophora.
Linaria vulgaris.
lineatum, Macrosiphum Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschrift voor Ent.
deel LV, p. 59.
Artemisia vulgaris, Chrysanthemum frutescens.
liriodendri, Macrosiphum (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. &
Geog. Surv. Terr., V, p. 20, Siphonophora.
Liriodendron tulipifera.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
103
liriodendri, Macrosiphum (Monell) var. rufa (Monell), 1879. Bui.
U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr., V, p. 20. Sipohnophora.
Liriodendron tuliylfera.
lithospermii, Aphis Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XLI,
p. 100, fig.
Lithospermum pilosum,
littoralis, Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, II,
p. 44.
Gramineae.
longipenniSy Macrosiphum (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides,
I, p. 146, fig. Siphonophora.
Poa annua.
lougipes, Pterochlorus (Dufour), 1833. Ext. de Mem. Savaus
etran., IV, p. 115. Aphis.
Castanea sativa, Quercus cerris, Q. ilex, Q. rodur, Q. sessilifolia.
longirostris, Aphis. Pabricius, 1787. Mantissa Insectorum, p. 314.
In an ants’ nest.
Acer campestre, A. negundo, PTiaseolus vulgaris, Populus alha P.
nigra, Quercus sp., Salix alha, 8. viminalis. Thuja occiden-
tails.
longirostris, Lachnus (Boyer de Ponscolombe), 1841. Ann. Soc.
Ent. France, X, p. 197. Phylloxera.
Quercus sp., Salix alha.
longirostris, Rhynchocles Altum, Forst Zoologie III, p. 356, fig.
Betula sp., Quercu sp.
longistigma, Lachnus Monell, 1878. Valley Naturalist, I, No. 6,
p. 21. June.
For food plants see L. caryae Harris.
longitarsis, Lachnus Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, II, p. 80.
Artemisia eampestris, Phaseolus sp.
lonicerae. Aphis Mosley, 1841. Gardners Chronicle, p. 628.
Lonicera sp.
lonicerae. Aphis Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Prance, X, p. 167.
Lonicera sp., Phalaris arundinacea.
104 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
ionicerae, Cliaitophorus Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 26.
Lonicera Moica.
Ionicerae, Pemphigus Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) III, p.
367.
Lonicera wylosteum,
Ionicerae, Siphocoryne (Siebold), 1839. Frorieps Notiz., Geb.
Nat. und Kiel., XII, pp. 305-308. Aphis.
Lapsana communis, Lonicera japonica, L. pericJemenum, L. tar-
tarica, L. xylosteum.
lonicericola. Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 45.
Lonicera dioica,
longirostris, Cladobius Mordwilko as a var. of-P. populous Kalten-
bacb, which see.
lophospermum, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1914. Bui. Ent. Re¬
search, IV, p. 314, fig.
Lophospermum eruhescens.
loti, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1874. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 131.
Lotus corniculatus,
loti, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1912. The Trans. Second Ent. Con-
gres, p. 384; also 1913 Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII, No. 3, p.
139.
Lotus corniculatus.
lucifuga, Tetraneura Zehntner, 1897. Archief Java Suiker Ind.,
V, p. 555.
Saccharum o^ficinarum.
lt)(dOTicianae, Macrosiphum (Oestlund), 1886. Aphididae of Min¬
nesota, p. 23. Siphonophora.
Artemisia ludovicifoma A. vulgaris.
ragentis, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nezraska, p. 46.
Senecio lugens.
iusitanica, Schizoneura Horvath, 1908. Broteria, VII, p. 132.
Quercus rohur.
lutea, Macrosiphum (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I, p.
119, fig. Siphonophora.
Gypripedium sp., Orchidaceae in hot-houses.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
105
luteola, Macroslphum (Williams), 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 82. Siphonophora.
8oUdago mis sour iensis,
lutescens, Aphis Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr., V, No. 1, p. 23.
Apocynum cannaHum, Asclepias incarnata, A. mexieana, A. syriacaf
Nerium oleander.
luzulae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1874. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
725.
Luzula aldida.
l^chnidis, Myzus (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Sy sterna Naturae,
p. 451. Aphis.
CucuMlus sp., Lychnis alM, L. dioica, L. divaricata, L. viscaria,
Melandrum sylvestris, Silene cucubalus, S. italica, 8. latifolia.
lycopersicella, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1914. Bui. Ent. Research
IV, p. 315, fig.
Brassica sp., Lycopersicum escuentum.
lycopersici, Macrosiphum (Clarke), 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV, p.
253. Nectarophora.
Lycopersicum esculentum.
lycopsidis, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2218.
Lycopsis arvensis.
lyratus, Chaitophorus Ferrari, as a var. of C. leucomelas Koch,
which see.
lyropictus, Chaitophorus Kessler, 1886. Nova Acta, Deutschen
Akad. Naturf, LI, p. 171.
Acer campestre, A. platanoides.
lythri, Myzus (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica II, p. 115. Aphis.
Lythrum salicaria.
macchiatii, Eulachnus Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 321, fig.
AMes pectinata, Pieea ahies, Pinus pinea.
macrocephalus, Lachnus Buckton, 1881. Mon. Brit. Aphides, III,
Picea aMes.
p. 48, fig.
106 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
macrorhyncha, Stomaphis Cholodkovsky, 1894. Bui. Soc. Imp.
Nat., Mos., VIII, p. 402, fig.
Quercus sp.
macrosiphum, Illliioia Wilson, 1912. Can. Ent. XLIV, p. 155.
Amelanchier sp.
macrostachyae, Symdobius Essig, 1912. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent. 4,
p. 727, fig.
8alix longifoUa.
mactata, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 39, app.
Pyrus germanica.
maculata, Callipterus (Heyden), 1837. Ent. Beitr. Museum Sen-
kenberg, II, p. 297. Aphis.
Alnus glutinosa.
maculatae. Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 61.
Cornus paniculata.
maculatuSy Ghaitophorus Buckton, 1899. Ind. Mus. Notes, IV, p.
277, fig.
Medicago sativa.
maculatus, Lachnus Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens,
p. 46.
No description.
Rosa sp.
maouleUa, Monellia (Pitch), 1855. First Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects, N. Y., p. 166. Aphis.
Carya sp.
maculosus, Lachnus Cholodkovsky, 1899. Zool. Anz., XXII, p.
469, fig.
Larix decidua, L. siMrica, Pinus sylvestris.
magniflca, Trinacriella Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 169, fig.
Arena sp.
magnoUae, Aphis Macchiati, 1883. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XV, p. 254.
Magnolia grandiflora.
mahaleh, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 113,
fig.
Prunus chamaecerasus, P. mahaleh.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApMdidae.
107
maidi-radicis, Aphis Forbes, 1891. Seventeenth Report. Nox. &
Ins. Illinois, p. 64, fig.
Amaranthus hyhridus, A. retroflexus, A. spinosus, Amdrosia arte-
misifoUa, A. trifida, Anthemis cotula, Brassica juncea, B. nigra,
CalUstephus Jiortensis, Capsella hursa-pastoris, Chenopodium
album, Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, Cucumis melo, Cucur-
Mta, maxima, C. pepo, Digitaria sanguinalis, Dioidea teres,
Echinochloa glauca, Erigeron canadensis, Onaphalium pur-
purem, Helianthemum tenuifolium, Helianthus annuus, Krigia
virginica, Lepidium incisum, L. vulgare, Leptochloa filiformis,
Linaria canadensis, Oxalis stricta, Panicum sp., Plantago
aristata, P. major, P. rugelli. Polygonum hydropiperoides, P.
incarnatum, P. lapathifolium, P, muhlenbergii, P. persicaria,
Portulaca oleracea, Rumex altissimus, R. crispus, Senecio
tomentosus, Setaria glauca, S. italica, 8. veridis. Sorghum
dora, 8. halepense, 8. saccharatum, Triticum vulgare, Xan-
thium canadense, Zea mays.
maidis, Aphis Fitch, 1856. Second Kept. Nox. & Ben. Insects
N. Y., p. 318.
Ambrosia trifida, Andropogon sp., Digitaria sanguinalis, Echino¬
chloa crus-galli, Hordeum vulgare, Oxalis sp., Panicum dichoto-
mlfiorum, Polygonum pennsylvanicum, P. persicaria, Rumex
altissium, Saccharum ofiicinarum, Setaria glauca, 8. viridis.
Sorghum dora, 8. halepense, 8. saccharatum, Zea mays.
mail, Aphis Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae p. 737.
Pyrus malus.
mali, Eriosoma Samoulle, 1819. Entom. useful Comp., p. 232.
“New name for Aphis lanigera of authors.”
maU, Myzus Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. “Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, III,
p. 221.
Pyrus malus.
malifoliae, Aphis Fitch, 1855. First Kept. Nox. & Ben. Insects
N. Y., p. 49.
Pyrus malus.
malvae, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 47, app.
Althaea otficinalis, Aquillegia vulgaris, Calacosia antiquorum,
Cuphea ignea. Hibiscus sp., Malva rotundifolia M. sylvestris,
Quercus sp., Rumex altissimus.
malvae, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 125,
fig.
Althaea sp., Oossypium ^ herbaceum, Lavatera arborea, Malopa
trimestri, Malva parvifiora, M. rotundifolia, M. sylvestris.
108 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
malvaet Macrosiphum (Mosley), Gardners Chronicle, I, p. 684.
Aphis.
Calla sp., Malva sp.
malvae, Myzus Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 31.
Malva rotundifolia.
marginata, Forda Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 311,
fig.
Grass.
marginella, MonelUa (Fitch), 1855. First Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects N. Y., p. 166. Aphis.
Cary a sp.
marginipennis, Aphis Haldeman, 1844. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
I, p. 168.
Piiius ecMnata.
marsupialis, Pachypappa Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 270, fig.
Populus alia, P. nigra, P. pyramidalis.
martini, Macrosiphum (Cockerell), 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV, p.
169. N ©ctarophora.
Eriogonum ligusticum, Frasera speciosa, Helenium hoopesii, Ligus-
ticum sp., Potentilla hippiana, Rudleckia Jiirta, Zygadenus-
nuttallii.
marutae, Aphis Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 40.
Anthemis cotula.
matricariae, Myzus Macchiati, 1882. Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., XIV, p.
245.
Matricaria cJiamomille.
maydis, Sipha Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 38.
Arena sativa, Holcus mollis, Hordeum murinum, H. vulgare, Lilium
multiflorum, L. perenne, L. temuelntum, Sorghum halepensis,
8. saccharatum, Triticum spelta, Zea mays.
maydis Sipha var. aveuae, Del Guercio, 1905. Redia, II, p. 144,
fig.
Hordeum murinum.
*mayeri, Aphis Gmeln, 1788. Syst. Nat. 1, part 4, p. 2211.
Wilson-Vickery—-List of Aphididae. 109
medicagiiiis, ApMs Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause ApMden, p. 94,
fig.
Astragulus Msculcatus]^ Caragana arhorescens, Goronilla varia,
DoUchos SJ3., GlycyrrMza lepidota, Oossypium herhaceum,
Hibiscus sp.f ^Hocust” Medicago denticulata, M, falcata, M. his-
pida, M. lupuUna, M. saliva, Melilotus alba, M. offlcinalis, Oxy-
tropis lambertii, Robinea viscosa, Spartium juneeum, Bphaer-
alcea pendleri, TrifoUum ochroleucum, T, repens, Vida narbo-
nensis.
melampyri^ AniirapMs Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 309, fig.
Melampyrum sp,
-melaanpyruin-latifoliiim, ApMs Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon.
Mag. & t^ritic. Rev., I, p. 361.
Melampyrum pratense,
melanocephalus, Hyalopterus Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides,
11, p. 116, fig,
Bilene cucubalus, S, latifolia.
mellssa©, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1037.
No food plant given.
menthae* ApMs Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1045.
Mentha aquatica, M. arvensis, M. hirsuta.
naenthae, KaltenbacMella Schouteden, 1906. Mems. Soc. Ent.
Belg., XII, p. 195.
Mentha arvensis, M. sylvestris.
menthae, Macrosiphum (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I,
p. 120, fig. Siphonophora. ^
Cytisus scoparius, Mentha arvensis, M, spicata, M. sylvestris, M,
viridis.
mentha©, RhyzoMus Passerini, 1860. Gli Afldl, p. 39.
Mentha arvensis.
menthae-radicis, ApMs Cowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colorado, p.
121.
Mentha arvensis.
mentzelia©, Macrosiphum Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
XLI. p. 99, fig.
Mentzelia sp. ■ ■
110 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
mespili, Ovatus Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschr. voor Ent. deel LV,
p. 64, fig.
Crataegus, oxyacantha, Pyrus germanica.
michaelseni, Myzus Schouteden, 19 04. Erg. Hamb. Magalh. Sam-
melr. (2), Sieb. Lief., 7, p. 3.
Acaena splendens.
middletonii, Aphis Thomas, 1879. Eighth Kept. State Ent. Ill,,
p. 99.
Aster ericoides, A. suhulatus, Beta vulgaris, Cosmos hipinnatus,
Endive sp., Erigeron canadensis, E. ramosus, Orohanche sp.,
Solidago canadensis, 8. serotina, Yernonia fasciculata.
millefolii, Macrosiphum DeGeer, 1773. Mems des. Inst. Ill, p. 60.
Aphis.
Achillea ageratum, A. millefolium, A. ligustica, A. ptarmica, Am
themis tinctoria. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum.
mimosae, Aphis (?) Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Giv. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, III, p. 227.
Mimosa sp.
mimuli, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 57.
Mimulus glahratus, M. ringens.
mingazzinii, Eulachnus Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 326, fig.
Pinus sylvestris.
minimum, Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
II, p. 391. Dactylosphaera.
Carya cordiformis.
minimus, Pterocallis Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschr. voor Ent.,
LV, p. 83, fig.
Betula aWa.
minor, Macrosiphum (Forbes), 1884. Thirteenth Kept. State Ent.
III. p. 101. Aphis.
Duchesnea indica, Fragaria sp.
minor. Pemphigus Derbes, 1869. Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. (5), XI, p.
106, fig.
Pistacia terehinthus.
minor, Pterochlorus (Del Guercio), 1909. Redia, V, p. 267, fig.
Dryaphis.
Quercus rotur, Q. suder.
W ilson~V ickery — List of Aphididae.
Ill
minuta. Aphis Wilson, 1911. Can. Ent. XLIII, p. 60.
Dioscorea hulMfera? Ipomoea sp.
minutum, Trichosiphum Van Der Goot, 1916. Records, Indian
Museum XII, p. 2.
Jungle creeper.
minutus, Drepanaphis? Davis, 1910. Ent. News, XXI, p. 195, fig.
Acer sacharum.
molluginis, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 88,
fig.
Oalium mollugo.
moltshanovi, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia,
(Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 183. -
Food plant?
monardae, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 58.
Monarda fistulosa, M. punctata.
monardae, Phorodon Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p.
89.
Monarda fistulosa.
monelli, Micrella Essig, 1912. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent. 4, p. 717, fig.
Salix laevigata, S. lasiolepis.
moneUi, Drepanaphis Davis, 1909. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. II, p.
197. Phymatosiphimi.
Aesculus glahra.
montanus, Ghermes Gillette, 1907. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p.
14, fig.
Picea pungens.
montemartinii, Chaitophorus Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p.
179, fig.
Lamium purpureum.
monticellii, Stenaphis Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 185.
Arundo donax, Phragmites communis.
morae, Aphis Kittel, 1827. Mem. Soc, Linn. Paris, V, p. 153.
Morus sp., Yerva mora.
112 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
mordwilkiana, Aphis Dobrowljansky, 1913. Kiev. Ent. Sta. South-
Russian Agr. Syndicate, p. 34, fig.
Rubus sp.
mordwilkoi, Pemphigus Cholodkovsky, 1912. (1913) Revue Russ.
Ent., XII, p. 493, fig.
Populus ciliata.
mori, Aphis Clarke, 1903. Can. Ent. XXXV, p. 251.
Morns sp.
mucidus, Euceraphis (Pitch), 1856. Third Rept. Nox. Ben. In¬
sects, N. Y. p. 334. Callipterus.
Pyrus mains.
muhlenbergia©, Toxoptera Davis, 1912. U. S. Bur. Ent., Tec. ser.
Bui. 25, part 1, fig.
Mnhlenhergia, racemosa.
muralis, Macrosiphum (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I,
p. 157, fig. Siphonophora.
Lactnca mnralis.
musae, Aphis Schouteden, 1906. Mems. Soc. Ent. Belg., XII, p.
223.
Mnsa ensete.
myopori, Aphis Macchiati, 1882. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XIV, p. 247.
Myopornm pictnm.
myosotidis, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 57,
fig.
Chrysanthemnm sp., Epilohinm sp., Erechtites sp., Erigeron cana¬
densis, Enpatorinm morisii, Lepidinm draba, L. sativnm. My-
osotis palnstris, M. weltnntscMi, Plantago major, Rhinanthns
major, Senecio crassifolins, S. longifolins, 8. vnlgaris.
myricae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause, p. 96.
Myrica gale.
myrmecaria, (Forda) ?, Boisduval, 1867. Essai sur Entom.
Hort., p. 278. Aphis.
^Vactns,” Cnpfiea sp., Fuschia sp., Latana sp.
myrmecophilum, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1916. XLIX, The Ento¬
mologist, p. 49, fig.
Nest of Lasius flavus. ' - ' ’
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
113
nabali, Rhopalosiphum Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 34.
Prenanthes alba.
nainitalensis, Pemphigus Cholodkovsky, 1912. Revue Russ. Ent
XII, p. 9 4, fig.
Popuhis ciliata.
najadum, Rhopalosiphum Koch, 1854. - Die Pfianzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 45, fig.
Potamogeton natans.
napaeus, Pemphigus Buckton, 189 6. Ind. Mus. Notes, IV, p. 50.
Popuhis sp.
napelli, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 118.
Aconitum napellus, A. uncinatum.
nassonowi, Chaitophorus Mordwilko, 189 5. Rab. Lab. Zool. Kab.
Varch. Univ., p. 40.
Populus nigra, P. pyramidalis.
nasturtii, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause, p. 76.
Nasturtium mnphibium, N. autsriacum, Periploca graesa, Radicula
nasturtium-aquaticum, R. sylvestris, Sisymbrium, officinale, Steh
Jaria aquatica. '
nasturtii, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphi-
den, Siphonophora. p. 200, fig.
'Nasturtium austriacum, Radicula nasturtium-aquaticum, R. sylves¬
tris, Stellaria aquatica.
navozovi, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (In-
secta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 196.
Umbelliferae.
neavei, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, IV, p.
316, fig.
Food plant unknown.
negundinis, Chaitophorus Thomas, 1877, Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist.
Bui. 2, p. 10.
Acer negundo, Catalpa sp.
neilliae, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 59.
Physocarpus opulifolius.
8— S. A. L.
114 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
nekoashii, Astegopteryx Sasaki, 1907. Tokyo Nap. Konch. Kev.
No. 1, p, 25, pi. Also Mems. ‘Cong. Int. Ent., 1910, p, 450,
fig.
Styrax japonicum.
neomexlcanus, Myzus Cockerell, 1901. Can. Ent. XXXIII, p, 227.
Rides lepanthum.
nepetae, ApMs Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 77.
Nepeta cataria, Origanum vulgare, Satureja nepeta, 8. vulgaris.
nephrelepldis, Miopterus Davis,, 1909. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. II,
p. 199.
Acrostichum reticuJatum, ‘‘Filicales,'’ Nephrolepis exaltata.
nerlastri, Aphis Boisduval, 1867. Essai sur L’Entomalogie Hor-
ticole, p. 226. A new name for Aphis neiil Boyer.
nerii, ApMs Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlanse, p. 118.
Acantliaceae sp., Anagallis arvensis, A. linifoUa, A. teneJla, Oatalpa
Mgnonoides, “Cymonandra,^' Cyphomandra ietacea, Durania
illisia, Hydrangea hortensia, Lupinus moritzianus, Nerium
oleander, Solanum nigrum, Tecoma radicans.
nerU, Cryptosiphnm Perez, 1901. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. ItaL, VIII,
n. s. p. 442.
Nerium oleander.
nerll^ Myzus (Boyer de Fonscolombe) , 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Prance X, p. 179. Aphis.
Asclepias syrica, Nerium oleander.
nervatum, Bhopalosiphum Gillette, 1908. Can. Ent. XL, p. 63,
fig.
Rosa sp.
nervosa, Aphis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica, p. 311.
Species not recognizable.
nldiflcus, Proclphilus Low, 1882. Wien. Ent. Zeit., I, p. 14.
AMes sp., Fraxinus excelsior.
niger, Phyllaphls Ashmead, 1881. Can. Ent. XIII, p. 155.
Quercus phellos.
nigra, Pergandeida Wilson, A911. Can. Ent., XLIII, p. 62.
Cyrilla racemiflora.
Wilson-Vickery—^List of Aphididae.
115
nigra, ApMs (Myzus), Theobald, 1916. Can. Ent., XLVIII, p. 233.
A new name for Aphis oxyacanthae Koch not Schrank.
Pyrus malm.
nigra, PterocMorus Del Guercio, as a var. of P. roborus Linnaeus,
which see.
nigrae, Chaitopliorus Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p.
49.
Salix JongifoUa, 8. nigra.
tt
nlgrlnectaria, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research
VI, p. 107, fig.
Pimm arvense.
nigripes, Aphis Theobald, 1914. Bui. Ent. Research, IV, p. 327,
fig.
Salix sp.
nlgrltarsis, Aphis Heyden, 1837. Ent. Beitr. Mus. Senk., II, p.
299.
II, p. 299.
Betula alha, Caltha palustris.
ni^ofasciatus, Bnlachnus Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 324,
fig.
Pinus sylvestris.
nlgronervosa, Pentalonla Coquerel, 1859. Ann. Ent. Soc. Pr. VII,
ser. 3, p. 259.
Musa sapientium.
nlgro-rufa, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2247.
Anagallis arvensis.
nlgrotuhercTilata, Lachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 306,
fig.
Larix decidua, L, leptolassa.
noci¥a, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 36, app.
Primus spinosa.
nordmanniana©* Ohermes Eckstein, 1890. Zool. Anz., XII, p. 90.
Tsuga canadensis.
norvegicuin, Acyrthoslphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia,
(Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 143.
Food plant?
116 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
notabilis, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Davi Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 235.
Carya illinoensis.
noxius, Brachycolus Mordwilko.
The original citation was not located but this name is now com¬
monly used in Russian publications.
See Review of Applied Entomology, 1916 (London).
niisslmi, Dreyfusia Borner, 1908. Zool. Anz., XXXIII, p. 739.
(This name appiled to a species which Borner thinks has been**
misnamed by several authors as follows:
Chermes funltectus Cholod. 1907, nec. Dreyfus, 1888.
” nordmannianae Eckstein, 1890.
” obtectus Ratzeburg, a. p. 18 44.
” piceae Nusslin, a. p. 1903, 1905, 1908.
” piceae Borner, a. p. 1908.)
Abies nobilis, A. nordmanniana, A. pectinata, Picea sp.
nutricata, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 39, app.
Pyrus germanica.
nymphaeae, Siphocoryne (Linnaeus), 1761. Fauna Suecica, fe-
vised and enlarged edition of the 1746 edition, p. 260.
Aphis.
Acorus calamus, Alisma plantago, Ammannia sp., Arum italicum,
Bidens frondosa, Butomus umbellatus, Calla sp., CalUtriche
autumnaeis., Cicuta virosa, Cypripedium sp., Elodea canadensis,
Hydrocharis morsus-ranea, Hydrocotyle vulgaris, J uncus lam-
pocarpus, Lemna gibba, L. minor, L. polyrJiiza, L. trisulca,
Limnantkemum nympJioides. Marsilea quadrifoUa, Menyanthes
trifoliata, Myriopliyllum verticillatum, Najas flexilie, Nelum-
bium lutea, Nuphar sp., Nymphaea aba, N. lutea, N. odorata,
Nymphoides peltatum. Polygonum sp., Pontedaria cordata^
Potamogeton cHspus, P. natans, P. pectinatus, Primus domes-
tica. Ranunculus acris, R. aquatilis, R. fluitans, R. sceleratus,
RicTiardea africana, Sagittaria sagittifoUa, Salvinia natans,
Saururus cernus, Sparganmm ramosum, Spirodela polyrrhiza,
Trapa sp., TypTia angustifolia, T. latifoUa, Vtricularia vulgaris.
nyssae, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX, p.
269.
Nyssa sylvatica.
obliqiia, Schizoneura 'Cholodkovsky, 1896. Zool. Anz., XIX, p.
259.
Abies barsamea, A. concolor, Picea alba, P. canadensis, Tsuga cana¬
densis.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Ill
oblonga, Lachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 289, fig.
Pinus silvestris.
oblongum, Macrosiphum (Mordwilko), 1901. Horae Soc. Ent.
Ross., XXXIII, p. 3 43. Siphonophora.
Artemisia vulgaris.
oblongus, Sinydobius (Heyden), 1837. Ent. Beitr. Muse. Senk.,
II, p. 298. Aphis.
Betula alba.
obuoxia, Aphis Mordwilko, 1916. (Rept. Ent. Bur. Stavropol
1914) Published by Dept. Agr. of Min. of Agr. Petrograd.
(Rev. Applied Ent. IV, Ser. A, part 11, p. 459).
obscura, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
167, fig. Siphonophora.
Hieracium yrealtum.
obscura, Schizoneura Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit.
Museum, part 4, p. 1051.
No food plant given.
obtectus, Cliermes Ratzeburg, 1844. Die Forst-Insecten, p. 200,
foot note.
Pinus sp.
occidentalis, Forda Hart, 1894. Eighteenth Rept., State Ent. Ill.,
p. 95, fig.
Capsella bursa-pastor is, Poa pratensis, Zea mays.
occidentalis, Lachnus Davidson, 19 09. Jour. Econ. Ent., II, p.
300.
Abies grandis.
ochrocentri. Aphis Cockerell, 1903. Ent. News, XIV, p. 248.
Carduus ochrocentrus.
ochropus, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 128,
fig.
Chenopodium album, Dipsacus sylvestris, Rumex altissimus.
oenanthis. Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p.
36. No description.
Oenanthe sp.
oenotherae, Anoecia Wilson, 1911. Can. Ent., XLIII, p. 63.
Oenothera sp. ■ i '■" 'fWU
118 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
oenotherae, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 62.
EpiloMum sp., Oenothera t)ertiana, 0. Mennis, 0. caespitosa, 0.
serrulata.
oenotherae, Myzus Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 64.
Oenothera Mennis, 0. hertiana.
cenotherae, Pemphigus Williams, 1891. Special Bui. No. 1,
Univ. Neb. Dept. Ent. p. 27. No description.
Oenothera Mennis.
oestlundi, Pemphigus Cockerell, 1906. Ent. News, XVII, p. 34.
A new name for P. vagabundus (Walsh) Oestlund.
oleae, Eriosoma, Risso, 1826. Hist. Nat. Prin. I’Europe, merid.
V, p. 218.
Olea europea.
olivacea, Forda Rohwer, 1908. Psyche, XV, p. 68.
“Grass roots."
olivata, Macrosiphum (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I,
p. 164, fig. Siphonophora.
Cirsium alnceolatum.
*onobrychidis, Aphis Goureau, 1863. Bui. Soc. Sci. Hist. Nat.
Yonne, part 2, p. 129.
Hedysalum onobrychis.
onobrychis, Macrosiphum (Boyer de Ponscolombe) , 1841. Ann.
Soc. Ent. Prance, X, p. 169. Aphis.
Onoboychis viciaefolia.
ononidisi, Myzocallis (Kaltenbach) , 1846. Ent. Zeit. (Stettin)
VII, p. 173. Aphis.
Medacago sativa, Melilotus alba, 'Ononis hircina, 0. spinosa, Tri¬
folium alexandrinum, T. pratense, T. procumbens.
»
ononidis, Pergandeida Schouteden, 1903. Zool. Anz., XXVI, p.
686.
Ononis repens.
ononis, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 175, fig. Siphonophora.
Ononis rotundifolia, 0. spinosa.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
119
onopordi, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 121.
Carduus nutans, Cirsium lanceolatum, Onopordon illyricum.
opium, Aphis, Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 101, fig.
Doronicum cruenta.
opuli. Aphis Sulzer, 1776. Abgekurz Gesch. Ins. p. 105, fig.
Viburnum opulus.
oreaster. Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic.
Rev. Ill, p. 17.
Aster paniculata.
oregonensis, Aphis Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLI, p.
9 2, fig.
Artemisia tridentata.
oregonensis, Lachiius Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLI,
p. 103, fig.
Pinus sp.
oregonensis, Microsiphum Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
XLI, p. 91, fig.
Artemisia tridentata.
orientale, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (In-
secta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 141.
Food plant?
orientale, Macrosiphum Van Der Goot, 1912. vjijdschr. voor Ent.
deel LV, p. 322.
Blumea balsamifera.
orientalis, Ohermes Dreyfus, 1889. Tag. 61 Vers. Deut. Nat,,
Koln. pt. 2, p. 60.
Picea ahies, P. 'orientalis, Pinus orientalis, P. strobus, P. sylves-
tris.
(Cholodkovsky (1915) gives this species as a synonym of
Chermes pini Koch but indicates that it should be known as
one of two varieties of that species.)
origanl. Aphis Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 36.
Calamintfia acinos, Carduus sp.. Origanum paniculatum, 0. vuh
gare., Satureja nepeta, 8. vulgaris.
orobanches, Aphis Passerini, 1870. Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., XI, p. 45.
Orobanche lutea, 0. muteli, 0. ramosa, Lathraea squamaria.
120 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
oi'obanches, Macrosiphum Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphl-
dens, p. 37. No description.
Orohanche sp.
orthocai'pus, Macrosiphum Davidson, 1909. Jour. Econ. Ent. II,
p. 304,
Orthocarpus sp.
osmaroniae, Illinoia Wilson, 1912. ‘Can. Ent. XLIV, p. 153.
Osmaronia cerasiformis.
ovata-oblongus, Pemphigus Kessler, 1881. Ber. Ver. Naturkunde
Kassel, XXVIII, p. 61, fig.
Populus nigra, P. pyramidalis.
oxalis, Aphis Macchiati, 1883. Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., XV, p. 255.
Oxalis corniculata.
oxybaphi, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 62.
Oxyhaphus angustifolius, 0. linearis, 0. nyctagineus.
oxyacanthae, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p.
55, fig.
Pyrus communis.
oxycauthae, Myzus (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 116.
Aphis.
Crataegus oxycantha, Prunus chamaecerasus, Pyrus communis, P.
malus.
paczoskii, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, as a var. of A. gossypii Mord-
wilko, which see.
padi, Aphis Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae, p. 451.
Alopecurus pratensis, Crataegus oxyacantha, Prunus padus, Pyrus
aucuparia, P. germanica, P. malus.
padi, Lachnus Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar), III, p. 368.
Alopecurus pratensis. Prunus padus.
palens, Aphis Walker, 1852. List. Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1043.
Food plant not given.
paliuri, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 37.
No description.
Paliruim sp.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
121
pallida, Hyalopteroides Theobald, 1916. The Entomologist, XLIX,
, p. 51, fig.
In nest of Lasius niger.
pallida, Macrosiphum (Walker), 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
2, II, p. 430. Aphis.
Malva rotundifolia, M. sylvestris, Pelargonium zonale, Villarisia sp.
pallida, Macrosiphum (Oestlund), 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 84. Nectarophora.
RosG'sp. (wild)
pallida, Tetraneura (Haliday), 1839. Ann. Nat. Hist. Mag., II, p.
189. Byrsocrypta.
Pistacia terebinthus, Ulmus campestris, U. tuberosa.
pallidula, Tychea Cockerell, 1903. Psyche, X, p. 217.
Pood plant not given.
pallidus. Pemphigus Derbes, 1869. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (6), XI,
p. 105, fig.
Pistacia terebinthus.
paUipes, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) III, p. 369.
Fagus sp.
panici, Tychea (Schizoneura) ? Thomas, 18 77. Ill. State Lab.
Nat. Hist., Bui. 2, p. 16.
Digitaria humifusa, 8etaria glauca.
panicola, Macrosiphum Thomas, 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist.,
Bui. 2, p. 6. Siphonophora.
Digitaria humifusa, Echinochloa crus-galU, Eragrostis pectinacea.
Thomas gives this name for what he calls Siphonophora setariae
on Panicum should it prove to be different from the one on
Setaria.
' panicola, Schizoneura Thomas, 1879. Eighth Kept. Ben. & Nox.
Insects, Ill., p. 138.
Digitaria humifusa, Echinochloa crus-galli, Poa pratensis. Poly¬
gonum sp., Setaria glauca, S. viridis.
paoli. Aphis Del Guercio, 1916. Redia, XI, p. 301, fig.
Calotropis procera.
122 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
papaveris, Aphis Fabricius, 1776. Genera Insectorum, II, p. 388.
Aegopodium podagraria, Amaranthus retrofiexus, AristolocJiia clem'
atitis, Atriplex hastata, A. hortensis, A. nitens, A. patula, Beta
vulgaris, Bougainvillaea virescens, CannaMs saliva, Capsella
bursa-pastoris, Chenopodium album, C. botrys, Cirsium arvense,
Cucumis sativus, Cucurbita pepo, Eryngium campestre, E, plan-
um, Fmnaria sp., Galium aparine, Hypericum hirsutum, H. per¬
foratum, Matricaria chamomilla, M. inodora, Ophrys aranifera,
Orchis coriophm'a, Papaver dubium, P. nudicaule, P. rhoeas, P,
somniferum, Phaseolus vulgaris, Ranunculus acris, Scorzonera
hirsuta, Senecio vulgaris, Setaria verticillata, 8. viridis, 8oh
anum nigrum, 8. tuberosum, Vida faba, Zea mays.
papyracea^, Hormaphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 19. .
Betula alba, papyracea.
parietariae, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p.
38, no description.
Parietaria sp.
partheuocissi, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p.
53.
Psedera quinquefolia.
particeps, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2217.
Cynoglossum officinale.
parvus, Aphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research VI, p. 127, fig.
Chrysanthemum sp.
parvus, Lachnus Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLI, p.
104, fig.
Pinus rigida, P. virginiana.
pasanlae, Myzocallis Davidson, 1915. Jour, Econ. Ent. VIII, p.
424.
Pasania densiflora.
pasaniae, Trichoslphum Okajima, 1908. Bui. Coll. Agr. Tokyo
Imp. Univ., VIII, No. 1, p. 23 of separate.
Quercus acuta, Q. cuspidata, Q. serrata.
passeriniana, Cerosipha Del Guercio, IS 00. Nuov. Relaz. Staz.
, Agr, Fir., II, p. 117.
8alvia splendens.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
123
passerinii, Schizoneura Signoret, 1875. Bui. Soc. Ent. France (5),
V, p. CEII.
Populus alba.
pastinaceae, Rhopalosiphum Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 41, fig.
Lonicera sp., Pastinaca sativa.
pastinaceae, Siphocoryn© (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema
Naturae, p. 451. Aphis.
Cicuta virosa, Conium maculatum, Daucus carota, Foeniculum vul-
gare, Heracleum lanatum, Pastinaca sativa, Pimpinella magna,
P. saxifraga, Salix aurita, 8. babylonica, Sisymbrium offlcinale,
Zizia aurea.
patchii, Thecabius Gillette, 1914. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. VII, p. 61.
Populus balsamifera.
pawlowae, Fentaphls Mordwilko, 1901. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross.,
XXXIII, p. 83.
Bromus hordeaceous.
pectinatae, Chermes Cholodkovsky, 1888. Zool. Anz., XI, p. 47.
Abies balsamea, A. pectinata, A. sibirica, Picea abies.
pedicularis, Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 41,
fig.
Pedicularis palustris.
pedunculi, Pemphigus Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar), III, p.
367.
Quercus sp.
peglandlcola, Chromaphis Walker, 1870. The Zool. p. 2001, new
name for Callipterus juglandlcola Kaltenbach.
pelargonii, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pfianzen-
lause, p. 21. Aphis.
Althaea rosea, Chrysanthemum sp., Geranium robertianum, Hy¬
drangea sp., Justica furcata, Lilium sp., Malva neglecta, M.
sylvestris, Pelargonium zonale, Pyrus germanica.
pellucida, Endeis Buckton, 1883. Mon. Brit. Aphides, IV, p. 91,
fig.
Poa annua.
124 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
pemphigoides, Phylloxera Donnadieu, 1887. Compt. Reud. Acad.
Sci. Paris, CIV, p. 1246.
Yitis vinifera.
penicillata, Aphis Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p. 51,
fig.
EpiloMum hirsutum, E. montanum.
pentstemonis, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p.
54.
Musenum tenuifolium, Pentstemon glaher.
perforans, Phylloxera Pergande, as a var. of P. caryae-septum
Shimer, which see.
perforatus, Aphis Signoret, 1867. Ann. Ent. Soc. Prance, (4),
VII, p. 379.
Acer campestre.
pemiciosa, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 251.
Carya alba.
persequens, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1044.
Tanacetum sp.
persicae, Aphis Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, X, p. 175.
Petasites officinalis, Prunus amygdalus, P. domestica, P. inaititia,
P. per Sica, P. spinosa.
persicae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 93.
Prunus persica.
persicae. Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 61, fig
Prunus persica.
persicae, Lachnus Cholodkovsky, 1899. Zool. Anz., XXII, p. 472,
fig.
Prunus amygdalus.
persicae, Myzus Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 35.
Prunus persica.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
125
perslcae, Rhopalosiphum Sulzer, 1776. Abgekurz Gesch. Ins. p.
105, fig. Aphis.
Acer negundo, Achryantes sp., Alternanthera sp., Althaea narbor-
ensis, A. officinalis, A. rosea, Amaranthus sp., Ammannia sp.,
Anthemis cotula, Antirrhinum majus, Aquilegia vulgaris. As¬
paragus officinalis, Atropa belladona, Barbarea vulgaris, Beilis
perennis, B. sylvestris. Beta vulgaris, Brassica alba, B. arven-
sis, B. campestris, B. napus, B. oleracea, B. rapa, Cakile mari-
tima. Calendula arvensis, Caltha palustris, Ganna indica, Cap-
sella bursa-pastoris Capsicum annuum, Chaerophyllum aromat-
icum, C. hirsutum, C. roseum, Chenopodium album, C. bonus-
henricus. Chrysanthemum balsamita, C. coccineum. Cineraria
sp., Citrullus vulgaris, Cochlearia armoracia, Colocasia anti¬
quorum, Convolvulus sp., Crepis tectorum. Crocus sp., Cucumis
melo, Cyrtanthus sp., Dianthus caryophyllus, Digitalis pur¬
purea, Dysodia sp., Erodium botrys, E. cicutarium. Euphorbia
maculata, E. marginata, E. peplus. Fuchsia cocinea, F. globosa,
F. micrantha, Fumaria officinalis, Oalactites tomentosa, Galium
mollugo. Geranium molle, G. robertianum. Gladiolus dubius,
Gossypium herbaceum, Hedera helix, Heliotropium peruvianum,
Hibiscus sp., Hordeum vulgare, Hyacinthus orientalis, Inula
dysenterica, lonidum concolor, Iresine Undeni, Iris pumila,
Lactuca spicata, Lepidium sativum, Lilium candidum, Lupinus
sp., Lycopersicum esculentum, Malva parviflora, M. rotundi-
folia, M, sylvestris, Malvastrum coccineum, Marsilea vestita.
Maurandia hendersoni Mentha aquatica, M. piperita, Mesem-
brianthemum sp., Myosotis scorpioides, Myrtus sp.. Narcissus
sp., Nerium oleander, Nicotiana rustica, N. tabacum, Nonnea
sp., Onopordon acanthium, Opuntia sp., Oxalis corniculata, 0.
rosea, Papaver rhoeas, Pimelea sp., Plantago lanceolata, Poa
sp.. Polyanthus tuberosa, Polygonum persicaria, Portulaea sp.,
Potentilla recta. Primula forbesi, P. vulgaris, Prunus ameri-
cana, P. amygdalus, P. armeniaca, P. cerasus, P. domestica, P.
melanocarpa, P. persica, P. serotina, P. spinosa, Pyrus com¬
munis, P. malus, Radicula armoracia, R. nasturtium-aquaticum,
Ranunculus acris, R. bulbosus, R. repens, R. sardous, Raphan-
us raphanistrum, R. sativus, Rapistrum rugosum, Richardia af-
ricana, Ricinus communis, Robinia pseudoacacia, Rudbeckia
sp., Rumex acctosa, R. altissimus, R. conglomeratus, R. crispus,
R. hydrolapthum, R. venosus, Salix sp., Salsola kali, Semele
androgyne, Senecio crassifolius, S. jacobaea, 8. vulgaris, Sisym¬
brium alliaria, 8. austriacum, Solanum dulcamara, 8. melon-
gena, 8. nigrum, 8. tuberosum, Sonchus oleraceus, Spergula
arvensis, Spinacia oleracea, Stellaria media, Syringa vulgaris.
Taraxacum officinale, Thalictrum minus, Townsendia sericea,
Trifolium pratense, T. repens, Triticum sativum, T. vulgare,
Tropaeolum majus, T. tricolorum, Tulipa gesneriana. Tunica
126 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
prolifera, Typha angustifolia, T, latifolia, T. shuttleworthii,
Verbma chamaedry folia, Viburnum opulus, Vida pseudo-crac-
ca, Vinca sp., Viola odorata, V. tricolor, Zea maya,
persicae-niger, Aphis Smith, 1890. Ent. Amer. VI, p. 101.
Prunus chicasa, (wild goose plum), Prunus persica.
persicaecola, Aphis Boisduval, 1867. Essai sar Entom. Hort.,
p. 251.
Prunus persica.
perslcarla«, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germ-ar) III, p. 370.
Prunus armeniaca, P. domestica, P. perisca.
persicariimM Aphis Boisduval, 1867. Essai sur EntOm. Hort., p.
252.
Prunus persica.
persicophlla, Aphis Passerini, 18 60. Gli Afldi, p. 36.
Prunus persica.
persola, Aphis Walker, 18 48. The Zool. VI, p. 2246.
AnagalUs arvensis, Chrysanthemum segetum.
persorbens, Aphis Walker, 18 49. The-'Zool. VII, p. 37, app.
Prunus domestiea.
petasltMls, Aphis Buckton, 18 79. Mon. Brit. Aphides, 11, p. 69,
fig.
Cynoglossum offlcinalis, Petasites japonicus, P. niveus.
phaseoll, Tychea Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 39.
Amaranthus graecizans, A. retroflexus, Brassica oleraeea, Euphor¬
bia lathyris, Phaseolus coccineus, P. vulgaris.
pheidolel, Aphis Theobald, 1916. Entomologists Record, XXVIII,
p. 37.
In ant's nest, Pheldol© sp.
phellpaea©, Aphis Passerini, 1879. Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., XI, p. 47.
Orabanche ramosa.
phenax, Myzus Cockerell, 19 03. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXIX, p.
115.
Humulus lupulus.
Wilson-Vickery^List of Aphididae.
127
phlomoidea, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 3 23.
Verhascum phlomoides.
phragmltidicola, Aphis Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 44.
Phragmitis communis.
*phyllophora, Chelymorpha Clarke, 1858. The Microscope, p. 112.
Acer campestris.
piceae, Cliermes Ratzeburg, 1844. Die Forst-Insecten, p. 204.
Abies pectinata, Picea sp.
picea Chermes Ratzeburg, var bouveri, Cholcdkcv&ky, 1903. Zool.
Anz., XXVI, p. 259.
Abies nobilis var. glauca.
piceae, Lachnus Panzer, 1801. Fauna Insettorum Germanica Ini-
ciae, XXVI, p. 22, fig. Aphis.
Picea abies, P. alba.
*piceae, Pemphigus (Hartig), 1857. Verhandl. d. Hils-Solllng-
Forstvereins, Jahrg. 1856, pp. 52-57. Rhizomaria.
Larix sp., Picea sp., Pinus sp.
picealla, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1916. The Entomologist, XLIX,
p. 146.
Picea abies.
piceicola, Lachiius Cholodkovsky, 189 6. Zool. Anz. XIX, p. 148.
Picea abies.
piceicola Lachnus var. viridescens, Cholodkovsky, 1896. Zool.
Anz. XIX, p. 509.
Picea abies.
pichtae, Lachnus Mordwilko, 1895. Rah. Lab. Zool. Kab. Varch.
Univ., p. 104.
Abies pectinata.
For description in German see Zool. Anz. XVIII, p. 103.
picridis, Macrosiphum (Fabricius), 1775. Systema Entomologiae,
p. 737. Aphis.
Agrostemma githago, Cichorium endivia, C. intybus, Crepis biennis,
C. capillaris, C. tectorum, Hieracium, murorum, H. pilosella,
H. spondylium, H. sylvaticum, H. sylvestris, H. umbellatum,
H. vulgatum, Hypochoeris sp., Juglans regia, Leontodon au-
tumnalis, L. hispida, Picridum vulgare, Picris hieraciotdes,
Taraxacum opcinale.
(
128 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
picta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 47, app.
Sambucus nigra.
picta, Lachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V, p. 293, flg.
Finns sylvestris.
picta, Phylloxera Pergande, 19 04. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX, p.
197.
Carya alba, C. glabra.
pictus, Pterocallis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, II, p. 77.
Ambulaero aequasola.
ptllcomls, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Entom. (Germar) III, p. 3 69.
Picea abies.
pilosa, Aphis Haldeman, 1844. Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p.
168.
Salix sp.
pUosa, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 54, app.
Digetalis purpurea.
pilosa, Aphis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Laponica, I, p. 311.
Species not recognizable.
pilosa, Glyphina Buckton, 1883. Mon. Brit. Aphides, IX, p. 16,
fig.
Finns sylvestris.
pilosa, Pterocomma Buckton, 1879. Mon. Brit. Aphides, II, p.
143, fig.
Salix cinerea, 8. daphnoides, 8. viminalis.
pilosellae, Rhizobius Burmeister, 1835. Hand, der Entomologie,
II, p. 87.
Hieracium pilosella, Zea mays.
pilosula, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.. IX,
p. 203.
Carya glabra.
pllosus, Myzus Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschr. voor Ent., LV, p.
68.
Artemisia vulgaris.
Wilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
129
pineoides, Chermes Cholodkovsky, as a var. of O. piiii Koch, which
see.
pimpinellae, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p.
105.
Pimpinella magna, P. saxifraga.
pineti, Lachnus (Pabricius) 1781. Species Insectorum, II, p. 389.
Aphis.
Pinus P. sylvestris.
i
pineus, liachims Mordwilko, 1895. Rab. Lab. Zool. Kab. Varch.
Univ., p. 126.
Pinus *'7iiaritima'\ P. stroMis, P. sylvestris.
For description in German see Zool. Anz. 189 5, XVIII, p. 100.
pineus, Lachnus var. curtipilosa, Mordwilko, 189 5. Rab. Lab.
Zool. Kab. Varch. Univ. p. 130.
Pinus sp.
pmi, Chermes (Macquart), 1819. Soc. d’amat. des Sciences et
Arts de la villede Lille. Mars. 12. 8., pp. 81-8 6.
Picea ahies, P. orientalis, Pinus montana, P. pinea, P. sylvestris.
pini, Chermes (Koch), 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 322,
fig. Anisophleba.
Ahics sihirica, Pinus insignis, P. ^^montanum'', P. pumilio, P. syl¬
vestris.
pini, Chermes Koch, var. pineoides, Cholodkovsky, 19 03. Zool.
Anz. XXVI, p. 2 63.
Picea ahies, P. orientalis, Pinus sp.
pini, Chermes Koch, var. pinicola, Cholodkovsky, 1915. Dept, of
Agr., Central Board of Land. Amins. & Agr. Petrograd, p.
57, fig.
Picea excelsa, Pinus montanus, P. sylvestris.
pini, Lachnus (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae, p.
453. Aphis.
Larix decidua, Pinus cemhra, P. halepensis, P. ponderosa, P. scopu-
“ lorum, P. sylvestris.
pini, Lachnus Linnaeus, var. cembrae, Cholodkovsky, 1892. Zool.
Anz. XV, p. 74.
Pinus cemhraf
9— S. A. L.
130 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
*pmi, Macrhyiichus ? 1913. Haup p. 45, Mitt. ent. Ges. Hail
5-7.
Food plant?
pini, Rhizobiiis Burmeister, 1835. Hand, der Entomologie, H, p.
87.
Finns sylvestris.
piiiicola, Ciiermes ‘Ctiolodkovsky, as a var. of C. pini Koch which
see.
pinicola, Lachims Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p.
154.
Larix decidua, Picea ahies, Finns ''mughus'’, P. sylvestris.
pinicola, Mindarus (Thomas), 1879. Eighth Kept. State Ent. Ill.,
p. 137. Scliizoneura.
Finns insignis, P. ponderosa, P. strodus, Zea mays.
pinicolens, Chaitophorus Fitch, 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N.
Y. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 66.
Finns sp.
pinicorticis, Chermes (Fitch), 1855. First Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects N. Y. p. 167. Coccus.
Finns laricio, P. pinaster, P. '‘pinastu-marithna'’, P. strohus, Finns
sylvestris.
pinifoliae, Chermes Fitch, 1858. Fourth Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects N. Y., p. 741.
Picea alba, P. mariana, P. rubra, Finns strobus.
pinihabitans, Lachnus Mordwilko, 1895. Rab. Lab. Zool. Kab.
Varch. Univ., p. 118.
Finns sylvestris.
For description in German see Zool. Anz. XVIII, 1895, p. 98.
piniphila, Lachnus (Ratzeburg), 1844. Die Forst-Insecten, III, p.
219. Aphis.
Finns sp.
pini-radiatae, Lachnus Davidson, 1909. Jour. Econ. Ent. II, p.
299.
Finns insignis.
piperis, Aphis Kittel, 1827. Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris, V, p. 152.
Piper sp.
Wilson~Vickery—List of Aphididae.
131
pM, Phylloxera Cholodkovsky, 1903, ■ Zool. Ans., XXVII, p. 118»
Pyrus communis. ^
*pM, Schizoneura (Goethe) Mordwilko, 1900. Horae Soc. Bnt.
Ross, XXXIII, p, 206, EriO'Soma?
Goethe gives as a variety of E. lanigera Hausmann. Mordwilko
gives as a good species.
Pyrus communis.
pisi, Macrosiplmiii (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon, der Pflanzenlause,
p. 23. aphis.
Asperula sp., Beta vulgaris, Capsella Mirsa-pastoris, CliaeropJiyllum
sylvestris, C. temulum, Colutea arhorescens, Cytisus scoparius^
EpiloMum montanum, Genistia tinctoria, Geum urhanum, Qra-
tiola officinalis, Lactuca scariola, Lathyrus latifolius, L. odor-
atus, L. pisiformis, L. pratensis, L. sativus, L. sylvestris, Lotus
corniculatus, L. uliginosus, Lychnis dioica, Medicago falcata,
M. sativa, Melilotus alha, Onobrychis sp., Ononis lurcina, 0.
repens, Pisum arvense, P. sativum, Spirea ulniaria, Stellaria
liolostea, Trifolium ''filaforme-', T. hybridum, T. incarnatum,
T. pratense, T. repens, Urtica dioica, Vida angustifolia, V. gi-
gantea, Y. ludoviciana, V. sativa, V. septum, Y. villosa.
For discussion of the food plants of this species see Bulletin 276;
U. S. Bur. Ent. p. 9.
pisi Acyrthosiphon Kaltenbach sub. sp. destructor (Johnson)
Mordwilko, 1914, Fauna of Russia (Insecta Hemiptera),
I, Petrograd., p, 136.
See Macrosiphum destructor Johnson.
Pisum sp.
pisl Acyrthosiphon Kaltenbach sub. sp. turanicum Mordwilko,
1914, Fauna of Russia, (Insecta Hemiptera) , I, Petrograd.,
p. 139.
Medicago sativa, Trifolium sp.
pisl Acyrthosiphon .Kaltenbach, sub. sp. ussuriensis, Mordwilko,,
1914, Fauna of Russia, (Insects Hemiptera), I, Petrograd.,.
p. 140.
'‘Lathyro’’ sp.
pistaciae, Feniphigus (Linnaeus), 1767, Sy.stema Naturae, Twelfth
Edition, I, part 2, p. 737, No. 33, Aphis.
Pistacia lentiscus, P. terebinthus, P. vera.
plantagineus, Myzus Passerini, 18 60, Gli Afldi, p. 36.
Plantago coronopus, P. major, P. media. :
132 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
plantaginis, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 106.
Achillea millefolium, A. ptarmica, Artemisia a'bsintMum, A. cam-
pestris, A. vulgaris, Beilis perennis, Capsella dursa-pastoris.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, Daucus carota, EpiloMum
inolle, Erigeron canadensis, Gossypium herhaceum. Inula
squarrosa, Leontodon taraxici, Leonurus cardiaca, Lynchnis
dioica, Plantago lanceolata, P. major, P. media. Taraxacum
officinale, Viola odorata.
*plantaginis, Aphis Goeze, 1778. Entomologische Beitnage, p.
318. no. 33.
plataniy Liachnus Kaltenhach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p.
152.
Platanus occidentalis, TJlmus campestris.
platanicola, Lachnus Riley, 1883, Amer. Nat., XVII, p. 198.
Platanus occidentalis.
platanoides, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar), III, p.
369. Acer.
platanoides, Drepanosiphum (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II,
p. 112. Aphis.
Acer campestre, A. platanoides, A. pseudo-platanus, Platanus occi¬
dentalis.
*poae, Aphis Hardy, 1850. North British Agriculturist, II, p.
112.
Poa sp.
poae, Macrosiphum (Macchiati), 1885. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital.,
XVII, p, 62. Siphonophora.
Bromus sterilis, Poa annua, Rudus idaeus.
poae, Rhizobius Thomas, 1879, Eighth Kept. State Ent. Ill., p.
166.
Poa annua.
poae, Rliizohius Buckton, 1883. Mon. Brit. Aphides, IV, p. 93, fig.
Poa annua.
poae, Rhopalosiphum Williams, as a var. of R. dianthi Schrank
which see
poae, Rhopalosiphum Gillette, 1908. Can. Ent., XL, p. 61, fig.
Poa pratensis.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae. 133
podograriae, Aphis (Scopoli) Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p.
110.
Schrank uses this name in referring to Aphis aegopodii Scopoli.
polanisiae, Aphis Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 42.
Polanasia graveolens.
polanisia-graveolens, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag.
& Critic. Rev. Ill, p. 17.
Polanasia graveolens.
pollinosa, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 52.
EpiloMum sp.
polyanthis, Aphis Passerini, 1863. Aphididae Italica, p. 164.
p. 164.
Funkia sudcordata.
polygala-senega, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
tJritic, Rev. Ill, p. 17.
Polygala senega.
polygoni, Aphis Macchiati, 1885. Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., XVII, p.
63.
Polygonum aviculare.
polygoni, Aphis Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschr. voor Ent 55, p. 80,
fig.
Polygonum fagopyrum, P. nodosum.
polygoni, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2249.
Polygonum aviculare.
polygoni, Macrosiphnm (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I,
p. 123, fig. Siphonophora.
Polygonum persicaria.
polygoni, Sipha Schouteden, 1907. Tijdschr. voor Ent., L. p. 265.
Polygonum aviculare.
pomi. Aphis DeGeer, 1773. Mems. des. Ins., Ill, p. 53, fig.
Ailanthus glandulosa, Cotoneaster interrigma, Crataegus crus-gal-
li, 0. oxyacantha, Cydonia vulgaris, Eriohotrya japonica, Lau-
rus laurustinus Pyrus americana, P. aucuparia, P. communis^
P. germanica, P. malus, Triticum vulgare.
134 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts^ and Letters.
pontlerosa, Lachnus Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p.
22.
Pinus ponderosa var. scopiilorum.
popularia, Pemphigus Fitch, 1859. Fifth Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects, N. Y., p. 8 49.
Populus 'balsamifera.
popularia, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 266.
Populus deltoides, P. fremonti, P. trichocarpa.
populea, Pterocoiiima (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 116. Aphis.
Populus alha, P. nigra, P. pyramidalis, Salix alha, S. caprea, S. ni¬
gricans, S. viminalis.
populeti, Aphis Panzer, 1801. Faun. Ins. Germ. Init. XXXII p. 18,
Populus nigra, P. pyramidalis.
populous Pterocomma var longirotris, (Mordwilko), 1901.
Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. XXXIIl, p. 414. Cladobius.
Populus sp., Quercus sp., Salix sp.
populi, Anuraphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 307, fig.
Populus balsamifera, P. nigra.
populi, Arctaphis (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Sy sterna Nat¬
urae, p. 453. Aphis.
Populus aVog, P. grandidentata, P. nigra, P. pyramidalis, P. tremula,
P. tremuloides, Salix amygdaloides, S. babylonica.
populi, Chernies Del Guercio, 19 00. Nuov. Relaz. Staz. Agr. Fir..
II, p. 83.
Populus alba.
populi, Cornaphis Gillette, 1913. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. p. 491, fig.
Populus angustifolia.
populi, Pemphigus Courchet, 1879. Rev. Sci. Nat. Montp., p. 90.
Populus nigra.
populi, Schizoneura Gillette, 1908. Ent. News, XIX, p. 1, fig.
Populus angustifolia, P. balsamifera, P. deltoides.
populicaulis, Thecabius (Fitch), 1859. Fifth Rept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects, N. Y. p. 845. Pemphigus.
Populus balsamifera, P. deltoides, P. fremonti, P. nigra, P. pyrami¬
dalis, P. tremuloides, P. tricbocarpa.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
135
populicola, Cliaitophorus Thomas, 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat.
Hist., Bui. 2, p. 10.
Populus angustifolia, P. halsamifera, P. deltoides, P. deltoides-an-
giistifolia, P. fremonti, P. monilifera, P. tremuloides, P. tricfio-
carpa.
populi-conduplifolius, Thecabius (Cowen), 1895. Hemiptera of
Colorado, p. 115. Pemphigus.
Populus halsamifera, P. deltoides, P. monilifera, P. trichocarpa,
Ranunculus californicus.
populifoliae, Aphis Fitch, 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y. Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 66.
Populus deltoides, P. fremonti, P. grandidentata.
populifoliae, Chaitophonis (Oestlund) Davis, 1910. Jour. Econ.
Ent. Ill, p. 48 9. Davis shows that Oestlund was dealing
with a new species not A. populifoliae Fitch, (Oestlund),
1887, Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 38.
Populus halsamifera, P. grandldentaici, P. tremuloidcs.
populifolii, Eichochaitophorus Essig, 1912. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent.,
IV, p. 722, fig.
Populus trichocarpa.
populi-globuli, Pemphigus Pitch, 1859. Fifth Rept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects, N. Y., p. 8 50.
Populus halsamifera.
populi-monilis, (Thecabius) Riley, 187 9. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Surv.
Terr. V, No. 1, p. 13, fig. Pemphigus.
Populus angustifolia, P. halsamifera, P. deltoides-angustifolia, P.
fremonti, P. monilifera, P. tremuloidcs, P. trichocarpa.
populi-rainulorum, Pemphigus Riely, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. &
Geog. Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 16.
Populus halsamifera, P. deltoides, P. fremonti.
populi-transversus, Pemphigus Riley, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. &
Geog. Surv. Terr., V. No. 1, p. 15, fig.
Populus halsamifera, P. deltoides, P. fremonti, P. monilifera, P.
trichocarpa.
populi-venae, Pemphigus Fitch, 1859. Fifth Rept. Nox. & Ben.
Ins., N. Y., p. 851.
Populus halsamifera.
136 Wisconsin Acadeyny of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
popuineus, Thecabitis Koch, 1857. Die Pharizenlau&e Apliiden, p.
295, fig.
Populus nigra.
populus-grandiclentata, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag.
& Critic. Rev., Ill, p. 16.
Populus grandidentata.
populus-trepida, Aphis Refinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic. Rev. Ill, p. 16.
Populus tremuloides.
porosus, Myzus Sanderson, 1900. Twelfth Rept. Del. Agr. Exp.
Sta., p. 205.
Fragaria sp.
portschinskyi, Macrosiphum Mordwilko, 1909. (Trudi) Bur. Ent.
(Dept, of Agr.)? VIII, No. 3, p. 11.
Spiraea ulmaria.
portulacae, Myzus Macchiati, 1883. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XV, p.
235.
Portulaca oleracea.
iwschingeri, Prociphilus Holzner, 18‘74. Stett. Ent. Zeit. XXV,
pp. 221, 321, 324, fig. Pemphigus.
Ahies dalsamea, A. fraseri, Pinus sp.
potentillae, Aphis Walker, 1850. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, VI,
p. 122.
Potentilla anserina.
potentillae, Macrosiphmn (Oestlund), 1887. Aphididae of Min¬
nesota, p. 83. Nectarophora.
Potentilla anserina.
potentillae, Myzus Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p.
65.
Potentilla anserina, P. arguta.
potentillae, Myzus Oestlund, 188 6. Aphididae of Minnesota, p.
30.
Potentilla anserina.
praecox, Chermes Cholodkovsky, as a var. of C. lapponicus Cholod-
kovsky which see
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApJiididae.
137
praeterita, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 52, app.
Epilodium sp.
primulae, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,
No. 2, p. 91.
Primula kewensis, P. vulgaris.
prolifera, Phylloxera Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p.
16.
Populus sp. in galls of Pemphigus popuU-trans versus Riley, Popu-
charatum, S. vulgare, Zea mays.
propinquum, Macrosiphum Mordwilko, as a sub sp. of M. cyparis-
siac Koch which see.
protospirae, Pemphigus Lichtenstein, 1885. Mon. Peupl., p. 31, fig.
Listed in La Flore des Aphidens, 1884.
Populus nigra, P. pyramidalis.
pruinosus, Lachnus Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar), III, p, 368.
No food plant given.
prunaria, Aphis Walker, 1850. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. VI, ser. 2,
p. 121. Prunus domestica, P. spinosa.
pruni, Aphis Geoffrey, 1762. Histoire Abregee des Insectes, I, p.
497.
pruni, Aphis Koch, 18 54. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 68, fig.
Prunus armeniaca, P. domestica, P. insititia, P. padus, P. spinosa.
pruni, Hyalopteinis (Pabricius), 1775. Systema Entomologiae,
(Pabricius), p. 735. Aphis.
Ammophila arundinacea, PJiragmites sp., Prunus amygdalis, P. ar¬
meniaca, P. domesticus, P. insititia, P. persica, P. pissardi, P.
spinosa, Pyrus malus.
prunf« Phorodoii (S'copoli), 1763. Entomologia Oarniolica, p.
138. Aphis.
Prunus sp.
pruni, Phorodon Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Gen¬
ova, II. p. 60.
Prunus mahalel).
pruni, Tetraneura Taschenberg, 1869. Brehms Illustrirtes Thier-
leben, VI, p. 514.
Prunus sp.
138 Yiisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
prunicola, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843, Mon. der Pflanzeniause, p.
122. New name for A. cerasi Schrank.
Primus domestica, P. persica, P. spinosa.
prunicoleus, Aphis Ashmead, 18 81. Pacific Rural Press, XXII,
No. 1, July 2, p. 8.
Prunus sp.
prunifoliae, Aphis Fitch, 1855. First Kept. Nox. & Ben. Insects
N. Y. p. 122.
Prunus sp.
Prunina, Aphis Walker, 1850. Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. VI, ser. 2, p.
120.
Prunus domestica, P. spinosa, Pyrus communis.
prnnomm, Aphis Dobrowljansky, 1913. Zur. Biol, der Blattlause
der Obstbaume und Beerenstraucher Ent. Sta. des Land-
wirstschaft. Syndikats in Kiew. p. 20, fig. ;
Prunus sp.
pseudobrassicae, Aphis Davis, 1914. Can Ent., XLVI, p. 231, fig.
Brassica spp., RapJianus sativus.
pseudobj'Tsa, Asiphum (Walsh), 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., I, p.
3 06. Byrsocrypta.
Populus candicans, P. coccinea, P. deltoides, P. fremonti.
pseudocardui, Aphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p.
120, fig.
Carduus sp.
pseudohieracii, Aphis Theobald, 1912. List of Aphididae of the
Hastings District, p. 9.
New name for Aphis hieracii Buckton (not Kaltenbach).
pseiidotsugae, Lachiuis Wilson, 1912. Can. Ent. XLIV, p. 302.
Pseudotsuga douglassii.
'*pskovica, Aiioecia Mordwilko, 1916. Revue Russian Entomology,
XV, p. ?
“Grass roots.”
ptarndcae, Microsiphiim Cholodkovsky, 1908. Zool, Anz., XXXII,
p. 687.
Achillea ptarmica.
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
139
ptemdis, Macrosiphum Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
XLI, p. 101, fig.
Pteris aquilina.
pteridis, Mastapoda Oestlund, 188 6. Aphididae of Minnesota, p.
53.
Pteris aquilina,
pteris-aquilinoides, Aphis Rafinesque, 1817. Amer. Mon. Mag.
&, Critic. Rev., I, p. 361.
Pteris aquilina.
pubescens, Trama Koch, 18 57. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p. 308,
fig.
Achillea millefolium.
pulegi, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 320, fig.
Mentha pulegium.
pulvera, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2218.
Artemisia maritima.
pulverulens, Aphis Gillette, 1911. Jour. Econ. Ent., IV, p. 324,
fig.
Symphoricarpos occidentalis.
punctatella, Monellia (Fitch), 1855. First Rept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects N. Y., p. 165. Aphis.
Carya aWa.
punctatiis, Dachmis Burmeister, 1835, Hand, der Entomologie,
II, p. 93.
Balix alha.
punctatus, Myzocallis (Monell), 1879. Bill. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 30. Callipterus.
Quercus Mcolor, Q. macrocarpa.
punctatus, Phylloxera Lichtenstein, 1876. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
XIX, p. 173.
Quercus fasciata, Q. rohur.
punctipennis, Aphis Zetterstedt, 18 28. Fauna Insectorum Lap-
ponica. I, p. 559.
Alnus sp., Betula sp.
punicae, Aphis Passerini, 1863. Aphididae Italicae, p. 42.
Punica granatum, P. sylvestris.
140 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
pimicella, Aphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p. 125,
fig.
Punica granatum.
pui’piirea, Phylloxera Pergande, as a var. of P. symmetrica Per-
gande, which see.
purpurascens, Macrosiphum (Oestlund), 188 7. Aphididae of
Minnesota, p. 81. Nectarophora.
Thalictrum revolutum.
pyrarius, Myzus Passerini, 1861. Atti. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Ill,
p. 399.
Pyrus communis.
pyrastri, Aphis Boisduval, 1867. Essai sur Entom. Hort. p. 253.
Pyrus communis.
pyri, Aphis Boyer de Ponscolombe, 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent. Prance,
X, p. 189.
Crataegus oxyacantlia, Prunus domestica, Pyrus communis, P. cor-
onaria, P. germanica, P. malus.
pyri, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar), III, p. 3 69.
Pyrus malus.
pyri, Aphis Kittel, 1827. Mems. Soc. Linn. Paris, V. p. 150.
Pyrus noMlis.
pyri. Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 60, fig.
Pyrus communis, Tussilago farfare.
*pyri, Eriosoma Westwood, 1849 The Gardeners’ Chronicle, p.
755.
Pyrus.
pyri Lachnus Buckton, 1899. Ind. Mus. Notes, IV, p 274.
Pyrus communis.
pyri Prociphilus (Pitch), 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y. Cab.
Nat. Hist. p. 68. Eriosoma.
Crataegus sp., Pyrus communis, P. malus.?
pyHcola Erisoma Baker & Davidson, 1916. Jour. Agr. Research,
Washington, D. C. VI, No. 10, p. 358. fig.
Pyrus communis, Vlmus sp.
W ilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
141
pjTiformis, Pemphigus Lichtenstein, 188 6. Mon. Peup. p. 29.
Listed in La Flore des Aphidens, 1884.
Popiilus nigra, P. pyramidalis.
pjTinus, Myzus Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,
III, p. 222.
Pyrus communis.
quadrituherculata, “Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzen-
lause, p. 134.
Betula aWa.
quaerens, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 48 app.
Galeopsis ladanum.
quercea, Myzocallis (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflenzenlause,
p. 13 6. Aphis.
Quercus rohur.
querceti, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 263.
Quercus aWa, Q. dentata, Q. farnetto, Q. macrdcarpa.
querci, Fhyllaphis Fitch, 1859. Fifth Kept. Nox. & Ben. Insects
N. Y., p. 804. Eriosoma.
Quercus agrifolia, Q. macrocarpa, Q. undulata.
quercicola, Callipterus? Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 31.
Quercus sp.
quercicola, Chaitophorus (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 3 2.
Quercus alba, Q. macrocarpa, Q. obtusiloba, Q. prinus.
quercicbla, Phyllaphis Baker, 1916. Entomological News, XXVII,
p. 362.
A new name for Phyllaphis querci (Fitch) Davis.
Quercus sp.
quercicola, Thalaxes Westwood, 1840. Intr. Mod. Class. Ins. 11.
See p. 118 of the Synopsis of the Genera of British Insects.
Quercus sp.
quercicolens, Lachnus Ashmead, 1881, Can Ent. XIII, p. 155.
Quercus virginiana.
142 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
quercifoliae, Aphis Walsli 18 62. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. I, p. 298.
Acer saccharinum, Platanus occidentalism Qiiercus sp.
quercifoliae Chaitophorus (Fitch), 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State
N. Y. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 67, Lachnus.
Qiiercus aWa. ,
quercifoliae, Phyllaphis Gillette, 1914. Ent. News XXV, p. 272.
Quercus sp.
quercifoMi, Myzocallis (Thomas), 18 79. Eighth Rept- State Ent.
Ill., p. 112. Callipterus.
Quercus rubra, Ulmus racemosa.
quercina, Psylloptera Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. di
Genova, II. p. 85.
Quercus cerris.
quercus, Cinara Mosley, 1841. The Gardners Chronicle, p. 747.
Quercus sp.
quercus, Myzocallis (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause,
p. 98. Aphis.
Castanea pumila, Quercus douglasii, Q. ilex, Q. kelloggii, Q. lobata,
Q. rohiir, Q. sessilifolia.
quercus Myzocallis var. insigiiis Ferrari, 1873. Ann, Mus. Civ,
Stor. Nat. Genova, III, p, 231.
Quercus sp.
quercus, Phylloxera Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1834. Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, III. p. 223.
Quercus coccifera, Q. ilex, Q. rodur, Q. ^^suher’", Q. virginiana.
quercus, Stomaphis (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Nat¬
urae, p. 453. Aphis.
Quercus alba, Q, robur.
quercus-moutlcula, Aphis Haldeman, 1844. Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat.
Hist. I, p. 169. No description,
Quercus sp.
radicicola, Trifldaphis (Essig), 1909. Pom. Jour. Ent. I, p. 8, fig.
Pemphigus,
Amaranthus retroflexus, Beta vulgaris, Solanum nigrum.
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
143
l-adicis, Trama Kaitenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 211.
Artemisia campestris, A. vulgaris, Cirsium arvensis, Crepis Men-
nis, Hieracium pilosella, Lactuca scariola, Leontodon taraxci,.
Ranunculus repens, SoncJius oleraceus Taraxacum officinale.
radicola, Aphis Mordwilko, 18 9 6. Horae Soc. Ent Ross., Ill, p.
21, fig.
Arctium sp., Rumex erispus.
radicola, Tychea Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 5 6.
Ambrosia triflda.
*radicum, Forda Goureau, 1861. Bui. Soc. Sci. Hist. Nat. Yonne,.
part 2, p. 259.
Cicliorium intybus, Cynara scolymus.
radicuni, Pempliigiis (Boyer de Fonscolombe) , 1841 Ann. Soc.
Ent. France, X. p. 195. Aphis.
Anthemis nobilis, Avena sativa, Coix lacliryma-jobi. Cynodon dac~
tylon, Echinocliloa crus-galli, Eragrostis megastacliya, Hiera¬
cium pilosella, Lolium perenne, Oryza sativa, Sorghum sac-
charatum, 8. vulgare, Zea mays.
ralumensis, Schoutedenia Rubsaamen, 19 05. Marcellia, IV, p.
19.
Glochidion philippense.
ranunculi, Aphis Kaitenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause, p.
69.
Ranunculus acris, R. muricatus, R. repens.
ranunculi, Myzus Del Guercio, 1900, Nuov. Relaz. Staz. Agr. Fir.
II, p. 151.
Ranunculus velutinus.
ranunculi. Pemphigus Kaitenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause,
p. 185.
Ranunculus acris, R. auricomus, R. bulbosus, R. flammula, R.
repens.
ranunculi, Pemphigus Davidson, 1910. Jour. Econ. Ent., Ill, p.
372.
Ranunculus californicus.
ranunculi, Trama Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V. p. 248, fig.
Ranunculus velutinus.
144 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.
mnuncuiina, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1046.
Ranunculus spf
rapae, Rhopalosiphmii (Curtis), 1842. Jour. Royal Agri. Soc.,
Ill, p. 53, fig. Aphis.
Garden vegetables.
raphani, Aphis Scbrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 119.
RapTianus sativus.
rara, Traina Mordwilko, 1908, L’annuaire du Musee Zool. L’Acad.
Imp. Sci. St. Petersburg, XIII, p. 373.
Only reference knoiyn to me although there seems to be
another.
Taraxacum sp.
reaumuri, Schizoneura Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 175.
Tilia cordata, T. grandifolia, T. platypTiyllos, T. tomentosa, T.
vulgaris.
reducta, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1044.
Artemisia ahrotanumf (Sea wormwood.)
redmidans, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool, VII, p. 32, app.
Cramhe maritima.
relata, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 44, app. altissimus.
Rumex altissimus.
reticulata, Aphis Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLI, p.
9 2, fig.
Artemisia tridentata.
retroflexus, Pemphigus Courchet, 1879. Rev. Sci. Nat. Montp. p.
25.
Pistacia lentiscus.
rhamni, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 64.
Alnus vulgaris, Brassica juncea, Origanum vulgare, Rhamnus alat-
ernus, R. alpina, R. frangula, R. lanceolata.
rhamni, Macrosiphum (*Clarke), 1903. Can. Ent. XXXV, p. 254.
Nectarophora.
Rhamnus californica.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
145
rhamni, Myzus (Boyer de Fonscolombe) , 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, X, p. 177. Aphis.
Rhamnus alpina, R. catTiartica, R. frangula, R. piirshiana.
rhei, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzeniause Aphiden, p. 127, fig.
Rheum rhaponticum.
rhinanthi, Amphorophora (Schouteden) , 19 03. Zool. Anz., XXVI,
p. 687. Nectarosiphuni.
Rhinanthus minor.
rhodryas, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic.
Rev., Ill, p. 16.
Rosa sp.
rhois, Liosomaphis (Monell), 18 79. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 27. Rhopalosiphum.
Arena sativa, Elymus sp., Hordeum murinum, Phleum pratense,
Rhus glahra, R. trilohata, Tritieum sativum.
rhois, Melaphis (Fitch), 1866. Jour. N. Y. Agr. Soc., XVI, p. 73,
August. Byrsocrypta.
Rhus glahra, R. typhina.
ribesina, Rhopalosiphum Van Der Goot, 1912. Tijdschr. voor
Ent. deel LV, p. 75.
Ribes nigrum.
ribicola, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pfianzen-
lause, p. 33. Aphis.
Crepis biennis, C. capillaris, C. viridis, Ribes grossularia.
ribis, Aphis Sanborn, 1904. Kansas Aphididae, p. 46.
Ribes vulgar e.
*ribis, Aphis Muller, 1776. Zoologiae Danicae Prodomus, p. 110,
fig.
ribis, Myzus (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, System Naturae, p.
451. iVphis.
Deutzia scabra, Lippia citriodora, Ribes alpinum, R. aureum, R.
grossularia, R. nigrum, R. rotundifolium, R. viscossisium, R.
vulgare, Sonchus arvensis, S. oleraceus. Viburnum opulus.
ribis, Myzus Linnaeus, ver bucktonii, Del Guercio, 1894. IL Nat-
uralista Siciliano XIII, p. 197.
Ribes sp.
10 — S. A. L.
146 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts^ and Letters.
ribis, 3Iyzus Linnaeus var. trifasciata, Del Guercio, 18 94. IL Nat-
uralista Siciliano, XIII, p. 197.
Rihes vulgare.
riccobonii, Pemphigus Stefani, 1899. Riv. Ital. Sci. Nat., XIX, p.
1.
Pistacia atlantica.
rileyi, Lachnus Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 24.
Pinus strobus, P. sylvestris.
rileyi, Pemphigus? Stebbins, 1910. Springfield Mus, Nat. Hist.,
Bui. 2, p. 9, fig.
Populus tremuloides.
rileyi, Phylloxera Riley, 18 74. Sixth Rept. Nox & Ben. Insects
Mo., p. 64.
Quercus alba, Q. bicolor, Q. obtusiloba.
rileyi, Eriosoma Thomas, 1877. Trans. Ill. Hort. Soc. p. 191.
New name for Eriosoma ulmi Riley.
Ulmus americana.
rimosalis, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX.
p. 217.
Carya alba.
ripariae. Aphis Oestlund, 1886, Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 41.
Yitis cordifoUa, Y. milpina.
*rpaidus, Dryobius Snellen Van Vollenhoven, 1862. Tidjschr. Ent.
Ned. Ent. Ver., V, p. 95, pi. 5, pp. 1 — 3.
Food plant?
rjabushinskiji, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Rus¬
sia, (Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd, app. p. 5.
Food plant?
robiuiae. Aphis Macchiati, 1885. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XVII, p. 65.
Ribinia pseudo-acaciaf
robiniae, Callipterus Gillette, 1907. Can. Ent. XXXIX, p. 395,
fig.
Ribinia pseudo-acacia.
roboris, Pterochlorus (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema
Naturae, p. 452. Aphis.
Fagus sylvatica, Picea abies, Pinus sylvestris, Quercus cerris, Q.
ilex, Q. robur.
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
147
roboris Pteroclilorus var. nigra, Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V. p.
275, fig.
Querciis cerris.
roboris Pterocblonis Linnaeus, var. breviorostris, Mordwilko,
1908, L’Ann. Musee Zool. L’Acad. Imp. Sci,, St. Peters¬
burg, XIII, p. 378.
robusta, Aphis Walker, 1849, The Zool. VII, p. 43, app.
Pastinaca sativa.
rociadae, Aphis Cockerell, 1903. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXIX,
p. 115.
Delphinium sapellonis.
rogersii, Macrosiphiim Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,
No. 3, p. 126.
Frag aria sp.
rorea, Endeis Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 313,
fig.
Puccinellia distans. Many unknown weeds.
rosae, Lachnus X^^holodkovsky, 1899. Zool. Anz. XXII, p. 471
fig.
Rosa canina.
rosae, Macrosiphum (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema
Naturae, p._ 452. Aphis.
Centranthus sp., Dipsacus pilosus, D. strigosus, D. sylvestris,
Euphorhia pepliis, Rosa canina, R, centifoUa, R. eglanteria, R.
lutea, R. ruMginosa, 'R. spinosis — sima, Scahiosa arvensis, 8.
columharia, 8. succisa, Valeriana officinalis.
rosae, Macrosiphum var. glauca (Buckton) 1876. Mon. Brit.
Aphides, I. p. 109, fig. ’Siphonophora.
Rosa canina, R. centifoUa.
rosaecola, Macrosiphum (Passerini), 1871. Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital.,
Ill, p. 336. Siphonophora.
Rosa ruMginosa.
rosaefolium, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research,
VI, p. 109, fig.
Rosa sp.
148 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
rosaeoUae, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research,
VI, p. Ill, fig.
Rosa sp.
rosarum, Lachiius Van Der Goot, 1912. Mitteilungen aus dem
Natur-historischen Museum, XXIX, p. 279.
Rosa sp.
rosarum, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 180, fig. Siphonophora.
Rosa sp.
rosarum, Myzus (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause, p.
101. Aphis.
Potentilla anserina, Rosa califarnica, R. canina, R. centifolia, R.
gallica, R. ruMginosa, R. rugosa, R. spinosissima.
rosa-suaveolens, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic. Rev. Ill, p. 16.
Rosa ruMginosa.
*roseus, Myzus Macchiati, 1881. Riv. Sci. Ind. Quid. Vim. Fir.
Firenze p. ?
Rosa centifolia, R. gallica, Yucca sp.
rossica, Oolopha Cholodkovsky, 1897. Zool. Anz., XX, p. 146, fig.
Also p. 212, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.
Triticum vulgare.
rotunda, Forda Theobald, 1914. The Entomologist, XLVII, p. 30,
fig.
In nest of Tapinoma erraticum.
rotundiventris, Schizoneura Signoret, 1860. Ann. Soc, Ent.
France, VIII, p. 178.
No food plant given.
rubi, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pfianzenlause,
p. 24. Aphis.
Cytisus scoparius, EpiloMum montanum, Oeum urhanum, Rudus
caesius, R. corylifolius, R. discolor, R. fructicosus, R. idaeus,
R. occidentalis, R. villosus.
rubi, Pemphigus Thomas, 1879. Eighth Rept. State Ent. Ill., p.
147.
Ruhus occidentalis.
Wilsoii-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
149
rubicola, Aphis Oestlund^ 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 60..
Rubus idaeus.
rubicola, Nectarosiphon (Oestlund), 1886. Aphididae of Minne¬
sota, p. 27. Macrosiphum.
Ruhus idaeus, R. nutkanus. i
inibicula, Aphis Haldeman, 1844. Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist. I, p.
169.
No food plant given.
rubicundus, L/achims Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLI,
p. 104.
Juniperus communis.
rubiellum, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biology,
VIII, No. 3, p. 147.
Ruhus fruticosus, R. idaeus.
rubifolii, Cerosipha (Thomas), 18 79. Eighth Kept. State Ent.
Ill., p. 121. Sipha.
Ruhus occidentalis, R. villosus.
rubiphila, Aphis Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bnl. No. 233, p.
269, fig.
RuMis sp.
mbra, Tetraneura Lichtenstein, 1880. Penill. Jeun. Nat. X, p.
125.
TJimus campestris.
*rubrum, Myzus Macchiati, 1880. Riv. Sci. Ind. Fir. p. ?
Yucca sp.
rudbeckiae, Macrosiphum (Fitch), 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State
N. Y. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 66. Aphis.
Amdrosia trifida, Aster drummondii, BaccTiaris viminea, Bidens
laevis, Cacalia suaveolens, C. tuberosa, Cirsium arvense, Dip-
sacus fullonum, Lactuca muralis, L. sacriola, Mulgedium sp.^
Rudbeckia'-amplexicaulis, R. laciniata, Silphium integrifolium,
8. perfoliatum, Solidago rigida, 8. scrotina, 8onchus oleraccus,
8ynosma suaveolens, Vernonia fasciculata, V. lindJieimeri, Y.
noveboracensis.
rudbeckiarum, Macrosiphum (Cockerell), 1903. Can. Ent. XXXV,
p. 168. Nectarophora.
Rudbeckia amplexicaulis.
150 Wisco7isin Acade^ny of 8 devices, Aids, mid Letters.
rufa, Macrosiplium Monell, as a var. of M. liriodenclri Monell,
which see.
rulipes, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) III, p. 3 69.
No food plant given.
rufomaculata, Coloradoa (Wilson), 1908. Ent. News, XIX, p.
261. Apliis.
Chrysanthemum coccineum.
rufula, Aphis Walker, 18 49. The Zool. VII, p. 47, app.
Salsola kali.
rufulus, Pterocoiniiia (Davidson), 1909. Jour. Econ. Ent. II, p
3 00. Cladobius.
Populus sp., Salix sp.
rugicornis, Tetraneura Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar), III,
p. 366, no description.
rumicis, Aphis Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae, p.
451.
Achillea millefolium, A. ptarmica, Aegopodium podagraria, Aethusa
cynapium, Amaranthus caudatus, A. graecizans, Anagallis
arvensis, Angelica archangelica, A. sylvestris, Anthemis noholis,
Anthriscus vulgaris, Arctium lappa, A. minus, Asparagus offl-
cinalis, Atriplex hastata, A. hortensis, A. patula, Benincasa
cerifera, Berteroa incana. Beta vulgaris, Borago officinalis,
Brassica campestris, B. oleracea, B. rapa, Buxus sempervirens,
Capsella hursapastoris, Caucalis latifolia, Centaurea calcitrapa,
Centranthus sp., Cercis siliquastrum, Chenopodium aWum, C.
hyhridum. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, C. segetum, Cichor-
ium endiva, C. intyhus, Cimicifuga sp., Cirsium arvense, C.
lanceolatum, C. muticum, C. palustre, Cochlearia armoracia,
Conium maculatum, Crataegus oxyacantha, Cynoglossum sp.,
Cyperus laevigatus, C. rotundus, Cytisus scoparius. Dahlia
coccinea, D. nutans, D. varaMalis, Datura stramonium, Daucus
carota, Deutzia scahra. Digitalis lutea, D. purpurea, Dipsacus
pilosus, Duchesnea indica, Epilohium als ini folium,. Erica
gracilis, Erigeron sp., Erodium cicutarium, Eryngium cam-
pestre. Euphorbia sp., Evonymus atropurpureus, E. europaeus,
E. maackii, Fragaria sp., Fumaria capreolata, F. officinalis,
Galium aparine, G. mollugo, G. verum, Genista, anglica, G. ger-
manica, G. ovata, G. tinctoria, Gladiolus sp., Hypericum hirsu-
tum, H. montanum, H. perforatum, H. quadrangulum. Ilex
aquilfolium, Inula dysenterica, I. viscosa, Jasminum officinale.
Laburnum anagyroides, Lamium purpureum, Lotus cornicula-
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApMdidae.
151
tus, Lycopersicum esculentiun, Lysimachia sp., Magnolia sp.,
Matricaria cliamomilla, Melilotus alba, Mentha aquatica, My-
osotis “scorpioides,” Nerium oleander, Opuntia fiscus-indica,
Ornithopiis sp., Papaver hydrolapathum, P. rhoes, P. somni-
feriini, Pastinaea sativa, Petroselinuni hortense, Peucedanum
alsaticum, P. typherr, Phaseolus eoccineus, P. vulgaris, Phila-
delplius grandiflorus Picris sp., Pisum sp., Polygonum fagopy-
rum, P. persicaria, Pyrus communis, Raniincitlus acris. Reseda
sp.. Rheum rhaponticum, Rhodolypus kerriaides, Ribes aureurn,
Robinia pseudo-acacia, Rumex acetosa, R. acetosella, R. acutus,
R. altissimus, R. amplexicaulis, R. conglomeratus, R. crispus,
R. hydrolapathum, R. intermedins, R. obtusifolius, R. pulcher,
R. venosus, Salix alba, '8. amygdaeoid.es, 8. babylonica, 8.
caprea, Scorconeura hirsuta, Senecio mikanioides, 8. vulgaris,
8ium latifolium, Solanum dulcamara, 8. jasminoides, 8. nigrum,
8. tuberosum, 8olidago serotina, 8. virgaurea, Spartium jun-
ceum, 8pinacia oleracea, 8piraca chamar dry folia, 8teironema
ciliatum, ''Tamarix,'’ Thlaspi sp.. Thymus serpyllum, Tragopo-
gon pratensis, Trifolium sp., Tropaeolum sp., Tulipa sp., Ulex
europaeus, Urtica urens, Valeriana officinalis. Verbena offi-
cinalis. Viburnum opulus, Vicia cracca, V. faba, V. lutea, V.
pseudocracca, Vigna actijang, Zea mays.
rutila, Phylloxera Dreyfus, 1889. Zool. Anz. XII, p. 95.
Vitis vinifera? without a definite description.
saccharata, Pemphigus Del Guercio as a var. of P. fuscifrons Koch,
which see.
saccharata, Pemphigus Del Guercio as a var. of P. boyeri Passe-
rini, which see.
sacchari, Aphis Zehntner, 1897. Archief Java Suiker Ind. V, p.
551.
8acc7iarum officinarum.
saccharinus, Myzocallis Del Guercio, 1913. Redia IX, p. 210, fig.
Fagopyrum sp.
sacculi, Asiphum Gillette, 1914. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. VII, p. 65.
Populus tremuloides.
salicariae, Aphis Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 144,
fig.
Epilobium sp., Lythrum salicaria, 8alix sp.
152 Wisconsin Acadxmy of Sciences^ ArtSy and Letters,
salicellis, Lachnus? Fitch, 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y.
Cab. Nat. Hist, p., 67.
Salix sp.
sallceti, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 103.
Salix aurita, S. hahylonica, 8, caprea, 8. cinerea, 8. fragilis, 8. pur¬
purea, 8, viminalis.
salicicola, Aphis (Thomas), 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., BuL
2, p. 8. Siphonophora.
8aUx amygdaloides, 8. discolor.
salicicola, Chaltophorus Essig, 1911. Pom, Coll. Jour. Ent. 3,. p.
532, fig.
Populus trichocarpa, Salix laevigata.
salicicola, Lachims Uhler, 1862. Flint Ed. Harris Ins. Ing. to
Veg., p. 239.
New name for Aphis saMcti Harris.
salicicorticis, Symdobins Essig, 1912. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent. 4, p.
731, fig.
8alix laevigata.
salicina, Aphis Zetterstedt, 1840. Ins. Lapp. I, p. 311.
8alix sp. f
saliciradicis, Fullawaya Essig, 1912. Pom. Coll. Jour. Ent. 4, p.
737, fig.
8alix laevigata.
^salicis, Aphis Muller, 1776. Zool. Dan. Prod., p. 110.
8alix sp.
salicis, Aphis Sulzer, 1776. Abgek, Gesch. Ins., p. 105, fig.
8alix sp.
salicis, Chaitophorus Williams, 1891. Special Bui. No. 1, Univ.
Nebraska, Dept, of Ent., p. 27. No description.
Salix sp.
salicis, Pterocomma (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Na¬
turae, p, 453. Aphis.
Populus candicans, Salix alha, 8. caprea, 8. cinerea, 8. fragilis, 8.
longifoUa, 8. lucida, 8. pentandra, 8. triandra, 8. viminalis.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae. 153-
*salicis-faidiiosa, Aphis Linnaeus, 1789. Entomologia, p. 550, no.
40.
salicis, Pemphigus Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p.
47. No description.
Salix sp.
salicis, Phylloxera Lichtenstein, 1884. Ann. Soc. Ent. France,
(6) IV, p. CXXII.
Salix sp.
salicis, Siphocoryiie Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr. V, No, 1, p. 26.
Salix T)al)ylonica, S. longifolia, S. lucida, S. nigra.
salicivora, Chaitophorus (Walker), 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 2, I,, p. 453. Aphis.
Arena fatua, Dactylis glomerata, Salix saprea, S. cinerea, S. fragiliSr
S. lapponum, S. purpurea.
salicti, Chaitophorus (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 103.
Aphis.
Populus alha, Salix alha, S. eaprea, cinerea, S. nigricans.
salicola, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 267.
Salix discolor, S. lasiolepis.
salicti, Pterocomma (Harris), 1841. Ins. Inj. to Veg., Mass., p.
191. Aphis.
Acer saccJiarum, Populus deltoides, Salix sp.. Salvia aethiopsis.
*saligna, Lachnus Gmelin, 1788. Systema Naturae, I, p. 2209,
No. 62. A new name for Aphis salicis Sulzer.
Salix.
salviae, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1043.
Salvia ceratopTiylloides, S. pratensis.
sambucaria. Aphis Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 36.
SamT)ueus nigra.
sambuci. Aphis Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae,
p. 451.
Agave sp., Funkia suhcordata, Lemna minor, Piltasporum toMra^
Samlucus canadensis, S. eMilus, S. nigra.
154 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
'^sambuci, Aphis Miiller, 177 6. Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus, p.
110, fig.
Samhucus.
sambucifoliae, Aphis Fitch, 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y.
‘Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 66.
8aml)iicus canadensis, 8. nigra.
sanborni, Aphis Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. No. 225, p.
52.
Ei})es sp.
sanborni, Macrosiphum Gillette, 19 08. Can. Ent., XL, p. 65, fig.
ChrysantUemnni sp. (In greenhouses.)
sanguisorbae, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 106.
Sanguisorha sp.
saniculae, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 56.
Sanicula canadensis.
sassceri, Aphis Wilson, 1911. Can. Ent., XLIII, p. 59.
Anona rectilinata.
sativae, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 56.
Cannabis sativa.
scabiosae, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 63.
No description.
scabiosae, Aphis Scopoli, 1763. Entomologia Carniolica, p. 138.
Ballota nigra, Capsella bursa-pastoris, Galium eruciata, Hieracium
umbellatum, Nicotiana rustica, Parietaria officinalis, Scabiosa
arvensis, 8. columbaria, 8. succisa, 8olanum giganteum.
scabiosae, Macrosiphum (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica II, p.
105. Aphis.
Capsella bursa-past oris, Hypericum sp., 8cabiosa arvensis, 8.
colmubaria, 8. succisa, 8. sylvatica, 8pirea lUmaria.
schoutedeni, Sipha (Del Guercio), Shouteden, 1900. Ann. Soc.
Ent. Belg., XLIV, p. 134.
Holcus sp.
scirpi, Aphis Kittel, 1827. Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris, V. p. 153.
''8cirpe" sp.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApJiididae.
155
scirpi, Toxoptera Passerini, 1874. BuL Ent. Soc. Ital., VI, p. 137.
Scirpus lacustris, 8. cernuus.
scirpus, Saltiisaphis Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p.
138, fig.
Scirpus sp.
scorodoniae, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 317, fig.
Teucrium scorodonia.
scrophulariae, Macrosiphmn (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphi¬
des, I, p. 137, fig. Siplionophora.
Schrophularia scorodonia.
scrophulariae, Phorodon Thomas, 1879. Eighth Rept. State Ent.
Ill., p. 72.
Scrophularia marylandica.
scutifera, Phylloxera Signoret, 1867. Ann. Ent. Soc. France, (4),
VII, p. 303, fig.
Quercus sp.
secunda, xlphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 44, app.
Salix caprea.
sedi, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 63.
Sedum acre, 8. album, 8. maximum, 8. reflexum, 8. telepMum.
sejuncta, Aphis "Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2247.
Cedrus libani.
*seiiiilunarius, Pemphigus Passerini, 18 5 6. Giornale Giardini, III,
p. 261.
Pistacia terebinthus.
seiiecionis, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 5 7.
Senecio camis.
senecionis, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 95.
serotiiiae, Rliopalosiphum Qestlund, 188 7. Aphididae of Minne¬
sota, p. 76.
Pyrus malus, SoUdago rigida, 8. serotina.
serpylli, Aphis Koch, 18 54. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 92, fig.
Thymus serpyllum.
156 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
serratulae, 3Iacrosiphum Schrank, 18 01. Fauna Boica II, p. 122.
Aphis.
Cirsium arvense, Cnicus oler metis.
serrulatus, Atheroides Haliday, 1839. Ann. Nat. Hist. Mag., II, p.
189.
Grasses.
seselii, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 49.
No description.
Seseli sp.
setariae, Aphis (Thomas) 1877. I, 11 State Lab. Nat. Hist. BuL
2, p. 5. Siphonophora.
Digitaria sanguinalis, EcMnochloa crus-galli, Eleusine indiea,
MiieJilenhergia schreheri, Panicum dicliotomiflorum, P. poly-
anthes, P. proliferum, Primus sp., Psedera quinquefolia, Setaria
glauca, 8. viridis.
setariae, Tychea Passerini, 18 60. Gli Afidi, p. 40.
Coix lacJiryma-jo'bi, Digitaria liumifusa, Lactuca virosa, Oryza
sativa, 8etaria glauca, 8. verticillata, 8. viridis, Triticum viih
gave, Zea mays.
setosa, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1846. Ent. Zeit. (Stettin), VII, p. 172.
Cytisus scoparius.
setulosa, Tychea Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 40.
Oryza sativa, 8etaria sp.
shelkovnikovi, Rectinasus Mordwilko, 1916. Revue Russian Ento¬
mology, XV, p. ?
From ant hill.
shepherdiae, Capitophorus Gillette & Bragg, 1916. Ent. News,
XXVH, p. 445, fig.
8hepherdia argentea.
sibiricum, Acyrthosiphon (Microlophium) Mordwilko, 1914.
Fauna of Russia, (Insecta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p.
224.
XJrtica dioica.
sibiricum, AcjTthosiphon (Microlophium) Mordwilko, sub sp. kir-
giz, Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia (Insecta Hemip¬
tera,) I, Petrograd, p. 23 5.
XJrtica dioica.
Wilson~Vickery~List of Aphididae.
157
sibiricum, Acyrthosiphon (JVIicrolophiimi) Mordwilkoj* sub. sp.
sibiricuin, Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (Insecta
Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 226, fig.
XJrtica dioiea.
sibiricus, Cheniies Cholodkovsky, 1889. Zool. Anz., XII, p. 391.
Picea aMes, P. orientalis, Pinus cemdra, P. strohiLS, P. sylvestris.
signoreti, Phylloxera Targioni Tozzetti, 1875. Bui. Soc. Ent.
ItaL, VII, p. 302.
Quercus sp.
sii Aphis Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 137, fig.
Falcaria vulgaris.
silenea, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,
II, p. 72.
Silene cucuhalus, 8. latifolia.
sileneum, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,
No. 3, p. 143.
8ilene latifolia.
silybi, Aphis Passerini, 1861. Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., Ill, p. 400.
Borago officinalis, Nerium oleander, Silydum marianum, Solanum
guianense, 8. nigrum.
similis, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2249.
Primus domestica.
similis, Capitophorus Van Der Goot, 1915. Beitrage zur Kenntnis
den Hollandischen Blattlause Haarlem, p. 127.
Tussilago far far a.
sunilis, Chermes Gillette, 1907. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 15,
fig.
Picea aMes, P. canadensis, P. mariana, P. pungens, P. ruhra.
sinensis, Aphis Del Guercio, 1900. Nuov. Rel. R. Staz. Ent. Agr.
Fir., II, p. 137.
Lilium sp.
sinensis, Schlectendalia (Walker), 1852. List. Horn. Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1058. Aphis.
Rhus samialata.
158 Y'/isconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters,
sisymbrii, Macrosiphum (Buckton), 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I,
p. 160, fig. Siphonopliora.
Bisym'brium alliaria, 8. officinale.
sisymbrii, Rhopalosiphon Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 163,
fig.
Sisymbrium arnottianum.
skrjabiiii, AcjTthosipIion Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia (In-
secta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 181.
Malva neglecta.
smaragdinum, Drepaiiosipbum Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause
Aphiden, p. 205, fig.
Populiis nigra, P. pyramidalis.
smilacis, Lachims Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 24.
Smilax herbacea.
smithiae, Pterocomma (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 32. Chaitophorus.
Salix alba, 8. smithiana.
socia, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2217.
Cynoglossum officinale.
sodalis, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2218.
Cynoglossum officinale.
solanella, Aphis Theobald, 1914. Bui. Ent. Research, IV, p. 325,
fig.
Solatium sp.
solani, Aphis Kittel, 1827. Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris, V, p. 151.
Solanum dulcamara, 8. nigrum, 8. villosum.
solani, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pfianzen-
lause, p. 15. Aphis.
Atropa belladona, Convulus althaeoides, Cydonia vulgaris, Helio-
tropium europaeum. Lychnis dioica, Satureja vulgaris, So¬
lanum jasminoides, 8. nigrum, 8. tuberosum.
solani, Megoura Thomas, 18 79. Eighth Rept. State Ent. Ill., p. 73.
Lycopersicum esculentum, Solanum sp.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApJiididae.
159
solanifolii, Macrosiphum (Ashmead) , 1882. ‘Can. Ent. XIV, p. 92.
Siphonophoi'a.
Amaranthus retroflexus, Aster sp., Brassica rapa, CapselJa dursa-
pastoris, Chenopodinm alhum, Cineraria sp., Fagopyrum escu-
lentum, Gladiolus sp., Iris sp., Lactuca sp., Pliaseolus vulgaris,
Physalis sp., Pisum sativum, Pyrus malus, Rosa sp., Solanum
jasminoides, S. melongena, S. tuherosum, Sonchus oleraceus.
solanina, Aphis Passerini, 18 63. Aphididae Italicae, p. 41.
Bolanum elaegni folium, S. sodomeum.
soldatovi, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, 1914, Fauna of Russia, (In-
secta Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 168.
Spiraea sp.
solidaginifoliae, Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska,
p. 58.
Solidago canadensis.
solidaginis, Macrosiphum (Fabricius), 1781. Species Insectorum,
II, p. 384. Aphis.
Campanula rotundifolia. Centaur ea cyanus, Erigeron acris, E.
canadensis, ScaMosa arvensis, Solidago canadensis, S. serotina,
S. virgaurea.
sonchella, 3Iacrosiphum (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr., V, p. 21. Siphonophora.
Sonchus oleraceus.
sonchi, Macrosiphum (Linnaeus), 1767. Systema Naturae, Ed.
12, p. 735. Aphis.
Achillea millefolium. Aster linosyris, Brassica nigra. Campanula
erinus, C. rotundifolia, C. trachelium, Carduus acanthoides, C.
crispus, C. nutans, C.pycnocephalus, Centaur ea calcitrapa, C.
collina, C. cyanus, C. jacea, C. nigra, C. nigrescens, C. scaMosa,
Chrondrilla juncea, Chrysanthemum indicum, C. segetum,
Cichorium endiva, C. intyhus, Cirsium arvense, C. lanceolatum,
C. muticum, C. spinosissimus, Cnicus oleraceus, Crepis hiennis,
C. capillaris, C. foetida, C. lampsanoides, Cynara cardunculus,
Hieracium murorum, H. sylvaticum, H. sylvestris, H. umhella-
turn, Hyoseris radiata, Lactuca scariola, Lapsana communis,
Leontondon autumnalis, L. hispida, Macrophylla sp., Onopor-
don acanthium, 0. illyricum, Picridum vulgare, Picris hiera-
ciodes, Sisymhrium alliaria, S. officinale, Solanum tuherosum,
Sonchus arvensis, S. asper, S. oleraceus, Specularia speculum.
160 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.-
jsonchi, Rhizobius Passerini, 18 60. Gli Afidi, p. 39.
Achillea millefolium, Cichorium endivia, C, intyhus, Fragaria vesca,
Galeopsis ladanum, Sonchus arvensis, S. asper, S. oleraceus,
Stachys annua.
jsonclii, Rhopalosiphum Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 34.
Sonehus asper.
sorbi, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 70.
Crataegus oxyacantha, Plantago major, Prunus avium, Pyrus
aucuparia, P. communis, P. malus, P. torminalis, ''Tamarantia
sp.f' Viburnum latana.
sorg'hella, Aphis Schouteden, 1906. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. L, p. 135.
Sorghum sp.
«orghi, Aphis Theobald, 1904. First Kept. Welle. Lab., p. 43, fig.
Sorghum vulgar e.
sparthani, Schizoneura Boisduval, 1866. Bui. Soc. Ent. Prance,
(4), VI, p. LX.
Cytisus scoparius, Spartiwm junceum-.
spartii, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden,
p. 172, fig. Slphonophora.
Cytisus scoparius.
spectabilis, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Ge¬
nova, II, p. 64.
Salix speciosa.
■spicatus, Rhizobius Hart, 1894. Eighteenth Kept. Nox. & Ben.
Insects, Ill., p. 104, fig.
Panicum dichotomiflorum, P. proliferum, Zea mays.
spinarum, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) III, p. 370.
Prunus spinosa.
spinosa, Phylloxera (Shinier), 1869. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., II,
p. 397. Dactylosphaera.
Carya cordiformis.
spinosus, Chaitophorus Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota,
p. 49.
Quercus macrocarpa.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
161
spinosus, Hamamelistes Shimer, 1867. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., I,
p. 284.
Betula aWa, B. fontinalis, B. nigra, Hamamelis virginiana.
spinuloida, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., IX,
p. 247.
Cary a sp.
spinulosa, Phylloxera Targioni-Tozzetti, 1875. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital.,
VII, p. 308.
Quercus cerris, Q. rohur.
spiniilosus, Ohaitophoriis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 5. No description.
spiraeae, Aphis Oestlund, 188 7. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 68.
Spiraea salicifolia.
spiraeae, Aphis Schouteden, 1902. Zool. Anz., XXV, p. 656.
Spiraea prunifolia, S. salicifolia, S. ulmaria, S. vanJioutei.
spiraecola, Aphis Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. No. 233,
p. 270, fig.
New name for Aphis spireaella (Schouteden) Gillette.
spiraecola, Macrosiphum Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta., Bui.
No. 233, p. 271, fig.
Spiraea vanhouttei.
spireaella. Aphis Schouteden, 19 03. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLVII,
p. 194.
New name for Aphis spiraeae Schouteden, name pre-occupied.
Spiraea prunifolia, S. salicifolia, S. ulmaria, S. vanhouttei.
spiraephila. Aphis Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. No. 233,
p. 270, fig.
Spiraea salicifolia.
splendens, Siphocoryne Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI,
p. 116, fig.
Triticum vulgare.
spondylii, Hyaloptems Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
17, fig.
Heracleum spondylium.
ll—S. A. L.
162 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
spyrothecae, Pemphigus Passerini, 18 60. Gli Afidi, p. 39.
Populus nigra, P. pyramidalis.
spyrothecae, Pemphigus Passerini, var. infaustus Ferrari, 1772.
Ann. Mus. Giv. Stor. Nat. Genova, III, p. 235.
Populus sp.
squamosa, Geoica Hart, 1894. Eighteenth Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects Ill., p. 98, fig.
Arena sativa, Capsella 'bursa-pastor is, EcMnocJiloa crus-galli,
Phleum pratense, Poe annua, P. pratensis, Trifolium sp., Zea
Mays.
squarrosa, Macrosiphum Sanborn, 1904. Kansas Aphididae, p. 77.
Actinomeris squarrosa.
stamineus, Aphis (Pemphigus) Haldeman, 1859. Proc. Boston,
Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 403.
Acer saccharinum.
Stanley!, Macrosiphum Wilson, 1915. Proc. British Columbia Ent.
Soc., No. 5, p. 82, fig.
Sambucus glauca.
staphyleae, Rhopalosiphum Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphi-
den, p. 32, fig.
Cystopteris montanaf, Heliotropium peruvianum, Staphylea pin-
nata.
steinheili, Pterocomma Mordwilko, 1901. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross.,
XXXIII, p. 350. Oladohius.
Populus sp., Salix alba.
*stellariae, Brachycolus (Hardy), 1850. North British Agricult¬
urist, II, p. 788. Aphis.
Agrostis alba, A. vulgaris, Cerastium triviale, Fastuca ovina, Hol-
cus lanatus, H. mollis, Stellaria graminea, 8. holostea, 8. media,
Triticum sp.
stellarlae, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1912. The Trans. Second Ent.
Congress, p. 387; also 1913, Jour. Econ. Biol. VIII, No. 3,
p. 141.
8tellaria graminea.
stevensis, Ohaitophorus Sanborn, 1904. Kansas Aphididae, p. 36.
Populus deltoides, P. monilifera.
WiUon-Vickery—List of ApMdidae.
163
stigma, Schizoneura Curtis, 1844. Gardners Chronicle, IV, p. 37.
“Fir trees”?
*strobi, Chermes (Hartig), 1837. Jahrest. Forst. und Forsth. Na-
turk. im Jahre 1836, and 1837, pp. 643-648. Coccus.
Picea all)a, Pinus strohus.
strobi, Lachnus (Fitch) 1851. Kept. Reg. Univ. State N. Y. Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 69. Eriosoma.
Pinus stroJ)us.
strobilobius, Chermes Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon der Pflanzenlause,
p. 203.
AMes balsamea, A. pectinata, Larix decidua, L. laricina, Picea
alha, P. ahies, P. canadensis, P. englemanni, P. mariana, P.
orientalis, P. pungens, Pinus sylvestris.
strobilobius, Obermes Kaltenbach. var. tradoides Cholodkovsky,
1915. Dept, of Agr. Central Board of Land Admins. &
Agri., Petrograd., p. 57, fig.
Larix sp.
styracophila, Astegopteryx Karsch, 1890. Ber. Deut. Bot. Ges.,
VIII, part 2, p. 52, fig.
Sty rax benzoin.
subelliptica, Phylloxera (Shimer), 1869. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
II, p. 389. Dactylosphaera.
Cary a sp.
subeid, Tavaresiella Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 299, fig.
Quercus suber.
submacula. Aphis Walker, 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, II,
p. 104.
Food plant unknown,
subterranea, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1033.
Dianthus plumarius, Pastinaca sativa.
subterranea, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause
Aphiden, p. 155, fig. Siphonophora.
Senecio jacobaea.
subterraneus, Lachnus Del Guercio, 1900. Nuov. Relaz. Staz. Agr.
Fir., II, p, 109.
Lycopersicum esculentum.
164 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
subtenraneus, Rhizobius Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 209.
Tsuga canadensis.
subterrans, Amphorophora Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
XLI, p. 99, fig.
Dactylis glomerata.
suffragans, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2221.
Lycopsis arvensis.
superabilis, Aphis Walker, 1852. List. Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1039.
No food plant given.
swezeyi, Aphis Pullaway, 1910. Kept. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta.,
(1909), p. 36, fig.
Gnaphalium sp.
symmetrica, Phylloxera Pergande, 1904. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci.,
IX, p. 230.
Carya aWa.
symmetrica. Phylloxera var. purpurea Pergande, 1904. Proe.
Daven. Acad. Sci., IX, p. 233.
Carya alba.
symmetrica. Phylloxera var. vasculosa Pergande, 1904. Pro6^.
Daven. Acad. Sci., IX, p. 233.
Carya alba.
symphiti. Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 107.
Achillea millefolum, Anchusa italica, Arctium lappa, Capsella
bursa-past or is, Carduus anchanthoides, C. crispus, C. nutans,
Circium lanceolatum, Citrullus vulgaris, Cucurbita clypci-
formis, C. maxima, C. pepo, Cynoglossum offlcinale, Echinos-
permum lappula, Echium vulgare, Oaleopsis ladanum, Myosotis
palustris, M. sylvatica, Onopordon achantium, Stacyhs recta,
Symphifum officinale.
symphoricarpi, Aphis Thomas, 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist.,
Bui. 2, p. 12.
Symphoricarpos occidentalis, 8. orbiculatus, 8. racemosa.
tabaci, Macrosiphum (Pergande), 1898. Can Ent. XXX, p. 300.
N ectar ophora.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, Forsythia viridissima, Lycoper-
sicum esculentum, Nicotiana tabacum, Pyrus communis, P.
malus, Rumex crispus, 8olanum melongena.
WiUon-V ickery — List of Aphididae,
165
tabaci, Myzodes Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia (Insecta
Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 52.
Food plant?
taeniatoides, liachnus Mordwilko, 19 01. Horae Ent. Soc. XXXIII,
p. 422.
Pinus strobus.
taeniatus, Lachnus Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzeniause Aphiden, p.
240, fig.
Pinus cembra, P. P. sylvestirs.
tahoense, Cryptosiphum Davidson, 1911. Jour. Econ. Ent. IV, p.
559.
Arctostaphylos pumilla, A. tomentosa.
tamaricis. Aphis Lichtenstein, 1885. Bui. Ent. Soc. Prance, (6),
V, p. 179.
‘‘Tamarix.^'
tanacetaria, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach) , 1843. Mon. der Pflan-
zenlause, p. 19. Aphis.
Artemisia absinthium, A. vulgare, Chrysanthemum sp., Tanacetum
vulgare.
tanaceti, Myzus (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae,
p. 452. Aphis. Not described until 1761. Fauna Seucica,
p: 260.
Lapsana communis, Tanacetum vulgaris.
tanaceticola, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflam
zenlause, p. 33. Aphis.
Achillea millefolium, Tanacetum vulgare.
taiiacetina, Aphis Walker, 1850. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, VI,
p. 46.
Tanacetum vulgare.
taraxaciy Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach), 1843. Mon. der Pflanzen-
lause, p. 30. Aphis.
Taraxacum oMcinale, Leontodon taraxaci.
*tardus, Chermes (Dreyfus), 1889. Tag. Deut. Nat. Vers 51,
Koln. 19 Sept. (1). Adelges.
For host plants see Chermes strobilobius Kaltenbach; thought
to be a variety of Chermes lapponicus Cholodkovsky.
Larix decidua, Picea abies.
16G Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters,
targionii, 3Iyzus Del Guercio, 1894. IL Nat. Sci. XIII, p. 197.
Cistus sp., Lippia citriodora, Pelargonium sp.
tavaresi, Aphis Del Guercio, 1908. Broteria VII, p. 143, flg.
Citrus aurantium, (7. medica, Gossypium sp.
taxi, Chernies Buckton, 1886. Trans Ent. Soc. London, p. 327,
fig.
Taxus haccata.
tentans, Aphis Walker, 185 2. List Homop. Insects Brit. Mu¬
seum, part 4, p. 1045.
Mentha aquatica.
tenuicorpis, Trichosiphum Okajima, 1908. Bui. Coll. Agr. Tokyo
Imp. Univ. VIII, No. 1, p. 22.
Quercus cuspidata.
tenuinervis, Apliis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lappnica, p. 312.
“Hab. in paroecia Lapponiae Fedrica var.; d. 29 Jul. a me
capta.”
tenuior, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 49, app.
Larix communis, L. decidua.
terricola, Aphis Rondani, 1847. Nuov. Ann. Sci. Nat. Rend. (Bol¬
ogna) ser. 2, VIII, p. 344.
Centaur ea scaMosa, C. solstitialis, Cirsium arvense, Picris ecMoides,
P. hieracioides, Sonchus oleraceus.
tertia, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 45, app.
TJrtica dioica.
tessellata, Prociphilus (Fitch), 1851. Rept. Reg. Univ. State N.
Y. Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 68. Eriosoma.
Acer saccharinum, A. saccharum, Alnus incana, A. rhomMfolia,
A. ruhra, A. rugosa, Betula sp.
*testudinatus, Phyllophorus Thornton, 1852. Trans. Mic. Soc.
London, III, p. ?
Acer Pseudo-platanus.
*testudo, Periphyllus Van Der Hoeven, 1863. Tidjscher, Ent,
Ned. Ent. Ver., VI, pp. 1 — 7, fig.
Acer campestris.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
167
tetrapteralis, Aphis Cockerell, 1902. BuL S. Cal. Ac. Sci., I, p. 40.
Atriplex canescens.
tetrarhoda, Myzus (Walker), 1849. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2),
IV, p. 42. Aphis.
Corylus avellana, Hieracium pilosella, Rosa canina, R. centifolia,
R. gallica.
teucrii, ilphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des aphidqns, p. 52.
No description.
Teucrium sp.
thalictri, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p. 81, fig.
Thalictrum aquilegiifolmm, T. minus.
thalictri, Myzus Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 68.
Thalictrum revolutum.
thaspii, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 58.
Thaspium aureum.
theaccola, Myzus Buckton, 1891. Ind. Mus. Notes, II, p 33.
Ceylonia.
Camellia thea, Theohroma cacoa.
f
theohaldii, Macrosiphum Davis, 1915. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 276,
p. 4. A new name for Macrosiphum trifolii Theobald.
Trifolium procumhens.
theobromae, Toxoptera Schouteden, 19 06. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg.,
L. p. 38.
Theolroma cacoa.
thlaspeos, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II. p. 118.
Papaver sp., Thlaspi sp.?
thujafolia, Lachniella Theobald, 1914. Bu). Ent. Research, IV, p.
335, fig.
Thuja orientalis.
tiliae, Drepanosiphum Koch, 1855. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
204, fig.
Populus nigra, P. pyramidalis, Tilia americana, T. grandifolia, T.
platyphyllos.
tiliae, Eucallipterus (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema
Naturae, p. 452. Aphis.
Tilia americana, T. cordata, T. platyphyllos, T. ruhra, T. vulgaris.
168 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
tiliae, Macrosiphuni (Monell), 1879. BuL U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 20. Siphonophora.
Tilia americana.
tincta, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 51, app.
EpiloMum sp.
tomentosus, Lachnus (Villers), 1789. Linaei Entomologia Faunae
Suecicae, J, p. 549. Aphis.
tormentilliae, Aphis Passerini, 1879. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XI, p.
48.
Potentilla tormentilla.
torticauda, Apliis Gillette, 1907. 'Can. Ent., XXXIX, p. 389, fig.
Carduus sp.
tortuosus, Pemphigus Rudow, 1875. Zeit. Ges Natur., (2), XII,
p. 248.
Populus nigra.
tradoides, Chermes Cholodkovsky as a var. of O. strobilobius Kalt-
enbach which see.
tragopogonis, Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon der Pfianzenlause, p. ^
124.
Tragopogon dudius, T. porrifoUus, T. pratensis.
transieus, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 44, app.
Polygonum persicaria.
translata, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 35, app.
Ononis spinosa.
transmutata, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 3 7, app.
Prunus spinosa.
transposita, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 37, app.
Prunus domestica.
tremulae, Asiphum Linnaeus, 1761. Fauna Suecica, p. 261.
Aphis.
Populus alda, P. pyramidalis, P. tremula.
tremulae, Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden,
p. 8, fig.
Populus tremula.
W iUon-Y ickery — List of Aphidddae.
169
tribulis, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII, p. 34, app.
Vida sepium.
tricolor, Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
9, fig.
Betula alba, B. nigra,
tridentatae, Aphis Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XLI, p.
94; fig.
Artemisia tridentata.
tridentatae, Chaitophorus Wilson, 1915. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
XLI, p. 89, fig.
Artemisia tridentata.
trifolii, Aphis Oestlund, 1887. Aphididae of Minnesota, p. 56.
Trifolium pratense, T. repens.
trifolii, Macroslphum Pergande, 1904. U. S. Bureau of Ento
mology, Bui. 44, p. 21.
Avena sativa, Fragaria sp., Sonchus oleraceus, Taraxacum oMdnale,
Trifolium pratense, Triticum vulgare.
trifoUi, Macroslphum Theobald, 1912. Tran. Second Ent. Con¬
gress, p. 384, also 1913, Jour. Econ. Biology, VIII, No. 3,
p. 139.
Trifolium procumbens.
trifolii, Myzocallls (Monell), 1882, Can Ent. XIV, p. 14. Callip-
terus.
, . Trifolium pratense, T. repens.
triphaga. Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1041.
Epilobium sp.
trirhoda, Hyalopterus (Walker), 1849. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(2),IV, p, 45. Aphis. ,
Aquilegia vulgaris, Rosa canina, R. gallica, Rubus ulmifoUus.
tritici, Brachycolus Gillette, 1911. Ent. News, XXII, p. 441, fig.
Agropyron glaucum, A. occidentale, Bromus secalinus, Phleum
pratense, Stipa comata, Triticum vulgare.
trivialis, Tychea Passerini, 1860. Gli Afidi, p. 40.
Agropyron repens, Bromus arvensis, B. mollis, B. sterilis, Cynodon
dactylon, Digitaria filiformis, Fostuca elatior, F. ovina-durius-
cula, Poa annua, P. pratensis, P. trivialis, Betaria sp., Triticum
spelta, T. vulgare.
170 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
troglodytes, Trama Heyden, 1837. Ent. Beitr. Mus. Senk., II, p.
293.
Achillea millefolium, Centaurea jacea, Gichorium endiva, C. inty-
bus, Cirsium arvense, Crepis biennis, Cynara cardunculus,
Cytisus scoparius, Hieracium pilosella, Lactuca scariola, Leon-
tondon sp., Onopordon acantium, Silybum marianum, Sonchus
arvensis, S. asper, oleraceus. Taraxacum offlcinale.
tropicalis, Pterochlorus Van Der Goot, 1916. Indian Museum
Notes, XII, p. 3, fig.
Pood plant unknown.
443.
truncata. Aphis Hausmann, 1802. Illigers Insekten Kunde, I, p.
Salix caprea.
tuberculata, Aphis Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. No. 233,
p. 261, fig.
Prunus serotina.
tuberculata, Callipterus (Heyden), 1837. Ent. Beitr. Mus. Senk.,
II, p. 296. Aphis.
Betula alba, B. nigra.
tuberculostemmata, Protolachnus Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Re¬
search, VI, p. 145, fig.
Pinus sp.
tuberosae, Aphis Boyer de Ponscolombe, 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, X, p. 180.
Cynoglossum sp., Cyperis laevigatus, Funkia subcordata, Polian-
thus tuberosa.
tujae, Lachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V. p. 309, fig.
''Tuja’^ occidentalis.
tujafilma, Lachniella Del Guercio, 1909. Redia, V. p. 311, fig.
“Tuja” occidentalis.
tulipae, Aphis Boyer de Ponscolombe, 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Prance, X, p. 167.
**Chonodoxia^’ sp., Tulipa sp.
tulipae, Macrosiphum (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 19. Siphonophora.
Tulipa gesneriana.
W ihor\r~Y ickery — List of Aphididae,
111
tulipae, Rhopalosiphum Thomas, 1879. Eighth Kept. State Ent.
Ill., p. 80.
Liriodendron tuUpifem, TuUpa gesneriana.
tiilipaella, Rhopalosiphum Theobald, 1916. The Entomologist,
XLIX, p. 146, fig.
Tulips and violets.
tullgreni, HamameUstes Meijere, 1912. Zeitsehr. wiss. Insektbiol.
VIII, p. 91.
Betula aWa.
turanicum, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko as a sub sp. of M. pisi Kal-
tenbach, which see.
turbida, Schizoiieura Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit.
Museum part 4, p. 1051.
No food plant given.
tussilaginis, Macrosiphum (Walker), 1850. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(2), V, p. 390. Aphis.
Tussilago farfara.
tussilaghiis, Macrosiphum (Koch), 1855. Die Pflanzenlause
Aphiden, p. 158, fig. Siphoiiophora.
Tussilago farfara.
ulmariae, Macrosiphum (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p.
116. Aphis.
Anthriscus sylvestris, A. vulgaris Artemisia campestris, Beta vul¬
garis, Capsella hursa-pastoris, Chaerophyllum sylvestris, C.
tremulum, Colutea ardorescens, Cytisus scoparius, EpiloMum
montanum. Genista tinctoria, Geum urhanum, Gratiola offi¬
cinalis, Hyoseris radiata, Lactuca sativa, Lathyrus latifoUus,
L. odoratus, L. pratensis, Lotus uliginosus, Medicago orbicu¬
laris, M. sativa, Onobrychis viciaefolia. Ononis repens, 0.
spinosa, Phaseolus sp., Pisum arvense, P. sativum, Robinia
pseudo-acacia, Rosa sp., Spartium junceum, 8. scoparum, Spirea
ulmaria, Tanacetuin vulgare, Tragopogon pratensis. Trifolium
filaforme, T. pratense, T. repens, Urtica dioica, U. Tiolsericea,
Vida angustifolia, V. cracca, Y. gigantea, Y. ludoviciana, V.
sativa, Y. sepium, Y. villosa.
ulmi, Eriosoma Riley, 1869. First Kept. Nox & Ben. Insects. Mo.,
p. 124.
TJlmus americana.
172 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
ulmi, Georgia Wilson, 1911. Can Ent., XLIII, p. 64.
Ulmus sp.
Pemphigus Lichtenstein, 1879. Peuill. Jeun. Nat., IX, p.
9.
Alnus sp.
ulmi, Schizoneura (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Nat¬
urae, p. 453. Chermes.
Riies grossularia, R. nigrum, Ulmus americana, V. campestris, U.
effusa.
ulmi, Tetraneura (Linnaeus), 1758. Edition 10, Systema Nat¬
urae, p. 451. Aphis.
Arena sativa, Crataegus oxyacantha, Cynodon dactylon, Des-
• champsia caespitosa, D. flexuosa, Digitaria sanguinalis, EcM-
nochloa crus-galli, Eragrostis megastachya, LoUum perenne,
Oryza sativa, Pistacia terehinthus, Sorghum halepense, S. sac-
charatum, S. vulgare, Ulmus americana, U. campestris, U.
'‘effusa,” U. montana, Zea mays.
ulmicola, Colopha (Fitch), 1859. Fifth Rept. Nox. & Ben. Ins.,
N. Y., p. 843. Byrsocrypta.
' Eragrostis megastachya, Panicum sp., Ulmus americana, U. race'
mosa. ' .
ulmicola, Myzocallis (Thomas), 1879. Eighth Rept. State Ent.
Ill., p. 111. Oallipterus.
Ulmus americana.
ulmifoUi, Myzocallis (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv., Terr. V, No. 1, p. 29. Callipterus.
Triticum vulgare, Ulmus americana.
ulmi-fusus. Pemphigus Walsh & Riley, 1869, American Entomol¬
ogist, I, p. 109.
Ulmus fulva.
ulmisacculi, Tetraneura Patch, 1910. Maine Agr. Exp. Sta., Bui.
181, p. 216, fig.
Ulmus montana var. Camperdown penduDa.
umbellatarum, Aphis Koch, 1854. Die Pfianzenlause Aphiden, p.
116, fig.
Daucus car Ota?
WilsQYi-V ickery—List of ApM(MdcLe, , 173
umbeUiilariae, Hyadaphis Davidson, 1911. Jour. Econ. Ent., IV,
p. 559.
Umhellularia californica.
urticae, Aphis Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae, p. 738.
Althaea sp., Malopa trimestri, Malva sylvestris^ Parietaria judaica,
P. offlcinalis, Ruhu9 caesius, R. fructicosus, R. idaeus, Stachys
recta, S. sylvatica, TJrtica dioica, U. urens, Clematis vitalha.
urticae, Aphis Linnaeus, 1758. Edition 10, Systema Naturae, p.
453.
Clematis vitaWaf, Urtica sp.
urticae, Acyrthosiphon (Microlophium) , (Schrank), sub. sp. merid-
ionale, Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (Insecta
Hemiptera), I, Petrograd., p. 218.
Urtica dioica.
urticae, Acyrthosiphon (Microlophium) Schrank sub sp. urticae,
Mordwilko, 1914. Fauna of Russia, (Insecta Hemiptera),
I, Petrograd. p. 202.
Urtica dioica.
urticae, Macrosiphum (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 106.
Aphis.
Chclidonium majus, Cineraria sp., Geranium rohertianum, Malva
moschata, M. sylvestris, Urtica dioica, U. urens.
urticaria. Aphis Kaltenbach, 1843. Mon. der Pflanzenlause, p. 57.
Parietaria etfusa, P. officinalis, Ribes grossularia, Rubus fructi-
cosus, R. idaeus, Stachys sylvatica, Urtica dioica, U. urens.
ussuriensis, Acyrthosiphon Mordwilko, as a sub sp. of M. Pisi
Kaltenbach, which see.
♦utricularius, Pemphigus Passerini, 1856. Giornale Giardini, III,
p. 260.
Pistacia terrebinthus.
vacca, Rhizoterus Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germax), III, p. 363.
Zea mayst
vaclUans, Aphis Walker, 1849. The Zool. VII; p. 47, app.
Tussilago far far a.
vagabunda, Mordwllkoja (Walsh), 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. I,
p. 306. Byrsocrypta.
Populus balsamifera, P. deltoides, P. monilifera, Smilax sp.
174 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
vagans, Schizoneura Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden, p.
268, fig.
Prunus sp.f
Valerianae, Aphis Cowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colorado., p. 121.
Valeriana edulis.
valerianiae, Maerosiphum CClarke), 1903. Can. Ent., XXXV, p.
253. N ectarophora.
Valeriana officinalis.
valerianina, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 322.
Valeriana sp.
vallda, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1033.
No food plant given.
variabilis, Microparsus Patch, 1909. Ent. News, XX, p. 338, fig.
Desmodium canadense, D. canescens, D. marylandicum.
varians, Aphis Patch, 1914. Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. No. 225, p.
56.
Rides sp.
varians, Myzus Davidson, 1912. Jour. Econ. Ent. V, p. 409, fig.
Clematis ligusticifolia.
variegata, Toxoptera Del Guercio, 1909. Rivista di Pat. Veget.
IV, p. 8.
Rhamnus alaternus.
varsoviensis, Pemphigus Mordwilko, 1895. Rah. Lab. Zool. Kab.
Varch. Univ., p. 183.
Populus sp.
vasculosa. Phylloxera Pergande, as a var. of P. symmetrica Per-
gande, which see.
vastator, Rhopalosiphum (Smee), 1846. The Potato Plant, p. 63,
fig. (Buckton). Aphis.
Solanum tuberosum.
vastatrlx, -Phylloxera Planchon, 1868. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.,
Paris, LXXIV, p, 588, Sept. 14.
Vitis vinifera.
WiUon~Vickery—List of Aphididae.
175
venaefuscae, Macrosiphum Davis, 1914. Can. Ent. XLVI, p. 77, fig.
Polygonum cristatum, Rumex crispus.
venafuscus, Prociphilus (Patch) 1909. Ent. News, XX, p. 319,
fig. Pemphigus.
Fraxinus pennsylvanicum, Syringa vulgaris, Ulmus americana.
venusta, Schizoneura Passerini, 18 60. Gli Afidi, p. 38.
Bromus arenarius, B. unioloides, Cynodon dactylon, Digitaria
humifusa, Eragrostis megastachya, Hierochloae australis,
Lolium perenne, L. temulentum, Panicum miliaceum, Poa sp.,
Setaria glauca, S. italica, 8. verticellata, 8. viridis, Triticum
vulgare, Zea mays.
veratri, Aphis Walker, 1852. List Homop. Insects Brit. Museum,
part 4, p. 1041.
Veratrum aWum.
veratri, Aphis Cowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colorado, p. 122.
Veratrum californicum.
verbasci, Aphis Schrank, 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 107.
Verhascum nigrum, V. phlomoides, V. sinuatum, V. thapsus.
verbasci, Aphis Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1841. Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, X, p. 181.
Vert as cum nigrum.
verbenae, Aphis Macchiati, 1883. Bui. Soc. Ent. Ital., XV, p. 258.
Vertena chamaedry folia.
verbenae, Macrosiphum (Thomas), 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat.
Hist., Bui. 2, p. 8. Siphonophora.
Vertena officinalis.
verbena-hastata, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. &
Critic. Rev. Ill, p. 17.
Vertena hastata.
vernoniae, Aphis Thomas, 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., Bui. 2,
p. 10.
Vernonia fasciculata.
veronicae, Aphis Walker, 1848. The Zool. VI, p. 2248.
Veronica chamaedry s. ,
176 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
veronicae, Macrosiphum Theobald, 1913. Jour. Econ. Biol., VIII,
No. 2, p. 93. ... . , ,
Veronica heccahunga.
veronicae, Myzus Del Guercio, 1900. Nuov. Relaz. Staz. Agr. Fir.,
JI, p. 151. .
Veronica sp.
versicolor, Chaitophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 10, fig. .
verticolor. Aphis Rafinesque, 1817 Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic.
Rev. I, p. 361.
''Cichoracerus ” *‘Olossanthia,'* Hieracium venosum.
viridescens, Dachnus Cholodkovsky, as a var. of L. piceicola
Cholodkovsky, which see.
vesicalis, Pachypappa Koch, 1857. Die Pflanzenlause Aphiden,
p. 272, fig. '
Populus alia, P. nigra, P. tremula.
vesicalis, Stagona Rudow, 18 75. Zeit. Ges. Naturv. n. s,, XII,
Mecklenburg, pp. 248-249.
Populus halsamiferq, P. nigra, P. tremula.
vesicarius. Pemphigus Passerini, 18 61. Atti della Soc. Ital. Scl.
Nat. Ill, p. 401.
Populus nigra.
viburni, Aphis Scopoli, 17 63. Entomologia Carniolica, p. 136.
Actaea alia, Philadelphus coronarius, Valeriana officinalis, Vi-
lurnum latana, V. opulus.
viburni, Aphis Pabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae, p. 73 7.
Viburnum opulus.
vlbumlcola, Aphis Gillette, 1909. Ent. News, XX, p. 280, fig.
Viburnum opulus.
vlbumum-acerifolium, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag.
& Critic. Rev., Ill, p. 16.
Viburnum acerifoUum, V. opulus.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
177
vibumum-opulus, Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mori. Mag. &
Critic. Rev., Ill, p. 16.
Vihurnum opulus.
viciae, Aphis Fabricius, 1781. Species Insectorum, II, p. 390.
Vida cracca.
Fabricius refers this species to Linnaeus but Linnaeus was not
the first to give this species after 1758.
viciae, Macrosiphum (Kaltenbach) , 1843 Mon. der Pfianzenlause,
p 20. Aphis.
Lathy rus latifolius, L. pratensis, L. sylestris, Vida angustifolia, V.
faha, y. sativa, V. sepium.
viciae, Megoura Buckton, 1876. Mon. Brit. Aphides, I, p. 188, fig.
Lathyrus sp., Vida sepium.
viUosus, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit Ent. (Germar) III, p. 369.
Acer sp.
viminalis, Aphis Hartig, 1841. Zeit Ent. (Germar) III, p. 369.
Food plant not given.
viminalis, Ohaitophorus Monell, 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Terr. Surv. V, No. 1, p. 31.
Salix alha, S. hahylonica, 8. cordata, 8. lucida, 8. viminalis.
viminalis, Lachnus (Boyer de Fonscolombe) , 1841. Ann. Soc.
Ent. France, X, p. 184. Aphis.
Populus nigra, Pyrus malus, 8alix alha, 8. caprea, 8. dnerea, 8.
daphnoides, 8. fragilis, 8. purpurea, 8. viminalis.
vincae, Macrosiphum (Walker), 1848. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser.
2, II, p. 429. Aphis.
Vida faha, Vinca major, Calystegia sp.
vincae, Myzus Gillette, 19 08. Can Ent. XL, p. 19, fig.
Vinca sp. (In greenhoues.)
vihlae. Aphis Schouteden, 1900. Ann. Ent. Soc., Belg., LXIV, p.
127.
Viola tricolor.
violae, Neotoxoptera Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p.
131, fig.
Viola sp.
178 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
violae, Rhopalosiphum Pergande, 1900. X3an. Ent. XXXII, p. 29.
Viola odorata.
violae, Rhopalosiphum Essig, 19 09. Pomona Coll. Jour. Ent., I,
p. 4. Misprint, Essig for Pergande.
Viola odorata.
virgata, Aphis Del Guercio, 1911. Redia, VII, p. 316, fig.
Epilodium virgatum.
viridana, Forda Buckton, 1883. Mon. Brit. Aphides, IV, p. 86, fig.
DescTiampsia fiexuosa.
viridanus, Chennes Cholodkovsky, 1896. Zool. Anz., XIX, p. 39.
Larix decidua, L. siMrica, Picea ahies, P. alba, P. ohovata.
viridis, Chermes Ratzeburg, 18 43. Stett. Ent. Zeit., p. 202.
Larix sp., Picea sp., Pinus sp.
viridis, Chermes Ratzeburg, var. lutescens Cholodkovsky, 1915.
Dept, of Agr. Central Board of Land Adminis. & Agr., Pet-
rograd., p. 15, fig.
Larix decidua, Picea excelsa.
viridis, Chermes Ratzeburg, var. viridis Cholodkovsky, 1915.
Dept, of Ag. Central Board of Land Adminis. & Agr., Pet-
rograd., p. 15, fig.
Larix sp.
viridis, RhizoMus Theobald, 1915. The Entomologist, p. 154.
Picea sitchensis.
viridulus, Chermes Cholodkovsky, 1911. Zool. Anz,, XXXVII, p.
175.
Larix siMrica.
vitalbae, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,
III, p. 225.
Clematis recta, C. vitalba.
vitellinae. Aphis. Hartig, 1841. Zeit. Ent. (Germar) III, p. 369.
Food plant not given,
vitellinae, Chaitophorus (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p.
103. Aphis.
Salix alba, S. babylonica, B. fragilis, S. triandra.
WiUon-V ickery—List of Aphidddae.
179
viticls, Aphis Ferrari, 1872. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, II,
p. 67.
Vitex agnus-casti.
viticola, Aphis (Thomas), 1877. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., Bui. 2,
p. 5. Siphonophora.
Vitis vinifera, Y. vulpina.
vitifoliae, Phylloxera (Pitch), 1855 First Kept. Nox. & Ben. In¬
sects N. Y., p. 158. Pemphigus.
Vitis cordifolia, V. vinifera, V. vulpina,
vitis, Aphis Scopoli, 1763. Entomologia Carniolica, p. 137.
Vitis vinifera, V. vulpina.
vitisana, Peritymhia Westwood, 1869. Gardners Chronicle, p. 109.
Vitis vinifera.
vulgaris, Rhopaloslphum (Kyber), 1815. Germars Mag. Ent. I,
p. 9. Aphis.
Food plant?
vulpiae. Aphis Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX, p. 207, fig.
Vulpa sp.
walshii, Myzocallis (Monell), 1879. Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. V, No. 1, p. 29. Callipterus.
Quercus ruhra.
walshll, , Pemphigus Williams, 1911’. Aphididae of Nebraska, p.
15.
XJlmus americana.
whltei, Myzus Theobald, 1912. Jour. Econ. Biol. VII, p. 110, fig.
Ri1)es sp.
willcocksi, Anoecia Theobald, 1915. Bui. Ent. Research, VI, p.
141, fig.
Poa sp.
xanthelis. Aphis Rafinesque, 1818. Amer. Mon. Mag. & Critic.
Rev., Ill, p. 17.
Bolidago nemoralis.
xanthii, Anuraphis Del Guercio, 1913. Redia, IX; p. 156, fig.
Xanthium sp.
180 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
xanthii, Siphocoryne Oestlund, 1886. Aphididae of Minnesota, p.
36.
Xanthium canadense.
xanthomelas, Chaltophorus Koch, 1854. Die Pflanzenlause
Aphiden, p. 1, fig.
Lycium europaeum.
xylostei, Prociphilus (DeGeer), 1773. Mems. des Insects, III, p.
96, fig. Aphis.
Lonicera xylosteum, Picea sp.
xylostei, Siphocoryne (Schrank), 1801. Fauna Boica, II, p. 107.
Aphis.
Conium maculatum, Lonicera caprifolium, L. japonica, L. peri-
clemunum, L. xylosteum.
yuccae, Aphis Cowen, 1895. Hemiptera of Colorado, p. 122.
Yucca glauca.
yuccae, Aphis Lichtenstein, 1884. La Flore des Aphidens, p. 55.
No description.
Yucca sp.
yuccicola. Aphis Williams, 1911. Aphididae of Nebraska, p. 61.
Yucca glauca.
zeae. Aphis Bonafous, 1835. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, IV, p. 658.
Zea mays.
zeae. Aphis Curtis, 1842. Gardners Chronicle, II, p. i, fig.
Zea mays.
zehntneri, Ceratopemphigus Schouteden, 1905. Spolia zeylanica,
II, p. 187, fig.
Pistacia atlantica.
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphid/idae,
181
PART II
A LIST OF APHID FOOD PLANTS AND THE APHIDS
SAID TO ATTACK THEM
Abies sp.
Aphis ahietaria Walker.
Aphis gallarum DeGeer.
Lachnus costata Zetterstedt.
Lachnus fasciatus Burmeister.
Prociphilus nidiflcus Low.
Schizoneura costata Hartig.
Abies balsamea.
Chermes coccineus Ratzeburg.
Chermes pectinatae Cbolodkovsky.
Chermes stroMloMus Kaltenbacb.
Lachnus curvipes Patch..
Prociphilus tumeliae Schrank.
Prociphilus poschingeri Holzner.
Schizoneura ohliqua Cbolodkovsky.
Abies cilicica.
Lachniella cilicica Del Guerclo.
Abies concolor,
Lachnus ahietis Fitch.
Schizoneura ohliqua Cbolodkovsky.
Abies fraseri.
Prociphilus humeliae Schrank.
Prociphilus poschingeri Holzner.
Abies grandis.
Lachnus occidentalis Davidson.
182 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Abies iiobilis.
Chermes piceae houveri Cholodkovsky.
Dreyfusia nusslini Borner,
Abies nordmaimiana.
Dreyfusia nusslini Borner.
Mindarus ahietinus Koch.
Abies pectinata.
Chermes coccineus Ratzeburg.
Chermes pectinatae Cholodkovsky.
Chermes piceae Ratzeburg.
Chermes stroMlohius Kaltenbach.
Dreyfusia nusslini Borner.
Eulachnus macchiatii Del Guercio.
Lachnus pichtae Mordwilko.
Mindarus ahietinus Koch.
Abis sibirica.
Chermes pectinatae Cholodkovsky.
Chermes pini Koch.
Lachnus ahieticola Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus ahietis Pitch.
Abies veitchii.
Prociphilus humeliae Schrank.
Abies webbiana.
Chermes ahietis-piceae Stebbing.
Chermes himalayensis Stebbing.
Acaena splendens.
Myzus michaelseni Schouteden.
Rhopalosiphum acaenae Schouteden,
Acalypha virglnica.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Acanthaceae.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Acer sp.
Aphis- villosus Hartlg.
Wilson-Vickery-—List of ApJiididae.
183
Acer campestr©.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Aphis perforatus Signoret.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus hetulae Buckton.
Chaitophorus coracinus Koch.
Chaitophorus granulatus Koch.
Chaitophorus lyropictus Kessler.
Drepanosiphum acerina Walker.
Drepanosiphum aceris Koch.
Drepanosiphum plantanoides Schrank.
Stomaphis graffii Cholodkovsky.
Acer nienspessulanum.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Acer n©gundo=Negundo aceroides.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus negundinis Thomas.
Drepanosiphum hraggii Gillette.
RhopoJosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Acer opulifolium.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Acer peiinsylvanicum,
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Acer platanoides.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus coracinus Koch.
Chaitophorus lyropictus Kessler.
Drepanosiphum acerina Walker.
Drepanosiphum platanoides Schrank.
Acer pseudo-platanus.
Aphis acericola Walker.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus coracinus Koch.
Drepanosiphum acerina V/alker.
Drepanosiphum platanoides Schrank.
Myzus gracilis Buckton.
Phyllophorus testudinatus Thornton.
184 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts y and Letters.
Acer sa-ccharinimi.
Aphis quercifoliae Walsh.
Drepanaphis acerifoliae Thomas.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Pemphigus acerifolii Riley.
Pemphigus stamineus Haldeman.
Prociphilus tessellata Fitch.
Acer succhaiaim=A. saccharinum.
Drepanaphis aeerifoliae Thomas.
Drepanaphis minutus Davis.
Pemphigus aceris Monell.
Prociphilus tesselata Fitch.
Pterocomma salicti Harris.
Acer tataricum.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Stomaphis grafii Cholodkovsky.
Acerates floridana^gomphocarpus longifolius.
Aphis asclepiadis Fitch.
achillea ageratum.
Macrosiphum millefolii DeGeer.
Pemphigus hrevicornis Hart.
Achillea ligustica.
Aphis halsamitae Miiller.
Aphis helichrysia Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ahsinthii Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum millefolii DeGeer.
Achillea nullefolium.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis dauci Fabrlcius.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
/ Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum ahsinthii Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum achilleae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum achilleae Koch.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer,
Macrosiphum millefolii DeGeer.
Machosiphwm sonchi Linnaeus.
WiUon-Vickery — List of Aphidddae.
185
Macrosiphum tanaceticola Kaltenbach,
Pemphigus hetae Doane,
Pemphigus hrevicornis Hart.
RhizoMus sonchi Passerini.
Trama puhescens Koch.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Achillea nobilis.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Achillea odorata.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Achillea ptarmica.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis dauei Fabricius.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Macrosiphum milleforiae DeGeer.
Microsiphum ptarmicae Cholodkovsky,
Achyrantes sp.
Macrosiphum achyrantes ‘ Monell.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Aconitum canimarum.
Myzus junackianus Karsch.
Aconitum lycoctoiiiun.
Myzus junackianus Karsch.
xlconitum napellus.
Aphis napelli Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum aconiti Van Der Gocjt.
Aconitum uncinatum.
Aphis napelli Schrank.
Acorus calamus.
Cerataphis lataniae Boyer.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Acrostichum reticulatum.
Idiopterus nephrelepidis Davis.
Macrosiphum kirkaldyi Fullaway.
186 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
Actaea alba.
Aphis vihurni Scopoli.
Actinomeris squarrosa.
Macrosiphum squarrosa Sanborn.
Adenostyles albida.
Aphis farfarae Koch.
Phorodon inulae Passerini.
Adiantum hybridum.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Adiantuin pedatum.
Aphis adianti Oestlund.
Macrosiphum adianti Oestlund.
Aegopodium podagraria.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne aegopodii Scopoli.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Aesculus glabra.
Drepanaphis monelli Davis.
Aesculus parviflora.
Chaitophorus aceris Linnaeus.
Aethusa cynapium.
Aphis heraclei Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Agave sp.
Aphis samhuci Linnaeus.
Ageratum conizoides.
Aphis helichyrsi Kaltenbach.
Agrimonia eupatoria.
Macrosiphum agrimoniella Cockerell.
Agropyron glaucum.
Brachycolus tritici Gillette.
Chaitophorus agropyronmsis Gillette.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
187
Agropyrom occidentale=A. smithii?
Br achy coins tritici Gillette.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Agropyi'on repens.
Forda formicaria Heyden.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea triviolis Passerini.
Agropyron smithii.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Agropyron tenerum.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Agrostemma- githago=:Lychnis githago,
Macrosiphum agrostemnium Theobald.
Macrosiphum cichorii Koch.
Macrosiphum githago Theobald.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Agrostis sp.
Sipha glycerine italica Del Guercio.
Agrostis alba.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Agrostis vulgaris.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
Ailanthus glandulosa.
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
Aira caryophyllea.
Sipha herlesei Del Guercio.
Ajuga genevensis.
Myzus ajugae Schouteden,
Ajuga reptans.
Myzus ajugae Schouteden.
188 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Alisma plantago.
Aphis ahhreviata Patch.
Rhopalosiphum alismae Koch.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Allium sp.
Aphis aim Lichtenstein.
Alnus sp. V
Aphis piinctipennis Zetterstedt.
Chermes alni Kalm.
Pemphigus alni Provancher.
Alnus glutinosa.
Aphis hifrons Walker.
Callipterus giganteus Cholodkovsky.
Callipterus maculata Hayden.
Glyphina alni Schrank.
Myzocallis alni DeGeer.
Myzocallis coryli Goeze.
Yacuna hetulae Kaltenbach.
Alnus incana.
Callipterus giganteus Cholodkovsky.
Glyphina alni Schrank.
Prociphilus tessellata Pitch.
Alnus rhombifolla.
Euceroiphis flavus Davidson.
Euceraphis gillettei Davidson.
Myzocallis alni DeGeer.
Prociphilus tessellata Pitch.
Alnus rubra.
Myzocallis alnifoliae Pitch.
Prociphilus tessellata Pitch.
Alnus rugosa=A. serrulata.
Myzocallis alnifoliae Pitch.
Prociphilus tessellata Pitch.
Alnus vulgaris~A. glutinosa.
Aphis rhamni Kaltenbach.
Alopecurus sp.
Sipha glyceriae italica Del Guercio.
W ilson-V ickery — List of ApMdidae.
1<89
Alopecurus geniculatus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Alopecuris pratensis.
Aphis padi Linnaeus.
Lachnus padi Hartig.
Altemanthera sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Althaea sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis malvae Koch.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Althaea narborensis.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Althaea officinalis.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Althaea rosea.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Alyssuni maritimum.
Macrosiphum achyrantes Monell.
Amaranthus sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Macrosiphum achyrantes Monell.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Amaranthus caudatus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Amaranthus graecizans=A. albus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Tychea phaseoli Passerini.
Amaranthus hybridus.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
190 Wisconsin Atademy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Amaranthus retroflexus.
Aphis cornifoUae Fitch.
Aphis gillettei Cowen.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Macrosiphum solmiifolii Ashmead.
Trifidaphis radicicola Essig.
Tychea phaseoli Passerini.
Amaranthus spinosus.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Ambrosia artemisifolia.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Ambrosia psilostachya.
Aphis ambrosia Refinesque.
Macrosiphum ambrosiae Thomas.
Ambrosia trifida.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Macrosiphum ambrosiae Thomas.
Macrosiphum erigeronensis Thomas.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Tychea radicola Oestlund.
“Ambulaero aequasola”.
Pterocallis pictus Ferrari.
Amelanchier sp.
Illinoia macrosiphum Wilson.
Amelanchier alnifolia.
Pemphigus alnifoHae Williams.
Pemphigus corrugatans Sirrine.
Amelanchier canadensis.
Pemphigus corrugatans Sirrine.
Amelamchier spicata=A. canadensis.
Pemphigus alnifoliae Williams.
Amelanchier ulmifolia.
Pemphigus corrugatans Sirrine.
WiUon-Vickery—List of ApMcUdae.
191
Ammannia sp.
Rhopalosiphmjv persicae Sulzer.
Siphocoryne nymphoeae Linnaeus.
Ammophila arnndinacea.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Amorphophallus sp.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Amsinckia sp.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Amygdalus communis.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Anagallis arvensis.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Aphis nigra rufa Walker.
Aphis persola Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Anagallis linifolia.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Anagallis tenella.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Anagyris sp.
Aphis craccivora Koch.
Anchusa italica.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Anchusa officinalis.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Andropogon sp.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Anemone cylindrica.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
192 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Aphis archangelicae Scopoli.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Siphocoryne archangelicae Oestlund.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Angelica sylvestris.
Aphis angelicae Koch.
Aphis humicis Linnaeus.
Cavariella gigliotii Del Guercio.
Siphocoryne angelicae Del Guercio.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Anona muricata.
Trichosiphum anonae Pergande.
Anona rectilineata;=A. reticulata.
Aphis sassceri Wilson.
Anthemis sp.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Anthemis cotula.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis marutae Oestlund.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Anthemis maritima.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Anthemis nobilis.
Amycla ftisicornis Koch.
Aphis chamomillae Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Anthemis tinctoria.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum millefolii DeGeer.
WiUon-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Anthoxanthum odoratum.
Colopha eragrostidis Middleton.
TycTiae graminis Koch.
Anthriscus sylvestris.
Aphis anthrisci Kaltenbach,
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Anthriscus vulgaris.
Aphis anthrisci Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Antirrhinum majus.
Macrosiphum anthirrhini Macchiati.
Rhopalosiphum galeactitis Macchiati.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Apera spicaventi.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Apium graveolens.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis heraclei Koch.
Aphis inculta Walker.
Aphis lappae Koch.
Siphocoryne capreae.
Apium nodiflorum.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Apocjntium androsaemifolium.
Aphis apocyni Koch.
Apocynum cannabium.
Aphis apocyni Koch.
Aphis asclepiadis Fitch.
Aphis lutescens Monell.
Aquilegia vulgaris.
Aphis acquilegia-canadensis Raflnesque.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Hyalopterus aquilegiae Koch.
Hyalopterus aquilegia-flavus (Kittel) Hayhurst.
Hyalopterus trirhoda Walker.
Hyalopterus flavus Schoutedeor.
Macrosiphum aquilegiae Theobald.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
13 — S. A. L.
194 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Arabis sp.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Arabis canadensis.
Aphis araMs-molUs Rafinesque.
Aralia hlspida.
Aphis aralia-Mspida Reflnesque.
Arenaria sp.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Arbutus menzeisil.
Rhopalosiphum arhuti Davidson.
Arbutus unedo.
Aphis arduti Ferrari.
Archangelica sp.
Aphis archangelicae Scopoli.
Arctium sp.
Aphis heraclei Koch.
Aphis radicola Mordwilko.
Arctium lappa.
Aphis angelicae Koch.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Macrosiphum hieracii Kaltenbach.
Arctium minus.
Aphis lappae Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Arctostaphylos pumila.
Cryptosiphum tahoense Davidson.
Arctostaphylos tomentosa.
Cryptosiphum tahoense Davidson.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi.
Phyllaphis coweni Cockerell.
W ihon-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
195
Arenaria peploides.
Aphis aucta Walker.
Aristolochia clematitis.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius. »
Arrhenatherum avenaceuin.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Arrhenatherum elatius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Artemisia sp.
Aphis dakeri Cowen.
Artemisia abrotanum.
Aphis gallarum Kaltenbach.
Aphis glandulosa Kaltenbach.
Aphis reducta Walker.
Hyalopterus ahrotani Koch.
Macrosiphum absinthii Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Macrosiphum atra Ferrari.
Artemisia absinthium.
Aphis artemisiae Passerinl.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Macrosiphum absinthii Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Macrosiphum tanacetaria Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum absinthii Lichtenstein.
Syphocoryne angelicae Del Guercio.
Artemisia californica.
Aphis frigidae Oestlund.
Macrosiphum frigidae Oestlund.
Macrosiphoniella fasciata Del Guercio.
Artemisia campestris.
Aphis artemisiae Passerini.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Macrosiphoniella fasciata Del Guercio.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Koch.
Macrosiphum dubia Ferrari.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Lachnus longitarsus Farrari.
Schizoneura karchii Lichtenstein.
Siphocoryne artemisae Del Guercio.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
196 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Artemisia camphorata.
Macrosiphum atra Ferrari.
Artemisia cana.
Aphis artemisicola Williams.
Aphis canae Williams.
Microsiphum canadensis Williams.
Artemisia canadensis.
Microsiphum canadensis Williams.
Artemisia dracunculoides.
Chaitophorus artemisiae Gillette.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Artemisia frigida.
Aphis frigidae Oestlund.
Macrosiphum frigidae Oestlund.
Artemisia ludoviciana.
Macrosiphum ludovicianae Oestlund.
Microsiphum canadensis Williams.
Artemisia maritima.
Aphis arnica Walker.
Aphis collega Walker.
Aphis commoda Walker.
Aphis frequens Walker.
Aphis pulvera Walker.
Artemisia tridentata.
Aphis hermistonii Wilson.
Aphis oregonensis Wilson.
Aphis recticulata Wilson.
Aphis tridentatae Wilson.
Chaitophorus tridentatae Wilson.
Macrosiphum artemisae Cowen.
Macrosiphum coweni Hunter.
Microsiphum oregonensis Wilson.
Artemisia variabllis.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Macrosiphum ahsinthii Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum atra Ferrari.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApMdddae.
Ai temisia vulgaris.
Aphis artemisiae Passerini.
Aphis gallarum Kaltenbach.
Aphis glandulosa Kaltenbach.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Cryptosiphum artemisiae Buckton.
Hyalopterus abrotani Koch.
Macrosiphum absinthii Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Macrosiphum artemisiae citrinum Schouteden.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Koch.
Macrosiphum atra Ferrari.
Macrosiphum dubia Ferrari.
Macrosiphum lineatum Van Der Goot.
Macrosiphum ludovicianae Oestlund.
Macrosiphum oblongum Mordwilko.
Macrosiphum tanacetria Kaltenbach.
Myzus pilosus Van Der Goot.
Trama flavescens Koch.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
Artocarpus integrifoUa.
Greenidea artocarpi Westwood.
Arum itallcum.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Arundo sp.
Callipterus arundicolens Clarke.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Arundo donax.
Aphis donacis Passerini.
Stenaphis monticellii Del Guercio.
Arundo phragmitis.
Macrosiphum arundinis Theobald.
Asclepias amplexicaulis.
Myzocallis ascelepiadis MonelL
Asclepias curassavica.
Myzus asclepiadis Passerini.
Asclepias grandiflora.
Myzus asclepiadis Passerini.
198 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Asclepias incarnata.
Aphis lutescens Monell.
Asclepias “lunata”.
Myzus asclepiadis Passerini.
Asclepias mexicana.
Aphis lutescens Monell.
Asclepias obtusifolia.
Myzocallis asclepiadis Monell.
Asclepias speciosa.
Aphis asclepiadis Fitch.
Macrosiphum asclepiadis Cowen.
Asclepias stenapylla.
Aphis asclepiadis Pitch.
Asclepias syriaca.
Aphis asclepiadis Fitch.
Aphis lutescens Monell.
Macrosiphum asclepiadifolii Thomas.
Myzocallis asclepiadis Monnell.
Myzus nerii Boyer.
Myzus asclepiadis Passerini.
Asclepias “tridentata”.
Macrosiphum asclepiadis Cowen.
Asclepias tuberosa.
Myzus asclepiadis Pasesrini.
Asparagus officinalis.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis indistincta Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Phorodon humuli Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Asparagus plumosus.
Macrosiphum achyrantes Monell.
Asperula odorata.
Aphis asperulae Walker.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Apkididae.
199
Asplenlum sp.
AmpTiorophora ampullata Buckton.
Aster sp.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Pemphigus asteris Lichtenstein.
Pemphigus hrevicornis Hart.
Aster drummondii.
Macrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Aster ericoides.
Aphis middletonii Thomas.
Aster llnosyris.
Macrosiphum campanulae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Aster paniculata.
Aphis oreaster Rafinesque.
Aster subulatus.
Aphis middletonii Thomas.
Aster “trifolium”.
Aphis asteris Walker.
Astragulus bisulcatus.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Atriplex canescens.
Aphis tetrapteralis Cockerell.
Atriplex hastata.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Aphis papaveris Pabricius.
Aphis rumieis Linnaeus.
Atriplex hortensis.
Aphis atroplicis Linnaeus.
Aphis papaveris Pabricius.
Aphis rumieis Linnaeus.
Atriplex latifolia.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
200 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Atriplex littoralis.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Atriplex nitens.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Atriplex patula.
Aphis atomaria Walker.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Aphis chenopodii Schrank.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis ruviicis Linaeus.
Atriplex portulacoides.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Atropa belladona.
Macrosiphum atropae Mordwilko.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
Rhapalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Avena sp.
Trinacriella magniflca Del Guercio.
Avena barbata.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Avena fatua.
.Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Chaitophoriis salicivora Walker.
Macrosiphum cereaUs Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Avena orientalis.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Avena pratensis.
Endies carnosa Buckton.
Avena sativa.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Amycla juscifrons Koch.
Endeis t)ella Koch.
Oeoica squamosa Hart.
Liosomaphis rhois Monell.
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Macrosiphum trifolii Pergande.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Sipha avenae Del Guercio.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera gramiinum Rondani.
Avena strigosa.
Aphis avenae Pabricius.
Macrosiphum cerealis KaltenbacTi.
Baccharis sp.
Macrosiphum haccharidis Clarke.
Baccharis viniinea.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Pitch.
Ballota nigra.
Aphis hallotae Passerini.
Aphis scaMosae Scopoli.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Bambusa sp.
Aphis damhusae Fullaway,
Bambusa arundinacea.
Oregma hamhusae Buckton.
Barbarea vulgaris.
Rhopalosiphum per^icae Sulzer.
Bartsia viscosa.
Aphis hartsiae Walker.
“Beans”
Aphis leguminosae Theobald.
Begonia sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Macrosiphum begoniae Schouteden.
202 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Beilis pereimis.
Aphis helUdis Mosley.
Aphis J)elils Buckton.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis furcipes Rafinesque.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Beilis sylvestris.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Benincasa cerifera.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Berberis vulgaris.
Aphis berberidis Fitch.
Liosomaphis berheridis Kaltenbach.
Berteroa incana=Alyssum incanum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Beta sp.
Macrosiphum hetae Theobald.
Symthnurodes hetae Westwood.
Beta vulgaris.
Aphis atripHcis Linnaeus.
Aphis hrevisiphona Theobald.
Aphis chaerophylli Koch.
Aphis cucumeris Forbes.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis middletonii Thomas.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum erigeronensis Thomas.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Trifldaphis radicicola Essig.
Betula sp.
Aphis hetuUna Walker.
Aphis calUpterus Hartig.
Aphis furcula Zetterstedt.
Aphis inhaerens Walker.
203
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphidddae.
Aphis punctipennis Zetterstedt.
Myzocallus coryli Goeze.
Pemphigus imhricator Fitch.
Prociphilus tesselata Fitch.
Rhyncholes longirostris Altum.
Thalaxes betulina Buckton.
Betula alba.
Aphis comes Walker.
Aphis impingens Walker.
Aphis nigritarsis Heyden.
Aphis quadrituherculata Kaltenbach.
Calaphis betulella Walsh.
Callipterus betulae Koch.
Callipterus hetul'aria Kaltenbach.
Callipterus hetulicola Kaltenbach.
Callipterus carpini Koch.
Callipterus tuberculata Heyden.
Chaitophorus annulatus Koch.
Chaitophorus betulae Buckton.
Chaitophorus betulinus Van Der Goot.
Chaitophorus tricolor Koch.
Euceraphis betulae Linnaeus.
Euceraphis betulaecolens Fitch.
Glyphina alni Schrank.
Hamamelistes betulae Mordwilko.
Mamamielistes betulina Horvath.
Hamamelistes spinosus Shimer.
Hamamelistes tullgreni Meijere.
Hormaphis papyraceae Oestlund.
. Monaphis antennata Kaltenbach.
Pterocallis minimus Van Der Goot.
Symdobius alter Mordwilko.
S'lpndobius oblongus Heyden.
Vacuna betulae Kaltenbach.
Vacuna betulina Buckton.
♦
Betula alpestris,
Hamamelistes betulae Mordwilko.
Betula fontinalis.
Callipterus betulae Koch.
Callipterus betulaecolens Monell.
Euceraphis betulaecolens Fitch.
Euceraphis gillettei Davidson.
Hamamelistes spinosus Shimer.
204 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters,
Betula nigra.
Calaphis hetullea Walsh.
Callipterus hetularia Kaltenbach.
Callipterus tuhernclata Heyden.
Chaitophorus annulatus Koch.
Chaitophorus tricolor Koch.
Hamamelistes spinosiis Shimer.
Hormaphis hmnemelidis Fitch.
Betula papyracea.
Hormaphis papyraceae Oestlund.
Betula tremula.
Callipterus carpini Koch.
Bidens sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Bidens aristosaf=:Coreopsis aristosa.
Macrosiphum coreopsidis Thomas.
Bidens bipinnata.
Macrosiphum coreopsidis Thomas.
Bidens connata.
Macrosiphum chrysanthemi Oestlund.
Bidens frondosa.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis frondosae Oestlund.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum coreopsidis Thomas.
Siphocoryne nymphaeac Linnaeus.
Bidens laevis=:B. chrysanthemoides.
Aphis calenduUcola Monell.
Macorsiphum calendulae Monell.
Macrosiphum calendulclla Monell.
Macrosiphum chrysanthemi Oestlund.
MMacrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Bidens tripartita.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Bidens vulgata.
Macrosiphum coreopsidis Thomas.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
205
Bliimea balsamifera.
Macr&siphum orientale Van Der Goot.
Borago officinalis.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis silyM Passerini.
Bougainvillaea virescens.
Aphis papmeris Fabricius.
Brassica sp.
Aphis brassicae-napus Rafinesque.
Macrosiphum tycopersicella Theobald.
Brassica “all species’’.
Aphis brassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis pseydobrassicae Davis.
Rhopalosiphwm persicae Sulzer.
Brassica campestris.
Aphis ruTwicis Linnaeus.
Brassica juncea.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis rhamni Kaltenbach.
Brassica nigra.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Brassica oleracea.
Aphis floris-rapae Curtiss.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum chelidonii Kaltenbach.
Tychea phaseoli Passerini.
Brassica rapa=:B. campestris.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Bromus arenaidus.
Schizoneura fodiens Buckton.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Bromus arvensis.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
206 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters.
Bromus commutatus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Bromus erectus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Bromus hordeaceous— Bromus mollis.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aploneura lentisci Passerini.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbacb.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Pentaphis pawlowae Mordwilko.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Bromus inermls.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Bromus “maximus”.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Bromus mollis
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Bromus porteri.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Bromus racemosus.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Bromus secalinus.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Brachy coins tritici Gillette.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbacb.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Bromus sterilis.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aploneura lentisci Passerini.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbacb.
Macrosiphum roae Maccbiati.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApMdidae.
207
Bromus tectorum.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Bromus unioloides.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Schizoneura venusta Passerinl.
Toxoptera gra7ninum Rondani.
Brunella vulgaris.
Aphis hrunellae Schouteden.
Bunias erucago.
Aphis brassicae Linnaeus.
Butomus umbellatus.
Rhopalosiphum butomi Schrank.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Buxus sempervirens.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Oacalia suaveolens=Senecio suaveolens.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Cacalia tuberosa—Senecio tuberosa.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
“Cactus”.
Fordaf myrmecaria Boisduval.
Cakile maritlma.
Aphis contermina Walker.
Rhopalosiphum presicae Sulzer.
“Calacosia antiguroum”.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Oalamagrostis epigeios.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum arundinis Theobald.
Oalamagrostis llttorea.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Calamintha sp.
Rhopalosiphum calaminthae Lichtenstein.
208 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Calaniintha acinos.
Aphis clinopodii Passerini.
Aphis origani Passerini.
Calamus sp.
Cerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Calendula arvensis.
Aphis calenduUcola Monell.
Macrosiphum calendulae Monell.
Macrosiphum calendullella Monell.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Calendula officinalis.
Aphis calenduUcola Monell.
CaUa sp.
Macrosiphum malvae Mosley.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Callistephus hortensis.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Callitrlche autumnalis.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Calluna vulgaris.
Aphis callunae.
Calotropls procera.
Aphis calotropidis Del Guercio.
Aphis paoli Del Guercio.
Caltha palustris.
Aphis nigritarsis Heyden.
Rhopalosiphum calthae Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Calystegia sp.
Macrosiphum vincae Walker.
Calystegia soldanella.
Aphis derelicta Walker.
209.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Camellia sp.
Amycla fuscicornis Koch.
Amycla fuscifrons Koch.
Aphis camellicola Del Guercio.
Camellia japonlca.
Toxoptera camelliae Kaltenbach.
Camellia oleiferae.
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer.
Camellia tliea.
Myzus theacola Buckton.
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer.
Campanula erinus.
Maerosiphum campanulae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Campanula persicifolia.
Macrosiphum campanulae Kaltenbach.
Campanula rotundifolia.
Aphis campanula-riparia Rafinesque.
Macrosiphum campanulae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum solidaginis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Campanula trachelium.
Macrosiphum campanulae Kaltenbach
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Canna indica.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Cannabis saliva.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis sativae Williams.
Phorodon cannaMs Passerini.
Capsella bursa-pas toris.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis hrassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
14— S. A. L.
210 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Aphis capsellae Koch.
Aphis erysimi Kaltenbach.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis plcmtaginis Schrank.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis scaMosae Scopoli.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Forda occidentalis Hart.
Geoica squamosa Hart.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum scaMosae Schrank.
Macrosiphum solanifoUi Ashmead.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Capsicum annuum.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Oaragana arborescens.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Macrosiphum caraganae Cholodkovsky.
Oaragana pygmaea.
Macrosiphum caraganae Cholodkovsky.
Carduus sp.
Aphis flaveola Walker.
Aphis origani Passerini.
Aphis pseudocardui Theobald.
Aphis torticauda Gillette.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum carduellinum Theobald.
Carduus acanthoides.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Carduus crispus.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Carduus flodmanii.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
WiUon-Vickery—List of ApMMdm,
Oarduus nutans.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis onopordi Schrank.
Aphis sympMti Schrank.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphwm sonchi Linnaeus.
Phorodon carduina Walker.
CaMuus ochroceiitrus=Cnicus ochrocentrus.
Aphis ochrocentri Cockerell.
Cardnus pycnocephalus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Carex sp.
Carolinaia cartels Wilson.
Chaitophorus flabellus Sanborn.
Toxoptera cartels Pullaway.
Oarex arenarla.
Aphis dufo Walker.
Oarex diolca,
Endeis formicina Buckton.
Carex ne.braskeiisis™C. jamesii.
Brachycolus halii Gillette.
Oarex psendo-cyperns.
Aphis caricis Schouteden.
Oarpinus betulus.
CalUpterus hetulicola Kaltenbaeh.
CalUpterus carpini Koch.
MyzocaUis coryli Goeze.
Oaram sp.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Carya sp*
CalUpterus caryaefoUae Davis.
Eriosoma caryae Fitch.
MoneUia fumipennella Fitch.
MoneMia maculella Fitch.
MoneUia marginella Fitch.
Phylloxera spinuloida Pergande.
Phylloxera suhelUptica Shimer.
212 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Carya alba.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Monellia caryella Fitch.
Monellia punctatella Fitch.
Phylloxera caryae-avellana Riley.
Phylloxera caryaecaulis Fitch.
Phylloxera caryae-fallax Riley.
Phylloxera caryaefoliae Fitch.
Phylloxera caryae-glohuU Walsh.
Phylloxera caryae-gummosa Riley.
Phylloxera caryae-magnum Shimer.
Phylloxera caryae-scissa Riley.
Phylloxera caryae-septum Shimer.
Phylloxera caryaevenae Fitch.
Phylloxera conica Shimer.
Phylloxera deplanata Pergande.
Phylloxera depressa Shimer.
Phylloxera hemisphericiivi Shimer.
Phylloxera intermedia Pergande.
Phylloxera perniciosa Pergande.
Phylloxera picta Pergande.
Phylloxera rimosalis Pergande.
Phylloxera symmetrica Pergande.
Phylloxera symmetrica-purpurea Pergande.
Phylloxera symmetrica-vasculosa Pergande.
Cai*ya cordiformis=C. sulcalus.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Monellia caryaella Fitch.
Phylloxera caryaecaulis Fitch.
Phylloxera caryae-magnum Shimer.
Phylloxera conica Shimer.
Phylloxera conifera Shimer.
Phylloxera foveatum Shimer.
Phylloxera glohosum Shimer.
Phylloxera minimum Shimer.
Phylloxera spinosa Shimer.
Carya glabra=C. porcina.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Phylloxera caryaecaulis Fitch.
Phylloxera caryaefoliae Fitch.
Phylloxera caryae-glohuli Walsh.
Phylloxera caryae-ren Riley.
Phylloxera caryae-semen Walsh.
Phylloxera caryae-septum Shimer.
Phylloxera faveola Pergande.
WiUon-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
Phylloxera glo'bosum Shimer.
Phylloxera picta Pergande.
Phylloxera pUosula Pergande.
Xerophylla caryae-pilula Walsh.
Carya illinoensis— C. olivaeformis.
Monellia caryae Monell.
Phylloxera devastatrix Pergande.
Phylloxera georgiana Pergande.
Phylloxera notaMlis Pergande.
C^rya ovata=C. Alba.
Monellia caryae Monell.
Monellia caryella Fitch.
Phylloxera caryae-avellana Riley.
Phylloxera caryaeeauUs Fitch.
Phylloxera caryae-fallax Riley.
Phylloxera caryae-glohuli Walsh.
Phylloxera caryae-scissa Riley. .
Phylloxera depressa Shimer.
Phylloxera intermedia Pergande.
Castanea sp.
Vacuna castanae Del Guercio.
Castanea dentata.
Callipterus castanea^ Pitch.
Phylloxera castaneae Haldeman.
Castanea pumila.
Aphis castanea-vesca Haldeman.
Myzocallis quercus Kaltenbach.
Castanea sativa.
Aphis castanea-vesca Haldeman.
Callipterus castaneae Pitch.
Callipterus castaneae Buckton.
Phylloxera castaneae Haldeman,
Pterochlorus longipes Dufour.
Vacuna carhissiana Del Guercio.
Castanea vesca.
Callipterus castaneae Buckton.
Aphis castanea-vesca Haldeman.
214 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Catabrosa aquatica.
Siphocoryne aquatica Gillette & Bragg.
Catalpa sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Chaitophorus negundinis Thomas.
Phorodon cynoglossi Williams.
Catalpa bignonoides.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Sipha Mgnoniae Macchiati.
Cattleya loddigesii.
Cerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Ceratovacuna hrasiliensis Hempel.
Caucalis daucoides.
Aphis chaerophylli Koch.
Caucalis latifolia.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Ceanothus cuneatus.
Aphis ceanothi Clarke.
Ceanothus hirsutus.
Aphis ceanothi-hirsuti Essig.
Ceanothus Integerrimua,
Aphis ceanothi Clarke.
Cedrus libani.
Aphis sejuncta Walker.
Centaurea calcitrapa.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Centaurea collina.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Ctentaurea cyanus.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum solidaginis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
W ilson-V ickery—List of ApMdidae,
215
Oentaiirea jacea.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum soncM Linnaeus.
Trama troplodytes Hey den.
Centaiu'ea maculosa
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Oentaurea melltensis.
Aphis centaureae Koch.
Centaurea nigra.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Centaiirea nigrescens.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Centaurea scabiosa.
Aphis centaureae Koch.
Aphis terricola Rondani.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Centaurea solstitialis.
Aphis terricola Rondani.
Centaurea sphaerocephala.
Aphis centaureae Koch.
Centrantlius sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Centranthus rubra.
Macrosiphum centranthi Theobald.
Cephalanthus occidentalis.
Aphis cephalanthi Thomas.
Cerastlum arvense.
. .Macrosiphum cerastii Kaltenbach.
Cerastium trlviale.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
216 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Ceratonia sp.
Aphis ceratoniae Lichtenstein.
Cercis siliquastruin.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Chaerophyllum aromaticum.
Aphis chacrophylli Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Ohaerophyllum hirsutuin.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Chaerophyllum roseum.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Chaerophyllum sylvestris— C. maculatum.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Chaerophyllum temulum.
Aphis anthrisci Kaltenbach.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Aphis chacrophylli Koch.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Siphocoryne capreae Pabricius.
Ohaerophyllum tuberosum.
Aphis chaerophilli Koch.
Ohaetochloa dactylon.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Ohaetochloa glauca.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Chaetochdoa virldis.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Chelrauthus chelri.
Pemphigus dursarius Linnaeus.
Pemphigus lactucarius Passerini
Wilson-Vickery- — List of ApMdidae.
217
Ohelidonium majus.
Macrosiphum chelidonii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum urticae Schrank,
“Ohenophyllum canadensis”.
Aphis chenophyllum-canadense Rafinesque,
Ohenopodium sp.
Amycla fuscicornis Koch.
Aphis })revisiphona Theobald.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
Chenopodium album.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Aphis chenopodii Schrank.
Aphis chenopodii Cowen.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis ochropus Koch.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Pemphigus hrevicornis Hart.
Pemphigus lactucarius Passerini.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Chenopodium ambi'osioides.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Ohenopodium bonus-henricus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Chenopodium botrys.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Chenopodium glaucum.
Aphis chenopodii Schrank.
Chenopodium hybridium.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Chenopodium murale.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
218 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Ohenopodium polysperum.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Ohenopodium urbicum.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Ohenopodium vulvaria.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Chondrilla juncea.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Macrosiphoniella hedfordi Theobald.
“Chonodoxia” sp.
Aphis tulipae Boyer.
Chrysanthemum sp.
Aphis calendulicola Monell.
Aphis chrysanthemicola Williams.
Aphis myostidis Koch.
Macrosiphoniella chrysanthemi Del Guercio.
Macrosiphum chrysanthemicolens Williams.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum sanhorni Gillette.
Macrosiphum tanacetaria Kaltenbach.
Chrysanthemum balsamlta.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Chrysanthemum coccineum.
Color adoa rufomaculata Wilson.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Chrysanthemum coronarium.
Aphis heccahungae Koch.
Chrysanthemum frutescens.
Macrosiphum lineatum Van Der Goot.
Chrysanthemum hidieum.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
WiUon-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
219
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum.
Aphis chrysanthemi Koch.
Aphis chrysanthemi Walker.
Aphis deccahungae Koch.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum artemisiae Boyer.
Macrosiphum campanulae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum t abaci Pergande.
Chrysanthemum segetum.
Aphis per sola Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Chrysothamnus lanceolatus^Bigelowia lanceolatus.
Aphis chrysothamni Wilson.
“ Clchoracerus” .
Aphis verticolor Raflnesque.
Cichorlum endiva.
Aphis cichorii Dutrochet.
Aphis intyM Koch.
Aphis rumiscis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum cichorii Koch.
Macrosiphum hieraci Schrank.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Rhopalosphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
RhizoMus sonchi Passerini.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Cichorium intybus.
Aphis cichorii Dutrechet.
Aphis intyM Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum cichorii Koch.
Macrosiphum githago Theobald.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Macrosiphum hieracii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum paceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
220 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
RhizoMus sonchi Passerini.
Trama horvathii Del Guercio.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Tychea erigeronensis Thomas.
Cicuta virosa.
Aphis angelicae Koch.
Rhopalosiphum cicutae Koch.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Cimicifuga sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Cineraria sp. ,
Aphis insita Walker. ..
Macrosiphum circuinflexa Buckton.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Macrosiphum urticae Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae S^lzer.
Cinchona sp.
Pemphigus cinchofia Buckton.
Cirsium altissiniuin=Cnicus altissimus.
Aphis carduella Walsh.
Cirsium arvensec^rCnicus arvensis.
Aphis acanthi Schrank.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis castanea Koch.
Aphis cirsina Ferrari.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis terricola Rondani.
Macrosiphum cirsii Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Macrosiphum serratulae Schrank.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Myrus braggii Gillette.
Myzus elaegni Del Guercio.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
Trama troglodytes Heyden. .
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Cirsium lanceolatum“Cnicus lanceolatus.
Aphis carduella Walsh.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis castanea Koch.
Aphis onopordi Schrank.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum artemisicola Williams.
Macrosiphum olivata Buckton.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Phorodon carduina Walker.
Cirsium muticum=rCnicus muticus.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Cirsium palustre—Cnicus palustre.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Cirsium spinosissimus=CnicUs spinosissimus.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Cistus sp.
Aphis cisti Lichtenstein.
Myzus targionii Del Guercio.
Citrullus vulgaris.
Aphis symphyti Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Citrus sp.
Aphis citri Ashmead.
Aphis citricola Van Der Goot.
Aphis citrulli Ashmead.
Aphis cooJcii Essig.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Macrosiphum citrifolil Ashmead.
Citrus aurantium.
Aphis asclepiadis Fitch.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis tavaresi Del Guercio.
Myzus asclepiadis Passerini.
Myzus citricidus Kirkaldy.
Toxoptera aurantiae Koch.
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer. ■
222 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Citrus medica.
Aphis tavaresi Del Guercio.
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer.
Toxoptera camelliae Kaltenbach.
Clematis flammula.
Aphis clematidis Koch.
Clematis ligusticifolla.
Myzus varians Davidson.
Clematis recta.
Aphis clematidis Koch.
Aphis vitalbae Ferrari.
Clematis vitalba.
Aphis clematidis Koch.
Aphis vitalhae Ferrari.
Aphis urticae Fahricius.
Aphis urticae Linnaeus.
Toxoptera clematidis Del Guercio.
Cnicus sp.
Aphis cnici Williams.
Cnicus oleraceus.
Aphis acanthi Schrank.
Aphis cnici Schrank.
Macrosiphum serratulae Schrank.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaaeus.
Cochlearia ai’moracia.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Coella albiflora.
Cerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Coflfea sp.
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer.
Coffea arabica.
Aphis coffeae Nietner.
Coix lachryma-jobi.
Amycla fuscifrons Koch.
Pamphigus hoyeri Passerini.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
W ilson-Yickery — List of Aphididae.
223
Colocasia antiquorum.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Colutea arborescens.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Pemphigus coluteae Passerini.
“Oompositao”.
Aphis compositae Theobald.
Macrosiphum compositae Theobald.
Oonium maculatum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum cyparissiae cucurMtae Del Guercio.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Siphocoryne conii Davidson.
Siphocoryne foeniculi Passerini.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne xylostei Schrank.
Convolvulus sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
V
Convolvulus althaeoides.
Aphis convolvulicola Ferrari.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
Convolvulus arvensis.
Aphis convolvulicola Ferrari.
Amphorophora latysiphon Davidson.
Macrosiphum convoluuli Kaltenbach.
Convolvulus sepium~C. arvemsis.
Macrosiphum convoluli Kaltenbach.
Convolvulus tricolor.
Macrosiphum convoluli Kaltenbach.
Corallorhiza multifolora.
Macrosiphum corralorhizae Cockerell.
224 Wisconsin Academy of 'Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Ck>reopsis sp.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Pemphigus indicus Keiffer.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Comus sp.
Aphis cornifila Del Guercio.
Aphis helianthi Monell.
Cornus amomum.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis cornifoliae Fitch.
Cornus asperifolia.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Cornus florida.
Aphis cornifoliae Fitch.
Cornus mas.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Cornus paniculata— C. oblomga.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis cornifoliae Fitch.
Aphis maculatae Oestlund.
Cornus sanguinea.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Schizoneura corni Hartig.
Schizoneura kochii Lichtenstein.
Vacuna dryophila Schrank.
Cornus stolanifera.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Anoecia cornicola Walsh.
Aphis cornifoliae Fitch.
Comus stricta.
Aphis cornus-stricta Rafinesque.
Coronilla pusilla.
Aphis coronillae Ferrari.
Coronilla varia.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphididae.
225
Corydalis aurea.
Macrosiphiim corydalis Oestlund.
Corylus americana.
Macrosiphiim coryli Davis.
Corylus avellana.
Callipterus betulifola Kaltenbach.
Callipterus.carpini Koch.
Callipterus coryli Koch.
Macrosiphum avellanae Koch.
Myzocallis avellanae Schrank.
Myzocdllis coryli Goeze.
Myzus tetrahoda Walker.
Corylus rostrata.
Rhopalosiphum corylinum Davidson.
Oosmia sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Cosmos bipiiinatus.
Aphis middletonii Thomas.
Cotoneaster interrigma.
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
“Co\\T)eas”
Aphis leguminosae Theobald.
Crambe maritima.
Aphis hrassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis redundans Walker.
Crataegus sp.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Prociphilus pyri Fitch.
Crataegus coccinea.
Aphis avenue Fabricius.
Aphis hrevis Sanderson.
Aphis crataegifoliae Fitch.
Aphis creataegus-coccinea Raflnesque.
Aphis fitchii Sanderson.
Eriosoma lanigera Hausmann.
Macrosiphum crataegi Monell.
15 — S. A. L.
226 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Crataegus crus-galli.
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
Pemphigus corrugatans Sirrine.
Crataegus “niacrocapetra”.
Pemphigus corrugatans Sirrine,
Crataegus occidentalis.
Pemphigus corrugatans Sirrine.
Crataegus oxyacantha.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis crataegi Kaltenbach.
, Aphis crataegi Koch.
Aphis edentula Buckton.
Aphis padi Linnaeus.
Aphis pomi DeGeer,
Aphis pyri Boyer.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis sorhi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum crataegaria Walker.
Macrosiphum crataegi Monell.
Myzus oxycanthae Schrank.
Ovatus mespili Van Der Goot.
Pemphigus corrugatans Sirrine.
Prociphilus crataegi Tullgren.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Crataegus punctata^C. tomentosa.
Aphis crataegifoliae Fitch.
Eriosoma crataegi Oestlund.
Macrosiphum crataegi Monell.
Crataegus tomentosa.
Eriosoma crataegi Oestlund.
Pemphigus corrugations Sirrine.
Crepis biennis.
Aphis centaureae Koch.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum hierachii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum riMcola Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum sonchi Fabricius.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
'Wilson~Yic'kery~—List of ApMdidae,
227
Crepis capillarls.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
MacrosipJium riMocola Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum soncfii Linnaeus.
Oepis foeticla.
Macrosiphum soncJii Linnaeus.
Crepis lampsanoMes.
Macrosiphum soncM Linnaeus.
Crepis tectorum.
Macrosiphum Meracii Scbrank. ■
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbacb.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Crepis virens*
Macrosiphum ribicola Kaltenbacb.
Crepis ¥iridis.
Macrosiphum lactucae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum riMcola Kaltenbacb.
Crithmum maritiinum.
Aphis crithmi Buckton.
Crocus sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Cryptomaria sp,
Lachnus greeni Scbouteden.
Cucubalus sp.
Myztis lychnidis Linnaeus,
Cucumis melo.
Aphis ascita Walker.
Aphis cucumeris Forbes.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Cucumis sativus.
Aphis cucurMti Buckton.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis illata Walker.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
228 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Cucurbita clypciformis.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Cucurbita maxima.
Aphis cucumeris Forbes.
Aphis cucurhiti Buckton.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphiim cucurMtae Thomas.
Cucurbitis pepo.
Aphis cucurhiti Buckton.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum cucurhitae Thomas.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Cuphea sp.
Aspis gossypii Glover.
Forda myrmecaria Boisduval.
Cuphea ignea.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Cyclamen sp.
Macrosiphum circum-flexa Buckton.
Cydonia vulgaris=:Pyrus cydonia.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis hrevis Sanderson.
Aphis cydoniae Boisduval.
Aphis hochi Schouteden.
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
* *Cy monandra’ ’ .
Aphis 7ierii Kaltenbach.
Cynara sp.
Aphis cy7iarae Theobald.
Myzus hraggii Gillette.
WiUon-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
229
Cynara cardmiculus.
Aphis cardwi Linnaeus.
Aphis intyhi Koch.
Macrosiphum dipsaci Schrank.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Oynodon dactylon.
Forda formicaria Heyden.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
ScTiizoneura venusta Passerini.
Sipha avenae Del Guercio.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Cynoglossum sp.
Aphis cynoglossi Lichtenstein.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis tuherosae Boyer.
Gerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Myzocallis cyperis Macchaiti.
Phorodon cynoglossi Williams.
Cyiioglossimi officinalis.
Aphis adjecta Walker.
Aphis consors Walker.
Aphis cynoglossum Walker.
Aphis particeps Walker.
Aphis petasitidis Buckton.
Asphis soda Walker.
Aphis sodalis Walker.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Cyperis laevigatus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis tuherosae Boyer.
Cyperis rotimdus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Myzocallis cyperis Macchaiti.
Cyperus esculentus.
Carolinaia cyperi Ainslie.
Cyperus virens.
Geoica cyperi Schouteden.
230 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Cyphomandra betacea.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbacli.
“Cypress”.
Lachnus cypressi Buckton.
Cypripedium sp.
Cerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Macrosiphum lutea Buckton.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Oyrilla racemiflora.
Pergandeida nigra Wilson.
Cyrtanthus sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Cystopteris montana.
Amphorophora ampullata Buckton.
Rhopalosiphum staphyleae Koch.
Cytisus laburnum.
Aphis cytisorum Hartig.
Aphis genistae Scopoli.
Aphis lahurni Kaltenbach.
Cytisus scoparius.
Aphis lahurni Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis setosa Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum menthae Buckton.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ruhi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum spartii Koch.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Schizoneura sparthani Boisduval.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Dactylis sp.
Bipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Dactylis glomerata.
Amphorophora howardii Wilson.
Amphorophora suhterrans Wilson.
Aphis avenae Fabricius,
Chaitophorus salicivora Walker.
Wilson-Vickery- — List of ApJiididae.
231
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Hyalopterus dactylidis Hayhurst.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Dahlia sp.
Aphis dahliae Mosley.
Dahlia coccinea.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Dahlia nutans.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Dahlia varabialis
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Daphne sp.
Macrosiphum gnidii Lichtenstein.
Daphne “indica”.
Aphis hihernaculorum Boyer.
Datura stramonium.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Daucus sp.
Forda dauci Goureau.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Daucus carota.
Aphis assueta Walker.
Aphis carotae Koch.
Aphis chaerophilU Koch.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis heraclei Koch.
Aphis lappae Koch.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis umdellatorum Koch.
Siphocoryne foeniculi Passerini.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
232 Wisconsin Academy of ^ciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Daucus setulosus.
Aphis carotae Kocli.
Delphinium “sapellonis. ’ ’
Aphis rociadae Cockerell.
Deiidrobiiim sp.
Cerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Dendrocalamus giganteus.
Oreg^na hamhusae Buckton.
Deschampsia amhigua.
Tetraneura graminis Monell.
Deschampsia caespitosa.
Tetraneura graminis Monell.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Deschampsia flexuosa.
For da viridana Buckton.
Sipha herlesei Del Guercio.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Desmodium canadense.
Microparsus variaMlis Patch.
Desmodium caiiescens.
Macrosiphum desmodil Williams.
Microparsus variaMlis Patch.
Desmodium marylaiulicum.
Microparsus variaMlis Patch.
Deutzia scabra.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Myzus riMs Linnaeus.
Dianthus caryophyllus.
Phorodon cynoglossi Williams.
Rhopalosiphum dianthi Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Dianthus plumarius.
Aphis suMeranea Walker.
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphididae.
233
Diervilla lutea=D. trifida.
Aphis diervilla-lutea Rafinesque.
Pemphigus diani Ferrari.
Digitalis lutea.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Digitalis purpurea.
Aphis armata Hausmann.
Aphis consumpta Walker.
Aphis pilosa Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Digitaria filiformis=Panicum flliforme.
Tycliea trivialis Passerini.
Digitaria humifusa;=Panicum glabrum.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Anoecia cornicola Walsb.
Macrosiphum panicola Thomas.
Pemphigus hoyeri Passerini.
Schizoneura panicola Thomas.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Tychea panici Thomas.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Digitaria saiiguiiialis=:Panicum sanguinale.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Dioidia teres.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Dioscorea bulbifera?
Aphis minuta Wilson,
Diospyros virginiana.
Aphis diospyri Thomas.
234 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Diplotaxis teniiifolia.
Aphis hrassicae Linnaeus.
Dipsaciis fulloimm.
Macrosiphum rudhecMae Fitch.
Dipsaciis pilosus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum dipsaci Schrank.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Pipsacus strlgosus.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Dipsacus sylvestris.
■Aphis ochropus Koch.
Macrosiphum dipsaci Schrank.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
DisticMis spicata. -
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Distychinm racemosum.
NipponapMs distychii Pergande.
Distyliiim racemosum.
Schlectendalia chinensis Bell.
Dolichos sp.
Aphis dolichi Montrouzier.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Doronicum cruenta=:Senecio cruentus.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis opima Buckton.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Duchesnea mdica=:Fragaria indica.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum fragariae Koch.
Macrosiphum minor Forbes.
Duranta ellisia=D. plumieri.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Wilson-Vickery-—List of ApMdidae.
235
Dysodia sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Ecballiiim elaterium.
MacrosipTium cyparissae cucurMtae Del Guercio.
Echinochloa crus-galli=rPanicum crus-galli.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis annuae Oestlund.
Aphis maidis Fitcb.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Geoica squamosa Hart.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Macrosiphum panicola Thomas.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Schizoneura panicola Thomas.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea eregonensis Thomas.
Echinochloa glauca.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Echinospermum lappula.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Echium vulgare.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Elaeagnus sp.
Rhopalosiphum hippophaes Koch.
Elaeagnus angustifolia.
Myzus elaeagni Del Guercio.
Elaeagnus argentea.
Myzus hraggii Gillette.
Eleagnus reflexa^E. umbellata.
Myzus elaeagni Del Guercio.
236 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Eleusine iiidica.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
RhizoMus eleusinis Thomas.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Elodea canadensis.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Elymus sp.
Liosomapliis rhois Monell.
Elymus avemarius.
Hyalopterus arundinus Fabricius.
Elymus cana<leiisis.
Amphorophora howardii Wilson.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Elymus geniculatus — E. arenarius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Elymus striatus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Elymus virginicus.
Amphorophora howardii Wilson.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
“Emei s”=Wheat.
Tychea amycli Koch.
Endive sp.
Aphis middletoni Thomas.
Epidendrum sp.
Ceratovacuna hrasilensis Hempel.
Wilson~Y ickery — -List of ApJiididae.
237
Epilofoium sp.
Aphis despecta Walker.
Aphis dipMga Walker.
Aphis epiloMina Walker.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Aphis oenotherae Oeetlund.
Aphis poUinosa Walker.
Aphis praeterita Walker.
Aphis salicariae Koch.
Aphis tincta Walker.
Aphis triphaga Walker.
Macrosiphum ^pUoMi Pergande.
Epilobium alsiiiifolium.
Aphis yumicis Linnaeus.
Epilohiiim angustifolium.
Aphis epiloMi Kaltenbach.
Epilobium Mrsutum.
Aphis epiloMi Kaltenbach.
Aphis penicillata Buckton.
Epilobium molle=E. parviflorum.
Aphis dauci Pabricius.
Aphis epiloMi Kittel.
Aphis epiloMi Kaltenbach.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Epilobium montanum.
Aphis epiloMi Kaltenbach.
Aphis instaMlis Buckton.
Aphis penecillata Buckton.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ruM Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Epilobium palustre.
- Aphis epiloMi Kittel.
Epilobium parviflorum.
Aphis epiloMi Kaltenbach.
Aphis instaMlis Buckton.
Epilobium roseum.
Aphis epiloMi Kaltenbach.
Epilobium vlrgatum.
Aphis Virata Del Guercio.
238 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Eragrostis frankii.
Colopha eragrostidis Middleton.
Eragrostis major.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Eragrostis megastachya=E. major.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Colopha eragrostidis Middleton.
Colopha ulmicola Fitch.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea eragrostidis Passerini.
Eragrostis minor.
Colopha eragrostidis Middleton.
Eragrostis pectinacea.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Macrosiphum panicola Thomas.
Eragrostis pilosa.
Colopha eragrostidis Middleton.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Erechtites sp.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Erica gracilis.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Erigeron sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Erigeron acris.
Aphis eriogoni Cowen.
Macrosiphum soUdaginis Fabricius.
Erigeron canadensis.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis erigeron-canadense Rafinesque.
Aphis euphorMae Kaltenbach.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis middletoni Thomas.
WiUon-Vickery—List of Aphididae.
239
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Aphis plantaginis Scbrank.
Macrosiphum erigeronensis Thomas.
Macrosiphum solidaginis Fabricius.
Tychea erigeronensis Thomas.
Erigeron pliiladelphicus.
Aphis erigeron-philadelphicum Raflnesque.
Erigeron ramosus=:E. divaricatus.
Aphis erigerj)n-strigosum Raflnesque.
Aphis middletoni Thomas.
Eriobotrya japonica.
Aphis eriobotryae Schouteden.
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
Eriogonuin alatuin.
Aphis eriogoni Cowen.
Eriogonum ligusticuni.
Maerosiphum martini Cockerell.
Eriogonum umbellatum.
Aphis eriogoni Cowen.
Eriophorum vaginatuni.
Hyalopterus eriophori Walker.
Erodium botrys.
Rhopalosiphum persieae Sulzer.
Erodium cicutarium.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persieae Sulzer.
Eryngium campestre.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Eryngium planum.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Erysimum australe.
Aphis brassicae Linnaeus.
240 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Erysimum canescens.
Aphis hrassicae Linnaeus.
Euchlaena mexicaiia.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Eupatorium ageratoides.
Aphis ageratoides Oestlund.
Macrosiphum eupatorii Williams.
Eupatorium cannabinum.
Aphis eupatorii Passerini.
Eupatorium morisii.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Eupatorium perfoliatum.
Aphis eupatorii Oestlund.
Macrosiphum eupatorii Williams.
Eupatorium urticaefolium.
Aphis ageratoides Oestlund.
Macrosiphum eupatorii Williams.
Euphorbia sp.
Acyrthosiphon cyparissiae cyparissiae Mordwilko.
Euphorbia amygdaloides.
Aphis euphorhiae Kaltenbach.
Aphis asclepiadis Fitch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Pemphigus hrevicornis Hart.
Euphorbia biglandulosa.
Aphis euphorhiae Kaltenbach.
Euphorbia corrollata.
Aphis euphorhiae Kaltenbach.
Euphorbia cyparissia.
Aphis euphorhiae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum cyparissiae Koch.
Euphorbia esula.
Aphis euphorbiae Kaltenbach.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
241
Euphorbia gerardiana,
Acyrtfio siphon cyparissiae propinguom Mordwilko.
I
Euphorbia Mrsuta^B'. esnla.
MacrosipTium eupJiorMcola Thomas. • , —
Euphorbia lathyrus.
Aphis euphordiae Kaltenbach.
Tychea phaseoU Passerini.
Euphorbia macula-ta.
Macrosiphum euphorhiae Thomas.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Eophorbia marginata.
Macrosiphum euphorUcola Thomas.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Euphorbia peplus.
Aphis euphorMae Walker.
Aphis euphorMae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum cyparissiae Koch.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Euphorbia terracina.
Aphis euphorMae Kaltenbach.
Euphorbia virgata.
Aphis euphorMae Kaltenbach.
Euphrasia officinalis.
Aphis euphrasiae Walker.
Evonymus atropurpureus.
Aphis evonymi Fabricius.
A,phis rumicis Linnaeus.
Eronymus europaeus.
Aphis evonymi Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum Ugustri Kaltenbach.
Evonymus maacMi,
Aphis rumicis Linnaeup.
16-— S. A. L.
242 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Fagopymin sp.
Myzocallis saccharinus Del Guercio.
Fagopyrum esculentum.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Fagus sp.
Aphis pallipes Hartig.
Chermes fagi Altum.
Pemphigus fagifoUae Del Guercio.
Pemphigus indicus Keiffer.
Fagus ferruginea.
Phyllaphis fagi Linnaeus.
Fagus grandifolia^F. ferruginea.
Phyllaphis fagi Linnaeus.
Pemphigus imbricator Fitch.
Fagus sylvatica.
Lachnus exsiccator Altum.
Pemphigus imbricator Fitch.
Phyllaphis fagi Linnaeus.
Pterochlorus roboris Linnaeus.
Falcaria vulgaris.
Aphis sii Koch.
Festuca sp.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Festuca elatlor.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Festuca heterophyllai=F. ovina?
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Festuca ovina.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
W iUon-Y ickery—List of ApMdidae.
243
Festuca ovlna duriuscuia.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Forda formicaria Heyden.
Macrosiphum gmnarium Kirby.
Paracletm cimiciformis Heyden.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Festuca rubra.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Festuca tectorum.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby. ■
Filago sp.
Aphis filaginis Lichtenstein.
Macrosiphum fiMginis Lichtenstein.
Filago gallica.
Anuraphis fiMffinea Del Guercio.
Anuraphis galUcae Del Guercio.
Myzus filaginis Schouteden.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Filago germanlca.
Anuraphis gallicae Del Guercio.
Aphis gnaphalii Walker.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Pemphigus gnaphalii Kaltenbach.
Filago minima.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
“Fillcales,”
I diopter us nephrelepides Davis.
“Fir trees“,
ScMzoneura stigma Curtis.
Foenlculum vulgare.
Aphis genistae Scopoli.
Siphocoryne caprae Fabricius.
Siphocoryne foeniculi Passerini.
Eiphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus. ’
244 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
Forsythla viridisslma.
Macrosiphum tadaci Pergande.
Fragaria sp.
Aphis forhesi Weed.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum fragariae immaculata Riley.
Macrosiphum minor Forbes.
Macrosiphum rogersii Theobald.
Macrosiphum trifolU Pergande.
Myzus fragaefoUi Cockerell. ■
Myzus porosus Sanderson.
Fragaria grandiflora.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Fragaria vesca.
Aphis chloris Koch.
Aphis fragariae Walker.
Macrosiphum fragariae Koch.
Macrosiphum fragariella Theobald.
Myzus fragariae Theobald.
RMzoMus sonchi Passerini.
Frasera speciosa.
Macrosiphum martini Cockerell.
Fraxinus sp.
Pemphigus fraxini Hartig.
Fraxinus amorlcana.
Prociphilus fraxini Linnaeus.
Prociphilus fraxinifoUi Riley.
Phylloxera? fraxini Stebbins.
Fraxinus dipetala.
Prociphilus fraxini-dipetalae Essig. '
Fraxinus excelsior.
Aphis fraxini Fabricius.
MyzocallU coryli Goeze.
Prociphilus humeliae Schrank.
Prociphilus nidiflcus Low.
Prociphilus fraxini Linnaeus.
Fraxinus nigra,
Prociphilus fraxinifoUi Thomas.
WiUon-Vickery—List of Aphidddae.
245
Fraxinus oregona.
ProcipMlus fraxini Linnaeus.
Prociphilus fraxinifolii Thomas.
Fraxinus pennsylvanlcimt^P. pubescens.
Prociphilus venafuscus Patch.
Fraxinus quadrangulata.
Prociphilus fraxini Linnaeus.
Prociphilus fraxinifolii Thomas.
Fraxinus sambucifolia.
Prociphilus fraxinifolii Thomas.
Freesia sp,
Macrosiphum circumflexia Buckton.
Fuschia sp.
For da? myrmecaria Boisduval.
Fuchsia coccinea.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Fuchsia glohosa.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Fuchsia micrantha.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Fumaria sp.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Fumaria capreolata.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Fumaria officinalis.
Aphis fumariae Blanchard.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
“Fungus”,
Eriosoma fungicola Walsh.
Funkia subcordata.
Aphis polyanthus Passerini.
Aphis sambuci Linnaeus.
Aphis tuberosai Boyer.
246 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Aris^ and Letters,
Galactites tomentosa.
Phorodon inulae Passerini.
Rhopalosiphum galeactitis Macchiatl.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Galeopsis ladanum.
Aphis quaerens Walker.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
RhizoMus sonchi Passerini.
Galeopsis tetrahit.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Galium aparine.
Aphis aparines Fabricius.
Aphis aparines Kaltenbach.
Aphis circezandis Fitch.
Aphis gain Kaltenbach.
Aphis galUi Kaltenbach.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Galium circaezandis.
Aphis circezandis Fitch.
Galium cruciata.
Aphis gallii Kaltenbach.
Aphis scahiosae Scopoli.
Galium erectum.
Aphis erecta Del Guercio.
Galium mollugo.
Aphis aparines Schrank.
Aphis aparines Kaltenbach,
Aphis gain Kaltenbach.
Aphis molluginis Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Galium saccharatum.
Aphis gallii Kaltenbach.
Galium verum.
Aphis Mcolor Koch.
Aphis gallii Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
WiUo7i~Vickery—List of Aphididae.
247
Gardenia radicans.
Aphis affinis gardeniae Del Guercio.
Gaura parviflora.
Macrosiphum gaurae Williams.
Macrosiphum gaurina Williams.
Genista ang'lica.
Aphis genistae Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Genista germanica.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Genista ovata.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Genista tinctoria.
Acyrthosiphon genistae Mordwilko.
Aphis genistae Scopoli.
Aphis genistae Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Gentiana cruciata.
Aphis epilohii Kaltenbach.
Geranium maculatum.
Aphis geranii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum geranii Oestlund.
Geranium molle.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Geranium robertianum.
Aphis geranii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum urticae Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Gerardia tenuifolia.
Macrosiphum gerardiae Thomas.
248 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts^ and Letters.
Geum urbanum.
MacrosipJium gei Koch.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
MacrosipJium ruM Kaltenbach.
MacrosipJium ulmariae Schrank.
Gladiolus sp.
ApJiis gladioli Felt.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum achyrantes Monell.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Gladiolus dubius.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Glaucium sp.
Macrosiphum glaucii Lichtenstein.
Gleditschia triacanthos.
Aphis leguminosae Theobald.
Glochidion philippense.
Schoutedenia ralumensis Rubsaamen.
‘ ‘ Glossauthia’ ’=Klug:la ?
Aphis verticolor Rafinesque.
Glyceria aquatica.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Glyceria fluitans.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Glyceria nervata.
Amphorophora howardii Wilson.
Glycyrrhiza lepidota.
' Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Gnaphalium sp.
Aphis haJceri Cowen.
Aphis swezeyi Fullaway.
WiUon-Vickery—List of Aphidddae.
Gnaphaliiim erectum.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Pemphigus gnaphalii Kaltenbach.
Gnaphalium purput^euni.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Gnaphalium ugUnosum.
Aphis balsamitae Muller.
Aphis helicrysi Kaltenbach.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Gomphocarpus fructicosus.
Myzus asclepiadis Passerini.
Gomphorocarpus fructicosus=Go'mphocarpus fructicosus?
Aphis gomphorocarpi Van Der Goot.
Gossypium sp.
Acyrtosiphon gossypi Mordwilko.
Acyrtosiphon gossypi gossypi Mordwilko.
Aphis tavaresi Del Guercio. ^
Gossypium herbaceum.
Aphis dauci Fabricius. ’ : : ■
Aphis gossypii Glover. .. ' .
Aphis malvae Koch.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
“Gramineae”.
Aphis hordei Kyber.
Aphis littoralis Walker.
Forda fiavula Rohwer.
For da olivacea Rohwer.
Grass.
Anoecia psJcovica Mordwilko. . . ^
Ather aides serrulatus Haliday.
Chaitophorus flahellus Sanborn. ' , .
Forda kingii Cockerell.
Forda marginata Koch.
Forda olivacea Rohwer.
Macrosiphum graminum Theobald. : . . .
Tychea groenlandica Rubsaamen. ; '
250 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ cind Letters,
Gratiola officmalls.
Aphis cMoris Koch.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosipfium ulmariae Schrank.
Grindelia squarrosa,
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Atarsos grindeUae Gillette.
Macrosiphum grindeUae WilliamS'.
Hamamells Yirgmlana.
Hamamelistes cornu Sbimer.
Hamamelistes spinosus Shimer.
HormapMs hamamelidis Fitch.
Hedera helix.
Aphis angelicae Koch.
Aphis hederae Kaltenbach.
Aphis hederella Theobald.
Macrosiphum hederae Theobald.
Pemphigus hederae Horvath.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Helenium hoopesli.
Macrosiphum heleniella Cockerell.
Macrosiphum martini Cockerell.
Hehanthemum *‘teiiiilfolmin”.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Hehanthemiim ^oilgare.
Aphis helianthemi Ferrari.
Hellaaithus annims.
Aphis helianthi MonelL
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Hellanthus diva-ricatus.
Aphis helianthi MonelL
HeUanthiis giganteus.
Aphis helianthi MonelL
HeUanthus grosse-serratus.
Aphis helianthi MonelL
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphidddae.
251
Helianthus petiolaris.
Aphis gillettei Cowen.
Aphis helianthi MonelL
Helianthus scaberrimus.
Aphis helianthi Monell.
Helianthus tuberosus.
Aphis helianthi Monell.
RhizoMus helianthemi Westwood,
Helichrysum an^stifolia.
Macrosiphum ahsinthii Linnaeus.
Helichrysum arenarlum.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Helichrysum chrysanthemum=:H. bracteatium.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Helichrysum stoechas.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Heliotropium europaeum.
Aphis heliotropii Macchiati.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
Heliotropium peruvianum.
Rhopalosiphum staphyleae Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Heracleum lanatum.
Aphis heraclii Cowen.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Heraclium spondylium.
Aphis chaerophylii Koch.
Aphis heraclei Koch.
Hyalopterus spondylii Koch.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
252 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Hesperis matronalis.
Aphis brassicae Linnaeus.
Heteropogon hirtus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Heuchera “hartwegii”,
Macrosiphum heucherae Thomas.
Heuchera hispida.
Macrosiphum heucherae Thomas.
Hibiscus sp.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Hibiscus rosa-siuensis.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Hieraciuin gronovil.
Aphis annulipes Rafinesque.
Hieracium murorum.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Macrosiphum hieracii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius^
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Hieracium paniculatum.
Aphis annulipes Rafinesque.
Aphis hieracium-paniculatum Rafinesque.
Hieracium pilosella,
Amycla fuscifrons Koch.
Macrosiphum hieracii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Macrosiphum picridis Pabricius.
Myzus tetrahoda Walker.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Rhizobius pilosellae Burmeister.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Hieracium prealtum.
Macrosiphum obscura Koch.
Wilson-Vickery—List of ApMd/idm.
253
Hleracium spondylimn.
Hyalopterus spondylii Koch.
Macrosiphum Meracii Schrank.
Macrosiphum Meracii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum picridis, Fabricius.
Hieracium sylvaticuiii;=Hieracium (sp.?)
Macrosiphum Meracii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum Meracii Schrank.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Hieraciuin sylvestris=H. boreale?
Macrosiphum Meracii Schrank.
Macrosiphum Meracii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Hieracium umbellatiun.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis scaHosae Scopoli.
Macrosiphum Meracii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Hieracium vavietis.
Macrosiphum Meracii Kaltenbach.
Hieracium venosum.
Aphis hieracium-venosum Rafinesque.
Aphis verticolor Rafinesque.
Hieracium vulgatum.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Hlerechloae australis.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Hippophae rhamnoides.
Rhopalosiphum hippophaes Koch.
Holcus sp.
Aphis hold Hardy.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Sipha schoutedeni Schouteden.
254 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Holcus lanatus.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
For da formicaria Hey den.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Holcus mollis.
Aphis hold Ferrari.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
Forda formicaria Heyden.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Hordeum sp,
Schizoneura cerealium Szaniszlo.
Hordeum caespitosum.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Hordeum distichon.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Hordeum hexastichon.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Hordeum jubatum.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Hordeum murinum.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis hordei Del Guercio.
Liosomaphis rhois Monell.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Sipha avenae Del Guercio.
Sipha elegans Del Guercio.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Sipha maydis avenae Del Guercio.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
WilsoTir-Vickery — List of ApJiididae.
255
Hordeum pusillum;=:H. secalinum.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Hordeum vulgare.
Aphis africana Theobald?
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis hordei Kyber.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Endeis hella Koch.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Hordeum vulgare-himalayense.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Humulus lupulus.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Myzus phenax Cockerell.
Phordon humuli Schrank.
Hyacinthus orientalis.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Hydrangea sp.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Hydrangea hortensia.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Hydrocharis morsus-ranae.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Hydrocotyle vulgaris.
Siphocoryni nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Hyoscyamus nlger.
Aphis hyosciami Kittel.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum dianthi Schrank.
256 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Hyoseris radlata.
MacrosipTium sonchi Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Hypericum sp.
Macrosiphum scahiosae Schrank.
Hypericum crispum.
Aphis chloris Koch.
Hypericum hirsutum.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Hypericum kalmianum.
Callipterus hyperici Monell.
Hypericum montanum.
Aphis chloris Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Hypericum perforatum.
Aphis chloris Koch.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Hypericum prolificum.
Callipterus hyperici Monell.
Myzocallis hyperici Thomas.
Hypericum quadrangulum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Hypochoeris sp.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Hypochoeris maculata.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Hex aquilfolium.
Aphis hederae Kaltenbach.
Aphis ilicis Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
257
Wilson~Vickery—List of ApMdidqe,
Impatlms Biflora.
Aphis impatientis Thomas.
MacrosipJium carnosa-impatiens Williams.
Macrosiphum fulvae Oestlund.
Impatiens pallMa:=I. aurea.
Aphis impatientis Thomas.
Macrosiphum carnosa-impatiens Williams.
Macrosiphum fulvae Oestlund.
Inula conyza.
Phor.odon inulae Passerini.
Inula d'yseiiterica=:I. britannica?
Aphis inulae Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopatosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Inula graveolens.
Phorodon inulae Passerini.
Rhopatosiphum Mppophaes Koch.
Inula helenium
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Inula squarrosa.
Aphis plataginis Sehrank.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Inula Tlscosa.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum Mfrontis Passerini.
Macrosiphum inulae Ferrari.
Phorodon inulae Passerini.
lonidum concolor,
Rhopatosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Ipomoea? (Aero potato).
Aphis gossppii Glover.
Aphis minuta Wilson.
Ipomoea purpurea.
Macrosiphum convolvuli Kaltenbach.
Iresine lindenl.
Rhopatosiphum persicae Sulzer.
A. L.
258 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Aris, and Jjetters.
Iris sp.
Macrosiphum solanifoUi Ashmead.
Iris florentina.
Aphis iridis Del Guercio.
Iris pumila.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Isatis tinctoria.
Aphis brassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis isatidis Boyer.
Iva sp.
Pemphigus brevicornis Hart.
Iva xanthifalia.
Aphis cornifoliae Fitch.
Macrosiphum ambrosiae Thomas.
Pemphigus betae Doane.
“Japanese Lillies’’.
Macrosiphum lilii Monell,
“Jasmine”.
Macrosiphum jasmini Clarke.
✓
Jasminum officinale.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Juglans calif omica.
Monellia califarnicus Essig.
Monellia caryella Fitch.
Juglans nigra.
Aphis juglandina Walker.
Chromaphis juglandicola Kaltenbach.
Monellia caryae Monell.
Eriosoma caryae Fitch.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Juglans regia.
Aphis juglandina Walker.
Aphis juglandis Blanchard.
Callipterus juglandicola Koch.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
259
Callipterus juglandis Goeze.
Chromaphis juglandicola Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius,
Monellia caryae Monell.
Juncus “articulatus”.
Atheroides Jiirtellus Haliday.
Juncus effusus.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Juncus lampocarpus.
Aphis cyperi Walker.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Juncus tenuis.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
“Jungle creeper”,
Trichosiphum minutum Van Der Goot.
Juniperus communis.
Aphis incerta Walker.
Aphis indecisa Walker.
Lachnus confinis Koch.
Lachnus juniperi DeGeer.
Lachnus juniperinus Mordwilko.
Lachnus ruHcundus Wilson.
Justica furcata.
Macrosiphum diplanterae Koch.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Kamtshatka orientalis.
Acyrthosiphon kamtshatkanum Mordwilko.
Koeleria crlstata.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Krigia virginica.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Laburnum anagyroides.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
260 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters,
l/actuca sp.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Pemphigus lactucae Westwood.
Rhopalisiphum lactucellum Theobald.
Lactuca macrophylla.
Macrosiphum allariae Koch.
Macrosiphum kaltenbachi Schouteden.
Lactuca muralis.
Macrosiphum muralis Buckton.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Lactuca oleracea.
Macrosiphum lactucae Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Lactuca perennis.
Macrosiphum lactucae Linnaeus.
Lactuca pulchella.
Macrosiphum erigeronensis Thomas.
Lactuca saligna.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
Lactuca sativa.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Lactuca scariola.
Aphis lactuca Boyer.
Macrosiphum alliariae Koch.
Macrosiphum erigeronensis Thomas.
Macrosiphum lactucae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum lactucae Passerini.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Mocrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Pemphigus bursarius Linnaeus.
Pemphigus lactucarius Passerini.
Rhizobius lactucae Fitch.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach. r
Trama caudata Del Guercio.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
Lactuca spicata^L. alpina.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
liactuca virosa,
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum lactucae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum lactucae Passerini.
Pemphigus bursarius Linnaeus.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Lagerstroemia tndica.
Aphis lagerstrdmiae Lichtenstein.
Myzocallis kahawaluokalani Kirkaldy.
Lamium sp.
Pterocomma farinosus Del Guercio.
Lamium album.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Lamium amplexicaule.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Lamium maculatum.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Lamium purpui’eum.
Aphis balsamitae Muller.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach
Aphis lamii Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus montemartini Del Guercio,
Macrosiphum lamii Theobald.
Myzus lamii Van Der Goot.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
“Lantana” sp.
Forda myrmecaria Boisduval.
Lapsaua communis.
Macrosiphum alliariae Koch.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Myzus tenaceti Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Siphocoryne lonicerae Siebold.
261
262 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Larlx sp.
Adelges laricis Vallot.
Chermes lapponicus Cholodkovsky.
Chermes laricis Hartig. -
Chermes stroMloMus tradoides Cholodkovsky.
Chermes viridis Ratzeburg.
Chermes viridis viridis Cholodkovsky.
Coccus laricis (Bouche) Baerensprung.
Pemphigus piceae Hartig.
Periphyllus laricae Haliday.
Larix decidua=Larix europea.
Anisophleha hamadryas Koch.
Aphis tenuior Walker.
Chermes aMetis Linnaeus.
Chermes coniferarum Cholodkovsky.
Chermes geniculatus Ratzeburg.
Chermes strohiloMus Kaltenbach.
Chermes tardus Dreyfus.
Chermes viridanus Cholodkovsky.
Chermes viridis lutescens Cholodkovsky.
Onaphalodes affinis Borner.
Lachniella laricina Del Guercio.
Lachniella laricis cuneomaculata Del Guercio.
Lachniella nigrotuherculata Del Guercio.
Lachnus laricis Koch.
Lachnus laricis Walker.
Lachnus maculosus Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus pini Linnaeus.
Lachnus pinicola Kaltenbach.
Larix laricina=:L. americana.
Chermes consolidatus Patch.
Chermes lariciatus Patch.
Chermes laricifoliae Fitch.
Chermes stroMloMus Kaltenbach.
Lachnus laricifex Fitch.
Larix leptolassa.
Lachniella nigrotuherculata Del Guercio.
Larix occidentalis.
Lachnus laricifoliae Wilson.
WiUon-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
263
Ltarix sibirica.
Chermes ahietis Linnaeus.
CJiermes viridanus Cbolodkovsky.
Chermes viridulus Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus laricis Walker.
Lachnus maculosus Cholodkovsky.
Latania barbonica—L, commersonii?
Cerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Lathraca squamaria.
Aphis orobanches Passerini.
“Lathyro” sp.
Acyrthosiphon pisi ussuriensis Mordwilko.
Lathyrus sp.
Megoura vicia Buckton.
Lathyrus latifolius.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Macrosiphum viciae Kaltenbach.
Lathyrus odoratus.
Aphis brevis Sanderson.
Aphis dissita Walker,
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Lathyrus pisiformis.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Lathyrus pratensis.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum viciae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Lathyrus sativus.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Lathyrus sylvestris.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum viciae Kaltenbach.
264 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, arid Letters.
Laurus laurustinus?
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
Lavatera sp.
Aphis epiloMi Kittel.
Aphis lavaterae Kittel.
Lavatera arborea.
Aphis malvae Koch.
Leersia oryzoides.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Leersia virginica.
Tetraneura graminis Monell.
Lemna gibba,
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Lemna minor.
Aphis samhuci Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Lemna iK)lyrhiza.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Lemna trLsulca.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Leontodon sp.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Leontodon autumnalis.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Machrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Leontodon hispida.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Machrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Leontodon taraxacl.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Macrosiphum taraxaci Kaltenbach.
Trama horvathi Del Guercio.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
WiUon-Yickery — List of Aphidddae.
Leontopodiuni alpinmn.
Aphis leontopodii Schouteden.
Leonurus cardliaca.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Lepidium draba.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Lepidium incisum.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Lepidium sativum.
Aphis brassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Lepidium perfoliatum.
Acyrthosiphon gossypii paczoskii Mordwilko.
Lepidium virginicum.
Aphis acaroides Rafinesque.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Lepidium vulgare.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Leptochloa flliformis.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Ligusticum sp.
Macrosiphum martini Cockerell.
Ligusticum scoticum.
Aphis ligustici Fabricius.
Ligustrum sp.
Aphis Ugustri Mosley.
Aphis ligustriella Theobald.
Ligustrum vulgare.
Asiphum ligustrinellum Koch.
Rhopalosiphum Ugustri Kaltenbach.
266 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Lilium sp.
Aphis sinensis Del Guercio.
Macrosiphum lilii Monell.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
LiBum candidum.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis Ulicola Williams.
Aphis lilii Lichtenstein.
Macrosiphum eircumflexa Buckton.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Limnanthemum nymphoides.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Linaria canadensis.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Linaria cymbalaria.
Aphis cymhalariae Schouteden.
Aphis linariae Lichtenstein.
Linaria vulgaris.
Macrosiphum linariae Koch.
Liotris sp.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Lippia citriodora.
Myzus riMs Linnaeus.
Myzus targioni Del Guercio.
Liriodendron tulipifera.
Macrosiphum liriodendri Monell.
Macrosiphum liriodendri rufa Monell.
Rhopalosiphum tulipae Thomas.
Lithospermum arvense.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Lithospermum fruticosum.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Lithospermum officinale.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphididae.
267
JLlthospermum paosum.
Aphis Uthospermii Wilson.
“Locus=:Locust ?
• Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Lolium sp.
Brachycolus korotnewi Mordwilko.
Lolium multiflorum.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Lolium perenne.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Forda formicaria Heyden,
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Bchizoneura venusta Passerini.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Lolium temulentum.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Lonicera sp.
Aphis lonicerae Boyer.
Aphis lonicerae Mosley.
Rhopalosiphum pastinaceae Koch.
Lonicera caprifolium.
Siphocoryne xylostei Schrank.
Lonicera dioica=L. glauca.
Aphis lonicericola Williams.
Chaitophorus lonicerae Monell.
Lonicera involucrata.
Rhopalosiphum grahhami Cockerell.
268 Wisconsm Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Lonicera japonica.
Siphocoryne lonicerae Siebold.
SipJiocoryne xylostei Schrank.
lionicera periclememum.
Siphocoryne lonicerae Siebold.
Siphocoryne xylostei Schrank.
Lonicera tatarica.
Siphocoryne lonicerae Siebold,
Lonicera xylosteum.
Pemphigus lonicerae Hartig.
Prociphilus xylostei DeGeer.
Siphocoryne lonicerae Siebold.
Siphocoryne xylostei Schrank.
Lophospermum erubescens.
Macrosiphum lophospermum Theobald.
Lotus comiculatus.
Aphis loti Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum loti Theobald.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach
Lotus uliginosus.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Lupinus sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Lupinus albifrons=L. chamissonis.
Macrosiphum alhifrons Essig.
Lupinus moritzianus=L. elegans.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Luzula albida.
Aphis luzulae Kaltenbach.
Lychnis alba.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
WiUon~Vickery~List of Aphidddae.
Jjychtnis dloica.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Forda dauci Goureau.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
Lychnis clivaricata.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
Lychnis viscana.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
Lycium enropaeum.
Chaitophorus xanthomelas Koch.
Ly coper sicum esculentum.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Lachnus suMerraneous Del Guerclo.
Macrosiphum ly coper sicella Theobald.
Macrosiphum lycopersici Clarke.
Macrosiphum tabaci Pergande.
Megoura solani Thomas.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Lycopsis arvensis.
Aphis adjecta Walker.
Aphis adjucta Walker.
Aphis adjuvans Walker.
Aphis adscita Walker.
Aphis basilis Walker.
Aphis bufo Walker.
Aphis conjuncta Walker.
Aphis consueta Walker.
Aphis familiaris Walker.
Aphis lycopsidis Walker.
Aphis suffragans Walker.
Lyshnachia sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Pemphigus bursarius Linnaeus.
Lythrum salicaria.
Aphis salicariae Koch.
Myzus lythri Schrank.
270 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
* ‘MacrophyUa’ ’ .
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Magnolia sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Magnolia grandiflora.
Aphis magnoliae Macchiatl.
“Malopa triniestri”=rMalope trimestri?
Aphis malvae Koch.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Malva sp.
Aphis eupatorii Passerlni.
Macrosiphum malvae Mosley.
Siphocoryne alhoapicalis Theobald.
Malva moschata.
Macrosiphum urticae Schrank.
Malva neglecta=:Malva rotundifolia.
Acyrthosiphon skrjaMni Mordwilko.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Malva parviflora.
Aphis malvae Koch.
Macrosiphum achyrantes Monell.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Malva rotundifolia.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis malvae Koch.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Macrosiphum pallida Walker.
Myzus malvae Oestlund.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Malva sylvestrls.
Aphis addita Walker.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis malvae Koch.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum diplantereae Koch.
W ilsm-Yickery — List of Aphididae.
271
Madrasipfium pallida Walker.
Macorsiphum pelargonii Kaltenbacli.
MacrosipJium urticae Sckrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
MalYastnim coccmeum.
Macrosipftum circumflexa Buckton.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
MarruMum sp*
Aphis hallotae Passerini.
Marsilea quadrifoMa,
Siphocoryne npmphaeae Linnaeus.
Marsilea ¥estita.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Matricaria sp.
Aphis balsamitae Muller.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum leucanthemi Ferrari.
Macrosiphum leucanthemi Scopoll.
Matricaria chainomilla.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus. i
Aphis chamomillae Koch.
Aphis chrysanthemi Koch.
Aphis consoUdae Passerini.
Aphis papaveris Pabrlcius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Myzus matricariae Macchiati.
Matrtcaria Inodora.
Aphis chrysanthemi Koch.
Aphis insiahilis Buckton.
Aphis papaveris Fahricius.
Manrandia “hendersonl^’.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Medicago sp.
Macrosiphum creelii Davis.
Medicago denticnlata.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis medicaginis Koch^
272 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Medicago falcata.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Medicago hispida.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Medicago lupulina.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Medicago orbicularis.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Medicago sativa.
Acyrthosiphon pisi turanicum Mordwilko.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Chaitophorus maculatus Buckton.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
MyzocalUs ononidis Kaltenbach.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Melampyrum sp.
Anuraphis melampyri Del Guercio.
Melampyrum lineare=M. pratense.
Aphis melampyrum-latifolium Rafinesque.
Melandrum sylvestris.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
Melica bauhini.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Melica penicillaris.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Melilotus alba.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum trifolii Pergande.
MyzocalUs ononidis Kaltenbach,
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphidddae.
273
Melilotiis officinalis.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
Mentha aquatica.
Aphis menthae Walker.
Aphis nimicis Linnaeus.
Aphis tentans Walker.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Mentha arvensis.
Aphis menthae Walker.
Aphis menthae-radicis Cowen.
Kaltenhachiella menthae Schouteden.
Macrosiphum menthae Buckton.
RhizoMus menthae Pesserini.
Mentha hirsnta.
Aphis menthae Walker.
Mentha longifolia.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Mentha piperita.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Mentha pulegium.
Aphis pulegi Del Guercio.
Mentha spicata=M. sylvestris.
Macrosiphum menthae Buckton.
Mentha sylvestris.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Aphis clinipodii Passerini.
Kaltenhachiella menthae Schouteden.
Macrosiphum menthae Buckton.
Mentha viridis.
Aphis affinis Del Guercio.
Macrosiphum menthae Buckton.
Mentzelia sp,
Macrosiphum mentzeliae Wilson.
Menyanthes trifoliata.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
18 — S. A. L.
274 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, ayid Letters,
Mesembriantheiimm sp.
Rliopalosiplium persicae Sulzer.
Mimosa sp.
Aphis mimosae Ferrari.
Mimiilus glabratus.
Aphis mimuli Oestlund.
3Iimulus ringens.
Aphis mimuli Oestlund.
Monarda fistulosa.
Aphis monardae Oestlund.
Phorodon monardae Williams.
Monarda punctata.
Aphis monardae Oestlund.
Moms sp.
Aphis morae Kittel.
Aphis mori Clarke.
Muelilenbergia raceniosa.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Toxoptera muhlenhergiae Davis.
Muehlenbergia schreberi.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Mulgedium sp.
Maerosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Musa ensete.
Aphis musae Schouteden.
Musa sapientium.
Pentalonia nigronervosa Coquerel.
Musenum tenuifoliuni.
Aphis pentstemonis Williams.
Myoporum “pictum”.
Aphis myopori Macchiati.
W ihon-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
275
Myosotis palustris.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbacli.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Aphis sympMti Schrank.
Myosotis scorpioides.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Myosotis sylvatica.
Aphis sympMti Schrank.
Myosotis weltwitschil.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Myrica gale.
Aphis myricae Kaltenbach,
CaUipterus hellus Walsh.
Myhocallis coryli Goeze.
Myriophyllum verticellatum.
Siphocoryne nmyphaeae Linnaeus.
Myrtus sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Najas flexilie.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Narcissus sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Nasturtium amphibium (Radicula).
Aphis nasturtii Kaltenbach.
Nasturtium austriacum (Radicula).
Aphis nasturtii Kaltenbach.
Nelumbium lutea.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum nasturtii Koch.
NemopMla sp.
Macrosiphum convolvuli Kaltenbach.
Nepeta cataria.
Aphis nepetae Kaltenbach.
27G Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, A7ds, and Letters.
Nepeta glechoma.
Aphis glechomae Walker.
Aphis gladioli Felt.
Nepeta hederacea=N. glechoma.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Nephrolepis exaltata.
Idiapterus nephrelepidis Davis.
Nerium oleander.
Aphis asclepiadis Fitch.
Aphis lutescents Monell.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis silybi Passerini.
Crytosiphum nerii Perez.
Myzus asclepiadis Passerini.
Myzus nerii Boyer.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Nicotiana rustica.
Aphis scahiosae Scopoli.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Nicotiana tabacum.
Macrosiphum tahaci Pergande.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Nonnea sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Nuphar.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Nymphaea sp.
Aphis aquaticus Jackson.
Nymphaea alba.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Nymphaea lutea=Nuphar lutea.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Nymphaea odorata.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Wilson-Vickery- — List of Apkididae.
27T
Nymphoides peltatum.
SipJiocoryne nympJiaeae Linnaeus.
Nyssa sylvatica=:N, multiflora.
Phylloxera nyssae Pergande.
Oeiianthe sp.
Aphis oenantliis Lichtenstein.
Oenothera sp.
Anoecia oenotJierae Wilson.
Oenothera bertiana.
Aphis oenotherae Oestlund.
Myzus biennis Sanborn.
Myzus oenotherae Williams.
Pemphigus oenotherae Williams.
Oenothera biennis.
Aphis oenotherae Oestlund.
Myzus biennis Sanborn.
Myzus oenotherae Williams.
Oenothera caespitosa.
Aphis oenotherae Oestlund.
Oenothera sei*rulata.
Aphis oenotherae Oestlund.
Olea eiiropea,
Eriosoma oleae Leacb.
Onesma ferrea.
Greenidea artocarpi Westwood.
Onobrychis sp.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Onobrychis viciaefolia.
Macrosiphum onobrychis Boyer.
Macrosiphum uhnariae Scbrank.
Onoclea strutheopteris.
Amphorophora ampullata Buekton,
278 ^¥isconsm Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Ononis caluiiinae.
Aphis hrunnea Ferrari.
Ononis lurcina.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Myzocallis ononidis Kaltenbach.
Ononis natrix.
Aphis apocyni Koch.
Aphis hrunnea Ferrari.
Ononis repens.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariac Schrank.
Pergandeida ononidis Schouteden.
Ononis rotundifolia.
Macrosiphum ononis Koch.
Ononis spinosa.
Aphis hrunnea Ferrari.
Aphis incumhens Walker.
Aphis inducta Walker.
Aphis translata Walker.
Macrosiphum ononis Koch.
Macrosiphum ulmariac Schrank.
Myzocallis ononidis Kaltenbach.
Onoporcloii acanthium.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Onopordon illyricum.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis onopordi Schrank.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Oiiosma steliulatiim.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Ophrys aranifera.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Myzus ccrasi Fabricius.
WiUon-Vickery — List of Apliididae.
279
Oimlaster opulifolius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Opimtia sp.
Rhopalosi^ujn persicae Sulzer.
Opimtia ficus-indica=0. tunica.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Orchidaceae.
Macrosiphum lutea Buckton.
Orchis coriophora
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Origanum panicupatum.
Aphis origani Passerini.
Origanum vulgare.
Aphis nepetae Kaltenbach.
Aphis origani Passerini.
Aphis rhamni Kaltenbach.
Ornithopus sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Orobanche sp.
Aphis middletoni Thomas.
Macrosiphum, orohanches Lichtenstein.
Orobanche lutea.
Aphis orohanches Passerini.
Orobanche muteli.
Aphis orohanches Passerini.
Orobanche ramosa.
Aphis candicans Passerini.
Aphis orohanches Passerini.
Aphis phelipaeae Passerini.
Orthocarpus.
Macrosiphum orthocarpus Davidson.
280 Wisconsin Acadeniy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Oryza sativa.
Pemphigus hoyeri Passerini.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Tychea setulosa Passerini.
Osmaionia cerasiformis.
lllinoia osmaroniae Wilson.
Ostrya virgiiiica.
Macrosiphum gerardiae Thomas.
Oxalis sp.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Oxalis corniculata.
Aphis oxalis Macchiati.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Oxalis rosea.
Macrosiphum circumtlexa Buckton.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Oxalis stricta=:0. corniculata.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Oxybaphus angnstifolius.
Aphis oxydaphi Oestlund.
Oxybaphus linearis=Alliaria linearis.
Aphis oxybaphi Oestlund.
Oxybaphus nyctagineus.
Aphis oxybaphi Oestlund.
Oxytropis lambertii.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Paliurium sp.
Aphis paliuri Lichtenstein.
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
281
Panicum sp.
Amycla fuscifrons Koch.
Macrosiphum panicola Thomas.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Colopha eragrostis Middleton.
Colopha ulmicola Fitch.
Panicum capillare.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Panicum dichotomillorum=P. autumnale.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Rhizobius spicatus Hart.
Panicum miliaceum.
Endeis bella Koch.
Bchizoneura venusta Passerini.
Panicum polyantlies.
Aphis seteriae Thomas.
Panicum proliferum.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Rhizobius spicatus Hart.
Panicum teneriffae.
Tetraneura graminis Monell.
Papaver sp.
Aphis armata Hausmann.
Aphis aparines Kaltenbach.
Aphis balsamitae Muller.
Aphis thlaspeos Schrank.
Papaver dubiuni.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Papaver hydrolapathum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Papaver niidicaule.
Acyrthosiphon ilka Mordwilko.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
282 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Papaver rhoeas.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Papaver somiiiferum.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
‘ ‘Papilionacear um’ ’ .
Acyrthosiplion duMum Mordwilko.
Parietaria sp.
Aphis parietariae Lichtenstein.
Parietaria “effusa”.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Parietaria juclaica.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Parietaria officinalis.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Aphis scaMosae Scopoli.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Pasania densiflora=Quercus densiflora.
Myzocallis pasaniae Davidson.
Pastinaca sativa=:Peucedanum sativum.
Aphis carotae Koch.
Aphis heraclii Co wen.
Aphis rohusta Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis suhterranea Walker.
Rhopalosiphum pastinaceae Koch.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Siphocoryne foeniculi Passerini.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Pedicnlaris palustris.
Aphis pedicularis Buckton.
Pelargonium sp.
Aphis extranea Walker.
Myzus targionii Del Guercio.
/
Wilson-V ickery — List of ApMdidae.
Pelargonium zoiiale.
MacorsipJium pallida.
MacrosipMim pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Pellioiiia sp,
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer.
Pentapetes phoenicea.
Rfiopalosiphum diantM Schrank.
Pentstemon glaber.
Aphis pentstemonis Williams.
Pergularia extensa.
Aphis foveolata Del Guercio.
Perlploca graeca.
Aphis nastiirtii Kaltenbach.
“Persimmon”.
MacrosipMim circiunjtexum Buckton.
Petasites albus.
Aphis lappae Koch.
Petasites Japonicus.
Aphis petasitidis Buckton.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Petasites niveus.
Aphis petasitidis Buckton.
Petasites officinalis.
Aphis persicae Boyer.
Petroseliiimii hortense=Carum petroselinum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Eiphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Pencedanuin alsaticum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Biphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
283
Peuceclaniini officinale.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
284 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Peucedanum typherr.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Phalaris aruiidinacea.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis lonicerae Boyer.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Phalaris canarieiisis.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Phaseolus sp.
Lachnus longitarsis Ferrari.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Phaseolus cocciiieus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Tychea phaseoli Passerini.
Phaseolus lunatus.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Phaseolus ranus.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Phaseolus vulgaris.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Tychea phaseoli Passerini.
Philadelphus coroiiarius.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis vihurni Scopoli.
Philadelphus grandiflorus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Phleuin pratense.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Brachycolus tritici Gillette.
Geoica squamosa Hart.
Liosomaphis rhois Monell.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Sipha gleeriae Kaltenbach.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
W iUon~Y ickery — List of Aphididae.
Piiotinea serratiila.
Myzus cerasi Fabricius.
Phragmites sp.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Phragmites communis.
Aphis phragmitidicola Oestlund.
Hyalopterus arundinus Fabricius.
Stenaphis monticellii Del Guercio.
Phragmites vulgaris.
Hyalopterus arundinus Fabricius.
Phyllostachys sp.
Aphis hamhusae Fullaway.
Physalis sp.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Physalis peruviana.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Physocarpus opulifolius=:Neillia opulifolia.
Aphis neilliae Oestlund.
Picea sp.
Chernies ahieticolens Thomas.
Chernies piceae Ratzeburg.
Chermes viridis Ratzeburg.
Dreyfusia nussUni Borner.
Penipihgus piceae Hartig.
Prociphilus xylostei DeGeer.
Picea abies=P. excelsa.
Aphis pilicornis Hartig.
Chernies ahietis Linnaeus.
Chernies coccineus Ratzeburg.
Chernies conifer arum Cholodkovsky.
Chermes funitectus Dreyfus.
Chermes lapponicus Cholodkovsky.
Chernies lapponicus praecox Cholodkovsky.
Chermes orientalis Dreyfus.
Chernies pictinatae Cholodkovsky.
Chernies picaeae houvieri Cholodkovsky.
Chermes pini Macquart.
286 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Chernies pini pineoides ClM)lodkovsky.
Chermes pini pinicola Cholodkovsky.
Chernies sihiricus Cholodkovsky.
Chernies similis Gillette.
Chernies stroMloHus Kaltenbach.
Chernies tardus Dreyfus.
Chernies viridanus Cholodkovsky.
Chernies viridis lutescens Cholodkovsky.
Gnaphalodes affinis Bdrner.
Eulachnus macchiati Del Guercio.
Lachnus ahietis Fitch.
Lachnus aMetis Walker.
Lachnus hogdanowi Mordwilko.
Lachnus farinosus Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus fusciata Burmeister.
Lachnus flavus Mordwilko.
Lachnus grossus Kaltenbach.
Lachnus hyalinus Koch.
Lachnus niacrocephalus Buckton.
Lachnus piceae Panzer.
Lachnus piceicola Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus piceicola viridescens Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus pinicola Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum piceaella Theobald.
Mindarus ahietinus Koch.
Myzaphis aHetina Walker.
Pterochlorus roboris Linnaeus.
Picea alba.
Chernies aMetis Linnaeus.
Chernies lapponicus Cholodkovsky.
Chermes lapponicus praecox Cholodkovsky.
Chernies pinifoliae Fitch.
Chernies strobi Hartig.
Chernies strobilobius Kaltenbach.
Cehrnies viridanus Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus abieticola Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus abietis Fitch.
Lachnus piceae Panzer.
Myzaphis abietina Walker.
Schizoneura obliqua Cholodkovsky.
Picea canadensis=Tsuga canadensis?
Chernies lariciatus Patch.
Chernies similis Gillette.
Chernies strobilobius Kaltenbach.
Lachnus abietis Fitch.
Minarus abietinus Koch.
Schizoneura obliqua Cholodkovsky.
W iUon-V icUery- — List of ApJiididae.
287
Picea eng'lemaniii.
Cliermes cooleyi Gillette.
CJiermes cooleyi coweni Gillette.
Chernies lapponicus Cholodkovsky.
Cliermes lapponieus praecox Cholodkovsky.
Chermes stroMlotfius Kaltenbach.
MyzapMs abietina Walker.
Picea gigantea.
2Iyzaphis abietina Walker.
Picea glauca.
Lachnus farinosus Cholodkovsky.
Picea kosteriaiia.
2Iyzaphis abietina Walker.
Picea gleliire.
MyzapMs abietina Walker.
Picea glehni.
Lachnus glehnus Essig.
Picea mariana.
Aphis gallarum De Geer.
Chermes abietis Linnaeus.
Chermes eonsolidatus Patch.
Chermes floeciis Patch.
Chermes pinifoUae Fitch.
Chermes similis Gillette.
Chermes strobilobius Kaltenbach.
Laehnus abieticola Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus aMetis Fitch.
Lachnus costata Zetterstedt.
Lachnus fasciatus Burmeister.
2Iindarus abietinus Koch.
2Iyzaphis abietina Walker.
Picea moiistrosa.
Myzaphis abietina Walker.
Picea morinda.
Chermes abietis-pieeae Stebbing.
Chermes himalayensis Stebbing.
Myzaphis abietina Walker.
288 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Plcea obovata.
Chernies viridanus Cholodkovsky.
Picea omorika.
MyzapMs aMetina Walker.
Picea orientalis.
Chernies orientalis Dreyfus.
Chermes pini Marquart.
Chernies pini pineoides Cholodkovsky.
Chermes siMricus Cholodkovsky.
Chermes stroMloMus Kaltenbach.
MyzapMs aMetina Walker.
Picea pungens.
Chermes cooleyi Gillette,
Chernies montanus Gillette.
Chermes similis Gillette.
Chermes stroMloMus Kaltenbach.
Lachnus farinosus Cholodkovsky.
MyzapMs aMetina Walker.
Picea rubra^ziP. nigra.
Chermes consolidatus Patch.
Chermes floccus Patch.
Chermes pinifoliae Fitch.
Chermes similis Gillette.
MyzapMs aMetina Walker.
Picea sitcheiisis.
MyzapMs aMetina Walker.
RhizoMus viridis Theobald.
Plcridimi vulgare.
MacrosipMim picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum soncM Linnaeus.
Picris sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Picris ecMoides.
Aphis terricola Rondani.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Picris liieracioldes.
Aphis terricola Rondani.
Macrosiphum picridis Fabricius.
Macrosiphum soncM Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
289
Piltasporum tobira.
Aphis savihuci Linnaeus.
Pimelea sp.
Aphis anthrisci Kaltenbacli.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Pimpinella inagna.
Aphis pimpinellae Kaltenbach.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Pimpinella saxifraga.
Aphis pimpinellae Kaltenbach.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Pinus sp.
Chaitophorus pinicolens Fitch.
Chermes coccineus Ratzeburg.
Chermes lapponicus Cholodkovsky.
Chermes oMectus Ratzeburg.
Chermes pini pineoictes Cholodkovsky.
Chermes viridis Ratzeburg.
Cnaphalodes afflnis Borner.
Essigella californicus Essig.
Lachnus farinosus Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus grossus Kaltenbach.
Lachnus hyalinus Koch.
Lachnus oregonensis Wilson.
Lachnus pineus curtipilosa Mordwilko.
Lachnus piniphila Ratzeburg.
Lachnus taeniatoides Mordwilko.
Pemphigus degeeri Kaltenbach.
Pemphigus piceae Hartig.
Prociphilus humeliae Schrank.
Prociphilus poschingeri Holzner.
Protolachnus tuherculostemmata Theobald.
Schizoneura costata Hartig.
Pinus cembra.
Chermes ahietis Linnaeus.
Chermes cemhrae Cholodkovsky.
Chermes sihiricus Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus pini cemhrae Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus pini Linnaeus.
Lachnus taeniatus Koch.
Pinus contorta.
Chermes coloradensis Gillette.
19~S. A. L.
290 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Pinus echinata.
Aphis marginipennis Haldeman.
Pinus edulis.
Chermes coloradensis Gillette.
Pinus halepensis.
Lachnus agalis Kaltenbach.
Lachnus pini Linnaeus.
Pinus insignis.
Chermes pini Koch.
Lachnus pini-radiatae Davidson.
Mindarus pinicola Thomas.
Pinus laricio.
Chermes pinicorticis Fitch.
Schizoneura fuliginosa Buckton.
Pinus “maritima”.
Lachnus hyperophilus Koch.
Lachnus pineti Fabricius.
Lachnus pineus Mordwilko.
Lachnus taeniatus Koch.
Pinus “montanum”.
Chermes pini Macquart.
Chermes pini Koch.
Chermes pini pinicola Cholodkovsky.
Pinus “mughus”.
Lachnus pinicola Kaltenbach.
Pinus “orientalis”.
Chermes orientalis Dreyfus.
Pinus palustris.
Lachnus autralis Ashmead.
Pinus pinaster.
Chermes pinicorticis Fitch.
Lachnus agilis Kaltenbach.
Lachnus tomentosus Linneaus.
Pinus “pinastu-maritima”,
Chermes pinicorticis Fitch.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphidddae, 291
Pinus pinea.
Chermes pini Macquart.
Eulachnus adameleki Del Guercio.
Eulachnus macchiati Del Guercio.
Pinus ponderosa.
Chermes coloradensis Gillette.
Lachnus flocculosa Williams.
Lachnus pini Linnaeus.
Lachnus ponderosa Williams.
Mindarus pinicola Thomas.
Pinus pumllio.
Chermes pini Koch.
Pinus pyrenalca.
Bchizoneura fuliginosa Buckton.
Pinus rigida.
Lachnus parvus Wilson.
Pinus scopulorum.
Chermes coloradensis Gillette.
Lachnus pini Linnaeus.
Pinus serotina.
Lachnus australis Ashmead.
Pinus strobus.
Chermes corticalis Kaltenbach.
Chermes floccus Patch.
Chermes lariciatus Patch.
Chermes orientalis Dreyfus.
Chermes pinicorticis Fitch.
Chermes pinifoliae Pitch.
Chermes sihiricus Cholodkovsky.
Chermes strodi Hartig.
Lachnus fasciatus Burmeister.
Lachnus pineus Mordwilko.
Lachnus rileyi Williams.
Lachnus stroM Fitch.
Lachnus taeniatoides Mordwilko.
Mindarus pinicola Thomas.
292 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Pinus sylvestrls.
Chermes aMetis Linnaeus.
Chermes corticalis Kaltenbach.
Chermes orientalis Dreyfus.
Chermes pini Koch..
Chermes pini Macquart.
Chermes pini pinicola Cholodkovsky.
Chermes pinicorticis- Fitch.
Chermes siMricus Cholodkovsky.
Chermes stroMloMus Kaltenbach.
Eulachnus ahameleki Del Guercio.
Eulachnus mingazinii Del Guercio.
Eulachnus nigrofasciatus Del Guercio.
Glyphina pilosa Buckton.
Lachniella ohlonga Del Guercio.
Lachniella picta Del Guercio.
Lachnus agilis Kaltenbach.
Lachnus fasciatus Burmeister.
Lachnus hyperophilus Koch.
Lachnus maculosus Cholodkovsky.
Lachnus pineti Fabricius.
Lachnus pineus Mordwilko.
Lachnus pini Linnaeus.
Lachnus pinicola Kaltenbach.
Lachnus pinihaMtans Mordwilko.
Lachnus rileyi Williams.
Lachnus taeniatus Koch.
Lachnus tomentosus Linnaeus.
Pterochlorus rohoris Linnaeus.
Rhizohius pini Burmeister.
Schizoneura fuUginosa Buckton. ' ■- .
Pinus virginlana=P, inops.
Lachnus parvus Wilson.
Piper sp.
Aphis piperis Kittel.
Pistacia atlantica.
Ceratopemphigus zehntneri Sehouteden.
Pemphigus riccohonii Steffani.
Pistacia lentlscus.
Aploneura lentisci Passerini.
Pemphigus pisiaciae Linnaeus.
Pemphigus retroflexus Courchet.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
293
Pistacia terebinthus.
Pemphigus cornicualrius Passerlni.
Pemphigus derhesi Lichtenstein.
Pemphigus edifactor Buckton.
Pemphigus follicularius Passerini.
Pemphigus minor Derbes.
Pemphigus pallidus Derbes.
Pemphigus pistaciae Linnaeus.
Pemphigus semilunarius Passerini.
Pemphigus utricularius Passerini.
Tetraneura pallida Haliday.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Pistacia vera.
Pemphigus coccus Buckton.
Pemphigus pistaciae Linnaeus.
Pisiun sp.
Acyrthosiphum pisi destructor Mordwilko.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Pisum arvense.
Macrosiphum nigrinectaria Theobald.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Pisum sativum.
Macrosiphum destructor Johnson.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Planera sp.
Eriosoma lanigera Hausraann.
Bchizoneura lanuginosa Hartig.
Plantago aristata:=P. patagonica.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Plantago coronopus.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Myzus plantagineus Passerini.
Plantago lanceolata.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
294 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Plantago major.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis myosotidis Kocb.
Aphis plantaginis Scbrank.
Aphis sorM Kaltenbacb.
Myzus plantagineus Passerini.
Plantago media.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis plantaginis Scbrank.
Myzus plantagineus Passerini.
Plantago psyllium.
Fhorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbacb.
Plantago rugelU.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Plantago virginica.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Platanus sp.
Aphis acericola Walker.
Myzus gracilis Buckton.
Platanus occidentalis.
Aphis quercifoliae Walsh.
Drepanosiphum platanoides Scbrank.
Lachnus platani Kaltenbacb.
Lachnus plantanicola Riley.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Poa sp.
Anoecia willcocksi Theobald.
Aphis poae Hardy,
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Poa annua.
Aphis annuae Oestlund.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Endies pellucida Buckton.
Oeoica squamosa Hart.
295
W ilson-V ickery — List of Aphididae.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum longipennis Buckton.
Macrosiphum poae Macchiati.
RhizoMus poae Thomas.
RMzoMus poae Buckton.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea eragrostidis Passerini.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Poa compressa.
Aphis annuae Oestlund.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Rhopalosiphum dianthi var. poae Williams.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Poa pratensis.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Forda formicaria Heyden.
Forda occidentalis Hart.
Geoica squamosa Hart.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Pemphigus hoyeri Passerini.
Rhopalosiphum poae Gillette.
Sehizoneura panicola Thomas.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea erigeronensis Thomas.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Poa trivialis.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Polanasia graveoleiis=:Cleome graveolens.
Aphis polanisiae Oestlund.
Aphis polanisia-graveolens Rafinesque.
Polyanthus tuberosa.
Aphis polyanthis Sulzer.
Aphis tuherosae Boyer.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Polygala senega.
Aphis poly gala-senega Rafinesque.
296 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Polygonum sp.
Amycla alMcornis Koch.
Macro siphiim granarium Kirby.
ScMzoneura panicola Thomas.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Polygonum aviculare.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis polygoni Macchiati.
Aphis polygoni Walker.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Sipha polygoni Schouteden.
Polygonum cristatum.
Macrosiphum venaefuscae Davis.
Polygonum “donii”.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Polygonum fagopyrum=Pagopyrum sp.
Aphis polygoni Van Der Goot.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Polygonum hydropiper.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Polygonum hydropiperoides.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Polygonum incarnatum.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Polygonum lapthifolium.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Polygonum mite.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Polygonum muhlenbergii.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Polygonum nodosum.
Aphis polygoni Van Der Goot.
Rhopalosiphum hippophaes Koch.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
297
Polygonum pennsylvanicum.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Polygonum persicai*ia.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis transiens Walker.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum polygoni Buckton.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum hippophaes Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Polymnia canadensis.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Polypogon monspeliensis.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Polystichum sp.
Amphorophora ampullata Buckton.
Pontedaria cordata.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Populus sp.
Aphis amenticola Kaltenbach.
Chaitophorus aWus Mordwilko.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Pemphigus glohulosus Theobald.
Pemphigus lactucarius Passerini.
Pemphigus lichtenstemi Tullgren.
Pemphigus napaeus Buckton.
Pemphigus spyrothecae infaustus Ferrari.
Pemphigus varsoviensis Mordwilko.
Pterocomma populeus longirostris Mordwilko.
Pterocomma rufulus Davidson.
Pterocomma steinheili Mordwilko.
298 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Populus alba.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Arctaphis populi Linnaeus.
Asiphum tremulae Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus leucomelas Koch.
Chaitophorus salicti Schrank.
Chermes populi Del Guercio.
Pachypapa marsupialis Koch.
Pachypapa vesicalis Koch.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Pterocomma populea Katlenbach.
Sehizoneura passerinii Signoret.
Populus angustifolia.
Chaitophorus populicola Thomas.
Cornaphis populi Gileltte.
Schizoneura populi Gillette.
ThecaMus populi-monilis Riley.
Populus balsamifera.
Anuraphis populi Del Guercio.
Chaitophorus candicans Thomas.
Chaitophorus populicola Thomas.
Chaitophorus populifoliae (Oestlund) Davis.
Mordwilkoja vagadunda Walsh.
Pemphigus halsamiferae Williams.
Pemphigus gravicornis Patch.
Pemphigus popularia Fitch.
ThecaMus populi-conduplifolius Cowen.
Pamphigus populi-glohuli Fitch.
Pemphigus populi-ramulorum Riley.
Pemphigus populi-transversus Riley.
Pemphigus populi-venae Fitch.
Pterocomma Mcolor Oestlund.
Schizoneura populi Gillette.
Stagona vesicalis Rudow.
ThecaMus patchii Gillette.
ThecaMus populicaulis Fitch.
ThecaMus populi-monilis Riley.
Populus candicans=P. alba.
Asiphum pseudohyrsa Walsh.
Chaitophorus candicans Thomas.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Populus canadensis.
Chaitophorus leticomelas Koch.
Pemphigus canadensis Del Guercio.
WiUon-Vickery — Xist of Aphidddae,
299
Populus cillata.
Pemphigus imaicus Cholodkovsky.
Pemphigus mordwilkoi Cholodkovsky.
Pemphigus nainitalensis Cholodkovsky.
Populus coccinea,
Asiphum pseudohyrsa Walsh.
Populus deltoides=:P. monilifera.
Aphis populifoliae Pitch.
Asiphum pseudohyrsa Walsh.
Chaitophorus populicola Thomas.
Chaitophorus stevensis Sanborn.
Mordwilkoja vagahunda Walsh.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
Pemphigus oestlundi Cockerell, -
Pemphigus populi-ramulorum Riley,
Pemphigus popuU-transversus Riley."
Phylloxera popularia Pergande.
Phylloxera prolifera Oestlund.
Pterocomma salicti Harris.
Schizoneura populi Gillette.
ThecaMus populicaulis Fitch.
Thecahius populi-conduplifolius Cowen.
ThecaMus popuU-monilis Riley.
Populus deltoides-angustif olia. ?
Chaitophorus populicola Thomas.
ThecaMus populi-monilis Riley.
Populus fremonti.
Aphis populifoliae Fitch.
Asiphum pseudohyrsa Walsh.
Chaitophorus populicola Thomas.
Pemphigus oestlundi Cockerell.
Pemphigus populi-ramulorum Riley.
Pemphigus populi-transversus Riley.
Phylloxera popularia Pergande.
Phylloxera prolifera Oestlund.
ThecaMus populicaulis Pitch.
ThecaMus populi-monilis Riley.
Populus graudidentata.
Aphis populifoliae Fitch.
Aphis populi-grandidentata Rafinesque.
Arctaphis populi Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus populifoliae (Oestlund) Davis.
300 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Populus italica.
ChaitopJiorus leucomelas Koch
Populus nionilifera.
Chaitophorus popiiUcola Thomas,
Chaitophorus stevensis Sanborn.
Mordwilkoja vagahunda Walsh.
Pemphigus 'bur sarins Linnaeus.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Pemphigus populi-transversus Riley.
Thecabius affinis Kaltenbach.
Thecabius populi-condupUfolius Cowen.
Thecabius popuU-monilis Riley.
Populus nigra.
Abamalekia lazarewi Del Guercio.
Anuraphis populi Del Guercio.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Aphis populeti Panzer.
Aretaphis populi Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus leucomelas Koch.
Chaitophorus leucomelas lyratus Ferrari.
Chaitophorus nassonowi Mordwilko.
Chaitophorus versicolor Koch.
Drepanosiphum smaragdinum Koch.
Drepanosiphum tiliae Koch.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Pachypapa marsupialis Koch.
Pachypapa vesicalis Koch.
Pemphigus borealis Tullgren,
Pemphigus bursarius Linnaeus.
Pemphigus canadensis Del Guercio.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Pemphigus ovata-oblongus Kessler.
Pemphigus populi Courchet.
Pemphigus protospirae Lichtenstein.
Pemphigus pyriformis Lichtenstein.
Pemphigus spyrothecae Passerini.
Pemphigus tortuosis Rudow.
Pemphigus vesicarius Passerini.
Pterocomma populea Kaltenbach.
Stagona vesicalis Rudow.
Stomaphis bobretzkyi Mordwilko.
Thecabius affi'^^is Kaltenbach.
Thecabius populicauUs Fitch.
Thecabius populneus Koch.
Wilson--Y ickery—List of Aphididae.
Populus pyramidalis.
Aphis populeti Panzer.
ArctapMs populi Linnaeus.
AsipJium tremulae Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus leucomelas Koch.
ChaitopJiorus nassonowi Mordwilkd.
Drepanosiphum smaragdinum Koch.
DrepanosipJium tiliae Koch.
Pachypappa marsupialis Koch.
Pemphigus dorealis Tullgren.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
Pemphigus filaginis Boyer.
Pemphigus gladiformis Rudow.
Pemphigus ovato-oMongus Kessler.
Pemphigus protospirae Lichtenstein.
Pemphigus pyriformis Lichtenstein.
Pemphigus spyrothecae Passerini.
Pterocomma popuJea Kaltenbach.
ThecaMus affinis Kaltenbach.
ThecaMus popuUcaulis Fitch.
Populus tremula.
ArctapMs populi Linnaeus.
Asiphum tremulae Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus detuUnus Van Der Goot.
Chaitophorus tremulae Koch,
Chaitophorus versicolor Koch.
Pachypapa lactea Tullgren.
Pachypapa vesicalis Koch.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
' Stagona vesicalis Rudow.
Populus tremuloides*
Aphis poptilus4repida Raflnesque.
ArctapMs populi Linnaeus.
Asiphum sacculi Gillette.
Chaitophorus druneri Williams.
Chaitophorus delicata Patch.
Chaitophorus popuUcola Thomas. "
Chaitophorus popuUfolae (Oestlund) Davis.
Pemphigus immunis Buckton.
Pemphigus? rileyi Stebbins.
Pterocomma heulahensis Cockerell.
ThecaMus popuUcaulis Pitch.
ThecaMus popuU-monilis Riley.
302 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Populus trichocarpa.
Chaitophorus populicola Thomas.
Chaitophorus salicicola Essig.
Eichochaitophorus populifolii Essig.
Pemphigus populi-transversus Riley.
Phylloxera popularia Pergande.
ThecaMus popuUcaulis Fitch.
Thecahius populi-conduplifolius Cowen.
Thecahius populi-monilis Riley.
Portiilaca sp.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Portulaca oleracea.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis lahurni Kaltenbach.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Myzus portulacae Macchiati.
Potamogeton crispus.
Siphocoryne numphaeae Linnaeus.
Potamogeton natans.
Rhopalosiphum najadum Koch.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Potamogeton pectinatns.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Potentilla anserlna.
Aphis potentillae Walker.
Macrosiphum potentillae Oestlund.
Myzus potentillae Oestlund.
Myzus potentillae Williams.
Myzus rosarum Kaltenbach.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Potentilla arguta.
Myzus potentillae Williams.,
Potentilla hipplana.
Macrosiphum martini Cockerell.
Potentilla reptans.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Potentilla recta.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Potentilla tormentilla.
Aphis tormentilliae Passerini.
Potentilla vema.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Prenanthes alba.
Rhopalosiphum nahali Oestund.
Primula forbesi.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Primula kewensis.
Macrosiphum primulae Theobald.
Primula “veris”.
Aphis furcipes Raflnesque.
Primula vulgaris.
Macrosiphum prhnulae Theobald.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Pritchardia sp.
Cerataphis lataniae Boisduval.
Prunella vulgaris.
Aphis hrunellae Schouteden.
Prunus sp.
Aphis prunicoleus Ashmead.
Aphis prunifoliae Pitch.
Aphis prunorum Dobrowljansky.
Aphis setariae Thomas-
Dryohius amygdali Van Der Goot.
Phorodon pruni Scopoli.
Schizoneura vagans Koch.
Tetraneura pruni Taschenberg.
Prunus americana.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Prunus amygdalus.
Aphis amygdali (Balnchard) Boisduval,
Aphis amygdalinus Schouteden.
Aphis persicae Boyer.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Lachnus persicae Cholodkovsky.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Tetraneura africana Van Der Goot,
304 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Pnmus armeniaca.
Aphis persicarae Hartig.
Aphis pruni Koch.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Lachnus fuUginosus Buckton.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Pmnus avium.
Aphis cerasicolens Fitch.
Aphis cerasifoliae Fitch.
Aphis cerasina Walker.
Aphis sorM Kaltenbach.
Myzus cerasi Fabricius.
Prunus cerasus.
Aphis cerasi Schrank.
Myzus cerasi Fabricius.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Prunus chamaecerasus.
Aphis mahaleh Koch.
Myzus oxycanthae Schrank.
Prunus chicasa.
Aphis persicae-niger Smith.
Prunus domestica.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis alemedensis Clarke.
Aphis cerasi Schrank.
Aphis convecta Walker.
Aphis detracta Walker.
Aphis diversa Walker.
Aphis egressa Walker.
Aphis internata Walker,
Aphis lateralis Walker.
Aphis persicae Boyer.
Aphis persicariae Hartig.
Aphis persorhens Walker.
Aphis prunaria Walker.
Aphis pruni Koch.
Aphis prunicola Kalt.
Aphis prunina Walker.
Aphis pyri Boyer.
Aphis similis Walker.
Aphis transposita Walker.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApMdddae.
305
Eriosoma lanigera Hausmann.
Hyalopterus arundinus Fabricius.
Hyalopterus priini Fabricius.
Myzus cerasi Fabricius.
Phorodon humuli Schrank.
Rfiopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Prunus insititia.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis insititiae Koch.
Aphis persicae Boyer.
Aphis pruni Koch.
Hyalopterus arundinus Fabricius.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Phorodon humuli Schrank.
Prunus mahaleb.
Aphis mahalel) Koch.
Myzus cerasi Fabricius.
Phorodon humuli Schrank.
Phorodon pruni Ferrari.
Prunus melanocarpa.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Prunus “nigra”.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis cerasifoliae Fitch.
Prunus padus.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis padi Linnaeus.
Aphis pruni Koch.
Lachnus padi Hartig.
Prunus pennsylvanica.
Aphis cerasifoliae Fitch.
Prunus persica.
Aphis cerasi Schrank.
Aphis persicae Boyer.
Aphis persicae Koch.
Aphis persicae Kaltenbach.
Aphis persicaecola Boisduval.
Aphis persicariae Hartig.
Aphis persicae-niger Smith.
20 — S. A. L.
306 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Aphis persicarum Boisduval.
Aphis persicophila Passerini.
Aphis prunicola Kaltenbach.
Hyalopterus arundinus Fabricius.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Lachnus fuliginosus Buckton.
Myzus cerasi Fabricius.
Myziis persicae Passerini.
Rhopalosiphum duMa Curtis.
Rhopalosiphum lactucellum Theobald.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Primus pissardi;=Prunus divaricata.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Phorodon humuli Schrank.
Prunus serotina.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis cerasicolens Fitch.
Aphis cerasifoliae Fitch.
Aphis tuherculata Patch.
Myzus cerasi Fabricius.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Prunus spinosa.
Aphis hellula Walker.
Aphis cerasi Schrank.
Aphis consona Walker.
Aphis conviva Walker.
Aphis infuscata Koch.
Aphis nociva Walker.
Aphis persicae Boyer.
Aphis prunaria Walker.
Aphis pruni Koch.
Aphis prunicola Kaltenbach.
Aphis prunina Walker.
Aphis spinarum Hartig.
Aphis transmutata Walker.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Phorodon humuli Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Prunus virginiana.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis cerasifoliae Fitch.
Aphis furcata Patch.
W ilson-Y ickery — List of ApMdidae.
Psedera qmnquefolia=Parthenocissus 5-folius.
Aphis folsomii Davis.
Aphis parthenocissi Williams.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Pseudotsuga douglassi.
Chermes cooleyi Gillette.
Chernies cooleyi coweni Gillette.
Lachnus pseudotsugae Wilson,
Prociphilus fraxini-dipetalae Essig.
Pteris aquilina.
Aphis pteris-aquilinoides Rafinesque.
Mastopoda pteridis Oestlund.
Macrosiphum pteridis Wilson.
Puccinellia distans=Glyceria distans.
Endeis rorea Koch.
Pulicaria sp.
Phorodon inulae Passerini.
Pulmonaria officnalis.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Punica granatum.
Aphis punicae Passerini.
Aphis punicella Theobald.
Punica sylvestris.
Aphis punicae Passerini.
Pjnis sp.
Aphis kochi Schouteden.
Eriosoma pyri Westwood.
Pyrus americana.
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
Eriosoma lanigera Hausmann.
Pyrus aucuparia.
Aphis aucupariae Buckton.
Aphis padi Linnaeus.
Aphis pomi De Geer.
Aphis sorH Kaltenbach.
308 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Pyrus communis.
Aphis avenae Fabricms.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Aphis crataegi Kaltenbach.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis lentiginis Buckton.
Aphis oxycanthae Koch.
Aphis pomi De Geer.
Aphis prunina Walker.
Aphis pyrastri Boisduval.
Aphis pyri Boyer.
Aphis pyri Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis sorhi Kaltenbach.
Eriosoma lanigera Hausmann.
Eriosoma pyricola Baker & Davidson.
Lachnus pyri Buckton.
Macrosiphum tahaci Pergande.
Myzus oxycanthae Schrank.
Myzus pyrarius Passerini.
Myzus pyrinus Ferrari.
Phylloxera piri Cholodkovsky.
Prociphilus pyri Fitch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Schizoneura piri (Oiethe) Mordwilko.
Pyrus coronaria.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis pyri Boyer.
Eriosoma lanigera Hausmann.
Pyrus germanica.
Aphis assidua Walker.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis fichtii Sanderson.
Aphis insert a Walker.
Aphis insita Walker.
Aphis mactata Walker.
Aphis nutricata Walker.
Aphis padi Linnaeus.
Aphis pomi De Geer.
Aphis pyri Boyer.
Macrosiphum pelargonii Kaltenbach.
Ovatus mespili Van Der Goot.
Pyrus japonica.
Aphis hrevis Sanderson.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Pyrus malus.
Aphis aucupariae Buckton.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis dakeri Cowen.
Aphis hrevis Sanderson.
Aphis crataegi Kaltenbacb.
Aphis devecta Walker.
Aphis fltchii Sanderson.
Aphis mali Fabricius.
Aphis malifoliae Fitch.
Aphis (myzus) nigra Theobald.
Aphis padi Linnaeus.
Aphis pomi De Geer.
Aphis pyri Hartig.
Aphis pyri Boyer.
Aphis sorhi Kaltenbach.
Eriosoma lanigera Hausmann.
Euceraphis mucidus Fitch.
Hyalopterus pruni Fabricius.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Macrosiphum tahaci Pergande.
Myzus mali Ferrari.
Myzus oxycanthae Schrank.
Pemphigus americanus Walker.
Prociphilus crataegi Tullgren.
Prociphilus pyri Fitch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Rhopalsiphum serotinae Oestlund.
Pyrus “nobilis”.
Aphis pyri Kittel.
Pyrus tomiinalis.
Aphis . aucupariae Buckton.
Aphis sorhi Kaltenbach.
Quercus sp.
Aphis annulatus Hartig.
Aphis hirticornis Walker.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Aphis quercifoUae Walsh.
Aphis quercus-monticula Haldeman.
Borneria danesii Grass! & Foa.
Callipterus quercicola Monell.
Chermes atratus Buckton.
310 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Cinara quercus Mosley.
Lachnus allegheniensis McCook.
Lachnus fuscus Geoffrey.
Lachnus longirostris Boyer.
Myzocallis quercus insignis Ferrari.
Parthenophylloxera ilicis Grassi & Poa.
Pemphigus peduncuU Hartig.
Phyllaphis quercicola Baker.
Phyllaphis quercifoliae Gillette.
Phylloxera hipunctatum Lichtenstein.
Phylloxera lichtensteini Balbiani.
Phylloxera scutifera Signoret.
Phylloxera signoreti Targioni.
Pterocomma populeus longirostris Mordwilko.
Rhynchocles longirostris Altum.
Stomaphis macrorhyncha Cholodkovsky.
Thalaxes quercicola Westwood.
Yacuna glahra Heyden.
Quercus acuta.
Trichosiphum kuwanae Pergande.
Trichosiphum pasaniae Okajama.
Quercus aegilops.
Yacuna dryophila Schrank.
Quercus agrifolia.
Callipterus hellus Walsh.
Phyllaphis querci Fitch.
Quercus alba.
Callipterus hellus Walsh.
Chaitophorus quercicola Monell.
Chaitophorus quercifoliae Pitch.
Phylloxera querceti Pergande.
Phylloxera rileyi Riley.
Stomaphis quercus Linnaeus.
SymloMus albasiphus Davis.
Quercus bicolor.
Myzocallis discolor Monell.
Myzocallis punctatus Monell.
Phylloxera rileyi Riley.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
311
Quercus cerris.
CalUpterus dellus Walsh.
Phylloxera spinulosa Targioni-Tozzetti.
Psylloptera quercina Ferrari.
Pterochlorus cerricola Del Guercio.
Pterochlorus longipes Dufour.
Pterochlorus rohoris Linnaeus.
Pterochlorus rohoris nigra Del Guercio.
Quercus coccifera.
Phylloxera quercus Boyer.
Quercus coccinea.
CalUpterus bellus Walsh.
Quercus cuspidata,
Trichosiphum pasaniae Okajima.
Trichosiphum tenuicorpis Okajima.
Quercus dentata.
Phylloxera querceti Pergande.
Quercus douglasii.
MyzocalUs quercus Kaltenbach.
Quercus “fasciata”=:Q. Palcata?
Phylloxera punctatus Lichtenstein.
Quercus farnetto.
Phylloxera querceti Pergande.
Phylloxera florentina Targioni-Tozzeti.
Quercus ilex.
MyzocalUs quercus Kaltenbach.
Phylloxera coccinea Heyden.
Phylloxera florentina Targioni-Tozzeti.
Phylloxera quercus Boyer.
Pterochlorus croaticus Koch.
Pterochlorus ilicicola Boisduval.
Pterochlorus ilicina Del Guercio.
Pterochlorus iliciphila Del Guercio.
Pterochlorus longipes Dufour.
Pterochlorus rohoris Linnaeus.
Vacuna dryophila Schrank.
Quercus Imbricaria.
MyzocalUs hyalinus Monell.
312 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Quercus kellogii.
Myzocallis quercus Kaltenbach.
Quercus lamellosa.
Myzocallis hyalinus Monell.
Quercus lobata.
Myzocallis quercus Kaltenbach.
Quercus macrocarpa.
Calliptcrus heilus Walsh.
Chaitophorus quercicola Monell.
ChaitopTiorus spinosus Oestlund.
Myzocallis discolor Monell.
Myzocallis punctatus Monell.
PJiyllaphis querci Fitch.
Phylloxera qucrceti Pergande.
Quercus inarilandica=Q. nigra.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Quercus obtusiloba.
Chaitophorus quercicola Monell.
Phylloxera rileyi Riley.
Quercus phellos.
Phyllaphis niger Ashmead.
Quercus prinus.
Chaitophorus quercicola Monell.
Quercus robur.
Ahamalekia lazarewi Del Guercio.
Calliptcrus heilus Walsh.
Myzocallis quercea Kaltenbach.
Myzocallis quercus Kaltenbach.
Phylloxera acanthochermes Lichtenstein.
Phylloxera coccinea Heyden.
Phylloxera corticallis Kaltenbach.
Phylloxera roae Borner.
Phylloxera punctatus Lichtenstein.
Phylloxera quercus Boyer.
Phylloxera spinulosa Targioni-Tozzetti.
Pterochlorus croaticus Koch.
Pterochlorus longipes Dufour.
Pterochlorus minor Del Guercio.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae,
313
Pterochlorus rotoris Linnaeus.
ScMzoneura lusitanica Horvath.
Stomaphis quercus Linnaeus.
Vacuna dryopMla Schrank.
Quercus rubra.
Callipterus hellus Walsh.
Myzocallis quercifolii Thomas.
Myzocallis toalsMi Monell.
Quercus serrata.
Trichosiphum kuwanae Pergande.
Trichosiphtim pasaniae Okajima.
Quercus sessilifolia.
Myzocallis quercus Kaltenbach.
Phylloxera ftorentina Targioni-Tozzeti.
Pterochlorus longipes Dufour.
Quercus stellata.
Myzocallis hyalinus Monell.
Quercus “suber”.
Phylloxera quercus Boyer.
Pterochlorus minor Del Guercio.
Tavaresiella suhei'i Del Guercio.
Quercus undulata.
Phyllaphis querci Fitch.
Quercus virginiana.
Lachnus quercicolens Ashmead.
Phylloxera quercus Boyer.
Kadicula armoracia=3Cochlearia armoracia.
Aphis armoraciae Cowen.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Kadicula nasturtium-aquaticuni=Nasturtium officinalis.
Aphis nasturtii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum nasturtii Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Kadicula sinuata=Nasturtium sinuatum.
Pemphigus hurrowi Sanborn.
314 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Radicula sylvestris=Nasturtium sylvestre.
Aphis nasturtii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum nasturtii Koch.
Ranunculus sp.
Aphis crataegi Kalten'bach.
Aphis ranunculina Walker.
Ranunculus acris.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis ranunculi Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Pemphigus ranunculi Kaltenbach.
.Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
ThecaMus afflnis Kaltenbach.
Ranunculus aquatilis.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Ranunculus auricomus.
Pemphigus ranunculi Kaltenbach.
Ranunculus bulbosus.
Pemphigus ranunculi Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
ThecaMus affinis Kaltenbach.
Ranunculus californicus.
Pemphigus ranunculi Davidson.
ThecaMus populi-conduplifolius Cowen.
Ranunculus flammula.
Pemphigus ranunculi Kaltenbach.
ThecaMus a3nis Kaltenbach.
Ranunculus flultans.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Ranunculus murlcatus.
Aphis ranunculi Kaltenbach.
Ranunculus repens.
Aphis ranunculi Kaltenbach.
Pemphigus ranunculi Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
ThecaMus apnis Kaltenbach.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
315
^ . Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Kanimculus sardous.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Kanimculus sceleratus.
8ipJiocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Ranunculus velutinus.
Myzus ranunculi Del Guercio.
Trama ranunculi Del Guercio.
Kaphanus landi'a.
Aphis brassicae Linnaeus.
Kaphanus raphanistruin.
Aphis hrassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis erysimi Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Kaphanus sativus.
Aphis hrassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis pseudobrassicae Davis.
Aphis raphani Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Kapistrum rugosum.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Reseda sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Reseda odorata.
Aphis introducta Walker.
Bhamnus alatemus.
Aphis rhamni Kaltenbach.
Toxoptera alaterni Del Guercio.
Toxoptera variegata Del Guercio.
Khamnus alpina.
Aphis rhamni Kaltenbach.
Myzus rhamni Boyer.
Khanmus callfornica.
Macrosiphum rhamni Clarke.
Khanmus cathartlca.
Myzus rhamni Boyer.
316 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
Rhamnus frangiila.
Aphis cathartica Del Guercio.
Aphis frangulde Koch.
Aphis evonymi Fabricius.
Aphis rhamni Kaltenbach.
Myzus rhamni Boyer.
Rhamnus lanceolata.
Aphis frangulae Koch.
Aphis rhamni Kaltenbach.
Rhaumus purshiana,
Myzus rhamni Boyer.
Rheum rhapontlcum.
Aphis rhei Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus,
Rhinanthus major.
Aphis myosotidis Koch,
Rhiuanthus minor.
Amphorophora rhinanthi Schouteden.
Rhodolypus keriiaides.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhus sp.
Schlectendalia chinensis Bell.
Rhus glabra.
Liosomaphis rhois Monell.
Melaphis rhois Fitch.
Rhus semialata.
Schlectenddlia sinenss Walker.
Rhus trilobata.
Liosomaphis rhois Monell.
Rhus typhina.
Melaphis rhois Pitch.
Witson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
317
Ribes spp.
Aphis sanhorni Patch.
Aphis varians Patch.
Myzus dispar Patch.
Myztis rihis hucTctonii Del Guercio.
Myzus whitei Theobald.
Rhopalosiphum hrittenii Theobald.
Schizoneura grossulariae Taschenberg.
Ribes alpinmn.
Myzus ridis Linnaeus.
Ribes aiireum.
Aphis cornifoliae Fitch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphvmi cynosbati Oestlund.
Myzus ribis Linnaeus.
Ribes cynosbatl.
Macrosiphum cynosbati Oestlund.
Ribes grossularia.
Aphis grossulariae Kaltenbach.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ribicola Kaltenbach.
Myzus ribis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum lactucac Kaltenbach.
Schizoneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Ribes lepanthum.
Myzus neomcxicanus Cockerell.
Ribes nigrum.
Aphis grossulariae Kaltenbach.
Myzus ribis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum lactucac Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum ribesina Van Der Goot.
Schizoneura fodicns Buckton.
Schizoneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Ribes rotundlfolium.
Aphis houtoneniss Troop.
Myzus ribis Linnaeus.
Ribes sanguineum.
Aphis grossulariae Kaltenbach.
Aphis houtoncnsis Troop.
318 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Ribes viscosissimimi.
Myzus rihis Linnaeus.
Ribes vulgare=R. rubrum. , *
Aphis grossulariae Kaltenbach.
Aphis rihis Sanborn.
Myzus rihis Linnaeus.
Myzus rihis trifasciata Del Guercio.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Richardia africana.
Macrosiphum callae Heinrich.
Macrosiphum circumflexa.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Ricinus communis.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Robinia pseudo-acacia.
Aphis lahurni Kaltenbach.
Aphis rohiniae Macchiati.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Callipterus rohiniae Gillette.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Robinia viscosa.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Rosa sp.
Aphis diplepha Reflnesque.
Aphis rhodryas Rafinesque.
Hyalopterus flavus Schouteden.
Lachnus maculatus Lichtenstein.
Lachnus rosarum Van Der Goot.
Macrosiphum pallida Oestlund.
Macrosiphum rosae folium Theobald.
Macrosiphum rosaeollae Theobald.
Macrosiphum rosarum Koch.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum nervatum Gillette.
Rosa califomica.
Myzus rosarum Walker.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
319
Rosa canina.
Hyalopterus trirJioda Walker.
Lashnus rosae Cholodkovsky.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rosae glauca Buckton.
Myzus rosarum Kaltenbach.
Myzus tetrarhoda Walker.
Rosa centifolia.
Hyalopterus dilineatus Buckton.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rosae glauca Buckton.
Myzus rosarum Kaltenbach.
Myzus roseus Macchiati.
Myzus tetrarhoda Walker.
Rosa cinnamomea.
Hyalopterus aquilegiae-flavus Kittel.
Rosa eglanteria.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Rosa gallica.
Hyalopterus trirhoda Walker.
Myzus rosarum Kaltenbach.
Myzus roseus Macchiati.
Myzus tetrarhoda Walker.
Rosa lutea.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Rosa rubiginosa.
Aphis rosafsuaveolens Rafinesque.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rosaecola Passerini.
Myzus rosarum Kaltenbach.
Rosa rugosa.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Myzus rosarum Kaltenbach.
Rosa spinosissima.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Myzus rosarum Kaltenbach.
320 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Rubas sp.
Aphis mordwilkiana Dobrowljansky.
Aphis ruMphila Patch.
Rubus caesius.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum rubi Kaltenbach.
Rubus corylifolius.
Macrosiphum rubi Kaltenbach.
Rubus “discolor”.
Macrosiphum rubi Kaltenbach.
Rubus fructicosus.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum cyparissiae Koch.
Macrosiphum rubi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum rubidium Theobald,
Rubus idaeus.
Aphis idaei Van Der Goot.
Aphis rubicola Oestlund.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum chelidonii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum funesta Macchiati.
Macrosiphum poae Macchiati.
Macrosiphum rubi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum rubidium Theobald.
Nactarosiphon rubicola Oestlund.
Rubus nutkauus.
Nectarosiphon rubicola Oestlund.
Rubus occidentalis.
Cerosipha rubicolii Thomas.
Macrosiphum rubi Kaltenbach.
Pemphigus rubi Thomas.
Rubus ulmifolius.
Hyalopterus trirhoda Walker.
Rubus villosus.
Cerosipha rubifoUi Thomas.
Macrosiphum ambrosiae Thomas.
Macrosiphum rubi Kaltenbach.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphidddae.
321
Hudbeckia sp.
Macrosiphum amhrosiae Thomas.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Rudbeckia amplexicaulis.
Macrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Macrosiphum rudheckiarum Cockerell.
Rudbeckia hirta.
Macrosiphum martini Cockerell.
Rudbeckia laciniata.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Macrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Rumex sp.
Pemphigus glohosus Walker.
Rumex acetosa.
Aphis acetosae Linnaeus.
Aphis acetosae Buckton.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Rumex acetosella.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rumex acutus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rumex altissimus.
Aphis artiplicis Linnaeus.
Aphis carlocolor Gillette.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis malvae Walker.
Aphis ochropus Koch.
Aphis relata Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Rumex amplexicaulis.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rumex conglomeratus.
Aphis acetosae Buckton.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
21— -S. A. L.
322
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Rumex crispus.
Aphis atriplicis Linnaeus.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis radicola Mordwilko.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum tahaci Pergande.
Macrosiphum venaefuscae Davis.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Rumex hydrolapthum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Rumex hymenosepalus.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Rumex intermedius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rumex obtusifolius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Rumex occidentalis.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
Pemphigus hrevicornis Hart.
Rumex pulcher.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rumex venosus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Ruta graveolens.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Saccharum ofiicinarum.
Aphis adusta Zebntner.
Aphis hituherculata Wilson.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis sacchari Zehntner.
Oregma lanigera Zehntner.
Tetraneura lucifuga Zehntner.
Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphididde.
323
Saglttaria sagittifolia.
Sipha glyceriae Kaltenbach.
Siphocoryne numpTiaeae Linnaeus.
Salix sp.
Aphis farinosa DeGeer.
Aphis furcula Zetterstedt.
Aphis fuscula Zetterstedt.
Aphis gracilis Walker.
Aphis nigripes Theobald.
Aphis pilosa Haldeman.
Aphis salicariae Koch.
Aphis salicina Zetterstedt.
Aphis salicis DeGeer.
Aphis salicis Sulzer.
Chaitophorus salicis Williams.
Lachnus dentatus LeBaron.
Lachnus salicellis Fitch.
Lachnus saliana Gmelin.
Macrosiphum califarnica Clarke.
Melanoxantherium antennatum Patch.
Myzus ascelepiadis Passerini.
Pemphigus salicis Lichtenstein.
Phylloxera salicis Lichtenstein.
Pterocomma Hcolor Oestlund.
Pterocomma populeus longirostris Mordwilko.
Pterocomma rufulus Davidson.
Pterocomma salicti Harris.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Siphoorcyne aegopodii Scopoli.
Stomaphis hohretzkyi Mordwilko.
Salix alba.
Aphis amenticola Kaltenbach.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus salicti Schrank.
Chaitophorus viminalis Monell.
Chaitophorus vitellinae Schrank.
Lachnus longirostris Boyer.
Lachnus punctatus Burmeister.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Pterocomma populea Kaltenbach.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Pterocomma smithiae Monell.
Pterocomma steinheili Mordwilko?
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
324 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Salix amygdaloides^S. nigra.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis salicicola Thomas.
Arctaphis populi Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus leucomelas Koch.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Salix aurita.
Aphis saliceti Kaltenbach.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Salix babylonica.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis saliceti Kaltenbach.
Arctaphis populi Linnaeus.
Chaitophorus viminalis Monell.
Chaitophorus vitellinae Schrank.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Siphocoryne pastinaeeae Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne salicis Monell.
Salix caprea.
Aphis alterna Walker.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis saliceti Kaltenbach.
Aphis secunda Walker.
Aphis truncata Hausmann.
Chaitophorus capreae Koch.
Chaitophorus salicivora Walker.
Chaitophorus salicti Schrank.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Pterocomma populea Kaltenbach.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne capreae Fabricius.
Salix cinerea.
Aphis saliceti Kaltenbach.
Chaitophorus salicivora Walker.
Chaitophorus salicti Schrank.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Pterocomma flocculosus Weed.
Pterocomma pilosa Buckton.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Salix cordata.
Chaitophorus cordatae Williams.
Chaitophorus viminalis Monell.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Salix daplmoides.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Pterocomma pilosa Buckton.
Salix discolor.
Aphis salicicola Thomas.
Phylloxera salicola Pergande.
SaUx fragills.
Aphis saliceti Kaltenbach.
Chaitophorus capreae Koch.
Chaitophorus salicivora Walker.
Chaitophorus vitellinae Schrank.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Salix laevigata.
Chaitophorus salicicola Essig.
Fullawaya saliciradicis Essig.
Macrosiphum laevigatae Essig.
Micrella monelli Essig.
SymdoMus salicicorticis Essig.
Salix lapponum.
Chaitophorus salicivora Walker.
Salix lasiolepis.
Micrella monelli Essig.
Phylloxera salicola Pergande.
Salix longifo'lia.
Chaitophorus nigrae Oestlund.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne salicis Monell.
Thomasia crucis Essig.
8yml)oMus macrostachyae Essig.
Salix lucida.
Chaitophorus viminalis Monell.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Siphocoryne capreae Fahricius.
Siphocoryne salicis Monell.
Salix nigra.
Chaitophorus nigrae Oestlund.
Siphocoryne salicis Monell.
326 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Salix nigricans.
Chaitophorus salicti Schrank.
Pterocomma populea Kaltenbach.
Salix pentandra.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Salix purpurea.
Aphis saliceti Kaltenbach.
Chaitophorus salicivora Walker.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Salix repens.
Chaitophorus hypogeus Schouteden.
Salix smithiana.
Pterocomma smithiae Monell.
Salix speciosa.
Aphis spectaMlis Ferrari.
Salix triandra.
Chaitophorus vitellinae Schrank.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Salix viminalis.
Aphis longirostris Fabricius.
Aphis saliceti Kaltenbach.
Chaitophorus viminalis Monell.
Lachnus viminalis Boyer.
Pterocomma pilosa Buckton.
Pterocomma populea Kaltenbach.
Pterocomma salicis Linnaeus.
Salsola kali.
Aphis rufula Walker.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Salvia aethiopis.
Aphis salviae Walker.
Salvia ceratophylloides.
Aphis salviae Walker.
Rhopalosiphum elegans Ferrari.
W ilson-V ichery — List of Aphididae.
327
Salvia pratensis.
Aphis salviae Walker.
Salvia rectiflora,
Rhopalosiphum elegans Ferrari.
Salvia splendens.
Cerosipha passeriniana Del Guercio.
Salvinia natans.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Sambucus sp.
Aphis davisiana Del Guercio.
Aphis amelophila Del Guercio.
Sambucus canadensis.
Aphis samhuci Linnaeus.
Aphis samhucifoUae Fitch.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Sambucus ebulus.
Aphis samhuei Linnaeus.
Sambucus glauca.
Macrosiphum stanleyi Wilson.
Sambucus nigra.
Aphis advena Walker.
Aphis exul Walker.
Aphis impacta Walker.
Aphis picta Walker.
Aphis samJjucaria Passerini.
Aphis samhuci Linnaeus.
Aphis samhucifoUae Fitch.
Sanguisorba sp.“Poterium sp.
Aphis sanguisorhae Schrank.
Sanicula canadensis.
Aphis caniculae Williams.
Satureja nepeta='Calamintha nepeta.
Aphis nepetae Kaltenhach.
Aphis origani Passerini.
328 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Satureja vulgaris=Calamintha vulgaris.
Aphis clinipodii Passerini.
Aphis nepetae Kaltenbach.
Aphis origani Passerini.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
Phorodon calaminthae Macchiati.
Saururus cernus.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Scabiosa arvensis.
Aphis confusa Walker.
Aphis conspersa Walker.
Aphis scaHosae Scopoli.
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum scaMosae Schrank.
Macrosiphum soUdaginis Fabricius.
Scabiosa columbaria.
Aphis chloris Koch.
Aphis scaMosae Scopoli.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum scaMosae Schrank.
Scabiosa succisa.
Aphis scaMosae Scopoli.
Macrosiphum cyparissiae Koch.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum scaMosae Schrank.
Scabiosa sylvatica.
Macrosiphum scaMosae Schrank.
Schizantbiis sp.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Scirpus sp.
Aphis scirpi Kittel.
Saltusaphis scirpus Theobald.
Scirpus cernuus.
Toxoptera scirpi Passerini.
Scirpus caespitosus.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApJiididae.
329
Scirpus lacustris.
Hyalopterus arundinis Fabricius.
Toxoptera scirpi Passerini.
Scolymiius sp.
Myzus hragii Gillette.
Scolymnus hispanicus.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Scorzonera hirsuta.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rimiicis Linnaeus.
Scrophularia galericnlata. (?)
Aphis chloris Koch.
Scrophularia marylandica=S. nodosa.
Phorodon scrophulariae Thomas.
Scrophularia scorodonia.
Macrosiphum scrophulariae Buckton.
“Sea Wormwood”.
Aphis reducta Walker.
Secale cereale.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum dirohoda Walker.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Sedum acre.
Aphis sedi Kaltenbach.
Sedum album.
Aphis sedi Kaltenbach.
Sedum maximum.
Aphis sedi Kaltenbach.
Sedum “reflexum”.
Aphis sedi Kaltenbach.
Sedum telephium.
Aphis sedi Kaltenbach.
330 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Semele androgyne.
Rfiopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Senecio canus.
Aphis senecionis Williams.
Senecio cineraria,
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Senecio crassifoliiis.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Senecio erucilolius.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Senecio jacobaea.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis jacohaeae Schrank.
Aphis jacohaeae Walker.
Aphis jacohae-halsamita Rafinesque.
Macrosiphum suhterranea Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Senecio longifolius.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Senecio lugens.
Aphis lugentis Williams.
Senecio mikanioides.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Senecio sarracenicus.
Aphis jacohaeae Schrank.
Senecio tomentosus.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Senecio viscosus.
Macrosiphum jacae Linnaeus.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae. 331
Senecio vulgaris.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Aphis apposita Walker.
Aphis halsamitae Muller.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Aphis diminuta Walker.
Aphis heiichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis jacohaeae Schrank.
Aphis lata Walker.
Aphis lateralis 'Walker.
Aphis myosotidis Koch.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiplmm jaceae Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Seseli sp.
Aphis seselii Lichtenstein.
Setaria.
Tychea setulosa Passerini.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Setaria glauca.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Endeis iella Koch.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Schizoneura panicola Thomas.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea eragrostidis Passerini.
Tychea panici Thomas.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Setaria italica.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Schizoneura verusta Passerini.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
332 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Setaria verticillata.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Endeis hella Koch.
Schizoneiira venusta Passerini.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Setaria virldis.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis setariae Thomas.
Endeis hella Koch.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Schizoneura panicola Thomas.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Tychea eragrostidis Passerini.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Shepherdia sp.
Rhopalosiphum hippophaes.
Shepherdia argentea.
Capitophorus shepherdiae Gillette & Bragg.
Myzus hraggii Gillette.
Myzus elaeagin Del Guercio.
Silene cucubalus.
Aphis cucuhali Passerini.
Aphis silenea Ferrari.
Hyalopterus melanocephalus Buckton.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
Silene itallca.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
Silene latifolia.
Aphis cucuhali Passerini.
Aphis silenea Ferrari.
Hyalopterus melanocephalus Buckton.
Macrosiphum sileneum Theobald.
Myzus lychnidis Linnaeus.
Pemphigus inflatae Del Guercio.
Silene maritima.
Aphis cadiva Walker.
Wilson-VickBry — List of Aphidddae.
333
Silphium iiitegrifoliimi.
Macrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Silphium perfoliatum.
Macrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Silybum marianum.
Aphis silyM Passerini.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Sisymbrium alliaria.
Aphis erysimi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum alliariae Koch.
Macrosiphum alliariae Linnaeus (Koch),
Macrosiphum kaltenhachi Schouteden.
Macrosiphum sisymhrii Buckton.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Sisymbrium arnottianum.
Rhopalosiphon sisymhrii Del Guercio.
Sisymbrium austriacum.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Sisymbrium officinale.
Aphis erysimi Kaltenbach.
Aphis nasturtii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum alliariae Koch.
Macrosiphum alliariae Linnaeus (Koch).
Macorsiphum sisymhrii Buckton.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus,
Siphyocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Sium latifolium.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Smilax sp.
Mordwilkoja vagahunda Walsh.
Smilax herbacea.
Lachnus smilacis Williams.
Smilax rotundifolia.
Pemphigus attenuatus Osborn-Sirrine.
334 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Sobralia sp.
Cerataphis lataniae Lichtenstein.
Solanum sp.
Aphis solanella Theobald.
Megoura solani Thomas.
Solanum dulcamara.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis solani Kittel.
Rhopalosiphum dianthi Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Solanum elaeagnifolium.
Aphis solanina Passerini.
Solanum giganteum.
Aphis scahiosae Scopoli.
Solanum guianense.
Aphis silybi Passerini.
Solanum Jasminoides.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Solanum melongena.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Macrosiphum tabaci Pergande.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Solanum nigrum.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis silybi Passerini.
Aphis soalni Kittel.
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Trifidaphis radicicola Essig.
Solanum sodomeum.
Aphis solanina Passerini.
' Wilson-Vickery—List of Aphididae,
Solanum tuberosum.
ApMs gossypii Glover.
Aphis papaveris Linnaeus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum lactume' Linnaeus. .
Macrosiphum solani Kaltenbacb.
Macrosiphum solanifoUi Ashmead.
■ Macrosiphum soncM Linnaeus.
RhopaJosiphum diantM Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum jersicae Sulzer.
Solauum vUlosum.
ApMs solani KltteL
SolMago sp.
Pemphigus hetae Doane.
SolMago canadensis.
ApMs gibhosa Raflnesque.
ApMs middletonii Thomas.
ApMs soUdaginifoliae Williams.
Macrosiphum soUdaginis Fabricius.
Solidago mlssourlensie.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Macrosiphum luteola Williams.
Solidago nemoralis.
ApMs xanthelis Raflnesque.
Solidago odora.
ApMs gihdosa Raflnesque.
Solidago rlglda.
Macrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Rphopalosiphum serotinae Oestlund.
Solidago semtina.
Aphis middletonii Thomas.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rudheckiae Fitch.
Macrosiphum soUdaginis Fabricius.
Rhopalosiphum serotinae Oestlund.
Solidago virgaurea.
ApMs rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum soUdaginis Fabricius-
336 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Sonchus arvensis.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Myzus rihis Linnaeus.
RhizoHus sonchi Passerini.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Sonchus asperls.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
Rhizohius sonchi Passerini.
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum sonchi Oestlund.
Trama horvathi Del Guercio.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Sonchus oleraceus.
Aphis terricola Rondani.
Forda formicaria Heyden.
Macrosiphum alliariae Linnaeus (Koch).
Macrosiphum jaceae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum lactucae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum rudleckiae Fitch.
Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead.
Macrosiphum sonchella Monell.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum trifolii Pergande.
Myzus riMs Linnaeus.
Pemphigus hursarius Linnaeus.
Pemphigus lactucarius Passerini.
Rhizohius sonchi Passerini,
Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kaltenbach.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Trama horvathi Del Guercio.
Trama radicis Kaltenbach.
Trama troglodytes Heyden.
Sorghum sp.
Aphis sorghella Schouteden.
Sorghum dora.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Sipha flavus Fitch.
Wihon-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
337
Sorglmm halepense.
Aphis avenae Pabricius.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Sorghum saccharatum=S. vulgare.
Aphis avenae Pabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Macrosiphum caianense Del Guercio.
Pemphigus fuscifrons saccahrata Del Guercio.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Sorghum vulgare.
Anoecia corni Pabricius.
Aphis africana Theobald.
Aphis avenae Pabricius.
Aphis sorghi Theobald.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Sparganium ramosum.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Spartina cynosuroides=S. schreberi.
Anoecia corni Linnaeus.
Spartium junceum.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Schizoneura sparthanti Boisduval.
Spartium scoparum.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Specularia speculum.
Macrosiphum campanulae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum sonchi Linnaeus.
22--S. A. L.
338 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, AHs, and Letters.
Spergula arvensis.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Sphaeralcea “pendleri”.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Spinacia aleracea. ^
Aphis drassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Spiraea sp.
Acyrthosiphon ignotum Mordwilko.
Acyrthosiphon soldattovi Mordwilko.
Spiraea chamardryfolia.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Spiraea pninifolia.
Aphis spiraeae Schouteden.
Aphis spireaella Schouteden.
Spiraea salicifolia.
Aphis spireaella Schouteden.
Aphis spiraeae Oestlund.
Aphis spiraephila Patch.
Spiraea ulmaria.
Aphis spiraeae Schouteden.
Aphis spireaella Schouteden.
Macrosiphum cholodkovskyi Mordwilko.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenhach.
Macrosiphum portiscinskyi Mordwilko.
Macrosiphum scaMosae Schrank.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Spiraea vanhouttei.
Aphis spiraeae Schouteden.
Aphis spireaella Schouteden.
Macrosiphum spiraecola Patch.
“Spiraxis”.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Spirodela polyrrliiza=Lemna polyrrhiza.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Wilson-Vickery—List of ApMdidae.
Sporobolus neglectus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
“Spruce flr”.
DryoMus cistatus Buckton.
Stachys annua.
RhizoMus soncM Passerini.
Stachys arvensis.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Stachys germanica,
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Stachys recta.
Aphis chloris Koch.
Aphis eupatorii Passerini.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Stachys sylvatica.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Phorodon galeopsidis Kaltenbach.
Staphylea pinnata.
Rhopalosiphum staphyleae Koch.
Steironema ciliatum.
Apihs rumicis Linnaeus.
Steironema heterophyllum.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Stellaria aquatica.
Aphis nasturtii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum nasturtii Koch.
Stellaria graminea.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
Macrosiphum cerastii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum stellariae Theobald.
340 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Stellaria holostea.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
Macrosiphum cerastii Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Stellaria media.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Stipa comata.
Brachycolus tritici Gillette.
Stipa setigera.
Toxoptera graminum Rondanl.
Stipa viridula.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Straussia sp.
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer.
Styrax benzoin.
Astegopteryx styracophila Karsch.
Styrax japonicum.
Astegopteryx nekoashii Sasaki.
Symphitnm officinale.
Aphis consolidae Passerini.
Aphis symphiti Schrank.
Symphoricarpos occiden tails.
Aphis alMpes Oestlund.
Aphis pulverulens Gillette.
Aphis symphoricarpi Thomas.
Symphoricarpos orbiculatus.
Aphis alMpes Oestlund.
Aphis symphoricarpi Thomas.
- Symphoricarpos racemosa.
Aphis alMpes Oestlund.
Aphis symphoricarpi Thomas.
Synosma suaveolens.
Macrosiphum ruddecTciae Fitch.
Wihon-Vickery — List of Aphidddae.
341
342 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
Tecoma radicaus.
Aphis nerii Kaltenbach.
Sipha Mgmuiae Macchiati.
Teucriiim sp.
Aphis teucrii Lichtenstein.
Phorodon calaminthae Macchiati.
Teucriiim chamaedrys.
Phorodon chamaedrys Passerini.
Teucrium scorodonia.
Aphis scorodoniae Del Guercio.
Thalictrum aquilegiifolium.
Aphis thalictri Koch.
Thalictrum minus.
Aphis hrassicae Linnaeus.
Aphis thalictri Koch.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Thalictrum revolutum.
Macrosiphum purpurascens Oestlund.
Myzus thalactri Williams.
Thaspium auremn.
Aphis thaspii Oestlund.
Thea (Camellia) japonica.
Toxoptera aurantii Boyer.
Theohroma cacoa.
Myzus theacola Buckton.
Toxoptera theohromae Schouteden.
Thlaspi sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis thlaspeos Schrank.
Thuja occidentalis.
Aphis longirostris Pabricius.
Lachniella tujafllina Del Guercio.
Lachniella tujae Del Guercio.
Lachnus juniperi signata Del Guercio.
Lachnus juniperinus Mordwilko.
Wilson-Vickery — List of Aphididae.
Thuja orientalis.
Lachniella thujafoUa Theobald.
Thymus serpyllum.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis serpylii Koch.
Tiiia americana.
Drepanosiphum tiliae Koch.
Euceraphis hetulaecolens Fitch.
Eucallipterus tiliae Linnaeus.
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Macrosiphum tiliae Monell.
Tiiia cordata.
Eucallipterus tilliae Linnaeus,
Longistigma caryae Harris.
Schizoneura reaumuri Kaltenbach.
Tiiia grandifolia.
Drepanosiphum tiliae Koch.
Schizoneura reaumuri Kaltenbach.
Tiiia platyphyllos.
Drepanosiphum tiliae Koch.
Eucallipterus tiliae Linnaeus.
Schizoneura reaumuri Kaltenbach.
Tiiia rubra.
Aphis adduct a Walker.
Eucallipterus tiliae Linnaeus.
Tiiia tomentosa.
Schizoneura reaumuri Kaltenbach.
Tiiia vulgaris.
Eucallipterus tiliae Linnaeus.
Schizoneura reaumuri Kaltenbach.
Tordylium apulum.
Aphis carotae Koch.
Townsendia sericea.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Tragopogon dubius.
Aphis tragopogonis Kaltenbach.
344 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Tragopogon porrifolius.
Aphis tragopogonis Kaltenbach.
Tragopogon pratensis.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Ai)his 1.r(iam)oaoyiik Kaltpnhac.h
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Trapa sp.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Tridens flavus=;Poa flavus.
Hyalopterus dactylidis Hayhurst.
Trifolium sp.
Acyrthosiphon pisi turanicum Mordwilko.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Oeoica squamosa Hart.
Trifolium alexandrinum,
Myzocallis ononidis Kaltenbach.
Trifolium filaforme.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Trifolium hybridum.
Macrosiphum pisi Kalten^bach.
Trifolium incarnatum.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Trifolium ochroleucum.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Trifolium pratense.
Aphis hakeri Cowen.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis helichrysi Kaltenbach.
Aphis trifolii Oestlund.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum trifolii Pergande.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Myzocallis ononidis Kaltenbach.
Myzocallis trifolii Monell.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
WiUon-Vickery — List of ApMdidm,
34.5
Trifolium p.rociimbeiis.
Macrosipimm trifoUii Theobald.
Myzocallis ononidis Kaltenbacb.
Trifolium repens.
Aphis balceri Cowen.
Aphis cephalicola Cowen.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Aphis trifoUi Oestlund.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach,
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
MyzocalUs trifolii Monell.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer
Triticum sp.
Brachycolus stellariae Hardy.
Endeis della Koch.
Schizoneura cerealium Szonlzzlo.
Sipha glyveriae Kaltenbach,
Triticum dicoccum.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Tychea amycU Koch.
Triticum “sativum”.
LiosomapMs rhois Monell.
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum dirhoda Walker.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Triticum spelta,
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Triticum “villosum”,
Macrosiphum cerealis Kaltenbach.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Triticum vulgare.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis avenae Fabricius.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis pomi DeGeer.
346 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Brachycolus korotnewi Mordwilko.
Brachycolus tritici Gillette.
Colopha rossica Cholodkovsky.
MacrosipJium cerealis Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
MacrosipJium trifolii Pergande.
Myzocallis ulmifolii Monell.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
ScJiizoneura graminis Del Guercio.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Siphocoryne splendens Theobald.
Toxoptera graminum Rondanl.
Tetraneura graminis Monell.
Tychea eragrostidis Passerini.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Tychea trivialis Passerini.
Tropaeolum sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Tropaeolum majus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Tropaeo'limi tricolormn.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Tsuga canadensis.
Chermes funitectus Dreyfus.
Chermes nordmannianae Eckstein.
RhizoMus subterraneous Kaltenbach.
Schizoneura obliqua Cholodkovsky.
Tulipa sp.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis tulipae Boyer.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Macrosiphum duffeldii Theobald.
Rhopalosiphum tulipaella Theobald.
Tulipa gesneriana.
Macrosiphum tulipae Monell.
Rhopalosiphum periscae Sulzer.
Rhopalosiphum tulipae Thomas.
Tunica prolifera.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Wilson-Vickery—List of ApMdidae.
Tussilago farfara.
Aphis farfarae Koch.
Aphis pyri Koch.
Aphis vacillans Walker.
Capitophorus similis Van Der Goot.
Macrosiphum tussilaginis Koch.
Macrosiphum tussilaginis Walker.
Phorodon galeopisdis Kaltenbach.
Phorodon inulae Passerini.
Typha angustifolia.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Siphocoryne nmyphaeae Linnaeus.
Typha latifolia.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Surzer.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Typha shuttleworthli.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Surzer.
Ulex europaeus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Ulmus sp.
Aphis gallarum-ulmi Linnaeus.
Eriosoma pyricola Baker & Davidson.
Georgia ulmi Wilson.
Ulmus americana.
Colopha ulmicola Fitch.
Colopha compressa Koch.
Eriosoma americana Riley.
Eriosoma lanigera Haussman.
Eriosoma rileyi Thomas.
Eriosoma ulmi Riley.
Myzocallis ulmicola Thomas.
Myzocallis ulmifolii Monell.
Pemphigus walshii Williams.
Prociphilus fraxini Linnaeus.
Prociphilus venafuscus Patch.
Schizoneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Tetraneura graminis Monell.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
348 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Ulmus campestris.
Callipterus elegans Koch.
Colopha compressa Koch.
Lachnus platani Kaltenbach.
Pemphigus caerulescens Passerini.
Schizoneura lanuginosa Hartig.
Schizoneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Tetraneura alba Ratzeburg.
Tetraneura pallida Haliday.
Tetraneura rubra Lichtenstein.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Ulinus “effusa”.
Colopha compressa Koch.
Schizoneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Ulmus fulva.
Pemphigus ulmi-fusus Walsh & Riley.
Ulmus montana.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Tetraneura ulmisaccuU Patch.
Ulmus racemosa.
Callipterus bellus Walsh.
Colopha ulmicola Fitch.
Myzocallis quercifolii Thomas.
Ulmus tuberosa.
Tetraneura pallida Haliday.
‘ ‘Umbellif erae’ ’ .
Acyrthosiphon navozoi Mordwilko.
Umbellularia califomica.
Hyadaphis umbellulariae Davidson.
Urospermum dalecliampii.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Urospermum picroides.
Macrosiphum hieracii Schrank.
Urtica sp.
Aphis lamii Koch.
Aphis urticae Linnaeus.
WiUon-Vickery — List of ApMdidae.
349
Urtica dioica.
Acyrthosiphon (MicrolopMum) sihiricum Mordwilko.
Acyrtho siphon (Microlopliium) sihiricum kiriz Mordwilko.
Acyrthosiphon (Microlophium) sihiricum sihiricum Mordwilko.
Acyrthosiphon urticae (Microlophium) meridionale Mordwilko.
Acyrthosiphon urticae urticae Mordwilko.
Aphis tertia Walker.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Macrosiphum urticae Schrank.
Urtica holserlcea.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Urtica urens.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis urticae Fabricius.
Aphis urticaria Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum carnosa Buckton.
Macrosiphum urticae Schrank.
Utricularia vulgaris.
Siphocoryne nymphaeae Linnaeus.
Valeriana sp.
Aphis valerianina Del Guercio.
Valeriana edulis.
Aphis Valerianae Cowen.
Valeriana officinalis.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis vihurni Scopoli.
Macrosiphum centhranthi Theobald.
Macrosiphum rosae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum valerianiae Clarke.
Vanda sp
Cerataphis lantaniae Boisduval.
Veratrum album.
Aphis veratri Walker.
Veratrum calif ornicum.
Aphis verhasci Boyer.
350 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Verbascmn nigrum.
Aphis verbasci Schrank.
Aphis phlomoidea Del Guercio.
Aphis verbasci Schrank.
Verbascum pMomoides.
Aphis veratri Cowen.
Verbascum sinuatum.
Aphis verbasci Schrank.
Verbascum thapsus.
Aphis verbasci Schrank.
Verbena aubletia.
Aphis aubletia Sanborn.
Verbena chamaedryfolia.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Aphis verbenae Macchiati.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Verbena officinalis.
Aphis capsellae Kaltenbach.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum verbenae Thomas.
Verbena hastata.
Aphis verbena-hastata Rafinesque.
“Veridium”.
Aphis cardui Linnaeus.
Vemonia fasciculata.
Aphis middletonii Thomas.
Aphis vernoniae Thomas.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Vemonia lindheinieri.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Vemonia noveboracensis.
Macrosiphum rudbeckiae Fitch.
Veronica sp.
Myzus veronicae Del Guercio.
Wilson-Yickery~List of ApJiididae,
351
Veronica anagallodea.
Aphis teccabungae Koch.
Veronica beccabunga.
Aphis deccahungae Koch.
Macrosiphum veronicae Theobald.
Veronica chamaedrys.
Aphis veronicae Walker.
Viburnum acerifolium.
Aphis viburnum-acerifolium Rafinesque.
Viburnum latana.
Aphis evonymi Fabrlcius.
Aphis lantanae Koch.
Aphis sorbi Kaltenbach.
Aphis viburni Soopoli.
Viburnum opulus.
Aphis opuli Sulzer.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis viburni Scopoll.
Aphis viburni Pabricius.
Aphis viburnicola Gillette.
Aphis viburnum-acerifolium Rafinesque.
Aphis viburnum-opulus Rafinesque.
Myzus ribis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Viburnum tinus.
Aphis lantanae Koch.
Vicia sp.
Aphis atronitens Cockerell.
Vicia angustifoUa.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum viciae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Vicia cracca.
Aphis craccae Linnaeus.
Aphis craccivora Koch.
Apihs rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis viciae Pabricius.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
352 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Vicia faba.
Aphis fabae Blanchard.
Aphis fabae Scopoli.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum viciae Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum vincae Walker.
Vicia gigantea.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulma^Hae Schrank.
Vicia ludloviciana.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Vicea lutea.
Aphis craccae Linnaeus.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Vicia narbonensis.
Aphis medicaginis Koch.
Vicia pseudo-cracca.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Vicia sativa.
Aphis craccae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Macrosiphum viciae Kaltenbach.
Vicia sepium.
Aphis tribulis Walker.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Macrosiphum vicae Kaltenbach.
Megoura viciae Buckton.
Vicia villosa.
Aphis craccae Linnaeus.
Macrosiphum pisi Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum ulmariae Schrank.
Vigna catjang.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Wilson-Vickery — List of ApMdidae.
353
V^illarisia sp.
Macrosiphiim pallida Walker.
Vinca sp.
MacrosipJium circumflexa Buckton.
Myzus vincae Gillette.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Vinca major.
Ampliorophora latysiplion Davidson.. '
Macrosiphum convulvuli Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum vincae Walker.
Vinca minor.
Macrosiphum convulvuli Kaltenbach.
Macrosiphum vincae Walker.
Viola sp.
Neotoxoptera violae Theobald.
Rhopalosiphum tulipaella Theobald.
Viola nuttallii.
Macrosiphum circumflexa Buckton.
Viola odorata.
Aphis gossypii Glover.
Aphis plantaginis Schrank.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Rhopalosiphum violae Pergande.
Viola tricolor.
Aphis certa Walker.
Aphis dauci Fabricius.
Aphis insessa Walker.
Aphis violae Schouteden.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Vitex agnus-castus.
Aphis viticis Ferrari.
Vitis cordifolia.
Aphis ilUnoisensis Shimer.
Aphis rivariae Oestlund.
Phylloxera vitifoliae Fitch.
23— -S. A. L.
354 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences y ArtSy and Letters.
Vitls vinlfera.
Aphis iUmoisensis Shimer.
Aphis viticola Thomas.
Aphis vitis Scopoli.
Hpalopterm arundinis Pabricius.
PeritymMa vitisana Westwood.
Phylloxera rutila Dreyfus,
Phylloxera vastatrix Planchon.
Phylloxera vitifoUae Fitch.
Phylloxera pemphigoides Donnadieu.
Rhizoctonus ampelinus Mokrzhetsky.
Schizoneura ampelorhiza Del Guercio.
Vitis Yulpina.
Aphis ilUnoisensis Shimer.
Aphis ripariae Oestlund.
Aphis vitis Scopoli.
Aphis viticola Thomas.
Phylloxera vitifoUae Fitch.
Vulpa sp.=Festuca sp.?
Aphis vulpiae Del Guercio.
Xaiithiuiii sp.
AnurapMs xanthii Del Guercio.
Xanthiuin ca.nadense.
Aphis maidi radicis Forbes.
Siphocoryne xanthii Oestlund.
Xerantlieinum sp.
Aphis intyM Koch.
Yerva mora.
Aphis morae Kittel.
Yucca sp.
Aphis yuccae Lichtenstein.
Myzus roseus Macchiati.
Myzus ruhrum Macchiati.
Yucca glauca.
Aphis yuccae Cowen.
Aphis yuccicola Williams.
Wilson — Vickery — List of ApJiididae.
355
Zea mays.
Anoecia corni Fabricius.
Aphis maidis Fitch.
Aphis maidi-radicis Forbes.
Aphis papaveris Fabricius.
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus.
Aphis zeae Bonafous.
Aphis zeae Curtis.
Endeis della Koch.
Forda occidentalis Hart.
Oeoica squamosa Hart.
Macrosiphum granarium Kirby.
Mindarus panicola Thomas.
Pemphigus drevicornis Hart.
Pemphigus radicum Boyer.
Rhizodius pilosellae Burmeister.
Rhizodius spicatus Hart.
Rhizoterus vacca Hartig.
Rhopalosiphum persicae Sulzer.
Schizoneura venusta Passerini.
Sipha flavus Forbes.
Sipha maydis Passerini.
Tetraneura ulmi Linnaeus.
Toxoptera graminum Rondani.
Tychea erigeronensis Thomas.
Tychea setariae Passerini.
Zizia a«rea=Thaspium aureum.
Siphocoryne pastinaceae Linnaeus.
Zizyphus jujuba. '
Rhizodius jujudae Buckton.
Zygadenus nuttallii.
Macrosiphum martini Cockerell.
356 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
THE INFLUENCE OF FRENCH FARCE ON THE
TOWNELEY CYCLE OF MYSTERY PLAYS
Louis Wann
Of the three or four main problems that confront the student
of the Towneley cycle of English mystery plays, by far the
most interesting and at the same time the most difficult of so¬
lution is that concerned with the many influences that went to
their composition. It is true that the more obvious actual sources
of most of the plays have by this time been fairly well deter¬
mined, and the successive labors of Davidson, Hohlfeld, Pollard,
Cady, Craig, and others^ have made possible at least a reason¬
ably approximate estimate of the manner in which this import¬
ant cycle as a whole was developed. Yet not a little remains
to be done. For it is of that very group of plays which give
Towneley its peculiar power and interest that we know the
least concerning the influences which contributed to their mak¬
ing. Of the three now generally recognized stages in the evolu¬
tion of the cycle (the liturgical stage, the York stage, and the
Wakefield stage) , it is the last period, when the ' ' genius of Wake¬
field^’ placed the stamp of his originality upon the cycle, about
which are in doubt. The peculiar status of this group of plays,
concerning which we at once desire the most and possess the
least knowledge, is readily apparent from a brief resume of the
special classes of sources to which the plays of the cycle are
indebted.
The sources of Towneley divide themselves naturally, almost
inevitably, into three main classes, corresponding, in a rough
way, with the three main stages in the development of the cycle
^ To the general school of opinion represented by Pollard belong also, al¬
lowing for minor differences, Bunzen, Gayley, and Chambers.
Wann — The Influence of French Farce
357
already referred to. These classes are: the religious sources,
the York sources, and the secular sources. The religious sources
comprise the following: liturgical plays, whose influence in the
formation of the cycle was of course very important^; the
liturgy itself, whose influence in this cycle is slight;® the Vul¬
gate ^ the most important of all the religious sources, since its
influence is strongly felt in all but four plays and parts of five
others the Apocrypha, whose influence in Towneley is very
slight;® and, finally, other religious literature, including the
Cursor Mundi, the Pricke of Conscience, the Northern Passion,
the Speculum Christiani, and numerous Middle English prayers
and lyrics.® Of the religious sources the Vulgate and liturgical
drama are by far the most important and considerable in their
influence upon the formation of the cycle.
The second class of sources, the York plays, form for the most
part a fairly clear-cut group. There is no doubt as to the direct
borrowing of five plays from the York cycle, namely the plays
of Pharaoh, The Doctors, The Harroiving of Hell, The Resur¬
rection, and The Judgment (from the corresponding five plays
in York, numbered 11, 20, 37, 38, 48). Furthermore, it is quite
certain that parts of four others. The Offering of the Magi, The
Flight into Egypt, The Conspiracy, and The Scourging, are de¬
rived from various parts of the York cyele.'^ Finally, there
are parts of eight other plays which show slight resemblance to
York but upon which scholars are not agreed as to the influence
of York upon Towneley.® The York influence, then, is con-
sierable and within limits beyond any question. It remains
true, however, that except for one or two plays York did not
add to Towneley much of distinct power or importance.
2 Liturgical plays influenced parts of or the whole of plays 1-8, 10-16,
20-23, 25-32. Play 4 may he in part from the Mystere du Viel Testament.
See Hugienin, Julian, An Interpolation in the Towneley Abraham Play, MLN ,
XIV, 255.
2 The liturgy contributed in a very scattered manner to plays 1, 3 7 11-14
17-18, 23, 25-26.
^The Vulgate contributed strongly to all but plays 7, 25, 30 and 32, and
parts of plays 2, 3, 9, 12 and 13. Flay 7 (probably a liturgical play) has
not yet been traced to its source in the Vulgate.
®The Apocryphal sources were influential only in plays 10, 23 and 25.
®The Cursor Mundi influenced plays 7 and 32; The Pricke of Concience,
play 30 (beginning) ; The Northern Passion, plays 20, 22, 23, 26 ; the Specu¬
lum Christiani, play 18 ; Middle Eng. Prayers and Lyrics, plays 12, 17-19,
26-28, 30-31. On this last influence see Taylor, G. C., Mod. Phil. V, 1-38.
^ Compare the conclusion of Hohlfeld, Bunzen, Pollard and Gayley on this
class as well as on the liturgical class of sources.
® Towneley plays 10, 16, 17, 23, 26, 27, 29, 32.
358 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts, and Letters.
On the whole, then, we are right in saying that the religious
influence accounts in large measure for the first stage in the de¬
velopment of Towneley, the group of didactic or liturgical plays
which make up the bulk of the cycle, though of inferior interest.
The York influence accounts for the second stage, marked by
imitation, comprising a less considerable group of plays,
though of slightly more interest and worth.
There remains the third class of sources, namely the secular
or profane sources. As I have already pointed out, it is this
class about which least is known and most is desired. Of the
group of plays containing material whose presence is due
neither to the religious nor to the York influence, there are ten,
namely: plays number 2 (the Oarcio and Cain episode) ;
3 (Noah and his wife) ; 12 (the dinner of the shepherds and their
attempt to sing) ; 13 (the farce of Mak the sheep-stealer) ; 16
(the bout between the soldiers and the women) ; 21 (the pas¬
sion of Caiphas and the rough play jof the tortures) ; 22 and 23
(the rough farce of the torturers) ; 24 (the dicing scene) ; and
30 (Tutivillus and the demons). Of these ten, whose sources
for the secular material must almost certainly be secular since
the action is decidedly secular, we have clear sources for parts
of only two plays, namely the First Shepherds^ Play and the
play of The Judgment. In Prima Pastorum the farcical epi¬
sode of the shepherds quarreling over the imaginary sheep is
almost certainly a dramatization of an English folk-tale, one
version of which is found in Tale No. 1 of ‘‘The Merry Tales
of the Mad Men of Gotham,” printed by W. Carew Hazlitt in
his Shakespeare Jest Books. ^ The reference to Moll and her
Pitcher in the same play is to one of a multitude of tales about
the Milkmaid and her Pitcher of Milk current throughout Eur¬
ope and known to modern readers in La Fontaine’s fable
of Perrette.^*^ Here again is an instance of the dramatist’s
use of common property, property which must have been just
as common to Englishmen as to Frenchmen. The play of
The Judgment contains some satire on women which has been
» The only other extant version may be seen in the same author’s “A Hun¬
dred Merry Tales” folio VIII, obverse, London, 1887. See Eaton, H. A.,
Mod. Lang. Notes XIV, 265-8. Another possible source for the secular ma¬
terial of this play (11. 215-39) is a Middle English collection of “Grotesque
Receipts”.
Fables de La Fontaine — par M. Felix Lemaistre, Paris, p. 183 (Livre
VII, Fable X). See Gerould, G. H., Mod. Lang. Notes 19: 225-30.
Wann — The Influence of French Farce 359
traced to the general class of Middle English Satires on women
very accessible to the dramatist of the fourteenth centuryd^
The fact that the only sources so far found for these secular
episodes are either English or the common property of English¬
men and others is of much importance in connection with the
endeavor to find the sources for the remaining plays whose
sources have till now remained unidentified. The ten plays
above-mentioned, then, contain material, secular or farcical in
nature, whose source has defied identification.
In the attempt to account for these farcical elements, all of
which by the way are attributed to the one author (the genius
of Wakefield) we should turn first of all to England itself.
And upon examining the English drama of the period, we
readily find parallels for seven of these ten scenes in either the
cycle or non-cycle plays of England. These parallels may be
conveniently tabulated as follows :
Towneley 2 = York 7 ; the Croxton play of The Sacrament.
' ^ 3 = ' ' 9 ; Chester 3 ; Newcastle.
' ‘ 12 -= 15 ; Chaster 7 ; Newcastle.
(Shearmen and Tailors’)
“ 13 = no parrallel.
‘‘ 16 = cf. York 9; Towneley 13; Chester 3; New¬
castle.
21 = York 31; Cornish.
22 = cf. York 31.
23 = cf. York 31.
‘ ' 24 = no parallel.
‘ ‘ 30 = no parallel.
With the sources substantially determined for all but ten
plays (and it will be noted that these sources were either com¬
mon property of all Europeans or definitely English in origin),
and with English parallels found for the secular elements of
seven of the Wakefield group of ten, there remain but three
plays whose secular elements have hitherto found neither source
nor parallel in England. These are: the farce in Secunda
Pastorum, the dieing scene in the play of The Talents, and the
Play 23 may also have been influenced by the same source.
360 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Tutivillus scene in the play of The Judgment. Of these three,
the farce of Mak the sheep-stealer is far and away the most im¬
portant ; and if the source of this play could be determined, we
should be justified in feeling that the secular influences in the
Towneley cycle had been practically determined. It is to the
consideration of supposed sources and parallels for this play
that we may now direct our attention.
With the exhaustion of all known English parallels and
sources for the farcical elements of Towneley (omitting merely
the modern parallels to Secunda Pastorum which will be dis¬
cussed later), we should naturally turn to the continent, and
most particularly to France, where during a period of about
150 years, from about 1400 to 1550 or later, the type known as
the farce flourished, for which we have approximately 150
extant speciments in addition to about 100 pieces of types al¬
lied to the farce. It was Jusserand who first noticed the re¬
semblance between the farce in Secunda Pastorum and the in¬
comparable French farce of Maistre Pierre Pathelin.^^ But it
remained for Dr. A. Banzar, about thirty years ago, to make a
detailed comparison of the two works and claim Pathelin as the
source of the farce of Mak.^^ So far as I am aware, the claims
of Dr. Banzer have never been openly challenged Indeed, his
conclusions, based in a very detailed comparison of the two
plays, seem to have received neither approval nor rejection.
That the way may be cleared for further investigation, it would
seem desirable to examine Dr. Banzer ’s theory with the care
which it deserves, and so accord it either the approval or the
rejection which every seriously proposed theory should receive.
For purposes of clearness, the plots of the two plays entire
may be very concisely summarized before an examination of
Banzer ’s claims. The contents of the entire Secunda Pastorum
are as follows :
’2 Jusserand, J. J. Le theatre en Angleterre (1881), p. 93: “L’episode n’a
rien de biblique et rapelle le ton de I’avocat Pathelin.”
“ Bie Farce Pathelin 'iind Hire Nachahmungen, Zeit f iir neuf. Sprachen u.
Litt. X, 93-112. See also The Influence of French Farce upon Plays of John
Hey wood {Mod. Phil. II, 97-124) by my colleague, Prof. Karl Young, to
whom I am indebted for the suggestion of this study.
Wann — The Influence of French Farce
361
13. Incipit Alia eorundem. Three shepherds enter separately,
each complaining: the 1st of the cold weather and the
poverty of shepherds, the 2nd of the weather and the
hardships of wedded life, the 3rd, of the world’s bitter¬
ness, the floods, etc. The 1st and 2nd meet and are en¬
countered by the 3rd; they all converse, then they sing,
taking tenor, treble, and mean; Mak (the sheep-stealer)
enters and is accused of being out to steal sheep ; after
Mak’s comment on wedded life, the shepherds lie down
to sleep, placing Mak between them; Mak rises, says a
mock night-spell, and goes home with a stolen sheep'; he
and his wife Gyll put the sheep in the cradle, and Mak
returns to the shepherds, who awake, waken Mak, and
go off to count their sheep, promising to meet ‘‘at the
crooked thorn.” Mak goes home, Gyll grumbles, but
they plot to escape detection; Gyll is to be ill in child¬
bed, the sheep in the cradle is the new-born child, and
Mak is to induce the shepherds to go away; the shep¬
herds meet, realize their loss, and go to Mak’s home to
find the stolen sheep ; after some search, they are about
to leave, believing they were mistaken ; but one shepherd,
desiring to offer the baby a gift, discovers the trick ; they
toss Mak in a blanket; they lie down to rest; an angel
bids them arise and announces Christ’s birth; they
discuss the angel’s music and hasten to Bethlehem; they
offer Christ a lot of cherries, a bird, and a ball; Mary
promises to pray her Son to protect them, and they leave
singing.
In like manner the main outlines of the farce of Pathelin are
as follows: Pathelin (a poor lawyer) and Guillemette (his
wife) lament their poverty and rags. Pathelin declares to
Guillemette that he will secure cloth for them both with which
to clothe themselves. He goes to the draper’s shop and through
flattery and a false promise to pay later succeeds in carrying
off a bolt of fine cloth. Arrived home, Pathelin delights Guille¬
mette with the cloth, and they plot to evade payment to the
draper when he calls for the money. Pathelin gets in bed,
with the cloth under his pillow, and is to feign serious illness.
Guillemette receives the draper when he calls for the money,
pretends Pathelin has been ill for six weeks, and begs the draper
362 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
not to distrub him. The draper is at first insistent, but when
Pathelin gets out of bed and plays the part of the delirious
patient, the draper is so non-plussed that he fears he has made
a mistake and returns to his shop, Pathelin and Guillemette
exult over their success, but the draper returns and insists once
more on payment. This time Pathelin goes into a perfect
tantrum, playing the witch, impersonating a priest, and talk¬
ing a gibberish of Breton, Limousin, Picardy, Norman French,
etc. Completely worn out, he is put to bed by the draper and
Guillemette, and the draper leaves, hoodwinked for good.
Here the resemblance to the Mak farce ends, for the ensuing
story of the draper’s shepherd, who retains Pathelin to defend
him against the draper and who beats Pathelin out of his fee
by implicitly following the lawyer’s injunction always to say
‘^baa” to any question asked of him by anyone whatsoever,
finds no place in the English masterpiece. A tabular view of
the contents of the two plays will show the extent of the parallel
more clearly, particularly the absence from Secunda Pastorum
of the entire second part of Pathelin:
Secunda Pastorum
11. 1-171 — Laments of three
shepherds
172-189 — Preparation for song
Pathelin
190-628 — The Mak farce
1-1006 — First part of Pathelin
1006-1600 — Second part of Pathelin
629-637 — Preparation for sleep
687-754 — The angel’s announce¬
ment and the adoration
Wann — The Influence of French Farce
363
Banzer’s argument rests largely on the striking parallel be¬
tween the main action of the two farces, supported also by num¬
erous parallels in small details. In his own words : ‘ ‘ Die Ahn-
lichkeit zwischen der alten Farce Pathelin und der vorliegen-
den Stuck liegt hier in der geschichten Weise mit der die Nach-
forschungen nach dem entwendeten Gut vereitelt werden sollen
und in der Ausfiihring derselben. Wir linden auch in den
kleinen Characterziigen auffallende Ubereinstimmung. ’ Then
follows a list of detailed parallels which we may summarize suc¬
cinctly as follows, the material within the brackets being addi¬
tions of my own:
(1) Pathelin and Guillemette lament the state of the house¬
hold (11. 1-4 and 29-32)
Mak complains about the cares of his family and their
maintenance (11.237-8 and 244-6)
(2) Pathelin is glad over his cloth, and Guillemette is so
astonished she knows not whether to believe him or not
(11.352-5) [andff].
Mak is also glad over his booty, and Gyll is likewise
astonished (11. 305-6; 309-14; 316; 324)
(3) Both Guillemette and Gyll becomes anxious and think of
the punishment to befall them, but they are both calmed
{Path. 11. 357; 361; 362-3; 377-81; 481-90. Sec.
Pas. 11. 315-22; 325-31)
(4) Both Guillemette and Gyll finally lend their aid and
agree upon the plan to fool the victims and save them¬
selves {Path. 11.460-70; 496-7. Sec. Pas. 11.332-8;
442-6)
(5) Both the women promise to do their besi {Path 11. 478-9
493-5. Sec. Pas. 11. 431-4 ; 447-8)
Here the roles are interchanged, Gyll going to bed as does
Pathelin, Mak receiving the shepherds as Guillemette
receives the merchant.
(6) Mak asks the shepherds to speak low and finally tries to
touch their souls with pity. So Guillemette with the
merchant {Path. 11. 512-21; 598-9; 672-3. Sec.
Pas. 11. 519-20; 528-9; 531-3; 539-40) [484-6]
(7) Gyll and Pathelin are both restless in bed {Path. 11.
610-13; 616-19 etc. Sec. Pas. 11. 525-7; 530; 534-8)
Zeit. fiir neuf, Sprachen u. Lift. X, 106.
364 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
(8) Both the shepherds and the merchants are too convinced
of the fact of the deed to leave at once (Path. 11. 654-
-6. Sec. Pas. 1. 541)
(9) Pathelin at last succeeds in shaking the merchant’s con¬
viction, just as Gyll makes the shepherds want to
atone for their trespass [Path. 706-31] {Sec. Pas,
544-54)
Banzer then concludes that the “Dialog, Aufbau, Handlung,
und die Zeichnung von Gyll und den Schafern” point unmis¬
takably to Pathelin as the original,^^ and even adds to this con¬
clusion the striking statement that because of this proved rela¬
tionship the English miracle plays rest upon French originals.^®
He admits the absence from Secunda Past or um of the entire
second part of Pathelin, and he admits the difference between
the two caused by the mixing of the roles, Gyll taking Pathelin ’s
part, and Mak that of Guillemette.^^ He assumes that there is
no difficulty in placing Pathelin early enough (1388-92) to al¬
low of its being the source of Secunda Pastorium, and he ac¬
counts for the absence of characteristic scenes from Pathelin by
supposing either that the author of the English play used an
earlier and simpler version than we now possess, or that he
feared he would be digressing too far from the liturgical story
if he used more farcical material. He admits, however, that
there is no ground for omitting the delirum scenes.
So much for Banzer ’s claims. While there is at first glance
much plausibility in these claims, closer examination reveals
their insecure basis. There are three decisive reasons for op¬
posing the above conclusions, almost any one of which is suffi¬
cient of itself, but all of which taken together afford irrefutable
evidence, it seems to me, for rejecting Pathelin as the source for
Secunda Pastorum. These reasons are :
(1) A careful comparison of the above table of parallels,
supplemented by a comparison of the characters and the tone
of the two farces, reveals numerous striking differences, all of
which cannot reasonably be accounted for if the English author
were influenced by Pathelin. In the first place, some of Ban¬
zer ’s parallels are more apparent than real. Numbers 2, 5, and
p. 110.
p. 111.
Ibid., p. Ill-
Wann — The Influence of French Farce
365
6 are good parallels. Number 3 is good except that Guille-
mette really questions Pathelin longer than Gyll does Mak.
Number 4 affords a parallel, except that Pathelin proposes the
plan in the one case and Gyll in the other, thus interchanging
the roles. Following number 5 is another interchange of
roles, Mak and Guillemette respectively receiving the victims.
Numbers 7 and 9 indicate parallels, though in number 7 Pathelin
carries the business much farther, and in number 9 it takes
Pathelin longer to convince the draper than it does Gyll. In
number 8 there is no indication that the shepherds are con¬
vinced of the facts as is the draper, though there is some parallel.
Finally, in number 1 Mak complains not so much of family cares
as of his wife. Furthermore, he wants food, whereas Pathelin
and his wife want clothes especially. These differences are too
significant to be passed by, especially (1) the comparative
meagerness of development in Secunda Pastorum, where one
would expect fuller development if Pathelin were the original,
and (2) the interchange of roles. Furthermore, the absence
on any extended scale of the capital delirium scenes, the ab¬
sence of any hint whatever of the second part of Pathelin, which
would afford the very best of ‘‘shepherd” material for a play,
and the complete reversal of the conclusion (the draper failing
where the shepherds succeed) — these and numerous minor dif¬
ferences in characterization argue against any close relation be¬
tween the two.
(2) The late date of Pathelin is, so far as our knowledge now
goes, an insurmountable obstacle. According to the consensus
of opinion,^® Pathelin can hardly be earlier than 1450. Present-
day conservative opinion is perhaps best represented in the fol¬
lowing words of Petit de Julleville: “La date de ce chef-
d’oeuvre est — facile a fixer. Pathelin dut voir le jour vers
1470. Avant cette epoque, il n’en est pas question et le nom
est inconnue ; a partir de cette date, Pathelin est nomme partout
et il est fait sans cesse allusion.”"® On the other hand, no one
- has ventured to place Secunda Pastorum later than about 1420.
Around 1400 would be a more conservative estimate. And until
See, for summary of opinion on this question, Schumacher, Joseph,
Studien zur Farce Pathelin^, pp. 21-28.
Le Thedtre en France (1893), p. 48.
20 See, especially, an article by Traver, Hope, on The Relation of musical
terms in the WoodkirJc Shepherds Plays to the dates of their composition in
MLN 20, 1-4. This writer places Sec. Past, at about 1400 “or a little later”.
366 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
we have evidence that Secunda Pastorum was very much later,
or that Patlielin, in this or some earlier form, was very much
earlier, it would seem impossible to admit that Pathelin in¬
fluenced the English farce.
(3) The fact that practically all of the other farcical ele¬
ments in the Towneley cycle have either English sources or
English parallels, and that we possess in a late English form an
English folk-tale much nearer to Secunda Pastorum than is
Pathelin, makes an English origin for the play much more likely
than a French origin. I have pointed out that all but three of
the ten farcical passages in Towneley have either English
sources or parallels. Moreover, two of these passages are
dramatized folk-tales current in England, May the farce of
Mak not likewise be a dramatization of an earlier form of
Archie Arynstrong^ s Aith, identical with the Mak farce except
for the conclusion This supposition is strongly supported
by still another parallel recently discovered by Prof, A. S.
Cook and described by him in Modern Philology, XIV, 11-15.
In this case it is Thomas Armstrong, an actual character living
in the latter half of the eighteenth century, to whom is attri¬
buted the same trick in concealing the theft of a pig as Mak
attempted with the sheep, namely, hiding it in a cradle.
Whether the trick was actually perpetrated or whether it is a
case of some old folk-tale getting itself attached to an indivi¬
dual, matters little. We have here the episode embodied in
two forms in England itself, and the probability is more than
a reasonable one that the farce of Mak is based upon just such
native material as we have before us in modern form.
If, however, we cannot admit Pathelin to be the source of
Secunda Pastorum, may there not be some other French farce or
at least some farcical material which might have served as a
source or at least be a parallel ? To satisfy myself whether this
could be true, I have made a careful examination, first, of the
complete Repertoire du Theatre Coynique en France au Moyen
Age (1886) of Petit de Julleville, and second, of the same auth¬
or’s Les My stores (2 vols. 1880), in both cases with an eye to
21 See the article by Kolbing, E., in the England^Pollard edition of the
Towneley plays, p. XXXI.
Wann — The Influence of French Farce 367
any farcical material containing either shepherd scenes similar
to that in Secunda Past or nm or non-shepherd scenes with plots
similar to those of Secunda Pastorum and Pathelin. Further¬
more, I have examined the texts themselves of those plays
whose analysis in the above repertoires gave any promise of
such parallels being found.^^ The results of this examination
were surprisingly meagre.
Of 253 extant moralities, farces, sotties, monologues and
sermons joyeux listed by Petit de Julleville only ten contain
matter that is at all reminiscent of the farcical material in
Secunda Pastorum or Prima Pastorum. These ten pieces are
distributed as follows: moralites, 4 (P. deJ. nos. 21, 24, 48, 58) ;
farces and sotties, 3 (P. deJ. nos. 74, 135, 150) ; monologues and
sermons joyeux, 3 (P. deJ. nos. 215,221,230). There is no
indication of any parallel in the list of non-extant pieces, in
the surviving notes on stage representations of comic drama,
or in the list of non-dramatic pieces excluded from the other
lists. In the same author’s analyses of French my steres there
are found in the long list of plays : none of the 12th or 13th
century, only one of the 14th (vol. II, 254-5), only ten in the
15th century (II„ 362-3; 388; 401-4, 408; 412; 417; 430; 433,
436; 436; 495; 513), and none in the 16th which contain ma¬
terial of a farcical nature resembling that in the Towneley
shepherd plays.^®
An examination of the above-cited passages leads quickly to
the conclusion that outside of the imitations of Pathelin itself,
which of course come still later than Pathelin, there is nothing
in French medieval drama in the slightest degree approaching
the plot structure of the Mak farce. Furthermore, there is
no one of the above-cited resemblances to incidents in Secunda
Pastorum which cannot be duplicated in other English cycle or
non-cycle plays. The conclusion seems irresistible that, if we
are to find the source of the farcical material in the Wakefield
group of the Towneley plays, we are not likely to find it in
22 The main collections and separate texts examined are as follows : Jacob,
P. K, Recueil de Farces, Sotties et Moralites du XVe siecle (1859) ; Fournier
Ed., Le Theatre frangais avant la Renaissance (1872) ; Viollet le Due, E.,
Ancien theatre frangais (1854) ; the texts of the Societe des Anciens Textes
frangais (for the mysteres, particularly).
** Owing- to the requirements of space a detailed examination of this dra¬
matic material is reserved for a separate article which I hope to publish in
the near future.
368 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Aris^ and Letters,
French farce or, for that matter, in any other form of French
drama. We are likely to find it, not on French soil, but in
England itself where the sources for the rest of the cycle ma¬
terial have been found.
Neither source nor satisfactory parallel to Play 13 has yet
been discovered outside of England. Of the other two plays,
for whose farcical elements we still lack sources or parallels
(Plays 24 and 30) a brief word may be said in conclusion. It
is possible that French parallels or even sources may yet be
found for the farcical elements in these plays. Certain it is
that parallels exist in the dramatic literature of Germany
practically contemporary with the Towneley cycle.^^ It is
doubtful, however, if there could have been any intimate con¬
nection between the respective plays in question. And even
though this should be the case, the farcical material is of so
slight an importance compared with that in the remaining eight
plays of the cycle, for all of which we have English parallels,
that the establishment of any relationship would not affect ser¬
iously the general conclusion that, for the secular sources of
the Towneley plays we must look to the literature and life of
the English people themselves.
Note: — This paper was already in type when Dr. A. C. Baugh’s in¬
teresting article on The Mah Story appeared in Modern Philology,
April, 1918, pp. 169 ff. His discovery of a fifteenth century Italian
analogue in the forty-second novella of Le Porretane by Giovanni Sa-
badino degli Arienti, though first published in 1483 and probably not
composed before 1475, confirms my own conclusions regarding the
literary connections between the Mak farce and the farce of Pathelin.
In his own words (p. 173): “If then, as we believe, the incident can
lay claim to no historical foundation, we are forced to conclude that
it belongs to the province of folklore.” Thus the English Mak story,
the French farce, and the Italian novella are simply, so far as our
present interest is concerned, separate and varied embodiments of a
common theme of European folklore — the adoption of a trick to con¬
ceal a theft. ; i ... j
2^ For this information I am primarily indebted to an excellent unpub¬
lished study by Miss Sarah M. Beach.
Morris — The Preparation of Selenic Acid
369
THE PREPARATION OF SELENIC ACID
H. H. Morris
Selenic acid was first prepared by Mitsclierlich in 1827d
He decomposed lead selenate suspended in water, by hydrogen
sulfide. In 1830 Berzelius^ suggested the oxidation of an al¬
kali selenite by means of chlorine, for the preparation of selenic
acid. In 1834^ Ballard used hypochlorous acid for the oxida¬
tion. In 1840, Rose^ suspended selenium in Avater and passed
in chlorine which oxidized it to selenic acid. WohhvilP in 1860
used potassium dichromate, lead dioxide, and manganese di¬
oxide as oxidizing agents in the preparation of the acid. In
the same year von Hauer® prepared selenic acid by the decomp¬
osition of cadmium selenate with hydrogen sulfide. Nine years
later Thomsen^^made what was claimed to be very pure sel¬
enic acid by treatment of silver selenite with bromine.
Thomsen took no steps to remove any selenious acid Avhich
might be present, and from the present work it seems that his
preparation could not have been quite pure.
Von Gerichten,® working in 1873, used a method very similar
to that of Mitscherlich. In 1899 Cammeron and Macallan^
published their work on the concentration of selenic acid and
showed that it could be obtained in the anhydrous condition.
They constructed tables of the specific gravity and percentage
strength of the acid, which were very good for the range cov¬
ered, but which were later made complete by the Avork of Len-
her and Diemer.^®
1 Ann Ph Ch Pogg 9, 623.
2 Berzelius Lehrbuch Bd III, s 16 der 4ten deutschen Auflage.
3 Ann Ph Ch Fogg 57, 225.
^Ann Ph Ch Pogg, 45, 337.
3 Ann Chem Pharm Lieb 114, 169.
® Sitz Akad AVein 39, 399.
^Ber 2, 598.
3 Ann Chem Pharm Lieb, 168, 214.
»C N 59, 219 232, 258, 267.
^“Jr Phsic Chem 13, 505.
24— S. A. L.
370 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
In 1882, Miilpert^ made selenic acid by the oxidation of
seleniuni with ozone. Metzner^ in 1898, showed that the reac¬
tion of chlorine on selenious acid is exothermic. The chlorine
works best with about a ten percent solution of the dioxide.
When chlorine is in excess the oxidation is complete, but if
bromine is substituted in the reaction more heat is given off,
and it requires somewhat of an excess of bromine to complete
the reaction. The theoretical amount of bromine shows a red
color in the solution, but all the selenium dioxide is not oxi¬
dized. Metzner further proposed a method of oxidation by
permanganic acid, which he states gives good selenic acid.
Another method of his depends on the electrolytic decomposi¬
tion of copper selenate.
Other methods that have appeared depend either on the oxi¬
dation of selenious acid ® a selenite®, or selenate® by means
of the electric current, or the oxidation of selenious acid with
hydrogen peroxide.'^
From the foregoing it appears that many methods for the
preparation of selenic acid have been described; several of
which seem to be fairly simple. Actually, however, many of
. ^
the essential details are lacking, even though upon them de¬
pends the success of the method.
The method of J. Thomsen will yield excellent selenic acid
under correct conditions, but it was only through repeated
failures to obtain a stable preparation of the acid that these
conditions were recognized and the causes of failure eliminated.
The main points to be observed are as follows : The prepara¬
tion of silver selenite requires pure selenium dioxide. The
bromine used to convert the silver selenite into selenic acid
must be free from reducing substances. All dust must be rig¬
orously excluded throughout the preparation.
1C. R. 94, 1186.
aC. R. 127, 54.
® Chem Ztg ai, 360.
* Gazz chim Ital 39, I 50.
Chem Zentr 1909, I 721.
®Ber 36, 4262.
® Jr Am Chem Soc 30, 1374.
^ Ber 48, 1154.
Morris — The Preparation of Selenic Acid
371
Selenium dioxide of excellent quality is prepared in the fol¬
lowing manner: Selenium is dissolved in nitric acid^ specific
gravity I.25 and the solution ■ evaporated to dryness. The im¬
pure dioxide resulting is heated to a temperature just below
that at which it will sublime in order to remove the excess of
nitric acid. After the dioxide is dissolved in water^ barium
hydroxide is added until no further precipitate of barium sulf¬
ate forms. This is filtered off, and the solution again evapor¬
ated to dryness.
Selenium dioxide does not melt under atmospheric pressure,
but may be sublimed as pure white needle shaped crystals,
which are commonly several inches long.
During the sublimation very small amounts of impurities
such as dust from the air, or lint from the towels used in clean¬
ing the apparatus will reduce the selenium to its red form,
thus contaminating the sublimate. Frequently the crystals
are half red and half white so that a separation is impossible.
In case the quantity of impurities is such that a white sub¬
limate can not be obtained easily, the selenium should be fur¬
ther purified in the following manner. The solution of the
dioxide in water is acidified with hydrochloric ucid, wmrmed,
and treated with sulphur dioxide. The precipitated selenium
is filtered on an asbestos felt, washed with water, dissolved in
nitric acid, and treated as previously described. When free
from reducing materials the selenium dioxide sublimes white.
A convenient apparatus for sublimation consists of an evap¬
orating dish in which are placed three funnels fitting one in¬
side the other. Slow sublimation is most efficient. Sublima¬
tion in a current of oxygen has been recommended, but this
is not necessary.
The bromine on the American market was found to contain
impurities of a reducing character which make it absolutely
unfit for use in the preparation of selenic acid without care¬
ful purification. Bromine is such an unusual source of re¬
ducing materials that its quality may easily escape question.
The stability of the selenic acid, however, is largely dependent
on the purity of the bromine.
The interfering substances are removed from the bromine
by treatment with a mixture of chromic and sulfuric acids and
by subsequent distillation. The bromine, after standing with
the acids for several days or until the evolution of carbon di-
372 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
oxide has ceased, is separated from the green residue that
forms, and is distilled with fresh portions of the chromic and
sulfuric acids. Only small amounts of the acids should be
present during the distillation, as large quantities cause dan¬
gerous bumping. The still must be so arranged that no ma¬
terial but glass comes in contact with the bromine. Only the
middle portion of the distillate is collected for use, and must
be free from chromium and sulfuric acid. The presence may
be detected by dissolving a few cubic centimeters of the bro¬
mine in dilute ammonia, boiling to precipitate any chromium
present in the reduced condition, which would appear as hyd¬
rated chromic oxide, making acid with acetic acid, and adding
barium chloride to show the presence of sulfuric acid or chrom¬
ium as chromate.
Having obtained pure selenium dioxide and pure bromine,
the next step is the formation of silver selenite. All glass com¬
ing in contact with the preparation is cleaned with a mixture
of chromic and sulfuric acids, and the water used is distilled
Prom potassium permanganate and sodium hydroxide.
A ten percent aqueous solution of the dioxide is treated with
a slight excess of silver nitrate solution. Silver selenite pre¬
cipitates as a white crystalline salt. This is washed by decan¬
tation until it is absolutely free from silver nitrate and nitric
acid. If nitric acid is allowed to remain in the silver selenite,
it decomposes the hydrogen sulfide used later thus contamin¬
ating the selenic acid.
The silver selenite is suspended in water, and bromine added
in small portions with vigorous shaking after each addition,
until the red color of the solution indicates that an excess of
bromine has been added. The solution is then placed on a
steam bath for at least twelve hours to complete the oxidation
and coagulate the precipitate. During all these operations
care must be taken to exclude dust. The silver bromide is filt¬
ered off on well cleaned glass wool.
The filtrate is concentrated by distilling off the bromine and
water under reduced pressure. The distillation apparatus is
so arranged that no corks, or rubber stoppers, come in contact
with the acid. A Jena glass retort, sealed to a water jacketed
condenser which in turn is connected to a suction flask and
pump, serves the purpose very well. A few glass beads
placed in the retort prevent bumping.
Morris — The Preparation of Selenic Acid
373
The concentrated acid is drawn from the retort into a large
wash bottle, care being taken to avoid drawing air through
the solution. Well .washed hydrogen sulfide is next passed
through the acid until precipitation is complete, and the pre¬
cipitate has become floeculent. The excess of hydrogen sulfide
is then blown out by a stream of air from which all dust has
been removed by bubbling through concentrated sulfuric acid.
The hydrogen sulfide serves to remove any selenious acid
which may be present, decomposing it with the precipitation of
sulphur and selenium. This precipitate is removed by filtering
through an asbestos felt.
It is frequently stated that selenic acid is not acted upon by
hydrogen sulfide, but after each concentration of the acid,
hydrogen sulfide produces a light precipitate. That this is
not due to the decomposition of selenic acid by heat is shown
in the following manner : Selenic acid free from selenious acid
and giving no precipitate with hydrogen sulfide is concentrated
at room temperature in a vacuum desiccator over sulfuric acid
or sodium hydroxide. This acid as it becomes more concen¬
trated will give a precipitate with hydrogen sulfide.
By these experiments it is shown that the method of J. Thom¬
sen will give excellent selenic acid if particular attention is
given to certain details of the process.
374 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
THE FAUNA OF LAKE MENDOJA;
A QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE SURVEY WITH SPECIAL REF¬
ERENCE TO THE INSECTS
Eichard Anthony Muttkowski
Notes from the Laboratory of the Wisconsin Geological and
Natural History Survey^ XI.
Introduction
The present paper deals with the macroscopic fauna of Lake
Mendota. In the fall of 1913 Mr. C. Juday for the Wisconsin
Geological and Natural History Survey proposed the following
problem to the writer, ‘'A quantitative study of the insect
fauna of Lake Mendota as a source of fish food.’’ Certain
phases of the ensuing investigations are incorporated in the
present paper.
I am indebted to Professors W. S. Marshall and A. S. Pearse,
and to Mr. C. Juday for their constant advice, aid, and helpful
suggestions; I am also beholden to them and to Professors
W. N. Steil, E. H. Denniston, G. M. Smith, and J. J. Davis for
faunal and floral determinations, and I take this opportunity
to extend my sincere appreciation and thanks for many kind¬
nesses.
Apparatus and Methods. — The Wisconsin Geological and Na¬
tural History Survey provided the writer with a row boat and
detachable motor. The motor made it possible to reach even
the most outlying portions of the lake in less than an hour and
to work with the greatest dispatch. Dip-nets, aquatic nets of
various kinds, rake-nets, dredge, sifting pan, bottles, rubber
boots, tape-line, thermometer, sounding line, and note book
formed the chief collecting paraphernalia.
In general, a ‘‘square meter” method was employed in col-
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
375
lecting. A square meter was laid out; the surface layer of
the bottom and the fauna and flora within the area were gath¬
ered as completely as possible, placed in a sifting pan, the
plants sorted over, and the whole sifted down to the compass
of a liter jar (quart jar). Two to three stations, — that is,
points, selected at random, each within one of the .fifty areas
(see fig. 1) into which the lake was divided,-— were visited on
a trip; the '‘hauls/’ each covering a square meter of bottom,
were taken at successive depths. After all the jars were filled
in the field, they were taken to the laboratory where the or¬
ganisms were sorted and counted while still alive and active;
the sorting of "dead” collections offered too formidable diffi¬
culties to be attempted, for so many of the recognition char¬
acters of living specimens, such as position, method of locomo¬
tion, and color, are lost in dead material.
Some reference seems appropriate as to methods of col¬
lection in the littoral area. In the shallower depths, up to
three meters, the water of the lake was sufficiently transparent
to permit accurate work. Beyond this collection was more
difficult. To achieve a fair degree of accuracy a rake-net of
25 cm. width was drawn over a strip of lake bottom, sufficient¬
ly long to make a square meter. This method was employed
primarily in depths exceeding 3 meters.
Investigations. — The main collections were made in spring,
summer and fall of 1914 and 1915. During this time the“ lit¬
toral area of the lake was explored, both qualitatively and
quantitatively; the aphytal area of the lake is now being
studied from a quantitative standpoint.
The work soon resolved itself into a series of phases: (1)
A qualitative survey of the macrofauna; (2) A quantitative
survey of the commoner macrofauna; (3) Ecological distribu¬
tion, and the criteria of lake life; (4) The breeding of un¬
known forms, and biological data on various species; (5) The
actual use of insects as food by fish, and the reciprocal food
relations of the fauna.
With respect to the qualitative survey of the macrofauna, it
was the original plan to consider only the insect fauna, but it
soon proved desirable to include the remaining macrofauna,
if only as a basis for comparison, and the quantitative meth¬
ods were extended to the other macrofauna, except fish. The
lake was divided into 50 approximately equal divisions, or
376 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
''stations”, from which quantitative collections were made
(fig. 1) ; over 350 quantitative hauls were obtained from
depths of 0-7 meters from these stations. In addition over 400
qualitative catches were made from about 30 selected habitats
in various parts and at various depths of the lake. Thus quali¬
tative, quantitative, and ecological data were obtained.
Observations were made in the field and in the laboratory as
to the criteria of life in Lake Mendota. To ascertain in what
respects they differed from those of other bodies of water, col¬
lections from the following places were made :
Merrill Spring, Merrill Creek, Pheasant Branch Creek, Six-
Mile Creek, Yahara River and Swamps, Yahara Spillway, Ya-
hara Rapids, and Yahara Canal, Tenney Park Lagoon and
Pond, University Brook, and Picnic Pond, all lying around
Lake Mendota ;
Lake Monona, its bays and outlet, the Yahara River;
Yahara Swamps and Lake Waubesa to the south;
Lake Wingra and its springs and pools to the north and
south.
Each place was visited a number of times in different sea¬
sons. Over 1,500 additional collections, some of them quanti¬
tative, were made from these various bodies of water.
To the fourth phase, that of the breeding of unknown forms,
only little time could be given. In general, the breeding was
restricted to the species of Lake Mendota, known as well as
unknown forms, the known ones for verification. Except for
a beetle larva, all of the commoner species were reared suc¬
cessfully. A considerable number of species from other wa¬
ters was reared thru some or all of the stages. The waters
about Madison abound with little known aquatic species, and
offer a fertile field to the investigator. Each pool, spring,
swamp, and river contains its quota of species whose stages
are unknown to science.
The fifth phase, namely the role of insects in fish food, has
received considerable attention, thanks to an arrangement
with Professor Pearse, who very kindly turned over to me the
contents of fish stomachs examined by him. Over 1,700 fish
stomachs, representing over 25 species of fish, have been ex¬
amined and the insect contents specifically and numerically
determined. In the study of reciprocal food relations prob¬
ably several thousand insect stomachs ( Chiron omidae, Tri-
Fig 1 —Map of Lako Mciidota showing 1 in. and 5 m. contour linos and the various stations. Cirel*’«
iiidioato regular (luantitarive stations an<l stpiaros show special stations selected for comparative studios.
Scale al)out 1 : .■>0,980.
•r- r.-,;
'mr
•;'Wi
-V'‘^'-.w'~
I
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
377
choptera, Odonata, Ephemeridae, Coleoptera, Corethra, etc.)
were examined ; the food habits of the living insects were fur¬
ther observed in aquaria and in the field. This examination
was extended also to leeches, Crustacea, Oligochaeta and other
aquatic animals.
It is impossible to treat all of these phases together in a
homogeneous manner. Even in restricted form, it is difficult
to deal otherwise than in the most general terms with the sev¬
eral phases. For inclusion in the present paper the following
topics have been selected :
I. Criteria of Lake Life, — that is, the lake as a physiological
body, its ecological divisions, factors controlling the lake and
its biota.
II. Qualitative and Quantitative Survey of the Macrofauna,
its distribution, factors which decide the complex, biological
notes and food relations.
III. Ecology of the Lake, — that is, the ecological habitats
and their biota, food relations, and seasonal succession.
IV. General Comparisons, — with other hydrobiota and with
other lakes.
PART I. CRITERIA OF LAKE LIFE
1. Lake Physiography
A. PHYSIOGRAPHY
Lake Mendota is the largest of a chain of four lakes in the
Yahara Basin in the middle portion of southern Wisconsin. It
is of glacial origin, lying near the southern edge of the drift.
The lake is an irregular body of water (fig. 1), its greatest
length being 9.5 km. (about 5.9 mi.), and its greatest width
7.4 km. (4.6 mi.). The circumference of the lake is 32.4 km.
(21.9 mi.), its total surface area 39.4 sq. km. (15.2 sq. mi). Its
greatest depth is 25.6 m. (84 ft.). The areas of the various
depths are shown in table 1, page 471.
Shores. — A considerable portion of the shore line of Lake,
Mendota consists of cliffs of limestone with bold and rocky
subaqueous terraces in front of them. Another large portion
of the beach line consists of sand with an admixture of
378 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
pebbles. The remainder, which constitutes about 60 per cent,
of the total, is made up of gravel with an admixture of boul¬
ders of various sizes. The sand beaches are situated chiefly
in the bays while the rock beaches are found at the most ex¬
posed points.
Bottom. — The bottom of the lake in the littoral area usually
consists of coarse material, such as sand, gravel, and boulders
of various sizes ; rarely it is made up of mud which is covered
with a thin layer of sand as in University and Catfish bays.
Some detached shoals possessing rugged bottoms are of some
ecological interest also. A shell zone several meters wide
marks the lower limit of wave action. This zone is found at a
depth varying from 4 meters in less exposed areas, such as
University Bay, to 7 or 8 meters on the steeper shores ; at Pic
nie Point, probably the most exposed point on the lake, it lies
at a depth of 14 meters. Usually the substratum preceding
the shell zone contains a large percentage of marl, but in the
zone proper shells constitute almost 90 per cent of the bottom
deposit.
In general the bottom is nearly pure mud below 8 meters,
but in the more exposed places a considerable admixture of
sand may extend to a depth of 10 or more meters.
Sources of water. — Lake Mendota receives its water supply
through several creeks and the Yahara River and from a num¬
ber of springs. Some of the springs are of fair size and of
considerable local interest; they are situated chiefly at the
west end of the lake.
B. ECOLOGICAL HABITATS.
The lake as a whole may be divided into three general re¬
gions, — ^the littoral, or phytal region; the aphytal region; and
pelagic region. The bottom of the lake may be best classed as
follows: The littoral, with its two subdivisions, the eulittoral
(euphytal), and the sublittoral (dysphytal) ; and the aphytal
area. (See table 1).
a. The Littoral Region.
In Lake Mendota the ecological, physiological, and physio-
graphical features are to a great extent parallel. The plant
zone, the littoral area, and the zone of photosynthesis are ap-
MuttUowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
379
proximately identical. Comparably, the aphytal area, and the
zone of decomposition are identical.
The littoral area in Lake Mendota extends to a depth of
about 7 meters. Usually, the littoral area is accepted as the
region of plant growth. In the present paper, the littoral area
is regarded as composed of two major divisions, the eulittoral
and sublittoral. The eulittoral area is the region of photo¬
synthesis, — hence the region of plant growth. Below this lies
a region of variable extent, a region of heaping refuse, a place
where a minimal amount of photosynthesis may take place,
but which is characterized by the absence of spermatophytes
among plants; this is the sublittoral area. Parallel to the
nomenclature of pelagic waters into euphotal, dysphotal, and
aphotal regions, these two divisions may be termed euphytal,
and dysphytal.
In Lake Mendota the eulittoral area extends only to a depth
of 5 or 6 meters. This is rather surprising in comparison with
some other lakes, such as the alpine lakes of Europe, where
vegetation may extend to a depth of 25 and more meters.
Lake Mendota presents the conservative extreme in this re¬
spect. As an example of the other extreme, Ekman (1915)
reports green Characeae from a depth of 50 and more meters
in Lake Vaettern, in Sweden, hence from a depth greater than
twice the maximum depth of Lake Mendota. •
The eulittoral area has three well-defined regions, or zones :
shore line, rachion (breaker line), and plant zone.
Bachion (Breaker Line). — The rachion marks the point
where the interaction of waves and returning undertow is
greatest. In Lake Mendota this is at a depth of about 1 me¬
ter. The rachion may be continuous with the shore line (on
steep grades) or entirely disconnected (shoals). In the latter
places it is frequently divided into an inner” and “outer”
bar, a few meters apart from each other, and often many me¬
ters distant from the shore proper. In its physical aspects the
rachion resembles the stony and gravel shores.
Shore Line. — The shore proper offers three varieties of habi¬
tats: (a) the rock beaches, characterized by shattered rocks
and large boulders, which are not easily dislodged by waves;
(b) the gravel (stony) beaches, composed of pebbles and
stones, with an admixture of sand, the latter having the effect
of smoothing the available surfaces; and (c) sand beaches.
380 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
made up of sand and of finer pebbles. Physically, bars are
continuous with shores, are subject to the same conditions,
and are therefore included under that head. The shore is de¬
void of vegetation, except the plumes of the alga Cladophora
on rock and gravel.
Plant Zone. — The plant zone in Lake Mendota extends from
the breaker line to a depth of hardly more than 6 meters, as
a whole not exceeding 5 meters. The upper delimitation is
the rachion in the steep parts of the littoral area, but it is
rather less marked in the shoals; yet even there the shore
proper and the breaker line are always barren, and the vegeta¬
tion between rachion and beach is comparatively scant.
In many lakes there exists a definite plant zonation. There
may be a succession of areas characterized by the dominance
of some plant, e. g., Lemna, Chara, Myriophyllum, etc. In
Lake Mendota there is but one spot, where such a zonation is
at all indicated. This is a small area along the western end
of the bar in University Bay. Here a zone of pure Chara is
followed by submerged hummocks of Lemna, this in turn by
Myriophyllum and Ceratophyllum, and finally by Potamogeton
amplifolium. Small areas may be found in other portions of
the lake where some plant species may attain a slight domi¬
nance, as Chara does opposite Merrill Springs ; but a true zon¬
ation is entirely absent.
There is, however, a secondary zonation, not so much of
plant species, as of types of plants. This consists of a zone
of “upright’’ or standing vegetation, e. g., Potamogeton ampli¬
folium, Najas, and Vallisneria, which tend to reach the sur¬
face (but do not emerge) ; and a zone of “recumbent” vegeta¬
tion, composed of Chara, Myriophyllum, Ceratophyllum, and
some Potamogeton species, all of which tend to recline.
As incidental, but of direct ecological importance, the heavy
incrustation of carbonates on the leaves of Potamogeton and
Vallisneria should be noted. After some days of quiet
weather the leaves of these plants are covered with a layer of
lime, which breaks off in heavy weather and is swept to the
bottom. In places the bottom is covered with a very appre¬
ciable deposit of this “plant marl.” It forms a type of bot¬
tom which is little frequented by animals.
Shell Zone. — The lower limit of wave action is marked by the
shell zone. In Lake Mendota this also marks the lower limit
Muttkoivski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
381
of plant distribution. As an ecological habitat it is fairly dis¬
tinctive and has its own association. The zone is identical
with the sublittoral area of more transparent lakes.
b. The Aphytal Eegion
The aphytal area is the area below the shell zone and in¬
cludes the depths below eight meters. (I have used the word
aphytal = plantless, in preference to ‘‘abyssal” which is used
by Forel and others to designate the area below the plant zone ;
the latter word has been used in oceanography in a very spe¬
cial sense, and is therefore inapplicable and somewhat con¬
fusing when applied to limnology. Strictly applied, a shallow
body of water, such as turbid ponds or streams, would then
have an abyssal, — i. e., plantless, area).
The aphytal area presents the greatest uniformity of condi¬
tions and comparatively low ranges of variation. Its main
features are the presence of mud and debris, the latter largely
of organic and coprogenic origin. Because of the difficulty of
making exact quantitative collections this area has been
studied only qualitatively; but quantitative collections are now
being made. '
c. The Pelagic Region
This is the open water and the distinctive abode of the plank¬
ton organisms. In a quantitative study of the macroscopic
'fauna this region alfects only Corethra among insects and Lim-
nesia histrionica among Hydrachnida. Yet both of these forms
are more or less concerned with substrata and will be taken up
from that view-point.
C. HABITAT DISTRIBUTION
In general, the habitats in the lake are fairly evenly dis¬
tributed. Uniformity of conditions makes for uniformity of
response. Yet it continually happens that we find a different
fauna in places which appear to be alike as regards external
conditions. Quite a number of species are locally abundant
in the lake, forming socalled “distribution islands.” This lo¬
calization of species is sometimes very difficult to account for.
It is also worthy of note that the seasonal distribution and
382 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
the seasonal representation are not identical. I^ccording to
the stage of life history a species may attain a periodic abund¬
ance, — generally during the warmer months of the year.
Again, owing to the peculiar conditions of winter, — that is,
ice on the shore line, and a more equal distribution of gas in
the aphytal area, — the horizontal distribution of the species
frequenting these regions will vary from that of other pe¬
riods of the year.
Seasonal representation or seasonal succession of dominant
faunal types is apparent to the collector. More will be said
of this later, but it is desirable to call attention to the fact that
in a quantitative study the seasonal element plays a very im¬
portant part. To cite an instance, the collections made during
late June and July show a remarkable scarcity of the case¬
building Trichoptera; yet collections made a month later will
show them as the dominant faunal type- of the plant zone.
The same is true of Platyhelmia, of Annelida in general, of
Hydra, Ephemerida, etc. This feature has had to receive at¬
tention in averaging the quantitative results.
2. Lake Physiology
A. EXTRINSIC FACTORS
Molar Agents. — Under this term are grouped eroding agents,
such as winds, waves, currents. Waves are the result of sur¬
face disturbances caused by winds. The size of the wave is
proportional to the wind pressure on the surface, and to the
distance traveled, less so to the velocity of the wind. On Lake
Mendota the largest waves do not exceed 1.5 meters in height
and may reach a length of 15 m. in storms.
The daily winds are an important feature of lake physiology.
These light winds are frequent, occurring at various times dur¬
ing the day, even during summer calms, and may persist for
brief periods. They may be of varying intensity, frequently
covering the lake with choppy, crested waves of 7-8 meters
length and half a meter’s height.
In their effect on the lake physiognomy the waves are of pri¬
mary importance. On the sandy shores there is a constantly
moving him of sand. Rock and gravel shores are clean-swept,
and the floating rubbish pulverized. On gravel shores pebbles
and stones are torn loose and form a movable substratum with
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota,
383
the sand which serves to smooth the shore. The rachion re¬
sembles the gravel shore with its fluctuating rubble. It is
composed of smooth stones and marks the point where the in¬
teraction of waves and undertow is most violent. In shoals
the rachion is entirely detached from the shore proper, some¬
times a hundred or more meters distant. Furthermore, in
such shoals there are '‘secondary’’ breaker lines found toward
the shore, usually a short distance behind the first. The two
rachia are comparable to the "outer” and "inner” bars of the
ocean shore.
The lower limit of wave action is marked by the shell zone.
Sand and other heavier particles carried by the Avaves are soon
deposited, while the lighter shell fragments are carried farther
down the slope to the limit of wave action. In Lake Mendo¬
ta this lies immediately below the plant zone.
Winds and waves dominate the complex and the upper dis¬
tribution of the littoral fauna and flora. Wave action deter¬
mines the floral complex in that it banishes all emergent and
floating vegetation from the lake proper (by "floating,”
plankton flora is not meant) ; it controls the upper distribu¬
tion in that it banishes all plants from the shore area and the
rachion, except the filamentous alga Cladophora.
Among the fauna the determining influence of molar agents
is equally potent. Wave action controls the complex in that
it banishes all surface breathers (with a feAv exceptions) ; it
limits the distribution of water-breathers in that it permits
only dingers and burroAvers on the shore and in the rachion.
Waves furthermore aid the circulation of the lake, and thru
the roiling of the bottom affect the clearness of the water, and
hence the penetration of light for photosynthesis.
Temperature and Circulation. — In early spring after the ice
goes out the Avater absorbs heat ; thru the influence of the wind
and convection currents the water is set into complete circula¬
tion so that the heat is distributed thruout the entire depth of
the lake. As the days grow warmer, the surface Avater absorbs
heat faster than can be communicated to the lower depths of
the lake. There is a concomitant change in the quantity of the
dissolved gases. This difference in dissolved gas and circu¬
lation increases as the summer progresses, and a zonation is
established in the lake: (a) an upper, well oxygenated, Avarm
layer, the epilimnion, comparable to a zone of photosynthesis;
384 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
(b) a thermocline, or mesolimnion, a zone of rapid decline in
temperature and in oxygen content; 'and (c) the Jiypolimnion,
a bottom layer, which is poor in oxygen, cool, and constitutes
a zone of stagnation and decomposition.
As an essential of life the distribution of oxygen exerts a de¬
cisive influence on the distribution of plants and animals. De¬
spite the fact that bottom areas of the lake are without oxygen
and exceedingly rich in carbon dioxide for several months of
the year, a fair number of species lives in the decomposition
area thruout the year; all of the species are present in large
numbers.
Light and Mineral Matter. — The relation of these tAvo is not
a direct one, but may become so. The depth to Avhich light may
penetrate water depends on the clearness of the Avater. Par¬
ticles of solid matter in suspension control its clearness and
hence its penetrability. This is Avell illustrated by a compari¬
son of Lake Mendota and some of the alpine lakes. Lake
Mendota contains a large amount of matter in suspension; a
Avhite Secchi’b disk of 15 cm. diameter can be seen at a depth
of about 2.5 m. in the open lake, and about 3 meters near the
shore. In some of the alpine lakes a similar disk can be seen
at 10 and more meters. Ekman (1915) reports 18 meters as
the limit of vision in Lake Vaettern.
The degree of penetrability affects the photosynthesis of
plants. Aquatic plants receive a more ideal light for photo¬
synthesis than those on land. That is, the best light for photo¬
synthesis is a diffuse or dispersed light of about the intensity
of bright moonlight, or one twelfth of sunlight. Such a diffuse
condition prevails in the Avater. The light is dispersed by the
particles ; much of the light is reflected by the surface so that
the intensity is somcAvhat lessened. This intensity decreases
with the depth, and we actually And an increase in groAvth as
depth increases, up to an optimum point, until Ave finally come
to the minimum where light is too insufficient for photosyn¬
thetic activity. That is to say, plant growth is more luxuri¬
ant as the depth increases, and the optimum is not found at
the surface, but some distance below ; in Lake Mendota this
optimum lies between 3-5 meters.
MuWkowshi — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 385
B. INTRINSIC FACTORS
Respiration. — Aquatic animals can be conveniently divided
into surface-breathers and water breathers. The latter obtain
their oxygen directly from the water. Surf ace-breatherSj how¬
ever^ must come to the surface for the replenishment of their
oxygen supply. Many surface breathers attach themselves to
the free surface film by means of hydrofuge bristles, plates,
and rosettes, and bring their stigmatal opening into contact
with the atmospheric air; others cling to some object in the wa¬
ter, usually a plant, while they push their breathing appara¬
tus above the water. In the first case a quiet surface film is
essential, in the second an emergent vegetation, — two condi¬
tions which do not exist in the lake for a continuous period.
The outstanding feature of lake physiology is the constant
commotion of the surface' Periods of perfect quiet are ex¬
ceedingly rare ; for even on the calmest days of summer light
breezes disturb the surface for short periods. The fairly con¬
stant wave-action does not permit the growth of an emergent
vegetation, — the second essential. The two conditions, quiet
surface film and emergent vegetation, necessary to the surface
breather, are absent from the lake — hence an absence of sur
face-breathers from the faunal complex.
There are a number of insects which would seem to form
exceptions to the rule, i. e., some aquatic beetles and Hemiptera.
Certain of the beetles, however, have readapted themselves and
have become water-breathers (not in a direct sense) again, as
will be explained elsewhere. Other forms will readily seize
oxygen bubbles secreted by plants instead of going to the sur¬
face, “—an ingenious method of replenishment which is prac¬
ticed also by hibernating surface-breathers under the ice.
In the lake, this method o£ bubble capture applies to most
beetles and some of the Hemiptera, Some of the latter, how¬
ever, regularly swim to the shore during a blow; as do most
beetles during prolonged blows, altho they are able to stand
prolonged submersion.
Locomoiion.—A second characteristic of the lake habitat is
that the animals are either dingers directly, or indirectly so
thru artificial aids, such as burrows, tubes, webs, and other fast¬
enings. Free swimmers except fish and plankton organisms,
are rare indeed. Corethra and the Ceratopogoninae are the
25~-S. A. L.
38G Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
only ones among insect larvae, and Corethra is confined to deep
water while the others seek shelter in algae (Cladophora,
Spirogyra, Batrachospermum, etc.).
Food Supply. — Nutrition is of less infiuence on the lake com¬
plex than on the distribution within the lake. Phytophaga
among animals are restricted entirely to the zone of photosyn¬
thesis, — while secondarily sarcophaga are restricted in their
distribution by the same factor. To escape such limitations,
some species have become necrophagous and coprophagous, and
may occur wherever organic waste is present.
Currents. — It is essential to consider the relative strength of
currents and their frequency in discussing the lake complex.
Many water-breathers are restricted to waters which have a
contin\ious flow, such as rapids and falls; these species are
homoiophilous. In the lake the habitat which most nearly ap¬
proximates this condition is the rock shore, and the gravel
beach and rachion to a lesser extent, where intermittent takes
the place of continuous wave action. Hence it is not surpris¬
ing that many of the inhabitants of the rock beaches are found
also in the rapids.
This statement must not be made too categorically, however,
for the condition of the bottom may perhaps be a more decisive
factor than the current. In the case of the inhabitants of the
rock beaches it may be the presence of rough surfaces, espe¬
cially rocks, that is really the determining feature. For in¬
stance, Psephenus lecontei, certain may-flies, and other petro-
philous species are found on the stones of rock beaches and in
the Yahara Rapids. If current were the decisive factor, then
they ought also to be found in the short rapids of Merrill
Springs and Merrill Creek; yet they are absent from these
places.
Special Habits. — Certain special habits seem to influence the
lake complex. This is notably the case among Tri-
choptera, Ephemeridae, and Odonata. Several species of cad-
disflies are confined to the springs along the lake shore, never
occurring in the lake proper. The same is true of some Ephe¬
meridae. The dominance of a habit, however, is best illus¬
trated in the case of Odonata ; here the habit of oviposition is,
I believe, decisive. Most Zygoptera, Aeschninae, and some
Corduliinae oviposit in plants, — therefore a habit necessitating
the presence of emergent vegetation which is of course absent
MuWwwski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
387
from the lake. Enemies, behavior, and other factors may in¬
fluence the complex and distribution of the fauna, but usually
in combination with one of the major factors already discussed.
PART II. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE SUR¬
VEY OF MACROFAUNA
In the following pages I have not attempted to give the de¬
tails of the quantitative work. In all of the tables I have merely
noted the final averages. Thus, if a species occurred in 20 out
of 50 catches, the latter number was used to average it, and
from this the total has been computed. In a number of instan¬
ces, however, the total average was so obviously inconsistent
with the actual representation, that the totals had to be revised
and raised or lowered arbitrarily, according to the findings
of the qualitative catches. This was especially the case with
the Hydroptilid caddisflies. These occur in the lake^^'Tor a very
short period. But since it was impossible to visit all of the
stations during the time of their maximum, the final averaged
total was proportionately much too low. Hence a lower num¬
ber was used as a basis for average for these and some other
species. In general, however, the averaging was strictly ad¬
hered to.
The Macroflora of Lake Mendota
Because of their importance as a substratum and as a food
supply, it seems advisable to give a list of the larger plants in
the lake. I am indebted to Professor Denniston for the use of
certain tables showing the distribution of the plants in Lake
Mendota. The following is a list of the species taken :
1. From Shore line and Rachion.
Cladophora glomerata L.
2. From Plant Zone. True lake species which are quite gen¬
eral in their distribution. All are submerged plants.
Potamogeton pectinatus L.
‘ ‘ zosteraef olius Sebum.
richardsonii Bennett.
‘ ‘ lucens L.
alp inns Balbis (a rarer species).
“ amplif olius Tuckerm.
388 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts^ and Letters.
Najas flexilis Rost. & Schmidt.
Vallisneria spiralis L.
Ceratophyllum demersum L.
Myriophyllum verticillatum L.
Chara crispa L.
3. Swamp, pond and river species which may be found lo¬
cally, in places where the lake tends to swamp, and also oppo¬
site the mouth of rivers and creeks. Largely emersed species.
Lemna minor L.
Lemna trisulca L.
Scirpus lacustris L.
Castalia odorata Wood & Wood.
Utricularia vulgaris, var. americana Gray.
Typha latifolia L.
Radicula nasturtium-aquaticum L.
Ranunculus delphinifolius Torr.
Nymphaea advena Soland.
Philotria canadensis Britt.
Wolffiia Columbiana. Karst.
Zizania aquatica L.
The Macrofauna
I. INVERTEBRATE PHYLA (eXCL. ARRTHROPODA)
1. Porifera.
Spongilla fragilis Leidy.
Only the encrusting form of this sponge occurs in the lake,
on the rocks of Maple Bluff, Governors Island, and Picnic
Point, and in parts of the Yahara Spillway.
2. Coelenterata.
Hydra fusca Linne.
No numerical data of this species are given. It is ubiquit¬
ous in the littoral area of the lake, and locally may be found in
enormous quantities. A Myriophyllum plant with seven
branches totalling a length of four meters was found to hold
over 15,000 specimens. In late fall the 'sexual individuals are
especially abundant. Hydra may hibernate, but in quite re¬
duced numbers. Probably the greatest representation of Hy¬
dra may be found along the channel of the Yahara River to
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota,
389
the north, where it passes thru the swamps; that region seems
to present optimal conditions for Hydra.
A few specimens of Hydra viridis Linne were taken on Chara
at the mouth of Merrill Spring in August, 1914. This rare
species has been obtained elsewhere only from spring-fed
pools north of Lake Wingra.
3. Bryozoa.
Plumatella repens Linne.
Like Spongilla, this species encrusts the under side of rocks
along rocky shores and in the Yahara Spillway. Some dis¬
tance up the Yahara River I have found palmate growths of
Plumatella on the underside of lily-pads ; such growths are in¬
frequent in the lake on plants, altho they may be occasional
on Potamogeton amplifolium. More minute growths of Bry¬
ozoa, belonging to the genus Predericella, and probably also
to Lophopus, occur plentifully on the plants of the lake, and
frequently on the bottom to a depth of eight meters.
4. Platyhelminthes. (Table 5, p. 474.)
Planaria maculata Leidy.
This ubiquitous species is found practically everywhere in
the lake. The color variations are considerable and one may
be tempted to consider the extremes of specific distinction.
It is possible, indeed probable, that several species have been
lumped as P. maculata in the numerical estimates. A relative,
P. doritocephala, is abundant in Merrill Spring; another spe¬
cies, P. agilis, is frequent in the springs and occasional in the
lake.
Polycelis nigra Ehrenberg.
Dendrocoelium lacteum (Muller).
These two species, so interesting because of their colors, ap¬
parently find conditions optimal in Merrill Spring, where they
are thick on the stones in the channel. Both species are occa¬
sional in the lake, confined apparently to the rocky areas.
Mesostoma ehrenbergii (Focke).
This form was taken in four of about 350 catches. It is very
common in Picnic Pond in May and June, but disappears as
390 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
the temperature of the water rises. Its transparency makes it
difficult to see and it is probable that it has been overlooked
in some of the collections from the lake^ where it was found in
late July and August. Like its relatives it travels on slime-
trailSj but when irritated will go thru a violent flapping motion
free in the water^ — in fact, an actual swimming reflex resem¬
bling the vertical wave-motion of some leeches.
5. Nemathelminthes. (Table 5, p. 474.)
Gordius aqiiaticus Linne.
“Pink’’ Nematode.
During late June large numbers of young Gordii and of some
other, “pink” Nematode may be found coiled on plants or on
the bottom of the lake. Most of these occur in the shallower
parts, but they are also quite frequent at greater depths. Ap¬
parently they have just left their intermediate hosts to search
for others. Many are of course destroyed during this “free”
period, which lasts not more than two weeks, while others suc¬
ceed in finding a second host.
Especially Chironomus tentans larvae and pupae are found
to be infested with Gordius, some containing as many as three
individuals. Other Chironomid species may also be infested
with them, notably the larger species C. lobiferus, tentans var?,
and plumosus ; I have not found the worms in the smaller species,
nor in any other lake insects, (they probably occur in Ephe-
meridae) altho I have repeatedly observed the unsuccessful at¬
tempts of Gordius to enter caddis-worms.
The “pink Nematode” may be a form of Mermis; I have
found it in Chironomus palliatus, lobiferus, and viridis. No
mature specimens were obtained. Gordius adults are not un¬
common in the lake and especially its tributaries and basins in
September,
6. Chaetopoda. (Table 5, p. 474.)
Only the larger Annelids have been considered individually
in the numerical counts. Except for Sparganophilus eiseni
Smith, which is a purely littoral form, the data given cannot
be considered complete, for they apply only to the littoral area,
while at least the Lumbriculids are quite general in their dis¬
tribution.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
391
A distinction must be made for the small Oligochaeta which
are given in bulk. They form a very conspicuous percentage
of the numerical total of the August fauna, altho less promi¬
nent as regards their bulk. As a rule they live in loosely con¬
structed cases of accretions and secretions on the aquatic
plants, and were it not for the difficulty of gathering them
and freeing them from their cases, an individual count might
be attempted. They are not difficult to recognize, for each of
the several species of Chaetogaster, Nais, Pristina, etc., which
make up their membership, has a distinctive locomotion, usu¬
ally of the S-type, which makes identification of living speci¬
mens comparatively simple. ' Pish eat a large number of them,
but it is difficult to estimate the percentage, for only the mi¬
nute setae remain undigested.
Of the bottom Oligochaeta, Limnodrilus claparedeianus
Ratzel, Tubifex tubifex Muller, Lumbriculus limosa, etc., are
eaten with the mud by perch, suckers, and other fish. Spar-
ganophilus eiseni Smith, the blue earthworm, is confined to
gravelly areas and has been taken up to depths of 2.5 m.
7. Hirudinea. (Table 5, p. 474.)
The distribution of leeches in the lake was found to be more
uniform and less restricted than at first suspected, except for
Erpobdella punctata (Leidy) and Nephelopsis obscura Verrill.
Altho the percentage of specimens is much larger in rocky areas
a great many individuals are fomid among the plants of the
littoral depths.
Erpobdella and Nephelopsis, curious to say, find their opti¬
mal conditions on the shore margin, where coarse gravel and
stones are intermixed. Stones buried at the point where wa¬
ter and shore meet seem their favorite habitat choice ; for un¬
der these rocks, of about a size of 25 by 15 cm., one may occa¬
sionally find clusters of as many as 85 individuals on a single
rock. The stones are often tightly wedged and the leeches
evince surprising agility and strength in burrowing under
them. The egg-cases of Erpobdella and other species are
common on the stones of rock and gravel shores.
The food of leeches is variable, and may consist of the mi¬
crofauna and flora of the lake as well as of some of the larger
lake forms. Thus I have found may-fly larvae (Hexagenia,
392 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Caenis), and Trichoptera larvae ( Poly centr opus) in Erpobdella
punctata, while other leeches contained Chironomid larvae, Hy-
drachnida, Hyalella, etc. On several occasions I found small
leeches of the genus Glossiphonia attached to the under side
of the beetle larva Psephenus lecontei; whether the leech was
feeding or whether it was a mere accidental relation I am un¬
able to say.
8. Mollusca. (Table 5, p. 474.)
Not all of the species occurring in the lake have been listed
in table 5. For some reason Lamellibranchia are compara¬
tively little represented (if one excepts the enormous numbers
of the minute Corneocyclas which occur in the aphytal area.)
Amnicola limosa Say is by far the most abundant of Gastro¬
poda. In early summer its favorite spot seems to be the ra-
chion (breaker line) where at a depth of two meters it covers
the stones in immense numbers.
The general distribution of the Gastropoda in the littoral
area is fairly uniform. Certain species evince a preference for
the bottom, — at least I have rarely found them elsewhere;
while others are quite common on plants, busily feeding on the
Oligochaeta and Chironomids. In the aphytal area I have not
found any Mollusca except Corneocyclas ; very rarely one may
meet a specimen of Limnaea stagnalis. This is rather surpris¬
ing because of the fact that in so many of the European lakes,
especially the deep alpine lakes, many Gastropoda have become
permanently aphytal. (Forel, Roszkowski, Zschokke).
II. ARTHROPODA.
1. Crustacea. (Table 5, p. 474.)
Dikerogammarus fasciatus (Smith).
This Amphipod is confined to the rocky and stony shores of
the lake. A relative, Gammarus limnaeus, is very abundant in
the slack water of the springs and creeks at the western end
of the lake, and also in the Yahara Spillway.
Hyalella azteca (Sauss),
As will be seen from table 5, this species is of comparatively
wide distribution in the littoral area. Yet despite the formid-
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 393
able numbers found, the optimum conditions appear to be those
of the Yahara River, entering the lake on the north. In the
lateral parts of the stream, where it shallows over the mud of
the swamps but still retains a fair current, Ceratophyllum and
Myriophyllum are very abundant and line the channel with ^
thick waving mats. These ‘‘mats” form the feeding and
breeding ground of Hyalella; among the leaves and stems of
the two plant species they live in such tremendous quantities
that the plants appear gray from the living encrustation. On
an area approximating a square meter with a depth of one-half
meter I collected between seven and ten thousand Hyalellae
one August day.
Hyalella is avidly eaten by fish, insect larvae of various
kinds (Odonata, Gyrinus, Dytiscidae, Hydrophilus), and also
by leeches. On their own part they eat diatoms, and other
microfauna and microflora, and will not spurn eggs of Hy~
draclmids, damselflies, Trichoptera, and other insects. In
aquaria I have repeatedly seen them gnawing Chironomid
pupae, even when other food was plentiful, — on several occa¬
sions resulting in the death of some cherished specimen which I
was attempting to breed.
Cambarus propinquus Girard.
This is the commoner of the two species of crayfishes listed.
Young specimens form an item of the spring food of fishes.
They are not at all uncommon in the stony and gravelly por¬
tions of the shore. There they may be found wedged under
stones, with smaller pebbles heaped around them, — a type of
incipient burrow. In the less exposed depths they are not so
cautious and seek only the slight shelter of plant leaves. C.
virilis Hagen, another species, seems to be restricted to the
deeper portions of the lake, where Prof. Pearse has secured
it in gill nets.
Asellus communis Say.
I have only a single record of this isopod in the lake, and
this, I believe, was an accidental occurrence after a freshet
which carried much of the Merrill Creek fauna from its orig¬
inal location. Its absence from all lake catches is rather pe¬
culiar, for it has been reported from European lakes. It is
very comonm in the slack water of Merrill Creek and the Ya¬
hara Spillway.
394 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
2. Hydraclinida. (Table 5, p. 474.)
The great bulk, I may say 99%, of the Hydrachnid contin¬
gent of the lake is composed of members of the Hygrobatidae.
The commonest of all forms is Limnesia histrionica (Hermann),
which occurs as practically the sole representative of the sub¬
family. Other common forms are Curvipes turgidus Wolcott,
Atax ypsilophorus (Bonz), etc. The genus Arrhenurus espe¬
cially offers a large field, for quite a number of species have
been taken, several of them apparently new to science.
Except for an occasional Arrhenurus, Limnesia histrionica
forms the chief Hydrachnid contingent of fish food. How¬
ever, on a number of occasions I have found Eylais and Hygro-
bates present, especially in creek fishes. It is of interest that
altho the red Hydrachnida and their scarlet eggs are shunned
by fish, insects, and other Hydrachnida, they — the red ones —
appear to enjoy their own eggs as food. They also will readily
attack other Hydrachnida, but usually not the red species.
In general, the Hydrachnid food consists of their own kind,
of Chironomid larvae, and of other animals whose pellicle they
can pierce. All of the nymphs, most of the larvae, and a few
of the adult mites are parasites. The symbiotic relation with
sponges suggested by some writers is probably inapplicable;
the sponge merely offers transient shelter, for mites will hide
as readily in empty shells, in larval cases, and in egg clusters
(Odonata, Trichoptera, Gastropoda, etc.).
Of all groups present in the lake their distribution seems
most uniform. Respiration seems a slight factor with them;
most of them have lost their tracheae entirely and breathe
through their skin. Their free swimming habit makes them inde¬
pendent of a substratum except as a source of food, while their
small size permits easy access to shelter.
III. INSECTA.
A. Order Plecoptera.
At least three species of stone-fiies occur in Lake Mendota.
Each of these appears to be fairly abundant, the adults ap¬
pearing in April, June, and July, respectively. Yet for
some reason unknown at present, I have failed to find any evi-
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 395
dence of the larvae, or of the exuviae at the time of emergence,
notwithstanding very careful search.
B. Order Ephemeroidea. (Table 5, p. 475.)
All may-flies are water-breathers during their larval exist¬
ence. They seem, for the larger part, to be stenoedaphic,^ —
that is, with a small range of substrata. The lake species are
for the larger part petrophilous, a few species are essentially
phytophilous.
Specimens representing various species of the genus Baetis-
ca, Baetis, Callibaetis, Siphlurus, and Ephemerella are occa¬
sional in the lake, but occur so sparingly that they have not
been considered in the quantitative estimates.
Caeiiis diminuta Walker.
This is a small species, very abundant and quite general in
its distribution. It is phytophilous and quite uniformly dis¬
tributed in the littoral area. Like most other may-flies of the
lake, it emerges in early June. It is common in fish food.
Ecdyurus maculipennis Walsh.
Heptagenia canadensis Walker, H. interpunctata Say.
The three species named form a conspicuous part of the rock
community of the lake. Their depressed form, as well as their
strong claws, makes them particularly adapted to turbulent
waters. H. canadensis in Lake Mendota has been found
chiefly in depths exceeding two meters, hence beyond the in¬
fluence of the greatest wave action. This indicates that the
condition of the substratum and not the current is the control¬
ling habitat factor for this species. All three are true petro-
phils of the infra-petral type (i. e., found on the underside of
rocks).
The food consists of micro-organisms, Hyalella, some Hy-
drachnids, and occasionally one of their kind.
Ephemera varia Eaton.
This species in its general habitus recalls Sialis, with which
it appears to divide the distribution area. That is. Ephemera
is a littoral form, and Sialis begins its distribution at the shell
zone, where the other leaves off. Ephemera varia is a bur-
396 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
rower, and its fore-legs show a distinct spatulation for the pur¬
pose of burrowing in sand and gravel. It is worthy of inter¬
est that there is a change in habitat with the growth of the
larvae. Young larvae frequent the sandy bottoms at depths
exceeding one meter, hence are distinctly ammophilous (sand-
loving) ; I have no records of young larvae from rocky areas
or from any part of the shore line. Older larvae, however, are
found chiefly in rocky and stony areas, especially on the shore
line, — hence are petrophilous.
The situation amounts practically to this: the adults ap¬
pear during the first days of June, young larvae will be found
several weeks later in the deeper sandy bottoms, while at the
same time an occasional full grown larva may be found in the
rocky regions of the shore line; after the middle of August
older larvae will be very common on gravel and rocky shores,
and exceedingly rare on sandy bottoms, especially those below
the rachion. A second flight of adults occurs in early August ;
that is, the specimens which failed to emerge in June emerge
in August.
C. Order Odonata. (Table 5, p. 475.)
From the standpoint of adaptation to amphibious life the
Odonata as a unit have reached the highest development among
insects. Amphibious existence is ancestral with them, and
they have equipped themselves for both terrestrial and aquatic
life during their larval state. For aquatic respiration they
have the rectal gills (Anisoptera) or caudal gills (Zygoptera),
while both suborders possess open thoracic spiracles for aerial
respiration. The latter are impermeable to both water and
miscible oils (Portier 1911) so that an exchange from an aqua¬
tic to an aerial medium, and vice versa, can be effected immedi¬
ately.
In spite of their perfect adaptation to any type of aquatic
life the Odonata are very sparsely represented in the lake com¬
plex. I believe that this is due to the ovipositional habits of
the adults. Odonata lay their eggs on a free substratum or
in plants. It is of course obvious that in the second case the
eggs must be laid in plants which emerge from the water.
Hence we find this type of species restricted more or less to
habitats showing emergent vegetation; this includes most Zy-
Muttkowshi — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
397
goptera, Aescliniiiae^ and many Cordulinae. But even those
species which lay their eggs free on a substratum (sand^ mat¬
ted algae, scums, etc.) or in the open water are largely con¬
fined to the more quiet habitats. This may be due to the food
varieties, more of which are offered in ponds, swamps, and
quiet streams, than in turbulent waters. However, it is impor¬
tant to point out that it is not the respiratory factor which re¬
stricts the Odonate lake complex, but purely that of food and
a special habit, oviposition.
Habitat relations, general form, and method ot locomotion
are closely interrelated in the Odonata. This relationship is
expressed in table 2. Both positions at rest and methods of
locomotion are combined in order properly to designate the
main types of larvae. Many genera or subfamilies are com¬
paratively restricted; thus, the Zygoptera in general, and al¬
so Gomphinae and Petalurinae, are poor swimmers, and have
primarily a sedentary, ‘^clinging’’ mode of life, and the Gom-
phinae and Petalurinae a burrowing habitus. (See p. 471.)
Argia putrida (Hagen).
The nymph of this species is easily recognized from its stout,
depressed form; it is slate-colored, with wdiite-tipped caudal
gills. It belongs to the category of rock-clingers and is one
of the characteristic forms of turbulent waters. While it oc¬
curs in the rocky areas of the lake, its optimal habitat seems
to be in rapids.
Enallagma antennatum (Say).
This species is fairly abundant in the lake, together with
Ischnura verticalis. It is a true plant dinger. Other species
of Enallagma occur in restricted areas of the lake, especially
where a river fauna enters or a swamp fauna lies nearby. In
such spots Enallagma hageni, carunculatum, ebrium, signatum,
and pollutum may be found in fair numbers. No Lestinae oc¬
cur in the lake, but they are abundant in spring-fed ponds and
in clear creeks.
Gomphus fratenius (Say).
The nymph burrows into the sand or rubble at the point
where wave-action is strongest, hence at the breaker-line.
Like Argia putrida, it is much more abundant in rapids than in
the lake.
398 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Epicordulia princeps (Hagen).
In parts of the lake, especially opposite rocky shores, the lar¬
vae of this form are not at all scarce. During July one may
see the exuviae clinging to the face of the cliff for a height of
10 meters, while the spotted adults are busily engaged hunt¬
ing for prey or ovipositing. The eggs are laid in long strings,
usually at the surface on the floral beds of Potamogeton and
other plants.
D. Order Hemiptera. (Table 5, p. 475).
Hemiptera are not conspicuous in the lake community. Few
of them are hardy enough to withstand the severities of lake
conditions. Two species of Corixa, one of Notonecta and of
Pelocoris, and the ubiquitous Plea striola form the Hemipteran
contingent of the lake ; and for the first three it must be noted
that they are abundant only in the tiny nooks one may find
along the shore line, where the immediate shore forms an ac¬
cessible shelter during adverse conditions.
Experiments have shown that Corixa cannot endure any
prolonged submersion in disturbed water, two hours being
the maximum; Notonecta is a little more hardy, while the
minute Plea is hardiest of all, enduring a submergence of five
hours without much damage. That the true habitat of all five
of these species is not the lake, is indicated by the fact that
in flowing streams, and especially in the swamps of the Yahara
River, the same species of Corixa, Notonecta, and Pelocoris are
enormously abundant, at least three times as abundant as in
the most favored spots of the lake. Pish caught in such re¬
gions will be found gorged with specimens of one or all species.
Belostoma, Nepa, and Ranatra are entirely absent from the
lake. They are adapted to an emergent or floating vegetation
and hence do not occur in the lake. Only the fact that Noto¬
necta, Corixa, etc. may rapidly change from an aquatic me¬
dium to the shore permits them to stay in the lake, but then
always within a short distance of the shore, as indicated by
the quantitative hauls.
E. Order Neuroptera.
Sysira umbrata Needham.
This is the only spongilla fly I found in the lake. At Maple
Bluff it is occasional in the encrusting sponges. No numerical
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
399
estimates have been made, as it forms a negligible item. Vari¬
ous species of Hemerobins occur in the sponges of other wa¬
ters, but I have not found the larvae.
F. Order Megaloptera.
Corydalis cornuta Linne.
I have on several occasions taken larvae behind the bar of
University Bay, but never in the lake proper. It is not an
abundant species.
Sialis infumata Newman. (Table 5, p. 475.)
The larvae of this species constitute one of the major items
of insect fish food. Late in April, or in early May, during a
very brief period, the larvae migrate to the shore, emerging
there in immense numbers to pupate in the earth. After two
weeks the adults emerge; they may be so abundant in places
along the shore as to be an annoyance to the pedestrian or
boatman frequenting the spot. In oviposition the females lay
their eggs in thick, velvety masses on the branches of trees, on
sticks, and on piers along the water’s edge.
In emerging the larvae drop into the water, where fish are
attracted in numbers, apparently relishing the feast. ^ The
larvae immediately migrate through the plant zone to the sub-f
littoral area, where they are very abundant. On the bottom
they will wander downward as far as the oxygen content of
the water will permit them to go. As the oxygen goes out
with the warming up of the lake, they migrate to the shallower
regions ; vice versa, they go downward with the fall overturn.
Perch brought up from the deepest portions of the lake in
winter were found to contain many of these larvae.
A two-year cycle is indicated by the fact that shortly after
the annual shore migration half-grown larvae are quite abund¬
ant in the lake. I secured them freely with the dredge through¬
out the summer.
The larvae live chiefly upon organic detritus of various
origin. They do not refuse live Chironomids and worms, how¬
ever. They are water-breathers and may descend to any
depth, controlled by the oxygen supply.
The numbers quoted are incomplete, since they do not ac¬
count for the distribution below 6 meters, altho the maximum
is found below the depth indicated.
400 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
G. Order Hymenoptera.
Several parasites have been caught or bred from insects ob¬
tained from the lake. With the exception of Diapria colum-
bana Ashmead (kindly determined by Prof. C. T. Brues) they
still await identification.
As an extraneous source of food supply the Hymenoptera
are not without some importance in the lake economy. The
variable winds of the summer blow thousands of insects of all
sorts into the lake, where they become water-trapped and
drown, or may be directly eaten by fish. As regards drown¬
ing I estimated in the summer of 1914 that 2 % of the bulk of
insects collected was formed by dead insects, — most of them
Hymenoptera. At the time of their summer flights millions
of winged ants are blown into the lake and become the toll of
the water and of the fish. That the latter will eat ants greed¬
ily, is attested by the gorged stomachs of perch and other fish
which were filled with Camponotus, and Formica. Other
forms which are very common in the lake toll but rarer in fish
stomachs are Pelecinus polyturetur. Apis mellifica, various
species of Bombus, Polistes, Yespa, Bembex, Ammophila, Pom-
pilus. Ichneumon, etc.
The important fact, however, is that the fish should eat
ants in such quantities w^henever available, since this brings up
the question of nauseous emanations, similar to those by which
the Hemiptera are supposedly protected.
H. Order Lepidoptera.
Two species of Lepidoptera have been taken in the lake. ~
Nymphula maculalis larvae were secured in different parts of
the lake in various depths. But the optimal situation seems
to be the sheltered portion of University Bay, at the point
where the bar joins the Picnic Point peninsula. There the lar¬
vae of N. maculalis and N. allionalis occur in large numbers
on Potamogeton and Yallisneria. In Picnic Pond close by
Hydrocamp a sp. is also abundant.
As an item of fish food the Lepidoptera are negligible.
I. Order Trichoptera (Table 5, p. 475
During the latter half of summer and early fall the Trichop¬
tera form the greater bulk of the littoral fauna of Lake Men-
MuttkowsM — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 401
dota. One species, Leptocella uwarowii, is especially common,
occuring in amazing^ numbers. Each haul of a square meter
contains a fair number of individuals, often as many as 85 to
100 (over 500 in two instances).
In their general ecology the caddis-worms are more uniform
than any other group of aquatic insects. In food habits they
are primarily phytophagous; all of them live in shelters of
some sort, — from those formed by a loose accumulation of ref¬
use to the most elaborately constructed webs and cases ; all are
water-breathers and are supplied with lateral gill-filaments or
anal blood-gills for respiration.
Family Hydroptilidae.
Agraylea multipunctata Curtis ; Hydroptila sp. ; Ithytrichia
clavata Morton ; Orthotrichia sp. ; Oxyethira sp.
These five species of Hydroptilidae occur in Lake Mendota,
the first three quite commonly; the last two rarely. In June
and early July when all other caddis-worms have pupated, they
are in their larval stage and form one of the characteristic sea¬
sonal complexes of the lake.
Agraylea, Hydroptila,. and Ithytrichia are very abundant in
the rocky areas of the lake among the Cladophora, while the
first may be more or less generally found on the filamentous
algae which cover the bottom and vegetation of the littoral
area to more than three meters’ depth.
Agraylea is distinctive because of the bean-shaped green
case, woven from parallel algal filaments; Hydroptila has a
case of similar shape, but made up of extremely fine sand gran¬
ules; while Ithytrichia makes a case of clear green secretion,
bottle-shaped, with the wider end open. The other two spe¬
cies, Oxyethira and Orthotrichia, have cases which are shaped
as a poppy seed, or like a fiat fiask, respectively. In pupation
the caddis-worm usually merely closes the open end of the
cases, making sure beforehand that the case is firmly attached
to a rock or plant. Ithytrichia, however, forms a pupal case
of two tapering ends which resembles a leech cocoon remark¬
ably, fastening the two ends each with two bands to the under
side of rocks.
In places the various species may be quite abundant. On an
Elodea plant of about three meters stem length, including all
26— S. A. L.
402 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Aris^ and Letters.
branches, I counted over 1,500 specimens of Agraylea multi-
punctata. As an item of fish food they are negligible, not be¬
cause of their inavailability but because of the difficulty of
capture.
The adults are often taken for Microlepidoptera. I have
bred four of the species listed, two of them in quantities. A
peculiarity noticed for Ithytrichia and Agraylea is that the
pupae may swim about in the water for quite a while before
ecdysis. The adults of both of these species have also been ob¬
served to swim actively.
Family Hydropsychidae.
Polycentropus sp.
The species is restricted to the rocky shores and the breaker
line, altho on several occasions specimens have been taken some
distance out on plants. The web spun by the larva is a funnel
with fluted ends, the whole covered by a woven sheet.
Its relative, Hydropsyche alternans Vorhies, is very abund¬
ant in the rapids of the Yahara Spillway, where it constructs a
loose network into which it anchors some of the flotsam sweep¬
ing over the falls.
Family Molannidae.
Molanna uniophila Vorhies.
The larva is an inch long, and builds a tubular case with la¬
teral extensions. The larva lives on sandy bottoms and de¬
spite its obvious’^ adaptations to strong molar agents is much
more common in depths below the breaker line than above.
Family Leptoceridae.
Leptocerus ancylus Vorhies.
The larva is small, half an inch or less in length, and builds
a case consisting of a tube imbedded in a concave shield. This
species is confined to the rocky shores where it is found on the
under side of the rocks.
Leptocerus sp.
This species which was bred from material obtained from the
shell zone proved to be different from known American species,
and may be identical with the European L. fulvus. Its case
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
403
is of sand and shell fragments. The species seems confined to
the sublittoral area.
Leptocerus dilutus Hagen.
The minute, curved, and hooded cases are characteristic for
the rock and gravel shores, though less common on the latter.
This is not an abundant species.
Leptocella uwarowii Kolenati.
This is the characteristic caddis-fly of the lake, especially in
the plant zone, and occurs everywhere in amazing numbers. It
. is adapted to a variety of aquatic conditions, for it seems also
to be able to maintain itself to a fair extent on the rocky shores
and in the rapids of the Yahara Spillway.
Only the larger fish eat the caddis-worms, for the long cylin¬
drical tubes are somewhat difficult to manage. In fall, at the
time of the heavy equinoctial storms, myriads are swept onto
the shores and killed in the surf. After such a storm a thick
lake drift lines the shore, while a secondary drift may be found
in places in the water ; a large portion of the accumulation will
be composed of the dead Leptocellae.
Setodes grandis Banks.
Though occurring sporadically in the lake, the true habitat of
this species is the Yahara Kiver north of the lake. There the
larvae in their translucent green cases may be found abundantly
on Myriophyllum, etc.
Triaenodes flavescens Banks.
The spiral case is characteristic for this species. It is fairly
abundant in somewhat sheltered spots, such as the small bayou
north of the Yahara Spillway.
Family Sericostomatidae.
Helicopsyche borealis Hagen.
This is a small species, which is quite common on sandy bot¬
toms. The characteristic case is built like that of a snail, as
which it has been repeatedly described. First instar larvae
build a slightly twisted case, while that of the second instar
larva is like the case of the older stages. The species is eaten
frequently by fish.
404 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Family LimnepMlidae
LimnepMlus sp.
I attempted to breed this species, but overlooked the final
ecdysis until too late. The case is square like that of Limne-
philus rhombicus Linne, and composed of fine bits of crossed
twigs, fibers, etc. This species, however, is much smaller than
its relative of the springs.
The larva is the only active “swimmer’’ among the lake cad¬
dis-worms, most of which are too heavily encumbered by their
cases to be able to swim at all (except the first and second
instar larvae of caddis-worms which are all good swimmers.)
The species is not infrequent in the lake.
Platyphylax subfasciatus Say.
This is the largest species found in the lake, although rare.
In places it may be abundant, at a depth of about a meter. Its
congener, P. designatus Walker, and relative, Neophylax autum-
nus Vorhies, are quite thick in the waters of Merrill Spring.
Family Phryganeidae.
Phryganea interrupta Say.
A single specimen of this species was taken in the lake, in a
sheltered part of University Bay. Like Neuronia postica
Walker, it is more characteristic of smaller streams and ponds,
and is not uncommon in Pheasant Branch Creek. Here it lives
among the roots of the plants or buried in the fine silt of the
bottom.
J. Order Diptera
The Diptera have adapted themselves to a greater variety of
conditions than any other order of insects. These conditions range
from aerial and terrestrial to subterranean and aquatic, from
ectoparasitic to endoparasitic. On a taxonomic basis none of
these conditions can be stated as characteristic exclusively of the
different groups of the order. For instance, all transitions from
a damp habitat to a semiaquatic and holaquatic habitat may be
found. These transitions take place within close rela¬
tionships, and the facility with which members of a single family
pass from one extreme to another is extraordinary, and de-
MuttkowsM—Tke Fauna of Lake Mendota. 405
notes great plasticity. The attempt to select the aquatic rep¬
resentatives of the Diptera for inclusion in the present study
proves this strikingly. Table 3 is a compilation intended to
show the degree of ‘ ‘ aquativeness ” of the larvae — that is,
the extent to which larvae have adapted themselves to an aquatic
mode of life. This is evidenced most strongly in the respira¬
tory adaptations, — whether the larvae have remained surface-
breathers (i. e., come to the surface to breathe the air above it),
or whether they have become water-breathers (i. e., obtaining
their oxygen directly from the water.) (See p. 472.)
It is surprising to find that seven of the families are only in
part aquatic; again, it is interesting to note that several fam¬
ilies have members under the extremes of terrestrial and water¬
breathing habits (Leptidae, Ceratopogoninae) ; or, that of a
partial and a total aquativeness as in the Psychodidae, Coreth-
ridae, and Anthomyiidae.
On the one hand, this classification indicates that the transi¬
tion from a purely terrestrial habitat to an aquatic one is not
very difficult; it also indicates that the final step from surface¬
breathing to complete water-breathing is, after all, not so very
great. On the other hand, the presence of water-breathers
alone in the lake complex demonstrates the dominating in-
fiuence of respiration; while a further specialization of the
aquatic habit is found in the limitation of some species to a
constant current.
In the present paper only two of the Dipterous families can
be considered, the Corethridae and the Chironomidae.
Family Corethridae. (Table 5, p. 475).
A single species of this family occurs in the lake, Corethra
punctipennis Say. The Corethridae are of interest in more
ways than one. In the first place, the presence of semiaquatic and
holaquatic larvae distinguishes the family. Secondly, the fact that
Corethra is one of the few insect genera whose species are pelagic
is of considerable interest. In addition the peculiar anatomy
of the larva, its remarkable transparency, its physiology, and
its importance as an item of fish food make it noteworthy.
Corethra punctipennis occurs in the lake in enormous num¬
bers. Due to its pelagic habits, it is possible to give only an
approximate estimate of its numbers. The figures given in the
406 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
table are littoral catches made at pupation periods and of no
value in estimating the deeper distribution. (Some of the
catches made in the summer of 1916 by means of a clam-shell
dredge show numbers ranging from 2,000 to 18,000 individuals
per square meter.)
Corethra begins to pupate about June 10th and enormous
swarms emerge continually during the summer weeks of June
15th to about August 20th; the numbers then decrease to Sep¬
tember 10th, when they become small, the last adults emerging
about September 30th. Corethra emerges at night, beginning early
in the evening and continuing through the night. Large
swarms of them fly to the lights of Madison or gather in the
tree-tops, especially in the vicinity of the lake. In the morning,
if the lake is quiet, the females can be seen resting on the sur¬
face, ovipositing through the surface film.
From observations made since 1912, it seems that there are
about six great periods of swarming or emergence, alternating
with an equal number of minor ‘^pulsations.’’ In each case
the adults live about three to five days.
The larvae, while primarily pelagic, hunt their food chiefly
at the bottom, where they nestle into the soft ooze. The food
consists of small worms, and the various components of the
plankton. In Picnic Pond, where specimens of Corethra are
quite abundant, I have watched them feed on Volvox. The
method of feeding is curious. Bits of food are rasped off the
prey, taken into the stomach, and digested. After digestion
the waste is ejected through the mouth (Frankenberg 1915),
an observation which can be easily verified.
Transparency is the greatest protection of the larva and pupa.
Despite this tranparency Corethra is eaten in large numbers
by the fish of the lake, especially by the bottom feeders of the
deeper waters. One frequently finds specimens of perch which
have gorged themselves on Corethra larvae.
Corethra is unique in its system of respiration. At each end
of the body are found two twisted air-chambers, which are en¬
tirely detached from the surface. Their structure is tracheal,
and they function primarily as static organs, and possibly as
storage organs for oxygen used in respiration. The general
tracheation is very meager and appears insufficient. In res¬
piration the oxygen must be taken from the water through the
skin and carried in the blood wherever needed. In contrast
Muttkowshi — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
407
to the larva the pupa has an elaborate tracheation which com¬
municates with a pair of external air-chambers from the thorax.
Pupal life is very short, and lasts one to three days, at most.
The daily migration of the larvae needs mention. In day¬
light the larvae are found below the thermocline and in the bot¬
tom mud, while at night they come to the surface. Aside from
the considerable adjustment entailed by the change in pressure
(at least two atmospheres), there is the change from aerobic to
anaerobic conditions which perplexes us and leaves us in doubt
as to the precise status of the air chambers.
The larval history lasts about six to seven weeks. Hence
there may be three generations during the summer, the wintered
larvae pupating in May and June, the second generation ap¬
pearing in late July and early August, the third generation in
September. Wintering larvae are uniformly larger before
pupation than are summer larvae.
Family Chironomidae. (Table 5, p. 475).
The species of Chironomidae about Madison are legion. The
various waters, — lakes, ponds, springs, creeks, swamps,
whichever they be — all contribute their share to the Chirono-
mid complex. Only a small portion of this complex has been
studied, and a still smaller portion only can be referred to
in this paper. In practically all of the species listed it was pos¬
sible to breed the species and verify previous work. Addi¬
tional species from other waters were also bred, some in all of
their stages, some in part only, — wherever opportunity offered
and time would permit. An idea of the richness of the Chiron-
omid fauna may be gained from the fact that I have taken at
least 35 species from the lake, and that each of the surround¬
ing waters contains several other species. The contents of fish
stomachs from various localities have apprised me of further
unknown stages.
Cerotopogoninae.
Palpomyia longipennis Loew; Probezzia pallida Malloch; Pro-
bezzia glaber Coquillet.
Specimens of these three species were bred in large quanti¬
ties. All three are common in the lake and appear to show a
special preference for Cladophora and other filamentous algae
as a habitat.
408 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
The larvae of Palpomyia longipennis and Probezzia pallida
resemble each other in form, but differ greatly in size ; both are
white, and have a vibratile method of locomotion, — like that
of a rod which is fastened at one end and permitted to vibrate
freely at the other. Probezzia glaber is pale green, and ex¬
tremely attenuated; it swims in regular, worm-like undula¬
tions.
For emergence the pupa of P. longipennis climbs up the sides
of rocks and rubbish, while the other two species emerge from
the water surface. Parallel to this is the ability of the Prb-
bezzia species to rest on the surface-film and oviposit through it,
while Palpomyia breaks thru the film and must therefore ovi¬
posit from solid objects.
These larvae have an interesting method of letisimulation.
When grasped while in the water they straighten out and be¬
come rigid; this is one of the few cases where aquatic insects
feign death in their normal environment. Since their color
resembles that of the filamentous algae among which they live,
the larvae may be said to be doubly protected. In spite of
this, they are quite frequent in fish stomachs. They are quite
resistant to digestion, specimens having been taken alive from
perch stomachs several hours after capture of the fish.
The Ceratopogoninae are among the free-swimming insect
larvae although not pelagic. They do not build tubes or shel¬
ters such as the Tanypinae and Chironominae. Their range ap¬
pears to be limited by the oxygen distribution of the lake ; in
winter, like the fish, they go to deeper waters, but with the ad¬
vance of the thermocline they migrate toward-shore. For respi¬
ration they evert retractile gills from the anal opening.
They pupate in July, and during June and early July form the
chief Chironomid contingent of the littoral catches. Three other
species of Ceratopogoninae have been found in Lake Mendota,
but I have been unable to breed them ; they are not abundant.
According to the sex, the larvae show a dimorphism in size,
the female larvae being uniformly larger than the males.
Tanypinae.
The habitus of the Tanypinae is more Chironomid-like. The
larvae resemble those of the true Chironomids, while the pupae
bear a strong resemblance to the Corethra type. In many
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
409
forms the head of the larva is elongate, and the antennae are
frequently retractile. The following forms have been found
in the lake.
Protenthes choreus Meigen.
The distribution of this species is practically identical with
that of Chironomus tentans in the lake. It is fairly abundant
in the bottom mud and forms an important item of fish food.
Tanypus decoloratus Malloch ; Tanypus monilis Linne ; Tanyp-
us carneus Fabricius.
These three species occur in the lake, but only T. monilis in
appreciable numbers. All three are littoral forms. The lar¬
va of T. monilis is remarkable for its retrogressive locomotion,
resembling that of a crayfish. None of the species build true
cases, but live free or in concretions which are loosely put to¬
gether.
Chironominae.
This subfamily comprises the true ‘^blood-worms,” although
this designation is somewhat of a misnomer. Most of the spe¬
cies are able to spin tubes, using plant fibers or sand granules.
Chironomus abbreviatus Kieffer.
This is species number 82 of Johannsen (1905). The species
is littoral and sublittoral in its distribution.
Chironomus tentans Fabricius.
This is the largest of all Chironomid species that occur in the
lake. Its distribution is practically confined to the bottom
area of the lake, although it occurs in great numbers in the
muddy areas behind the bars of University and Catfish bays.
It is stenoedaphic in mud, hence limophilous. Larvae have
been taken from the lake, ponds, creeks, in fact wherever a
mud bottom occurs.
The larvae are extensively parasitized by Gordius, at times
by as many as three individuals, although usually only a single
parasite is present in the larva or pupa. The species trans¬
forms during late April and May and late September and Oc¬
tober. There is a peculiar parallelism between transforma¬
tion and the amount of available oxygen, transformation de-
410 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
creasing in early summer as the oxygen goes out, and increas¬
ing with the increase of the oxygen content of the hypolimnion
in early fall.
A dimorphism in size of the larvae, which was at .first sup¬
posed to indicate a two-year cycle, was later found to be a sex¬
ual difference, the larger larvae being females. Female larvae
may attain a size of 5 cm., while males rarely exceed 3-3.5 cm.
This species forms a very conspicuous item of fish food, es¬
pecially during the winter.
In connection with this species it seems appropriate to test
out Miall’s dictum, ‘Hhat only such Chironomus larvae as live
at the bottom and burrow in the mud possess the red hemo¬
globin. Those which live at or near the surface have colorless
blood.” As far as Chironomus tentans is concerned, the red
color is characteristic of the larva no matter where it occurs, —
in the bottom of the lake, pond, or horse-trough. Conversely,
Protenthes choreus with which it is associated in the lake,
shows only occasionally a slight suffusion of pink, no matter
where it may be found; usually the larvae are of a cream or
pale green color, with the fat body showing through the epi¬
dermis.
In general, I have found so much variation as to the color
of the larvae of the various species in identical surroundings
that it is obvious that no fixed rule can be laid down as to col¬
oration. There is no intensification of color parallel with the
increase in depth, such as Miall suggested. I have taken red
specimens of C. lobiferus, digitatus, fulviventris, etc., from
depths varying from 0.2 to 6 ni. ; while pale specimens of
the same species were found at precisely the same depths (see
discussion of color varieties under C. lobiferus). In fact, at
any given spot on the shore one may find specimens of these
species colored a brilliant scarlet, while at a depth of one meter
or five meters the same species may be pale, or vice versa.
What I wish to emphasize is the absolute lack of any correla¬
tion of intensification of color and of oxygen supply. Need¬
ham (1903) called attention to the fact that the young of the
red species when hatched from the egg are pale, never red.
Chironomus digitatus Malloch ; Chironomus fulviventris
Johannsen; Chironomus lobiferus Say.
These three species are littoral forms of wide distribution.
C. digitatus is of special interest in that it is sand loving form
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
411
(ammophilous), and is common on sand beaches and in the
finer gravel. C. fulviventris is somewhat similar in its pre¬
dilections, but more isolated in its distribution. C. lobiferus
is quite regular in its distributon, and is a ubiquist as regards
its habitats, — varying from sand, gravel, and rocks, to plants
and filamentous algae.
The larvae of the three species are trimorphic as to color.
The larva of C. lobiferus may be a bright red, a very pale
green, or reddish transfused with green. In C. fulviventris
bright red larvae occur, others that are pale cream, olive green,
or red with a transfusion of green. Even more marked are
the distinctions of C. digitatus in which a scarlet larva is com¬
monest, white or pale green next frequent, and a rarer form is
colored a dark red with green parenthetical dorsal markings
on each segment. I have tried to discover a racial character
in these markings, but the breedings of all three types for C.
digitatus and C. lobiferus proved their identity.
A peculiar feature is that in C. digitatus and lobiferus the
variations occur side by side, so that one may find red and
green forms of either species in the same locality. In C. ful¬
viventris I have found the red forms only in the short rapids
of Merril Spring and in the sandy parts of the lake shore ; the
pale cream form seems to be confined to the outlet of Univer¬
sity Brook into University Bay.
The food of these three species has been examined in sev¬
eral hundred specimens. Diatoms, Protozoa, algal spores, and
in several instances smaller Chironomid larvae, were found in
the stomachs. On two occasions larvae of Hydrachnida were
found in C. lobiferus; these probably belonged to Limnesia
histrionica, for those of other species are less common and
generally protected by armor or secretions. In turn, the lar¬
vae are eaten by fish; C. digitatus notably forms the food of
shore fishes, especially of the darters, and Cottus. I have seen
smaller larvae frequently attacked by Hydrachnids, while the
crustacean Hyalella azteca at times has the annoying habit of
nibbling at the respiratory tufts of the pupae (field and labor¬
atory observation).
Chironomus plumosus Linne; Chironomus tentans var.
Both species are confined to the littoral area. C. plumosus
in Lake Mendota is restricted to a few places on the north
412 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
shore, vfhile C. tentans var. is more general in its distribution. It
is of interest that the Giant Midge, C. plumosus, so common in
the muddy depths of Lake Winnebago, should be confined
purely to a few rocky and gravelly areas in Lake Mendota, —
one of the peculiar contradictions so frequently met with in
limnological studies. C. tentans seems to begin its distribu¬
tion in the lake where C. tentans var. leaves off. That is, it is
confined to sandy areas and gravel while C. tentans seems to be
restricted to mud bottoms.
Chironomus viridis Macquard; Chironomus pallidus Coquillet.
The former species and its congener, C. palliatus, the latter
the rarer of the two, were first called to my attention by their
appearance in fish food. C. viridis emerges early in the year
and was not met with in 1914. In 1915 I did not find it till
August when it was quite common on plants in depths of one
or more meters.
Chironomus modestus Say; Chironomus flavus Johannsen.
The two species are not abundant. C. modestus is ammo-
philous, while C. flavus frequents plants.
Tany tarsus exiguus Johannsen.
This is the only species of Tanytarsus found in more than one
locality in the lake. In each case I found it at depths exceed¬
ing 5 meters, where the larvae would be fairly common.
It is characteristic of the species of the genus Tanytarsus
that they are more or less localized in their distribution. I
have taken T. agraylioides ( = obediens Joh. ?), lauterborni,
muticus, bausei?, dives, etc., in the lake, but always confined
to a single locality, so that they cannot be considered in a
quantitative study. The habits of the larvae of this genus are
specially interesting; many of them build cases which are re¬
markable for their form and variety.
Cricotopus trifasciatus Panzer; Cricotopus exilis Johannsen.
Of the two species C. trifasciatus is especially abundant. It
is a shore form, nearly ubiquitous in its habitats, and is much
eaten by fishes. - It is a common species in creeks and swamps.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
413
K. Order Coleoptera. (Table 5, p. 475).
Adaptation to an aquatic mode of life has reached its great¬
est differentiation among the aquatic Coleoptera. Table 4 aims
to show the progressive adaptations for the families listed. It
is difficult to class the Coleoptera into surface-breathers and
water-breathers. For on the one hand some of the adult Col¬
eoptera are able to effect a gaseous interchange while sub¬
merged ; on the other hand some of the water-breathing larvae
have stigmata which they are able to use at the surface, al¬
though in the latter case primarily in the prepupal stage. In
effect, therefore, the adults mentioned (some Dytiscidae, etc.)
are true water-breathers, yet in a manner different from that
of the larvae. (See p. 473).
Again, many regular surface-breathers are intermittently
submerged, for a long period during the winter, and are able
to effect a partial oxygenation during their submersion
(Wesenberg-Lund, Bge, etc.). This complicates the situation
and allowance must be made in a table. The adaptations to
the aquatic environment are so manifold among both larvae
and adults, that it seems as if each species has developed indi¬
vidual means and methods of aquatic respiration. Among the
list of families noted as breathing ‘‘submerged air” there is
hardly one which follows precisely the same method as any of
the others.
Now, with all their manifold adaptations to an aquatic life,
aquatic beetles, except for a few species, are scarce in the lake
complex. Surface-breathing larvae are entirely absent from
the lake; water-breathing larvae, while common to a certain
extent, are limited through their adults, which usually are sur¬
face-breathers. Beetles, in one or all stages, are surface-
breathers; and it is through the surface-breathing habit that
the molar agents exert their dominating influence on the lake
complex. !
The Hygrobiidae, Dysticidae, Hydrophilidae (except Bero-
sus), Donaciinae, and Gyrinidae, the latter despite the water¬
breathing larvae, are practically absent form the lake commu¬
nity. The typical lake Coleoptera are the Haliplidae in the
vegetation zone, and the Dryopidae in the rocky and gravelly
areas, while several species of adult Dytiscidae are locally
abundant.
414 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Family Dytiscidae.
In the earlier part of summer, late May to the middle of July,
adults of Bidessus flavicollis Leconte, Coptotomus interrogatus
Fabricius, Hydroporus undulatus Say, and Laccophilus macu-
losus Say, are not at all uncommon in the lake. Individuals
of Agabus and Colymbetes may occur, but rarely. Since ad¬
joining ponds, creeks, swamps, and basins are on the whole
copiously provided with larvae of Laccophilus, Acilius, Cyb-
ister, Agabus, etc., although entirely absent from the lake, it
is probable that such adults as are found in the lake have mi¬
grated into it and have not bred there. In specially favored
spots where shelter permits some emergent plants to gain a
foothold one may find some Dytiscid larvae.
The difference between the lake and other aquatic communi¬
ties is very marked in late summer, when sheltered water such
as the lagoons in the parks and the several ponds and creeks
about the lakes teem with young Dytiscid larvae of several
species, while such larvae are conspicuously absent from the
lake. As a food factor the Dytiscidae are therefore negligible
so far as the lake is concerned; but this does not apply to creeks
and rivers. i
Family Hydrophilidae.
Only a single species, Berosus sp. (probably striatus Say), is
represented in the lake, and this species is quite rare. The
larva occurs in sandy depths up to six meters. I was able to
breed the species and discovered that the pupa is aquatic and
a water-breather like the larva; but the emerged adult es¬
caped before I had seen it. In the fast current just below the
Yahara spillway, the species seems to thrive ; at least, fish taken
at the spot frequently contained larvae of Berosus.
Family Gyrinidae.
The larvae of the Gyrinidae, like Berosus, seem to find con¬
ditions optimal in the current below the Yahara spillway. In
that stream, too, the adults are exceedingly abundant, occur¬
ring in enormous swarms composed of many thousands of in¬
dividuals. Although an adult Gyrinid is occasional in the lake,
no larvae have as yet been found.
Mutthowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
415
In fish taken from the Yahara Canal Gyrinus larvae are
rare, while adults, in spite of their presumably noxious eman¬
ations, are more frequent.
Family Haliplidae.
Haliplus ruficollis DeGeer ; Peltodytes edentulus LeConte ;
Peltodytes duodecimpunctatus Say.
These three species are common in the lake, both in larval
and adult form (except the larva of the last, which I have not
found). The larvae are water-breathers, while the adults can
remain submerged for considerable periods. The larvae are
microphagous on filamentous algae and are not restricted in
their distribution save by that of their sheltering plants. In
creeks, basins, and elsewhere the larvae may be quite abundant.
Among the Cladophora and other algae just below the Yahara
spillway, Haliplus ruficollis larvae are especially abundant and
form a favorite item in the food of fish.
Family Hryopidae.
There is no other insect family with aquatic representatives
that offers as many points of interest as the Dryopidae. Adap¬
tation to an aquatic life has reached its highest development
among them, both in the larvae and in the adults. As will be
seen from table 4 there are two groups according to degree of
aquativeness, both of which have in common holaquatic larvae
and terrestrial pupae, but differ in the aquatic habits of the
adults. (See p. 473).
Of the five genera given, Limnius is not represented in the
American fauna, its place being taken by Stenelmis. Psephe-
nus lecontei and Stenelmis crenatus were bred in large quan¬
tities, while a third species (a larva resembling that of Elmis
somewhat and which I believe is Dryops lithophilus) did not
reach pupation in the various cultures.
Stenelmis crenatus Say ; Elmis vittatus Mels.
The larvae of Stenelmis crenatus resemble those of the Euro¬
pean Limnius troglodytes. In color they range from a light
brown to a deep black, and it was thought at first that two
species were represented in the larval material. Extensive
breeding proved the identity with Stenelmis crenatus.
416 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
The larvae are water-breathers, extruding an anal tracheal
tuft for the purpose. In general they live in tiny burrows
made in gravel or in sand between stones, but they may fre¬
quently be found crawling freely over rocks in depths from
the shore-line to 6 meters. Besides crawling, the larvae have
a quite unusual method of swimming ; this is retro-progressive
(i. e., moving backward), but in an inverted position, the re¬
curved caudal segments flapping violently. For pupation the
larvae leave the water and in the moist sand make a pea¬
shaped burrow in which they transform. Pupation begins in
the middle of August and lasts for about 10 days. The adults
immediately reenter the water, where they copulate and de¬
posit their eggs on rocks.
In a sense, the adults are true water-breathers. For they
remain submerged continually, rarely, if ever, coming to the
surface for the replenishment of their oxygen supply. Brocher
(1912) in a very interesting paper has shown that Stenelmis
adults exchange oxygen very readily through the abdominal
plastron of air. i
In Lake Mendota Stenelmis adults occur chiefly in plant
marl, gravel, and sandy bottoms in depths up to 10 meters.
I have not found a single larva nor adult in any of the eight
hundred or more shore fishes examined.
Dry ops lithophilus Germar; Parnid sp. larva.
I do not know the larva of Dryops lithophilus, but suspect
that it is the Elmis-like, or “ trilobitic ’ ’ larva found fairly
abundantly on rocky shores, and here referred to as Parnid sp.
I have failed to breed this larva hitherto although I assembled
them in considerable quantities. The optimal habitat of the
larva is between one-half and one meter depth on rocky shores,
apparently where wave action is quite strong. It also occurs
among the rocks of the Yahara spillway.
Dryops lithophilus frequents the moist places of the shore
and may occasionally descend into the water.
Psephenus lecontei Leconte.
The characteristic larva of this species is the famous ‘Gvater-
penny” or ‘‘stone-penny”* of the rocky shore. The larvae oc¬
cur in depths of 0-6 m. and seem to be restricted to a rocky
and stony habitat. They are always found on the under-side
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 417
of stones. For respiration they have branched abdominal gills,
which, however, unlike the trilobitic Parnid sp. just mentioned,
are not retractile (the other also possesses a retractile anal tuft
of tracheae).
In late July the larvae emerge in enormous numbers from the
lake and pupate in the moist soil 'under the rocks near the wa¬
ter margin. In 1915 pupation took place immediately before
a rise of 17-20 cm. in the lake level, which resulted in the
death of great numbers of the pupae, since the latter, like the
adults, are terrestrial. If it were not for the fact that the
year-old larvae remained in the lake — the species has a biennial
cycle — the lake population of the form would be considerably
diminished.
The adults are terrestrial. Copulation takes place on land.
Oviposition may take place at the water ’s edge, on stones in
the water, or the female may descend some distance into the
water to lay her eggs.
Locally the larvae may be exceedingly abundant. On one
occasion, in July, 1915, I found over 800 specimens in an area
of one square meter at Parwell’s Point. Yet curious to say,
I have no records of their being eaten by fish. Whether this is
due to their excellent protective adaptation or to some other
factor remains to be seen; I have, however, on several occa¬
sions, found small leeches attached to the underside of the lar¬
vae.
A problem of distribution was revealed during some dredg¬
ings made on the shallow reefs in the eastern portion of the
lake. Bach of the reefs is over half a mile from the nearest
shore, hence it is unlikely that larvae might migrate to them.
But the dredge contents showed that the larvae were quite
abundant on one of the reefs. Since the reefs are covered
with at least 3 meters of water at their highest points, the
assumption of drift as an explanation for the distributional
“island” is out of the range of probability. How the larvae
got there, how they pupate (pupae being terrestrial), etc., re¬
mains a riddle for the present.
27— S. A. L.
418 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ ArtSf and Letters.
PAET III. ECOLOGY OF THE LAKE.
I. ECOLOGICAL ZONATION.
The general ecological zonation has been discussed in part I
of this paper. But for the sake of comparison the following
summary of the vertical and horizontal sections of the lake is
offered :
Area
fEulittoral
(Euphytal)
Littoral
(Phytal)
Aphytal.
Sublittoral
. (Dysphytal)
Horizontal Section
Rocky— barren
Stony— barren
Sandy— barren
Sandy— sparse veg.
Stony— barren
Potamog-eton, Najas,
Vallisneria
Chara, Myriophyllum,
Ceratophyllum, Pota-
mogeton.
Plant, marl., sand,
stones
Rock, with encrusta¬
tion
Shell, sand, mud-barren
Mud, with admixture of
deflux, (shell, ooze,
etc. organic and cop-
rogenic sediment)
Practically the entire macrofauna of the lake, except the fish,
is bound to one or other substratum ; fish, too, show certain habi¬
tat preferences conditioned through food, or through reproduc¬
tion, which delimit their distribution. Since the physical agents
operate on the substrata, it is through the latter that we must
study the ecological habitat.
In a study such as the present it becomes necessary to make
sweeping statements without considering possible, and more
probable, exceptions in the way of habitat preferences and asso¬
ciations. These preferences are deduced largely from the quan¬
titative averages. While a quantitative method tends toward
exactness, it carries with it an element of uncertainty in that it
necessarily restricts itself to the exploration of a very definitely
circumscribed area ; hence qualitative catches have been used to
supplement the findings.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
419
DEPTH DISTRIBUTION.
Table 7 (p. 477) indicates the distribution of the species of
the various groups in the order of their depth occurrence. The
optimum depth has been noted in italics. Distinction
should be made for species whose depth distribution extends
below 7 meters. In many of these it means that they extend
over the entire lake bottom beyond the depth of 7 meters; for
others the distribution may be limited according to certain bot¬
tom conditions, and, more especially, by the gas content of the
hypolimnion.
ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION.
In its larger aspects the lake is divided into two areas, the
littoral, and the aphytal area. The littoral area is assumed to
extend from the shore margin to the lower limit of photosyn¬
thesis, — hence of plant growth. Below this is a region of com¬
parative quiet, of relatively mild changes, of no plant growth —
the aphytal region.
The littoral area permits of two subdivisions, — a eulittoral
region, reaching from the shore margin to the lower limit of
photosynthesis, — in Lake Mendota nearly synonymous with the
limit of wave action ; and a sublittoral region, a region of heap¬
ing of refuse and drift, lying next to the vegetation area, and
synonymous in Lake Mendota with the lower limit of wave
action.
In the following the ecological habitats of these areas are taken
up in both their vertical and horizontal aspects. The littoral
area in vertical section can be regarded as composed of (I) The
shore line, (2) the breaker line, and (3) the plant zone, — com¬
prising the eulittoral area; and (4) the shell zone — comprising
the sublittoral area. '
The Eulittoral (Euphytal) Area.
I. The Shore Line.
The physical characteristics of the shore line vary somewhat
in the different parts of the lake. In this paper the shore line is
distinguished as that narrow strip of lake border which owing
to the exposure to molar agents has a ‘‘clean-washed” appear-
420 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts, and Letters.
ance. This strip is rarely more than nine meters wide, and in
Lake Mendota is easily recognized, even where separated from
the breaker line by extensive shoals.
Physiologically, it is a region of great molar activity, and,
with its more or less shifting bottom, presents certain definite
ecological aspects. The animal (or plant) that desires to live
there must be able to meet (a) great molar action of wave and
undertow, (b) a partly shifting bottom as a result of molar
action, (c) extremes of temperature, and motion, (d) prolonged
periods of hunger, — in general, sudden changes to which other
parts of the lake, except the breaker line, are not subject.
In horizontal section, the shore line may be classified into
rocky shores, stony or gravel shores, and sandy shores. The
lake shallows will be treated as part of the vegetation area.
Each of the shores is more or less distinct in its conditions and
associations, and will be treated separately.
A. The Rocky Shores. — In Lake Mendota these occupy about
a fifth of the lake circumference. The physical aspect is that
of large boulders, shattered rocks, — in general an appearance of
roughness. The width of the rock shore is usually from 8 to 10
meters, its depth often being continuous to 6 or more meters;
for the purposes of ecological association the depth to 1 meter
alone will be considered. The slope of the rock shore is usually
considerable, and the surf line is practically always continuous
with it, generally marking the lower edge.
In its physiological aspects the rock shore indicates the great¬
est exposure to molar agents found in the lake. The heavy
waves, the surf, the strong undertow and its accompanying
drift, the swift changes from quiet to turmoil, present condi¬
tions which relatively few animals are equipped to meet.
The only plant found is Cladophora, a filamentous alga, the
plumes of which are conspicuous at all times of the year. An
elaborate system of clinging rhizoids, and great pliancy of the
plumes enable it to meet the conditions of wave action. Since
it needs the sunlight for food manufacture it is never found on
the underside of rocks.
The animals in turn, except the visitors, are practically con¬
fined tOi the underside of rocks (see table 8, p. 471). They
must, therefore, not only meet the action of the general molar
agents, but must protect themselves from the undertow and the
shifting rubble. To meet wave action, the prime response is to
Mnttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
421
offer as little resistance as possible. This means that the animals
have a flattened body, or that they enclose themselves in flat
structures, or that they apply appression methods. In addition,
they must be supplied with strong clinging devices.
The mayfly nymphs Heptagenia interpunctata, Ecdyurus
maculipennis, and Siphlurus alternatus, and the Odonate nymph
Argia putrida offer good examples of depressed body structure.
Depression in a secondary sense is attained by Psephenus
lecontei and a Parnid larva in that the segments of the body
are supplied with lateral extensions, which are very efficient in
permitting the animals to appress themselves. Compression
laterally is again the means by which the Amphipods Hyalella
azteca, Dikerogammarus fasciatus, and Gammarus limnaeus
adapt themselves; however, these belong to the category of mi¬
grants or visitors.
Caddis-flies form a characteristic element of the petrophilous
fauna, but their submission to conditions is shown more in the
structure of their protective eases than in their own morphology.
Thus, the flat, Ancylus-like case of Leptocerus ancylus forms
one of the flnest instances of shore adaptation. Leptocerus
dilutus usually seeks some tiny depression in a rock in which it
anchors its curved, hooded cases. Similar in character to Lep¬
tocerus ancylus are the flat leech cocoons which are numerous
under the shore rocks.
A number of petrophilous species meet the factors by other
types of appressed structures. Thus the tubes of Chironomids,
especially of Chironomus digitatus and C. lobiferus, are quite
common on the underside of rocks, where they are invariably
built of sand granules and firmly anchored by means of some
secretion. A more marked instance is that of Poly centr opus sp.
which weaves a funnel-like tube and over this spreads a broad
sheet of webbing. Appression, too, is the growth method of the
stone sponges and bryozoans. All of these forms are equipped
with strong clinging devices, in the way of claws, suckers, cement¬
ing substances, and minor adaptations.
During certain months of the year the fauna among the
Cladophora plumes is quite abundant. It consists of the cad-
disworms Hydroptila sp., Ithytrichia clavata, and Agraylea
multipunctata, and occasionally an Oxyethira sp., which feed
on Cladophora. Chironomus lobiferus may frequently be found
in cases built of algal filaments. Still more marked is the pres-
422 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
ence of free-swimming Ceratopogoninae larvae of Palpomyia
longipennis, and especially of Probezzia glaber and P. pallida.
Yet except for Ithytrichia clavata none of these forms is truly
petrophilous ; they are to be regarded as primarily algophil,
since they are found on filamentous algae in the lake wherever
these occur. In the shore area they may occur on the under as
well as the upper side of rocks and stones.
Some burrowers are frequently found on the rocky shores.
These are Stenelmis crenatus larvae and the older larvae of
Ephemera varia. Here also may be found Cambarus propin-
quus, which wedges itself under stones and heaps gravel about
itself. All three are more common on gravel shores.
Among vertebrates Cottus and Etheostoma fiabellare are char¬
acteristic of the rock beaches. These and the Crustaceans Hya-
lella, Dikerogammarus, and Gammarus can be called migrants or
visitors, for most of them migrate in unfavorable weather. Other
visitors are the Hemiptera and adult Coleoptera. These very
readily climb the rocks and leave the water during unpropi-
tious conditions.
A secondary zonation is indicated. While most of the species
on the list are primarily petrophilous, they seem to prefer cer¬
tain regions of the shore. Thus, at the immediate shore margin
one may invariably find hundreds of leeches that have burrowed
under the rocks at a depth of about 10-15 cm. below the surface.
Most of the petrophilous fauna prefers the middle ground be¬
tween the shore margin and the lower edge which marks the
breaker line. This is illustrated in the case of Psephenus
lecontei and its relative, Parnid sp. ; Psephenus prefers the up¬
per middle ground, while the Parnid may be found more abund-
anly toward the breaker line.
Owing to the peculiar conditions of this shore area, and es¬
pecially because of the lack of vegetation except Cladophora, the
food conditions are necessarily somewhat uniform. Alimenta¬
tion is possible only during relatively short periods. Since even
then many of the forms do not wish to leave their shelter under
the rocks, they must feed on the micro-organisms found in their
immediate vicinity. This means a mixed diet. Several species,
however, such as Polycentropus sp., Hyalella, and the Epheme-
rid larvae, quickly mount to the upper side and feed on the
Cladophora or on the very almndant microfauna and flora which
breeds among the algal filaments.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 423
Before passing on, note must be made as to the extent of the
fauna of the rock shore. Vertically, the fauna extends down¬
ward below the breaker line, often for several meters. Thus,
Psephenus lecontei, Ephemera varia, Heptagenia, Ecdyurus,
Stenelmis crenatus, Chironomus digitatus, C. lobiferus, etc., are
found not only occasionally, but in fact quite frequently on
rock bottoms at depths exceeding two, three, and even six meters.
This is an important phenomenon. These same species are also
found under the rocks of milder rapids, in creeks, rivers, and
falls. If we note in addition that several of the species have
been found on the rocky reefs in the middle of the lake, it must
be evident at once, that current can hardly be considered the
primary factor in the distribution of . these forms; that on the
contrary it is probably the condition of the substratum, — namely
the rock bottom, — which is the determining factor, and that cur¬
rent and the ability to respire under difficult conditions are
secondary factors.
B. The Cohhle ( Gravel ) Shores. — Cobble shores occupy
over one half of the shore lines of Lake Mendota (inclusive of
bars). Their physical character is that of stones of varying
size intermixed with gravel and coarse sand, all worn to smooth¬
ness by molar agents. Hence they are analogous in their con¬
ditions to those offered by the rock shores, and the difference is
a relative one, expressed mainly by the facts that there are
fewer and smaller and also smoother rocks, that there is an
abundance of pebbles and of coarse sand, — in general, that there
are fewer clinging surfaces.
Physiologically, the same conditions hold true as for the rocky
shores. Yet the finer composition of the substratum permits
a comparably greater activity of the molar agents upon it; in
heavy weather there is a steady oscillation of sand and gravel
carried by waves and undeiTow. And this fluctuation of the
rubble may be said to accentuate the need of protective shelter
for this association.
Thus, soft-bodied animals, — such as Planarians, various Oli-
gochaeta, Ceratopogonine larvae, the larvae of may-flies, — and
adult bettles are much rarer in the stony association than among
the rocks. However, it is necessary to distinguish between ab¬
sence due to molar agents and absence due to food supply. The
alga Cladophora, so conspicuous on the rocky shores, is found
in more isolated patches; like soft-bodied Planaria, it cannot
424 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
withstand the grinding wear of the rubble. But since it is the
sole food supply of the phytophagous petrophils it is obvious
that these will not be found where no suitable food supply exists.
Thus the caddis-worms of the rocky shores are for the greater
part absent, or at least much rarer among cobble-stones, — due
primarily to the absence of their food-plant.
In a measure, this absence of caddis-worms may be due also
to the lack of sufficient protection; for while their cases are
built strongly enough to withstand the impact of waves and
spray, most of them would fare only indifferently well in the
gravelly areas. As a matter of fact, the majority are absent,
except Leptocerus ancylus, an occasional Leptocerus dilutus, and
the Hydroptilids Agraylea, Ithytrichia, and Hydroptila, which
live on Cladophora. But all of these are proportionately much
less frequent, even among their food-plants, than in the rocky
areas. The scantier representation of the may-flies, — that is, of
Heptagenia, Ecdyurus, Baetisca, and Caenis, is probably due di¬
rectly to the undertow and its drift, — for these larvae have no
further shelter beyond their chitinous covering. Hyalella, and
the irregular component of beetles and Hemiptera are all more
scattered.
The characteristic of the cobble and gravel fauna is, there¬
fore, that its representation of clinging forms is much smaller
than that of the rocky areas. On the other hand, the number
of burrowing species is much greater. In fact, burrowers may
be said to dominate, — for the moving sands and gravel are
much more favorable to their existence in tubes and burrows
than to the exposed dingers. Thus, Sparganophilus eiseni,
the “blue earthworm,” is practically confined to the pebbly
shores, while burrowers and tube-builders like Stenelmis,
Gomphus fraternus. Ephemera varia, Argia putrida, Chirono-
mus digitatus, C. lobiferus, C. modestus, C. plumosus, C. ten-
tans, Cambarus propinquus, Erpob della punctata, and Nephel-
opsis obscura find the gravel shores apparently optimal, — for
nearly all of these are much more frequent here than anywhere
else in the lake. It is especially true of Chironomus digitatus, C.
tentans var?, and C. plumosus, and of Stenelmis crenatus larvae,
Sparganophilus eiseni, Cambarus propinquus, and Ephemera
varia. Erpobdella punctata and Nephelopsis obscura, as on
the rocky shore, here also burrow at the shore margin, some
10-15 cm. below the surface, under flat stones.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
425
0. Sandy Shores. — The transition from gravel shores to sandy
shores is nearly imperceptible and is marked primarily by the
gradual diminution in the number of larger pebbles and rocks.
The absence of the latter means that no clinging surfaces what¬
soever are left, — hence also a total absence of any larger plants.
Secondly, the sand as a substratum is still more influenced by
molar agents, and forms an exceedingly insecure bottom, —
in fact, it lacks permanence entirely.
Hence the fauna must cope with, (a) a bottom which is only
transient, (b) the absence of clinging surfaces, (c) a bottom
which shifts with the slightest disturbance, and (d) a result¬
ant absence of plant food.
Yet it is surprising that even here some species manage to
maintain themselves. Thus, I have found Sparganophilus
eiseni and a Lumbriculid burrowing in the sand; Chironomus
digitatus, one of our commonest forms, appears to have a pre¬
dilection for sandy and gravelly bottoms, and builds its tubes
copiously along the sandy shores; C. modestus, C. tentans var?,
and C. fulviventris imitate C. digitatus in this respect. Hyalella
azteca is quite frequent as a visitor; and the Johnny Darter,
Boleosoma nigrum (Raflnesque), patrols the shore quite com¬
monly in search of food ; Chironomus digitatus is often the sole
element in this food.
D. The Sandy Shoals. — Physiographically, they lie between
the breaker line and the shore proper, and are therefore about
a meter or less in depth. Their extent may be considerable, in
places stretching out nearly 300 meters from the shore. Phy¬
sically, they are composed largely of fine sand, with a very
scanty floral growth of Vallisneria, Chara, Najas, and Pota-
mogeton. Physiologically, they are less exposed to molar
agents, since the waves lose their main impact at the breaker
line; as a result there is a fair growth of vegetation. Yet even
with the loss of their main force, the waves are strong enough
to prevent the growth of emergent plants, except in much se¬
cluded spots; and in these the waves promptly begin to erect
a barrier in the form of a bar, thereby cutting off the foreign
complex.
Because of the presence of plants, the fauna of the shoals is
in many respects like that of the vegetation zone proper be¬
yond the breaker line. No component characteristic of the
shores is found in these shoals, except the Chironomid species
/
426 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
before mentioned. But when we assume that the Chironomid
species in question are ammophilous and that by settling on
the sandy shore they merely expanded the horizon of their habi¬
tat, the apparent discrepancy will be understood.
E. The Bars. — Physiographically bars are continuous with
the shore. In all respects the various bars of the lake show
the same physical and physiological characteristics as the stony
and sandy shores ; to all intent they are precisely like these in
their faunal makeup. Hence they will not be treated as sep¬
arate ecological entities, but are to be included in the stony
shore association.
2. The Kachion (breaker line).
Physiographically, the rachion is frequently a separate entity,
while at times it is a unit with the shore line. This is depend¬
ent primarily on the slope of the shore. On steeper shores the
breaker line is continuous with the shore line, rocky, stony, or
sandy, as the case may be. In shallower areas it is detached
from the shore, often several hundred meters from the latter ;
here, too, it may be frequently divided into two lines, — an
outer” and an ‘dnner bar.” Physically, its make-up again
depends on its location. If continuous with the shore line
proper, it can be recognized by its makeup of rocks, gravel,
and sand, — the rocks in the middle, while the smaller ingredi¬
ents will be piled on either side. In places where a rocky
shore extends downward a number of meters, the breaker line
is usually recognized by the absence of algal growth at the line
and by the gravel heaped on either side. Where the breaker
line is detached from the shore, it is easily marked as a stony
area some 5-8 meters in width running parallel to the shore.
Its middle section is invariably composed of larger stones,
while gravel and sand lie on either side. In the larger shal¬
lows it is followed some meters closer to the shore by a second¬
ary breaker line.
Physiologically, the rachion, or breaker line, marks the place
where wave action and undertow cause the greatest turmoil ; it
is the point of extremes in lake conditions.
Faunistieally, it is comparable to stony shores. Its fauna is
largely the same, except that Polyeentropus and various
Chironomid species are extremely abundant in it. We must dis-
MuUkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 427
tinguish, however, between the detached rachion and the con¬
tinued rachion. Since the latter are found on steeper, hence
more exposed, shores, the molar agents will be more violent in
these places. Hence, by far the larger number of petrophilous
forms are absent from the continuous rachion. On the other
hand, the great majority of them are present in the detached
rachion. Again, Gomphus fraternus, Epicordulia princeps and
Molanna uniophila appear to prefer the sand heaps just beyond
the attached rachion, while Amnicola limosa foregathers directly
on the breaker line in all parts of the lake in early summer.
3. The Plant Zone.
In the plant zone we have to deal with a double problem, —
that of two substrata. The composition of the bottom is to be
considered, and that of the vegetation growing upon it. Since
by far the larger portion of the fauna is phytophilous, the treat¬
ment may be simplified into that of the plant areas, and of the
barrens. The plant area of the lake extends from a depth of
about one meter to the limit of photosynthesis, which in Lake
Mendota is at about 6 meters. This area is interspersed with
small barren patches of sand, or rock, while in other places the
accumulation of plant marl forms large beds to the hindrance of
the growth of the plant itself.
The plant zone may be conveniently divided into two divi¬
sions according to the habitus of the plants, — upright plants,
and recumbent plants.
A. Upright Plants. — These are formed largely by Pota-
mogeton amplifolius, Najas, and Vallisneria, and more rarely
by Myriophyllum and Ceratophyllum. Their characteristic is
that they tend to reach the surface, but except for their floral
heads no part is protruded. They extend to a depth of about
5 meters, usually less.
Physiologically, they offer the following : (a) exposure to
molar agents near surface, (b) plentiful clinging surfaces,
(c) a food supply, (d) shelter. On the other hand, since this
flora is not an emergent one, it offers no foothold for surface
breathers.
The fauna must therefore be composed of water-breathers in
the first place ; beyond this dingers, crawlers, and swimmers of
all types may find food, shelter and protection. It is among the
428 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
upright plants that Hydra luxuriates; Planarians find food on
the slimy cover of the plants; millions of small Oligochaeta,
none of them good swimmers^ lope and loop along the plant
stems; molluscs of all species except the Lamellibranchiataj
Ancylus, and Pleurocera, make these plants their favorite
feeding-ground; Hyalella and Hydrachnids are exceedingly
numerous among the leaves; among may-flies the ubiquitous
Caenis diminuta is prominent; among caddisworms Leptocella
uwarowii occurs in prodigious numbers^ and much less fre¬
quently Triaenodes flavescens, and the small Hydroptilids ;
among Diptera Chironomus viridis^ C. palliatus^ and Tanypus
monilis are especially phytophilous, while Tanypus fasciatus
and Cricotopus exilis will be found less commonly; among
Coleoptera Haliplid larvae and the adult of Stenelmis mani¬
fest a phytophilous tendency.
B, Recumbent Plants. — These are primarily Chara^ Myrio-
phyllum, Ceratophyllum, and the various Potomagetons^ ex¬
cept amplifolius; they are most abundant between 4 and 6
meters. Physiologically^ they present a more intricate shelter
and less exposure to molar activities. Faunistically^ much the
same biota occur here, but with the difference that Limnaea
stagnalis may be found more abundant, and that among cad¬
disworms Helicopsyche, Molanna, and other bottom forms will
venture on the trailing leaves of Myriophyllum. Comparably,
the forms of the upright plants are less abundant,
G. Barrens.- — Certain deposits of plant marl (i. e. the car¬
bonate encrustation of aquatic plants) are frequently found
among plants; these are frequented primarily by Tanytarsus
exiguus, Chironomus digitatus, and by adults of Stenelmis crena-
tus. Practically all other species of the littoral benthos favor
a sandy bottom. This includes the Lamellibranehiata and
Pleurocera among molluscs, Helicopsyche and Molanna among
Trichoptera ; Chironomus tentans var ?, C. digitatus, C. lobiferus,
C. abbreviatus, and Tanytarsus exiguus among Diptera, and
Stenelmis adults and larvae of Berosus sp. among Coleoptera.
D. The Rock Reefs. — These reefs occur in various portions of
the lake, and because of their varying depth are difficult to
classify. Primarily, they consist of rocks, slabs, and boulders
of considerable size that may come within 3 meters of -the sur¬
face. In practically all places the reefs are without any ad¬
mixture of sand or gravel; but their naked surfaces are cov-
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
429
ered with a thick encrustation of an alga. This encrustation
gives shelter and food to a considerable number of micro-organ¬
isms, so that it can offer some attraction to the fauna of the lake.
Hyalella azteca, Psephenus lecontei and several ubiquitous
Chironomids are the only members of the macrofauna that I have
found on the reefs. Psephenus lecontei was the biggest sur¬
prise of all. This is a rock shore species, which pupates, co¬
pulates, and oviposits on land. How it gets to the reefs,. how it
reaches the land to pupate is indeed a mystery. It is evident,
however, that the condition of the substratum is of decisive in¬
fluence upon Psephenus, for it occurs on most of the reefs, even
at 8 meters depth.
The Dysphytal (Sublittoral) Area.
Physiographically, this area lies immediately below the plant
area, and marks the limit of photosynthesis. It is characterized
by a heaping of slowly decaying plant and other organic mat¬
ter. It may lie above, or below, the wave limit. In Lake Men¬
dota it happens to coincide with the limit of wave-action (wave-
base) and is specifically characterized by the great amount of
decomposed shell, — a shell zone. In some of the clear lakes
of the north the euphytal or photosynthetic region may extend
considerably below the normal wave-base and the shell zone
then lies within the euphytal area.
The Shell Zone. — As just stated, in Lake Mendota the shell
zone is physiographically coincident with lower wave action,
and is marked physically by the great accumulation of shell,
with an admixture of mud and sand. The heaviei particles
carried by the water have been deposited during their trans¬
portation from the shore and only the lighter fragments of
shell are swept farther downward, where they accumulate by
their own weight. Beyond this point only mud is carried.
The shell zone is also marked, in Lake Mendota, by the or¬
ganic offal from the plant area above. Many of the plants,
though uprooted, will be able to maintain themselves for a
while, but will finally succumb to the lack of sufficient continued
light for photosynthesis.
Hence the following conditions are offered to the fauna: (a)
absence of molar agents, (b) absence of clinging surfaces, (c)
absence of living plant food, (d) organic waste, i. e., organic
430 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts ^ and Letters.
matter swept from the plant zone above^ and slowly decaying
below, (e) a bottom composed of shell, mud, waste, giving
ready shelter, but also permitting easy access to enemies.
The fauna meets these requirements in the manner outlined.
By far the larger number of species are tube-builders and bur-^
rowers, while the remaining ones are well protected by cases.
Molluscs are very common in the shell zone, especially the
Gastropoda; Leptocerus sp. frequently attaches its cases to the
shells of the larger snails, and is carried about by them. Swim¬
mers are the Hydrachnida, and Corethra frequently. Outside of
these the fauna consists largely of the tube-builders: worms,
Limnodrilus and Tubifex; Diptera, Chironomus tentans, lobi-
ferus, and Protenthes choreus ; the Lamellibranch, Corneocyclas
idahoensis ; and of the burrower Sialis infumata. In food habits
practically all of these are scavengers, or carnivores ; among the
latter Sialis and Corethra are dominant.
The Aphytal Area.
This signifies the plantless area. Physiographically, this
area merges imperceptibly with the dysphytal area. It is
more easily definable on a physiological basis. Its area covers
that part of Lake Mendota below the shell zone and extends
to the greatest depth of 25 m. Physically, its makeup is of
fine mud with an admixture of shell, silt, grit, organic and
coprogenic waste, varying in different parts of the lake. This
composition of the bottom seems to have considerable influence
on the horizontal and vertical distribution of the fauna, as shown
by S. Ekman for Lake Vaettern (1915) ; in Lake Mendota, how¬
ever, it is not this physical factor which determines the vertical
distribution of the aphytal area, but the physiological factor of
thermotic stagnation. This stagnation results in the establish¬
ment of a region of variable extent for a variable period, — the
hypolimnion, a region of low temperature, in which the oxygen
content has been used up in the formation of COg and methane
by decaying organisms.
The aphytal area therefore offers the following conditions:
(a) an absence of Og from the bottom waters for several
months of the year, and a corresponding increase in CO2 and
.CH4 — hence anaerobic conditions; (b) low range of tempera¬
ture — hence stenothermal; (c) a bottom of mud of varying ad¬
mixture; (d) food consisting of defiux.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
431
It will be seen that the decisive factor here is respiration.
Unless the animal can escape or withstand the periodic anaero-
biosis it is obviously barred. Once having adjusted itself to this
condition the composition of the bottom will determine its hori¬
zontal distribution. Food will be of tertiary importance.
If, bearing this in mind, we examine the macrofauna of the
aphytal area we find that adjustment to anaerobiosis is effected
by two methods: migration and aestivation. Migration ap¬
plies to pelagic forms like Corethra and Limnesia histrionica,
which swim directly upward to oxygenated water; and to
Sialis infumata, which retreats as the hypolimnion progresses
outward and upward.
Aestivation, coupled with the storage of oxygen, is the more
common adjustment. Species like the Chironomids Chironomus
tentans and Protenthes choreus, are able to store oxygen.
Since the aphytal area adjoins the dysphytal area (here the
shell zone), the fauna of the two are related. That is, the
species of the aphytal area and the shell zone are alike to a
certain extent, but there are more species in the latter ; for quite
a number of these have been unable to adjust themselves to the
deoxygenation of the summer months. Although the shell zone
marks the lower limit of wave action, this activity is too little
to affect the composition in any other way than through its
selective heaping of debris.
DISCUSSION.
Notwithstanding the fact that the lake taken as a unit is a
place of relatively slight and slow changes, it contains within
itself a series of well defined habitats, each with its own con¬
trolling factors and its own biota. For the lake as a whole molar
agents through their infiuence on respiration are undoubtedly
most decisive. But for the species established in the lake
certain additional factors must be taken into consideration.
For example, why should certain Chironomid species prefer
plants as a substratum, others mud, and still others sand and
rocks? Why should certain species, especially of the genus
Tanytarsus, be extremely localized in their distribution? Of
Tanytarus I know of four species in the lake, and five or six
elsewhere, all of which are found in numbers in a very definite
spot and nowhere else. Again, why should certain forms be
432 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
so varied in their diet, others so restricted? Why should cer¬
tain caddisworms be algophagous, while others feed on any plant
and will readily eat animal food ?
It is evident that the commoner forms have a wide range in
more than one respect. Thus, for instance, Chironomus lobi-
ferus is nearly an ubiquist as to distribution, and holophagous
as to food. It should then follow logically that the most
widely adapted forms are the most plastic ; .that this plasticity
will result in the numerical preponderance of the plastic form.
Table 8 shows that many species are found under widely dif¬
fering conditions. Yet in every single case one habitat seems to
olfer the optimal conditions, and it is in this habitat that the
species attains its maximum representation. But it is rarely
indeed that a plastic species dominates in its optimal habitat.
What I mean to emphasize is that plasticity may insure con¬
tinuation of the species, but that it does not necessarily result in
dominance. To illustrate, Chironomus digitatus and C. lobi-
ferus are both plastic forms, the latter more so than the former ;
yet while both are very common in different areas, neither of
the two dominates in any area, and their numerical total for
the lake is inferior to that of many species that attain a local
dominance. (See p. 480).
Dominance is relative in each group. Twenty Hyalellae per
square meter along the shore I would regard as a small repre¬
sentation, while an equal number for Leptocerus ancylus would
mean dominance. Yet Hyalella dominates among the Crus¬
tacea of the shore, while Psephenus lecontei dominates among
Coleopterous larvae. But no single species dominates among
the biota of the shore line. Psychologically, any impression
of dominance is linked to bulk,^ — fifty Heptagenia larvae will
look more numerous than a hundred Hyalellae, — so that an esti¬
mate can only be relative.
No species dominates the biota of the entire lake. But for
the plant zone the caddisworm Leptocella uwarowii comes
nearest to complete dominance of any form in the lake, while
Sialis infumata is prominent but not truly dominant in the dys-
phytal area. In the aphytal area, however, we have a curious sim¬
ultaneous dominance of Corethra, Chironomus tentans, Protenth-
es ehoreus, Corneocyclas, and of Limnodrilus and Tubifex. These
biota of the aphytal area form a bigger contingent of the lake
complex than nearly all other forms taken together. It is
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 433
probably by virtue of their resistance to anaerobic conditions
that they attain their eminence. But in every instance it is
rather the stenoplastic species which may dominate than the
euryplastic one.
On the basis of physiological, physical, and biotic aspects it
is possible to divide the lake into the various habitats listed.
The following summary presents in briefest form the major
evidence. The animals can be included in this summary only
according to habitus and type, not according to species.
28— S. A. L.
Ecological Summary of Lake Zonation
434 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
2 .
<D il
®2
>
■5 *
> (B
O
«)
gS
(X|
bC+3 (3J
c-s
— < te (W
be ^ OJ
•SS^
TS S rt
s
3 Sh be
.ff ® O ja
ft-tj fn y
'
r; ^
aS"'
II '"fi
43^'C S
u
0.2
o >
SrQ
efi C
?.< fl
® i
te
®-Q
2^
^ 3
.2 5
2l
S'!
Sg
o3
oS
a
be
S
O <B
pH tH
-tJ o
tK a’
a
CO
ss
2 o
cq
1-2 .
log
^ a o
to M >
®ag
co-^ be
Ph c6 cs
pa
.5 a Q
g-a
® Ph
a a
I®.
•S'a .
P a to
CO ^ ■-*
i be
ea
, 2'9
CO
^ P
®
la
S2S
aSS
^ aB
., o
CO M
-
(BC M
I (B ®
te.S ^
9
S O >
^ to
I, ®
Ph O
®
^ CO
O ^
2 O
£ be
a a
®
ca ®
Sh'-'
O
&C
2 .
a2
-^3
CO ^
t- >
-^to
® Ph
^ ®
a S
^.a
to .a
® >
o ^
a ®
<1
013
1«
® a
®.'S
.a
CO
a§
be Of
g a be
2 ® a
® a
3“^
ia
1 =
8^3
■S^
®
a „
,Ph c3
be
1^
Q,
a^rt ^
.33 o
o3 ^
3ci<g
fe
be .
a CO
.a ®
HJ O
OQ
®^
> a
^ 4^
,o
S-2
O a
edr^
5l
O ce
a to'
®
3S
o ®
a3
c«
® 3
‘a o
aas
CO Q,
kJ CO
?N ®
® be
1-5
a^
o ^
P-5
■^a
S
.2^3
o a
^ o g
®
S-Q
Ph a
e3 O'
O ® 2
a g g
C
O to
55
-a
«3
2S
® CO
${■' r!
s|
l|
IS
§'^
a^
a^
P
Ph be*^
aa a
£gp
^li
gi«
p
g-tf
ojed
N ^
a a
SN
-QrSS
1="
,2
pjg
ffi .
QhO
<11
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
435
II. THE SEASONAL CYCLE.
Probably the most characteristic feature of the annual cycle
is the brief ascendancy of plant life during the sumiher months,
and the synchronous maxima of many forms of animal life. So
closely are these two connected, so interdependent, that the plant
ascendancy may be assigned as the direct cause of the faunal
ascendancy. The seasonal succession is not continuous, but
really composed of a series of maxima.
Vernal Succession — Period of Elimination and Transforma¬
tion. — After the ice has gone out, a very small number of plants
will have survived ; most of them are but a few inches in length.
G-rowth is rapid, and by middle June most of them are able to
send their floral heads to the water surface. But in the mean¬
time the filamentous algae of the lake, especially Cladophora
and various Spirogyra, have increased to a prodigious extent.
If molar agents have not been too severe, the great waving
plumes of Cladophora will form a miniature wilderness along
the shores, while Spirogyra, Anabaena, Hydrodictyon and other
algae wdll cover the plants and the bottom of the vegetation zone
with a green fllm, and also form immense mats of scum in the
shallow cut-offs. Among higher plants Castalia, Nymphaea,
Lemna, and Myriophyllum, dominate behind the bars ; in the lake
Myriophyllum, Ceratophyllum, and Potamogeton species,
though short, send forth long spiral stems with floral heads
protruding above the surface.
This period lasts till the water temperature rises above 16° C.,
after which Cladophora decays very rapidly and disappears;
by the time a temperature of 18° is reached only the younger
and more resistant growth will be found.
The animal life of this algal period is characterized chiefly
by a series of periodic eliminations rather than by any distinct
dominance. In April large series of the less common Chirono-
mid species leave the lake, including Cricotopus exilis, Chirono-
mus modestus, and a varying number of C. tentans and C.
plumosus. Early in May the annual shore migration of Sialis
larvae takes place ; in certain parts of the shore armies composed
of many thousands may be observed climbing up some small
drain or ravine. Two weeks later the adults may be seen laying
their eggs everywhere on branches overhanging the water ’s edge.
436 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Coincident or ' slightly before the appearance of the adult
Sialids, Chironomus digitatus will emerge, followed shortly
afterwards by C. tentans, plumosus, and lobiferus. A little
later, about the time the eggs of Sialis hatch, — that is, in early
June, — there begins the exodus of mayflies. Usually about
the first week of June Ephemera varia emerges, followed at
once by millions of Caenis diminuta, and in quick succession by
Ecdyurus and Heptagenia. Before the middle of June their
flights are past.
In the lake shallows, that is, in the cut-offs behind the bars,
the images of Enallagma, Ischnura, Nehallennia, some Libelluli-
dae, and Chrysops are conspicuous. They may be seen flying
up and down, mating and ovipositing. The leaves of Castalia
especially will show large batches of eggs of the various Zygop-
tera, Chrysops, and Donaciinae on the upper or under surfaces.
So many species have been eliminated from the lake by this
time that the remaining ones attain a temporary dominance.
Thus, the encrusting sponges and Bryozoa are conspicuous in
the rocky areas, while among Cladophora and Spirogyra mil¬
lions of the small Hydroptilids and the Ceratopogonine larvae
will be found. For a fortnight the migration of young Ne¬
matodes, Gordius aquaticus and a pink Nematode, makes them
quite conspicuous in all parts of the lake. Of other species
Amnicola limosa is euryedaphic at this time, but seems to favor
especially the breaker line where it gathers in clusters exceed¬
ing a thousand specimens per square meter.
Summer Succession — Period of Multiplication and Growth. —
With the disappearance of Cladophora there is an intense growth
of spermatophytes. Various species of Potamogeton, but es¬
pecially P. amplifolius, Myriophyllum, Ceratophyllum, Vallis-
neria, Najas, and Chara luxuriate and with their rise begins
the tremendous ascendancy of Trichoptera and small Oli-
gochaeta.
When the temperature of the water reaches about 15°, there
begins the long series of wave-like ‘^flights” of Corethra.
These occur in pulses about ten days apart, and last throughout
the summer until the middle of September. Their climax is
reached about the middle of July.
These Corethra flights initiate what may be termed the ^‘sum¬
mer succession,” in contradistinction to the ‘Wernal succes¬
sion” which ends with the appearance of the may-fly species
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 437
and the first damselfiies. Since pupal and adult stages of the
various species overlap, and since many of them have a very
brief pupal stage, I shall refer to these explicitly.
In late June and early July the Ceratopogonine larvae pupate
and after two to four days appear as adults. The case-building
caddisworms which have pupated during late May and June
leave their cases about the same time and appear as adults, be¬
ing conspicuous for a few days. In the latter half of the month
the Hydroptilid caddisworms emerge after a brief week of pupal
life. The larvae of Psephenus lecontei go to shore to pupate
and their adults emerge in the early part of August. Simul¬
taneously with their emergence, the pupal life of Stenelmis
crenatus is begun, lasting for about ten days, Dikerogam-
marus for some reason is quite conspicuous at this time, while
the young Hyalellae (fertilization takes place in late June) ap¬
pear to dominate for a brief period.
All of these may in a way be said to prepare for the great cli¬
max of late August and early September. The eggs of caddis-
fiies which were laid in early and middle July hatch at once (I
exclude those of the Hydroptilids which do not hatch until the
following year) and grow in quick stages. It seems little more
than a month before the caddisworms have attained their full
size. Hence by late August practically all of them are full
grown.
Now, this maturity is practically synchronous with the num¬
erical culmination of the small Oligochaeta and the greatest
proliferation of plant life. To the student it seems as though
the caddisworms and Oligochaeta received a sudden impetus
which carried them to a rapid climax. This climax is indeed a
remarkable one. Every plant, each leafiet, the bottoms of the
plant zone, all will be found covered copiously with caddis¬
worms, — especially with Leptocella uwarowii and Helicopsyche
borealis, — and with small Oligochaeta. But while the Trichop-
tera appear greater in bulk, the small Oligochaeta outnumber
them a thousand times, although they seem less in mass by rea¬
son of their transparency and their smaller size. So great is
this multiplication of the Oligochaeta that they cover the leaves
and stems of some plants like an animate scum.
This ascendancy is paralleled to a lesser extent in other
groups. Hydra proliferates in enormous numbers, but seems
to attain its climax somewhat later in the season. Planarians,
438 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
so scattered early in the season, are extremely abundant and
practically ubiquitous. The same is true of leeches, Hydrach-
nida, and smaller Bryozoa. Among insects the shoreward mi¬
gration of the larvae of Ephemera varia is of interest; that is,
the younger larvae have lived in the sands of the plant zone dur¬
ing early summ^er, and the older larvae now migrate to their
habitat in the rachion and stony shores. Among Chironomids
Chironomus digitatus, lobiferus, fulviventris, viridis, palliatus,
and others reach their larval maxima at this period.
Autumnal Succession — Period of Diminution. — The ascend¬
ancy lasts till early September, when there is a falling-off
throughout the lake community. While the falling temperature
may effect this to some extent, — for instance, in the case of Core-
thra, — it is probable that the molar agents in the form of equi¬
noctial storms are the most important factors. Lake circula¬
tion is quickened by the storms and the falling temperature, and
the return of oxygen to the aphytal area stimulates the anaerobes
and adjoining bottom fauna to renewed activity.
Sialis at once migrates downward to the newly accessible
feeding-ground. The return of the oxygen stimulates Chirono¬
mus tentans and Protenthes choreus to pupation and there
follows an autumnal flight of these species. Some of the Tany-
tarsus species of the dysphytal area are also stimulated to trans¬
formation, but they do not form any conspicuous element such
as their relatives.
Some of the autumn storms are of great violence and the havoc
wrought by them among the plant and animal life of the lake
is immense. Potamogeton, Najas, Vallisneria, — practically the
entire upright vegetation is broken loose; much of it is cast
ashore, portions are set adrift on the lake and later on sink to
the bottom.
Much of the faunal life of this vegetation is east on shore or
battered to death in the surf. In November, 1914, after one
of these storms, there was a great shore drift in Sunset Bay,
between Picnic and Sunset Points. This drift was some 30
meters long, about 2 meters wide and 15 cm. deep, and was com¬
posed almost entirely of dead Leptocellae in their cases. A
second drift, even greater in extent, lay in the water. According
to an estimate, there were at least flve million specimens in this
drift. And this was only for a very small portion of the lake
off Sunset Bay.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
439
The same storms bring about the death, no doubt, of many
other aquatic animals. Dead crayfish, Hyalellae, Ephemerid
larvae of various kinds, and other forms are a common sight
along the shores after a vigorous storm, not only in the autumn,
but also at other times of the year. But the autumn storms bring
about a rapid stripping and cleansing of the entire littoral area,
and by late November only a very short young growth is left in
the different parts of the lake.
The Winter Period — Period of Torpor, Suppressed Activities.
There remains the winter life of the fauna. The removal of
the greater part of the flora has destroyed the clinging surfaces
for most of the species, and they are obliged to become bottom
dv/ellers for the winter months. Plant growth goes on during
the winter, even under the ice, but it is so slight that it cannot
be regarded as a direct factor.
In general, the winter period can be regarded as beginning
at the time of the greatest density of the water, — at 4° C. This
water sinks to the bottom, and hence there is the reversal of
the summer condition, — namely, warm water below and cold
v/ater above. The low^ered temperature inhibits the activities
of many species and these may become more or less dormant.
As a whole, physiological activities are lowered, and hence there
is a corresponding lowering of food requirements.
That there is no complete cessation is evidenced by the activity
of fish, plankton Crustacea, Corethra, Ceratopogoninae, and
other groups. There is, however, a general diminution or
deferment of activities. Once the ice covers the lake, many
species become entirely inactive. The amount of light pene¬
trating the ice depends on its quality — whether smooth, rough,
or stratified, — and the amount of snow upon it. The problem
of continued darkness makes the feeding of animals precarious
and, in general, the discriminating feeders become dormant.
For the surface-breathers of the lake shallows, ponds, streams,
and other waters, a new era sets in, — the period of dormancy.
For a while, indeed, many of the surface-breathers are very
active under the ice (Wesenberg-Lund) , hunting to and fro in
quest of food. Their oxygen is obtained from the bubbles se¬
creted by the plants under the ice. Soon, however, the ice will
be too thick and the light for photosynthesis will be insufficient,
— hence no more secretion of oxygen, — ^and the animals will dig
into the mud and become dormant for the winter.
440 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
This dormancy appears to be a definite seasonal instinct and
persists even among the surface-breathers frequenting
homoiothermal waters which never freeze. But curious to say,
while the Gyrini, Dytiscidae, Tipulid larvae, and other surface-
breathers occurring in these waters may be evident a little longer
than their relatives of the frozen ponds, sooner or later they,
too, burrow into the mud or silt of the homoiothermal waters and
remain so for several months.
For the shore animals winter brings a new problem which is
as difficult as any offered by more temperate conditions. This
is the problem of ice, — of the freezing of their habitat. Many
forms such as some species of caddisworms, may-fiies, and
leeches, appear to recognize the danger by migrating downward
toward the breaker line or even below that point. This mi¬
gration apparently occurs between 4° and 1° C. But to my
surprise I have found that many other species, including
Psephenus lecontei, Stenelmis crenatus, Erpobdella punctata,
Nephelopsis obscura, Heptagenia, Sparganophilus eiseni, and
others, make no attempt at all to escape downward. I have
found them close to the shore margin, with less than 2 cm. of
water between the ice (then 15 cm. thick) and the bottom; later
on I have found them packed for days and weeks in mush ice
which had been forced under the ice-sheet proper by heavy
winds. The mush ice in the shore area would be practically
continuous with the surface ice.
It can therefore be supposed that they die by freezing, or that
^ they can resist the influence of cold, or that their survival is
purely accidental. One thing is certain, — and that is, when
spring comes the identical shore will have its normal biota, and
apparently without numerical impairment. Whether this biota
is a ^ ‘ survival, ’ ’ or newly recruited, I have been unable to ascer¬
tain with certainty, although I believe that the former is the
case. There is always the possibility that the ground tempera¬
ture is sufficient to keep a thin sheet of water between the ice
and the bottom proper, in which case a ‘‘zone of safety’’ would
be established; this would explain the survival of the shore
dwellers, and some condition like this “zone” seems to be in¬
dicated by various examinations made in the winter of 1914-15.
Before the ice goes out in the spring, animals become active
again. Ground radiation raises the temperature of the water
during late winter, so that it approximates 4° C. at the bottom.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 441
Long before the ice goes 'out completely, some early insect species
become active. In places where the entry of homoiothermal
spring water keeps an open area in the lake, insect larvae will
begin to transform. As a matter of fact, such transformation
(pupation) may take place even when the lake is completely
covered with ice. For instance, Pearse (1916) captured perch
from Lake Wingra in early March, which contained largely
Tanytarsus dives, half of them pupae; this was at a time when
the lake was completely covered with ice, which did not go out
until a week or more afterward. A similar condition exists in
ponds and other waters, and some species appear to be able to
measure the time so closely that the period of their emergence
and the going out of the ice seem to be synchronized to the hour.
To other species the disappearance of the ice means the in¬
ception of larval life. There are not many such species in the
lake, the Hydroptilid caddisworms being the most prominent.
But especially among surface-breathers of the other waters
spring means the beginning of active life; while in the lake it
means primarily a continuation of larval life for at least the
insect biota.
III. FOOD RELATIONS.
A. Reciprocal. — With the varying influence of molar and
other agents it is not to be wondered at that the averages of
food supply fluctuate from month to month and from year to
year. The greatest fluctuation, however, is the seasonal one,
and is best expressed in a table of comparative percentages.
These percentages can refer to bulk, not to numerical repre¬
sentation. In table 9 I have attempted a bulk calculation for
two seasonal periods, and an annual estimate for comparison.
The seasons represent the two great floral periods of the lake, —
namely the algal period of May-June and the spermatophyte
period August-September ; or, from an animal standpoint, the
elimination period ( = transformation) and the multiplication
period referred to in the discussion of the seasonal cycle. I have
not included the fish in the summary of the macrofauna; too
little is known of their numerical representation. (See p. 482).
A comparison of the bulk percentage and the food relations
of the various groups shows two important results: (1) The
scavengers are the dominant forms of the lake; (2) Trichop-
442 WiscOTisin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
tera are dominant in the littoral area^ hence in the region of
plant food. A third point is indicated^ — and that is the ready
passage from a microphagons diet to any other. Among the
scavengers can be listed Annelida, Gastropoda, Corethridae,
and Chironomidae ; while among the phytophaga the caddis-
worms have attained a single dominance. It is indeed surpris¬
ing that of phytophagous aquatic groups only the caddisworms
attain a prominent place in the lake complex; and since even
caddisworms will readily resort to a sarcophagous method of
life, the place of plant food in the lake complex becomes minim¬
ized as a primary source of food, while emphasized rather un¬
expectedly from the viewpoint of waste food.
B. Fish Food. — The greatest element of surprise of the food
relations lies in the study of fish food items. These items are
not linear in their proportions to the available food supply ; I
mean to say that the different groups do not form the same per¬
centage of fish food that they form of the lake complex. In the
way of food fish will naturally choose first the free-living forms,
secondly plant dingers and crawlers, thirdly burrowers and
tube-builders. But the depressed and appressed dingers and
protected types of the shore areas seem to be quite absent.
The commoner supply of food is formed by the Diptera
primarily among insects, next to which come Sialis and Hemip-
tera (the latter in the lake shallows). Along the shore line
Chironomus lobiferus and C. digitatus are the main source,
while in the aphytal area Protenthes choreus, Chironomus
tentans, Corethra, and Sialis infumata are the chief representa¬
tives.
Again, certain faunal types are comparatively rare in fish diet.
Thus, while Leptocella uwarowii forms practically 90% of
the caddisworm fauna of the lake, it forms probably less than
25% of the caddisworm diet of fish, while the whole caddis¬
worm diet amounts to hardly more than 2% of the total fish food.
This proportion is not at all commensurate with their avail¬
ability and we have to look elsewhere to account for this dis¬
parity. Perhaps it is the secretions which make them less
agreeable as a diet, although along this line other species and
the notably repellant Hemiptera form a favorite diet wherever
available. To me it seems that the length, rigidity, and general
unwieldiness of the cases play a big part in the selection of this
particular item ; small fish cannot manage the cases at all, while
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
443
larger fish have difficulties in breaking and swallowing them be¬
cause of their rather pointed ends and the considerable stiffness
of the tubes proper.
As for repellant secretions, most of the red Hydrachnida are
refused by the general macrofauna, but not by the red Hydrach¬
nida themselves. Apparently, therefore, they are obnoxious or
distasteful; yet individuals of Atax turgidus, Eylais, Hygro-
bates, and other red genera are too frequently present in fish
diet to permit a sweeping statement as to their offensiveness.
This applies equally well to other types, such as the various
Corixae and Gyrini, especially to the adults of the latter. Fish
of various species frequently gorge themselves on Corixae, and
adult of Gyrinus are not uncommon in fish stomachs. Yet these
are all well-known instances of supposedly well-protected
species, — at least that has been the assumption of the
purpose of the emanations from these species. The facts of
fish food would tend to force a change or modification of these
assumptions.
As a whole, the place of insects in the fish diet is a variable
one, and fiuctuates with the habitat and the species of fish. In¬
sects compose about 60% of the macrofauna of the lake, exclud¬
ing fish, and their bulk percentage in fish food is equal, or near,
to the same figure. Taking the insects as a unit, the Trichoptera
form 30%, and the Corethridae and Chironomidae 65% of the
supply. The actual use, however, appears to be Trichoptera
5%, Corethridae and Chironomidae 90%.
The Lake Toll. — As an irregular source of fish food must be
mentioned the thousands of insects which are blown from the
land, and such that venture too near the surface in the chase
of food and become water-trapped.
In the first category can be placed myriads of Lachnosterna,
mayflies, Corethra, bees, ants of various species, wasps, and
many other, less common insects. In the second category be¬
long primarily Odonata and Asilidae. Although expert fliers,
Odonata frequently become water-trapped in a too eager quest
of prey, often of their own kind. Yet they are often able to free
themselves, especially if the surface is somewhat disturbed; it
seems that they wait for an opportune wave-crest to lift them
slightly above the surface and this is sufficient to give them the
initial freedom of wing movement.
444 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters,
As for Asilidae, these have a penchant for damseltiies which
invariably try to escape over the water. The latter are able to
fly exceedingly close to the surface film without touching it and
this ability is an effective means of protection. The pursuing
robber-fiy frequently ventures too close and becomes trapped
by the water. It is surprising that in the ensuing struggle to
escape from the water the robber-fly should come to lie help¬
lessly on its back, the wings held firmly by the surface film.
Here, too, slight wave action may overturn the captive Asilid
and give an opportunity to escape from the water. Hundreds
of robber-flies were observed during the summer of 1914 trap¬
ped in the fashion described.
The Hole of the Scavenger in the Lake Economy.
In a previous portion of this paper I mentioned the fact that
from a bulk standpoint, and much more so from a numerical
standpoint, the scavengers predominate among the lake fauna.
The supply of fresh plant food is comparatively restricted in
the lake, not only in quantity but also in time, while great
amounts of waste are accessible in the way of decaying plant
and animal matter and inorganic waste.
Thienemann (1911), Lauterborn (1905, 1912), and especially
Rhode (1912) have pointed out that certain halophilous species
of Chironomids are regularly associated with the sulfuretted
inorganic waste of certain manufactories, while others are in¬
variably associated with the sewage and drainage systems of
many cities.
Among the halophilous species Rhode found several which are
able to exist in inorganic waste of an especially high concentra¬
tion of Na and K ; in fact, of a concentration exceeding that of
sea water. (This recalls some species of Ephydridae — Aldrich
1912). There they v/ere associated with fungi, flagellates, and
bacteria.
Other species were found in tremendous numbers in the
sewage water of cities, where they were associated with Tubifex,
and some rare fungi. In both cases, that is, in the presence of
inorganic and organic waste, the concentration of certain mineral
compounds was quite abnormal, and it is difficult to understand
the possibility of life under some of the conditions found. For
instance, an extreme was Chironomus gregarius which was
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 445
found in mineral waste eontaining a concentration of 5.5%
NaCl.
Chironomids have been found so regularly in drainage and
sewage water (they are constantly mentioned in reports on
sewage) that it has been suggested that they play an important
role in sewage disposal, — indeed, a part akin to the sewage bac¬
teria. Such a role appears to be held by the Chironomids and
worms of the aphytal area of the lake. They are scavengers
in the broadest sense, even coprophagous, and that they may aid
if not entirely take the part of, the sewage bacteria in the lake
seems not unlikely.
Part IV. COMPAEISONS AND SUMMARIES.
In discussing lake life, the prime question confronting us is :
^‘What are the advantages of aquatic life, particularly of lake
life?” Why have so many insects reverted to acquatic life?
It is easy to understand why animals which are holaquatic in
the first place should remain so, but once a terrestrial mode of
life is acquired a change is more difficult to understand.
Except for Odonata, Ephemeroidea, Plecoptera, and some
Neuropteroidea, aquatic life is secondary among insects. That
is, while the insect progenitor was aquatic, and the oldest in¬
sects were amphibious, their descendants largely adopted a ter¬
restrial mode of life. The above mentioned orders, however,
appear to have retained their primitive amphibious life. Other
orders, such as Diptera, Coleoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidop-
tera, became holoterrestrial, but many of their modern repre¬
sentatives have again adopted an amphibious life.
As to the why and wherefore, we have not far to seek. A
terrestrial mode of life entails adaptations to a series of ex¬
tremes. Sudden and often extreme changes of temperature, of
winds, variations from drouth to fiood, from dust to mud, and
the like, are all of a kind to require considerable adjustment on
the part of the organism. When we consider the additional
need of food and of shelter from enemies, we cannot wonder
that so many insects, — indeed, the greater number of them —
have acquired some means of procuring additional shelter at
least for the larval stages.
446 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
The most general methods of concealment adopted have un¬
doubtedly been subterranean and endophytous shelter, — chiefly
among the holometabola ; endophytous life is in certain respects
(plant-borers and miners)' a variant of subterranean life. Both
modes are successful in that they offer shelter from extremes of
climate and protection from enemies, less successful in that they
largely restrict the self-feeding larvae to a limited supply of
plant food.
The ease of burrowing in soft or moist ground led animals to
a wet substratum, and finally to a purely aquatic environment.
We find within several orders, even within families, practi¬
cally all of these transitions (see tables 3 and 4, Diptera and
Coleoptera). Other species may have adopted an aquatic life
more directly.
The advantage of aquatic life is that this environment offers
a greater uniformity of conditions and a plentiful food supply.
Conditions are not extreme, changes are slow, and the animal is
easily able to adjust itself to these without any special
morphological adaptations. But the aquatic environment
necessitated certain physiological adjustments, especially along
respiratory lines, and it is by the perfection of these adapta¬
tions that species indicate the degree of aquativeness (i. e., ad¬
justment to aquatic life) attained by them. This aquativeness
has been developed to its highest point in lake life and in rapids,
where molar agents have forced a complete separation from
aerial respiration and a resultant total aquativeness.
Rapids. — When comparing other hydrobiota with the lake, we
find a rather marked resemblance between the rapids and cer¬
tain exposed portions of the lake, — i. e., the shore and the rachion
(Wesenberg-Lund 1908, Steinmann 1907). The same may-flies,
leeches, beetle-larvae, and caddis- worms are found in the rapids.
On the other hand, certain stenophilic species such as Simulium,
Chironomus tenellus, Baetis pygmaea, Hydropsyche alternans,
and others, are conspicuously absent from the lake shore. For
while the latter offers current at intervals, these stenophils de¬
mand a persistent current, hence are homoiophilous. Experi¬
mentally, I have placed Simulium and Hydropsyche alternans
larvae in a jar where the current would sweep around the jar,
but not into it ; most of the larvae died within two or three hours,
despite thorough oxygenation and repeated change of water.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
447
Yet the community of forms and adaptations of both habitats
is sufficiently pertinent to indicate a probable common’ origin
(Steinmann 1907). Both faunas consist largely of appressed
dingers and some burrowers, all are well protected or sheltered
forms (except Simulium, which is specialized in an entirely
unique direction.) Both complexes do not admit of air-
breathers, that is, as residents; for the air-breathers so fre¬
quently found in the slack water of rapids are not residents in
the sense of permanence. They exist because the current does
not reach them ; and if it should they would be unable to main¬
tain themselves. No emergent plants or submerged sperma-
tophytes will be found ; Cladophora and some other filamentous
algae are able to maintain an appressed growth where the cur¬
rent is not too strong.
The current considerably modifies the shelter, and the food
and breeding habits of the biota. The constant current pre¬
vents the biota from wandering about ; as a rule an individual
remains fixed for the greater part of its life. Strong fastholds
in the way of strong claws, suckers, and other means are pos¬
sessed by most of the biota, while the few swimmers (Hydrach-
nida, fan-tail darter) have especially elaborate swimming
structures. Shelter must be sought under rocks, where the
force of the current is somewhat broken. The eddies behind
the rocks are favorable feeding grounds, since much of the
flotsam passing over the rapids finds its way into the tiny eddies
and whirlpools about the rocks. Some animals have elaborated
their holding devices to trap this flotsam; such are the caddis-
worms of the rapids, whose webs are generally supplied with
sieves and nets for food-capture. Other animals of the rapids,
such as Simulium and the may-flies, have elaborated their mouth-
parts into ‘^nets” through which the water is strained for the
micro-organisms which comprise their food.
Most of the insects of the rapids at the time of their final
ecdysis float to the surface, where the pupal skin opens at once
and the adult flies upward, an adaptation insuring the safety of
the species. In oviposition some species (Odonata) dip their
abdomen into the water and let the current carry the eggs
away; others (caddisflies) may lay their eggs at the water’s
edge or enter the water and fasten the eggs to rocks. The lat¬
ter applies specially to stenophilic species.
448 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
More than any other fauna that of the rapids is in danger of
extinction during the winter period. Frequently the rapids
may freeze solidly, and with the friction of slowly moving
rocks and ice pressure all animate life is destroyed. As a mat¬
ter of fact, the insects do not hibernate in the larval stage in
the rapids ; long before the rapids freeze up, the fauna has be¬
come reduced, and the larvae present are comparatively few.
Springs. — The outlets of springs are frequently miniature
rapids and may approximate the conditions of rapids. But
they are nearly always characterized by an abundant growth of
water cress, among which one is certain to find air-breathers
such as Hemiptera and Tipulid larvae. This is a striking
example of the dependence of surface-breathing species on plant
growth for their maintenance.
The most important character of springs is the temperature,
which as a rule is constant throughout the year. The numer¬
ous springs about the Madison lakes are all homoiothermal, with
a temperature of 8-10° C. the year round. The outlets con¬
tain an abundance of water-cress, in which caddis- worms, snails,
Crustacea, and planarians are exceedingly plentiful. Some of
the typical representatives are: the caddis-worms Neophylax
autumnus, Platyphylax designatus (more truly a rapids form),
Limnephilus rhombicus, the latter with both vernal and autum¬
nal cases at the same time, an interesting persistence and over¬
lapping of a seasonal instinct. Among planarians Dendro-
coelium lacteum and Polycelis nigra are especially common,
while Planaria doritocephala and P. agilis are quite frequent,
all four species occurring also in the lake ; Physa gyrina and P.
heterostropha among Gastropoda; and Gammarus limnaeus
among Crustacea.
It is difficult to decide which factor controls the fonticolar
association, whether it is current, food supply, temperature, or
chemical composition of the water. This much is certain : the
springs about the lakes vary as to their biota. Thus for in¬
stance, Merrill Spring outlet contains an abundance of cad¬
dis-worms and Planarians, while Merrill Creek close by, which
is fed by springs, contains not a single Trichopteron or Plana-
rian. The conditions appear to be similar to Merrill Spring,
but differ in the chemical makeup of the water, due to addi¬
tional drainage water and the composition of its basin. In
places the Merrill Creek rapids exceed those of the spring’s
Mutikowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 449
outlet in swiftness, and Simulium has established itself in such
spots, an indication that current may be the decisive factor for
Simulium, while the chemical composition of the water appears
to be the only factor which prevents its associates of the Yahara
spillway from establishing themselves also.
This situation further indicates that the conditions required
by even a stenophilic species are relative and that the fluctuation
of conditions resulting in an intergrading of hibitats is paral¬
leled by a corresponding intergrading of the respective biota.
In their general makeup the associations of the lake, rapids,
and spring outlets are distinctly related. They may be said to
form the water-breathing communities. In contrast to them
may be placed the communities of streams, creeks, ponds,
swamps, and shallows, as typified by air-breathing animals.
Appendant Lake Shallows. — Certain parts of the lake have
shallowed out and have been cut off by means of bars so that
they no longer need be considered a part of the lake proper.
Yet these shallows are of enormous importance as food sources
to fish , especially to the shore fishes, and as breeding places for
a great number of species, especially among vertebrates and
surface-breathing insects.
The shallowing process, frequently a result of sedimentation
by inflowing streams or of the swamping due to the invasion
of an emergent vegetation, and the lessened exposure to molar
agents favor the abundant growth of an emergent and floating
flora, such as Lemna, Nymphaea, Castalia, Typha, and others.
In this respect the outlying lake shallows are akin to the
swamps which line the Yahara Eiver along its course. It is to
be expected, therefore, that the fauna of the shallows will also
be similar to that of the swamps, and that is precisely the case.
The fauna consists chiefly of surface-breathers of various
kinds, including vertebrates, but it also includes many of the
water-breathers found in the lake, especially inhabitants of the
mud bottom. It is marked by the considerable number of Culi-
eidae, Chironomidae, Syrphidae, Anisoptera, Hemiptera, and
Dytiscidae, but it has a very scant representation of Epheme-
ridae, Trichoptera, Zygoptera, and Hyalellae. Stagnation is,
of course, very great in the swamps, and this means that to some
extent anaerobic conditions may prevail on the bottom for short
periods. This may be an important factor in determining the
faunal complex.
29--S. A. L.
450 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Decaying plants, and mineral matter tend to form an organic
sediment of varying thickness. In places this sediment may
constitute a layer of considerable thickness; it will be a false
bottom, for while it may bear a fair amount of stress, any con¬
siderable pressure will pierce this layer. This sedimental layer
is quite impervious to heat, absorbing little and permitting
none to penetrate, so that the wet soil beneath will be found
quite chilly by comparison with the warm water above. De¬
composition and acidification are important factors in swamp
physiology and probably of great importance in determining
the faunal complex; yet too little is known of this phase of the
subject to permit any detailed analysis.
Whatever the factors be, given a slight current, the fauna
immediately changes certain of its aspects, perhaps because of
the removal of the chemical deterrents. This can be observed
admirably in the swamps of the Yahara to the north of Lake
Mendota and south of Lakes Monona and Waubesa. Where
the water is stagnant the fauna lacks Trichoptera, Zygoptera,
and Hyalellae; but in presence of a fair current these groups
are well represented.
Streams. — As just stated, a stream differs from a swamp in
that it flows, while the swamp is stagnant. The degree of flow
is, of course, relative. Much also depends on the composition
of the bottom. Given a sandy bottom and another of mud it is
probable that the muddy stream will support little plant life
while the sandy stream will be choked with vegetation.
The composition of the substratum is of the highest import¬
ance to the biota of the stream. No better examples of this
exist than Pheasant Branch Creek at the western end of the
lake and Six Mile Creek flowing in at the north. Pheasant
Branch Creek is a narrow, rapid stream, about 6 meters wide,
a little over a meter deep, with a bed of mud covered with silt.
The water is clear. The creek contains a luxuriant vegetation
of Lemna, Myriophyllum, Ceratophyllum, and Elodea, in which
a very rich fauna maintains itself.
Six-Mile Creek is a slower stream, with a very tortuous chan¬
nel, varying in width from 8-12 meters, with a depth of 1-2
meters. Its bottom is mud and clay. Its water is murky and
no vegetation exists in the bed of the stream, except for an oc¬
casional Nymphaea and Castalia ; hence the animal life is essen-
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 451
tially that of the lake shallows, chiefly Ephemeridae, Aeshiiidae,
and Libellulidae.
Again, the Yahara River, passing through the swamps on the
north, of Lake Mendota, carries with it a great deal of sediment,
which makes it murky in its middle portions. Through its own
force it is able to keep its channel unobstructed to a depth of
about 3 meters. In this murky part no vegetation and an ex¬
ceedingly scant fauna exist. But in the shallower portions on
its side the fauna and flora are of the stream type, with an es¬
pecially large representation of caddis- worms (chiefly Setodes
grandis) , damselfly larvae, and Hyalellae.
This relation shows that current, while of so great an influence
in changing the complex of the fauna, nevertheless is not an
absolutely decisive factor, but that photosynthesis may affect dis¬
tribution and makeup in the establishment of a different sub¬
stratum. To what extent the makeup of the plant substratum
is able to affect the faunal composition is indicated by a com¬
parison of the Yahara River, as just described, and Pheasant
Branch Creek.
In the latter Lestes forcipatus and other Zgyoptera larvae
abound. Hyalellae are few, Setodes grandis scarce, beetle lar¬
vae plentiful, Culicidae rare, Nymphula larvae numerous ; while
in the Yahara River these faunal proportions are exactly the
converse.
Ponds. — It is a curious circumstance, that to a considerable
extent the fauna of Pheasant Branch Creek and Picnic Pond
have much in common. But while Pheasant Branch Creek has
a strong current. Picnic Pond is stagnant, being maintained by
seepage from the lake. Lepidoptera larvae, beetle larvae of
various kinds, except Cyrinidae, Chironomidae, Lestes, Sympet-
rum, and Libellula basalis among Odonata, and other species,
are common to both regions. As for differences, Corethra is
common in the pond (recruited from the lake) ; so are Culicidae
larvae, Dytiscidae, Cyphonidae, Tipulidae, Stratiomyidae,
Ephydridae, and certain other forms which are more or less
limited in their distribution.
Again, Tenney Park contains a large lagoon and a small pond.
The lagoon contains flowing water, supplied from the lake, and
its fauna is that of a stream. But the pond, small as it is (10 m.
diameter) is noted as a depository of toad eggs, and harbors sev¬
eral faunal forms which agree with those of Picnic Pond, while
452 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
differing in its larger representation of certain Dytiscidae and
Anisoptera.
The character of the ponds therefore appear to be chiefly
stagnancy, shallowness, and the tendency toward swamping.
Only the fact that there is open water (generally) in the mid¬
dle prevents acidiflcation. Circulation is minimal in the vege¬
tation areas, with the tendency toward local centers; that is,
little isolated patches of warmer and cooler water. In a swamp
such warm patches would soon form decomposition centers,
while in ponds the periodical disturbance of the open water in the
middle is sufficiently strong to suppress such centers. Yet
even in ponds, especially in dry summers, the vegetation may
gain the upper hand and cover the entire pond area. In such
instances acidiflcation is strong, decomposition advanced, and
the remaining water becomes untenable for the major part of
the fauna.
Summary of Lake Characters.
It is evident from the brief survey of types of aquatic habitats
that the interrelations are comparatively easy to outline and so
are the larger differences; but it is extremely difficult to fix the
precise points at which differences begin. No habitat can be
set forth as a unit which is well-definable in every respect; I
have rather attempted to show what might be used as criteria
by calling attention to the interrelations. Physical and phy¬
siological conditions intergrade everywhere; for the environ¬
ment is labile. Correspondingly, there is an intergradation of
biota; for the organism, too, is labile.
Therefore, in attempting to define a habitat such as the lake
the intergradation with surrounding habitats must be kept in
mind and not too strict an emphasis laid on any single charac¬
teristic. The following is an attempt to define the lake as an
aquatic unit, distinct from other aquatic bodies:
The lake is body of water
1. Of sufficient depth and area to permit strong wave action.
2. Without emergent or floating vegetation. This is due to
condition number one.
3. With a shore line destitute of plants, except Cladophora,
and harboring only dingers and burrowers among animals. A
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
453
result of condition number one. This region shows the great¬
est specialization among lake animals.
4. Without surface-breathers among animals.
5. With a plant zone of variable depth (according to clear¬
ness of the water) which is barely indicated in winter, but
luxuriates during summer. Parallel with plant growth a
great summer proliferation of phytophagous animals.
6. With a thermal stratification for a portion of the year.
In part, these conditions apply to rapids and spring outlets,
especially those pertaining to the fauna. In part, they may
also apply to streams. We have, therefore, a gradual merging
of lake to pond and swamp in one series, and lake to swamp di¬
rectly. Kapids, springs, and lakes form the water-breathing as¬
sociations, while ponds, swamps, and appendant lake shallows
form the air-breathing associations, with streams occupying an
intermediate position.
From the definition given above it will be seen that the term
‘ ‘ lake ’ ’ for certain bodies of water is inapplicable. At best, the
term has been used in a relative sense as applicable to any
broad and enclosed expanse of water. Thus, the shallows of
streams when spread over large areas have been called lakes,
although lacking every true characteristic. Again, the vege¬
tation character is not always distinct. Shallowing of lakes
produces ‘‘swamping,’’ a feature which is invariably character¬
ized by emergent growth of plants. Yet there are lakes where
this shallowing process is so gradual that a breaker line or
rachion is barely indicated on the bottom, and the transition
from lake to swamp is practically imperceptible.
The absence of surface-breathers is a good characteristic, but
is applicable also to the open water of ponds, and rivers, that
is, to a large extent. Again, stagnation coupled with the forma¬
tion of a thermocline may be characteristic of a great many
lakes; yet so large a body of water as Lake Vaettern in Sweden
has only a very gradual thermocline and the bottom waters con¬
tain oxygen the year round.
Hence this definition will be found inadequate for some lakes,
and inapplicable for certain others. But for the “plains”
lakes it will probably be generally acceptable. Alpine lakes
have certain special conditions; but even here the conditions
present some similarities.
454 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
In respect to faunal and floral distribution Lakes Mendota,
Monona, Waubesa, Cedar, Nagawicka, and most others in south¬
ern Wisconsin present a similar situation. Practically all of
these lakes have a low degree of transparency and hence have
a shallow zone of photosynthesis. All of them have similar
types of shore, rough in places, sandy in others, and tending to
swamp in less exposed situations. The northern Wisconsin
lakes are more transparent and show a correspondingly greater
zone of photosynthesis. They are more like the Alpine lakes
in this respect.
In its particulate aspects, comparison with other lakes can be
only relative. For the littoral areas much the same type of
fauna and flora will be found in all lakes, except the very large
and stormy lakes. Wesenberg-Lund (1908) finds similar types
for the rock shore communities of Danish lakes, although Lake
Mendota seems more populous. For el, Zacharias, Zschokke
and others have worked on the fauna of alpine lakes and find a
similarly typical fauna as far as the littoral area is concerned.
In the aphytal area the situation differs somewhat. From a
physiographical standpoint some of the alpine lakes are valleys
between mountains which are filled with water. Some of them
have a depth of more than 500 meters, and we find conditions
at these depths which are somewhat akin to those of the ocean
abyss. In the upper portions of the aphytal area (inappro¬
priately termed ‘‘abyssal area”) the fauna resembles that of
the aphytal area of Lake Mendota. Below 50 meters this
resemblance ceases. Practically all of these deep lakes har¬
bor a series of glacial relicts, and certain species of worms, in
general, forms that never come to the shallower depths aboye
50 meters. And as a result there is a fauna, rich in its variety
and adaptations, which has been called an abyssal fauna (inap¬
propriately so, as just mentioned, since the term is preoccupied
in a special sense in oceanology.)
As far as the plains lakes are concerned, these “abyssal”
conditions do not exist in them aside from the general conditions
of the aphytal area. Their fauna consists largely of species
which come to the surface or at least to the shallower waters at
some time during their life. No special fauna has been de¬
veloped which is particulate in its predilections for great depths.
In general, the fauna is such as may be found within relatively
shallow waters, a fauna which connects distinctly with that of
the shores and shallow bodies of water.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
455
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Only papers of direct bearing are included. Quite a num¬
ber of papers are eliminated on the basis of citation in previous,
easily accessible bibliographies. Papers marked with an
asterisk have not been examined by the writer.
Ecological Factors
Biernatzki, R.
1910. Unsere Kenntniss vom Atmungsstoffwechsel der
Wassertiere. Int. Rev., 3, pp. 339-358. Collective
review.
Birge, E. A. & Juday, C.
1911. The Inland Lakes of Wisconsin. The Dissolved Gases
of the Water and Their Biological Significance.
Bull. 22 Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Survey, pp. 20 &
260, figs. 142, 8 plates.
Brocher, P.
1909. Les Phenomenes Capillaires, leur importance dans la
biologie aquatique. Ann. Biol. Lac., 4, pp. 89-138,
44 ff.
Bottazzi, P. & Enriquez, P.
1901. Ueber die Bedingungen des osmotischen Gleichgewichts
und des Gleichgewichtsmangel zwischen den or-
ganischen Pliissigkeiten und dem ausseren
Medium bei Wassertieren. Arch. Physiol., 1901.
Suppl. pp. 109.
Bronsted, J. N. & Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1911. Chemisch-Physikalische Untersuchungen der danischen
Gewasser nebst Bemerkungen fiber ihre Bedeutung
ffir unsere Auffassung der Temporalvariation.
Int. Rev., 4, pp. 252-290, 437-492.
Dakin, W. J.
1912. Aquatic Animals and Their Environment. The Con¬
stitution of the External Medium, and its effect
upon the blood. Int. Rev., 5, pp. 58-80.
Ekman, Sven.
1909. Neue Apparate zur qualitativen und quantitativen
Erforschung der Bodenfauna der Seen. Int. Rev.,
3, pp. 553-&61.
Forbes, S. A.
, 1888. On the Pood Relations of Presh-Water Fishes: A
Summary and Discussion. Bull. Ill. State Lab.
Nat. Hist., 2, pp. 475-583.
456 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Franz, V.
1912. Weitere Phototaxisstudien. Int. Rev., Suppl., 3, pp. 23.
Gurney, R.
1914. The Origin and Conditions of Existence of the Fauna
of Fresh Water. Trans. Norfolk Naturalists Soc.,
9, pp. 463-485.
Juday, C. & Wagner, G.
19 09. Dissolved Oxygen as a Factor in the Distribution of
Fishes. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., 16, part 1, pp.
17-22.
Juday, C.
19 09. Some Aquatic Invertebrates that Live Under Anaerobic
Conditions. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., 16, part 1, pp.
10-16.
Juday, C.
1914. The Inland Lakes of Wisconsin. The Hydrography and
! Morphometry of the Lakes. Bull. 27 Wis. Geol. &
N. H. Survey, pp. 15 & 136, maps 29, ff. 8.
Lauterborn, R.
1912. Die biologische Selbstreinigung unserer Gewasser.
Verb. Nat. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westfalen,
Jahrg. 68, pp. 473-487.
Nordquist, O.
1910-11. Ueber das Eindringen der Lichtes in von Eis und
Schnee bedeckten Seen. Int. Rev., 3, pp. 79-83.
Putter, A.
*1909. Die Ernahrung der Fische. Zeitschr. f. allg. Phys., 9,
pp. 147-242. Review in Int. Rev., 2, pp. 781-784.
Thienemann, A.
*1913. Physikalische u. chemische Untersuchungen in den
Maaren der Eifel. S. A. Verk. des Nat. Ver. preuss.
Rheinl. u. Westfalen, 10. Review in Int. Rev., 7,
p. 129, 1914.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1909. Ueber die praktische Bedeutung der jahrlichen Varia-
tionen in der Viskositat des Wassers. Int. Rev.,
2, pp. 231-233.
1910. Grundziige der Biologie und Geographie des
Suesswasserplanktons nebst Bemerkungen iiber
Hauptprobleme zukiinftiger limnologischer For-
schungen. Int. Rev., Suppl. I, pp. 1-44, 19 t. ff.
1912. Ueber einige eigentiimliche Temperaturverhaltnisse
in Litoralregion der baltischen Seen und deren
Bedeutung. Int. Rev., 5, pp. 287-306.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
457
Ecological Studie^fc
Adams, C. et alii.
1909. An Ecological Survey of Isle Royale, Lake Superior,
pp. 14 & 466, ff. 63.
Hentschel, Dr. Ernst.
1909. Das Leben des Suesswasseis. pp. 332, 16 pis., 229
t. ff. Popular account.
Hesse, R.
1913. Die Oekologischen Grundlagen der Tierverbreitung.
Geogr. Zeitscbr., 19, pp. 241-259, 335-345, 445-
460, 489-513.
Hofcten, N. v.
1911. Zur Kenntniss der Tiefenfauna des Brienzer und des
Thuner Sees. Arch. f. Hydr. u. Plankt,, 7, pp. 20.
Holdhaus, K.
1911. Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Fauna vom Gestein. First
Congr. Ent., II, pp. 321-344.
Holdhaus, K. et alii.
1912. Kritisches Verzeichniss der boreoalpinen Tierformen
(Glazialrelikte) der mittel- und sudeuropaischen
Hochgebirge. Ann. K. K. Hofmus. Wien, 26, pp.
399-440.
Issel, R.
1910. La Faune des Sources thermales de Viterbo. Int. Rev.,
,3, pp. 178-180.
Lampert, K.
1899. Das Leben der Binnengewasser. pp. 16 & 591, t. ff. 223,
pis. 12 col. Leipzig. (1910 edit. 2, pp. 856.)
Lutz, F.
1913. Factors in Aquatic Environment. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
27, pp. 1-4.
Micoletzky, H.
1912. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Ufer- und Grundfauna
einiger Seen Salzburgs, sowie des Attersees. Zool.
* J. B., Syst., 33, pp. 421-444. Bibliography, etc.
Murray, J.
I 1904-1908. Notes On the Biology of the Scottish Lochs.
Geogr. Jn., vols. 23-28, 31. pp. varr.
1911. The Annual History of a Periodic Pond. Int. Rev., 4,
pp. 300-310.
Pieters, A. J.
1901. The Plants of Western Lake Erie, with Observations
On Their Distribution. U. S. Fish Comm. Bull,
for 1901, pp. 57-59, pis. 11-20.
Shelford, V. v
1913. Animal Communities in Temperate America, pp. 9 &
360, 305 ff. Chicago.
458 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Steiner, G.
1911. Biologische Studien an Seen der Faulhornkette im
Berner Oberlande. Int. Rev. Suppl. II, pp. 72,
t. f. 1, pi. 1.
Steinmann, P.
1907. Die Tierwelt der Gebirgsbache. Ann. Biol. Lac., 2, pp.
30-163, figg.
Thienemann, A.
1913. Der Zusammenhang zwischen dem Sauerstoffgehalt des
Tiefenwassers und der Zusammensetzung der
Tiefenfauna unserer Seen. Int. Rev., 6, pp. 243-
249.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1905. A Comparative Study of the Lakes of Scotland and
Denmark. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 26, pp.
401-448.
1908. Die Littoralen Tiergesellschaften unserer gr5sseren
Seen. Int. Rev., 1, pp. 574-609, t. ff. 34.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1910. Summary of Our Knowledge Regarding Various Limno¬
logical Problems. In Murray, Bathymetrical Sur¬
vey of the Fresh Water Lochs of Scotland, vol. 1,
pp. 374-438.
West, G.
1910. An Epitome of a Comparative Study of the Dominant
Phanerogamic and Higher Cryptogamic Flora of
Aquatic Habit, in Seven Lake Areas in Scotland.
In Murray, Bathymetrical Survey of the Fresh
Water Lochs of Scotland, vol 1, pp. 156-260.
Zschokke, F.
1907. Uebersicht ueber die Tiefenfauna des Vierwaldstaet-
tersees. Arch. f. Hydrobiol. u. Plankt., 2, pp. 1-8.
1908. Die Resultate der Zoologischen Erforschung hochal-
piner Wasserbecken seit dem Jahre 1900. Int.
Rev., 1, pp. 221-235. Literature.
1910. Die Tiefenfauna hochalpiner Wasserbecken. Verb.
Naturf. Ges., 21, pp. 145-152.
1911. Die Tiefseefauna der Seen Mitteleuropas, pp. 1-246, 2
maps. Literature to date.
General Phyla (excl. Arthropoda)
Brauer, A.
1909. Die Suesswasserfauna Deutschlands.
Heft 13. Oligochaeta, by W. Michaelson, pp. 1-66, t. ff.
112.
Hirudinea, by J. Johannsen, pp. 67-81, t. ff.
113-114.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
459
15. Mermithidae, Gordiidae, by R. Hartmeyer, pp.
84-88, t. ff. 10.
Nematodes, by L. A. Jagerskiold, pp. 1-83, t. ff.
80.
17. Hydrozoa, by A. Brauer, pp. 191-194, t. ff. 333-
346.
19. Mollusca, by J. Thiele, pp. 1-46, t. ff. 112.
Nemertini & Bryozoa, by R. Hartmeyer, pp.
47-58, t. ff. 113-131.
Turbellaria. Erster Tell: Allgemeines u.
Rhabdocoelida. by L. v. Graff, pp. 59-142,
t. ff. 132-251.
Turbellaria. Zweiter Teil: Tricladida, by
Bohmig, L. pp. 143-176, t. ff. 252-292.
Spongillidae, by W. Weltner, pp. 177-19 0, t. ff.
293-^332.
Galloway, T. W.
1911. The Common Fresh-Water Oligochaeta of the United
States. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., 30, pp. 285-317,
t. ff. 14.
Graff, L. von.
1913. Turbellaria. II. Rhabdocoelida. Das Tierreich, 35,
pp. 484, t. ff. 398.
Griinspan, Therese.
1910. Die Suesswasser-Gastrotrichen Europas. Ann. Biol.
Lac., 3, pp. 211-365, 21 t. ff., 2 tables.
Loppens, K.
1908. Les Bryozoaires d’eau douce. Ann. Biol. Lac., 3, pp.
141-183, t. ff. 31.
Menke, H.
1911. Physikalische u. Physiologische Faktoren bei der
Anheftung von Schnecken in der Brandungszone.
Zool. Anz., 37, pp. 19-30.
Michaelsen, W.
1900. Oligochaeta. Das Tierreich, 10, pp. 575, 13 t. ff.
Micoletzky, H.
1914. Oekologie ostalpiner Suesswasser-Nematoden. Int.
Rev., 6, Suppl., heft 4, pp. 1-12.
Nachtrieb, H. F., Hemingway, E. E., and Moore, J. Percy.
1912. The Leeches of Minnesota, pp. 128, pis. 6.
Piaget, Jean.
1914. Notes sur la biologie des Limnees abyssales. Biol.
Suppl. to Int. Rev., vol. 6, heft 3, pp. 1-15, 4 t. ff.
Potts, Edward.
1887. Contribution Towards a Synopsis of the American
Forms of Fresh Water Sponges. Proc. Acad. Phil.,
pp. 158-279.
460 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Roszkowski, W.
1914. Contribution a Fetude des Limnees du Lac Leman.
Rev. Suisse de Zool., 22, pp. 457-539, pis. 14-17.
Rousseau, E.
1912. Les Hirudinees d’eau douce d’Europe. Ann. Biol. Lac.,
' 5, pp. 259-295, t. ff. 31.
Steche, O.
1908. Der gegenwartige Stand unseres Wissens vom
Suesswasserpolypen (Hydra). Int. Rev., 1, pp.
463-48 0. Collective review.
Steinmann, P.
19 06. Geographisches und Biologisches von Gebirgsbach-
planarien. Arch. f. Hydrobiol. u. Planktk., 2, pp.
186-217, 2 t. ff., 1 pi.
1908. Die Polypharyngealen Planarienformen und ihre
Bedeutung fiir die Descendenztheorie, Zoogeogra-
phie, und Biologie. Int. Rev., 1, pp. 679-690.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1910. Ueber eine eventuelle Brutpflege bei Gordius aquaticus
L. Int. Rev., 3, pp. 122-127, t. ff. 2.
Zacharias, O.
1906. Planktonalgen als Molluskennahrung. Arch. f. Hydro¬
biol u. Planktonk., 2, pp. 358-361.
Arthropoda (ex cl. Insecta)
Dahl, P., Koenike, F., & Brauer, A.
1909. Araneae, Acarina, & Tardigrada. In Brauer, Die
Suesswasserfauna Deutschlands, heft 12, pp. 1-190,
t. ff. 280.
Embody, G. C.
1912. A Preliminary Study of the Distribution, Pood and
Reproductive Capacity of Some Fresh Water
Amphipods. Int. Rev., Suppl., II, pp. 38, 1 pi.,
5 t. ff.
Graenicher, S.
1913. Some Notes On the Habits and Distribution of Wis¬
consin Crawfishes. Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 10,
pp. 118-123.
Jackson, H. H. T.
1912. A Contribution to the Natural History of the Amphipod,
Hyalella knickerbockeri (Bate). Bull. Wis. N. H.
Soc., (2) 10, pp. 49-60.
Musselius, A. v.
1914. Zur Biologie der Hydracarinen. Ann. Biol. Lac., 7, pp.
60-82, t. ff. 2.
Piersig, R., & Lohmann, H.
1901. IHydrachnidae & Halacaridae. Das Tierreich, Lief. 13,
pp. 336, ff. 87.
MuttkowsM — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
461
Schollmeyer, Alice.
1914. Argyroneta aquatica, Biologie mit besonderer Beriicks-
ichtigung der Atmung. Ann. Biol. Lac., 6, pp.
314-338, t. ff. 12.
Viets, K.
1913. Die Fortscbritte in der Kenntniss der Hydracarinen
(1901-1912). Arch. f. Hydrobiol. u. Planktonk.,
8, pp. 589-629; 9, pp. 650-678. Excellent bibl.,
summary of literature to date.
Walter, C.
1908. Binige allgemein-biologische Bemerkungen liber
Hydrachniden. Int. Rev., 1, pp. 351-368.
Weckel, Ada.
1914. Free-Swimming Fresh Water Entomcstraca of North
America. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc., 33, pp. 165-203.
Woltereck, R.
1913. Ueber Funktion, Herkunft, u. Entstehungsursachen der
sogenannten “Schwebefortsatze” pelagischer Clad-
oceren. Zoologica, 67, pp. 475-550.
Aquatic Insects
General
Brocher, F.
1911. Observations Biologiques sur quelques insectes aqua-
tiques. Ann. Biol. Lac., 4, pp. 367-379. (Limno-
bates, Leptocerus, Berosus, Prestwichia.)
1913. Recherches sur la respiration des insectes aquatiques
adultes. Zool. JB., Allg. ZooL, 33, pp. 224-234.
Davis, W. T.
1909. Owl Pellets and Insects. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 17, pp.
49-51, 1909.
Ege, R.
1915. On the Respiratory Function of the Air Stores Carried
By Some Aquatic Insects (Corixidae, Dytiscidae,
and Notonecta). Zeitschr. Allg. Physiol., 17, p. 81,
Hart, C. A,
1896. On the Entomology of the Illinois River and Adjacent
Waters. Bull, Ill. State Lab. N. Hist., 4, pp. 149-
284, pis. 15.
Miall, L. C.
1893. Some Difficulties in the Life of Aquatic Insects. Smith¬
sonian Report for 1891, pp. 249-364.
Needham, J. G.
1908. Notes On the Aquatic Insects of Walnut Lake. Rep.
Mich. Survey for 19 07, pp. 252-271, pis. 15, t. ff.
19-23.
1909. Report of the Entomologic Field Station, conducted in
Old Forge, N. Y., in the summer of 1905. N. Y.
State Mus. Bull. 124, pp. 166-248, pis. 32, t. ff. 16.
462 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Neeracher, F.
1910. Die Insektenfauna des Rheins und seiner Zufliisse bei
Basel. Rev. Suisse de Zool., 18, pp. 497-589, 19
t. ff.
Fortier, P.
1911. Rec'herches Physiologiques sur les Insectes Aquatiques.
Arch. d. Zool. Exp., 8, pp. 9 0-379, pis. 4 (col.),
t. ff. 67. Previous researches and literature quoted.
Pratt, F. C.
1912. Insects Bred from Cow Manure. Can. Ent., 44, pp.
180-184.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1910. Ueber die Respirationsverhaltnisse bei unter dem Eise
iiberwinternden, luftatmenden Wasserinsekten,
besonders der Wasserkafer und Wasserwanzen.
Int. Rev., 3, pp. 466-486.
Coleoptera
Alt, W.
1912. Ueber das Respirationssystem von Dystiscus marginalis.
Zeitschr. wiss. ZooL, 99, pp. 354-413, t. ff. 34.
Ueber das Respirationsystems der Larva von Dytiscus
marginalis L. Ibid., pp. 414-443, t. ff. 16.
Babak, E.
1912. Untersuchungen iiber die Atemzentrentatigkeit bei den
Insekten. I. Die Physiologie der Atemzentren von
Dytiscus, mit Bemerkungen iiber die Ventilation
des Tracheensystems. Arch. ges. Physiol., 147,
pp. 249-274.
Blatchley, W. S.
1909. The Coleoptera or Beetles Known to Occur in Indiana.
pp. 1386, t. ff. 59 0. Indianapolis.
Blunck, Hans.
1912. Das Geschlechtsleben des Dytiscus marginalis.
1. Die Begattung. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., 102, pp.
169-248.
2. Die Eiablage. Ibid., 104, pp. 157-179.
3. Lehensdauer, Tod u. Alterschwache bei Dytiscus.
In press.
1913. Kleine Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Geschlechtsleben
und der Metamorphose der Dytisciden. Zool. Anz.,
41, pp. 534-546, t. ff. 5.'
B6ving, A. G,
1910. Natural History of the Larvae of the Donaciinae. Int.
Rev., SuppL, I, pp. 1-108, 89 figs.
Brocher, F.
1911. Rec’herches sur la respiration des insectes aquatiques
adultes. Les Haemonia. Ann. Biol. Lac., 5, pp.
5-26, t. ff. 7.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota,
463
1911. Les Dytiscid.es. Ibid., 4, pp. 383-398, t ff. 5.
1912. Les Elmides. Ibid., 5, pp. 136-179, t. ff. 23.
1912. Recherches sur la respiration des Insectes Aquatiques.
Le Cybister. Ibid,, 5, pp. 218-219.
1912. L’HydropMle. Ibid., 5, pp. 220-258, t. ff. 22.
1913. Etude anatomique et physiologique du systeme
respiratoire cTiez les larves du genre Dytiscus.
Ibid., 6, pp. 128-147, t. ff. 11.
1914. Observations biologiques sur les Dytiscides. Ibid., 6,
pp. 303-313, t. ff. 4.
1914. Recherches sur la Respiration des Insectes aquatiques
adultes. Les Dytiscides (second article) suivie
d’une notice sur les mouvements respiratoires de
I’Hydrophile. Ibid., 7, pp. 5-39, t. ff. 12.
Krueger, E.
*1915. Physiologisch-biologische Studien. Ueber die Bedeu-
tung der Luft des Elytra-raumes bei Dytiscus.
Acta Univ. Lundensis., N. S., X.
Leng, C. W.
,1913. Aquatic Coleoptera. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 21, pp. 32-35.
MacGillivray, A. D.
1903. Aquatic Chrysomelidae and a Table of the Families of
the Coleopterous Larvae. Bull. 68 N. Y. State
Mus., pp. 288-327, pis. 20-31.
Matheson, R.
1912. The Haliplidae of North America. Jn, N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
20, pp. 156-193, pis. 10-15.
1914. Life Histories and Notes on Two Coleoptera (Parnidae).
Can. Ent., 46, pp. 185-189, pi. 12.
Needham, J. G., & Williamson, H. V.
1907. Observations on the Natural History of Diving Beetles.
Am. Nat., 41, p. 477.
d’Orchymont, A.
1913. Contribution a Petude des larves hydrophilides. Ann.
Biol. Lac., 6, pp. 173-214, t. ff. 23.
Poppius, B.
*1909. Ueber die Verbreitung einiger an den Merreskiisten
lebenden Coleopteren und Hemipteren in Fenno-
scandia. Meddelanden 1909, H. 35, pp. 59-62.
Portier, P.
1909. Recherches physiologiques sur les Insectes. I & II, in
C. R. Soc. Biol., 66, pp. 343-344, 379-382. Ill, in
vol. 66, pp. 422-424. IV, in vol. 66, pp. 452-454.
V, pp 496-499. VI, pp, 580-582.
Reiter, E.
1909. Coleoptera, in Brauer: Die Sueswasserfauna Deutsch-
lands, heft %, pp. 235, 101 t. ff.
464 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Sherman, J. D., Jr.
1913. Some Habits of the Dytiscidae. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 21,
pp. 43-54.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1912. Biologische Studien iiber Dytisciden. Int. Rev., Suppl.,
5, pp. 1-129, pis. 9, and t. ff. 5. Exhaustive litera¬
ture.
Wintersteiner, F.
1913. Environment of Hydrophilidae. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
21, pp. 54-55.
Woodruff, L. B.
1914. Donacia emarginata Kirby (Coleoptera). A Biographic
Note. Can. Ent., 45, pp. 210-211.
Diptera
Aldrich, J. M.
1912. The Biology of Some Western Species of the Dipterous
Genus Ephydra. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 20, pp. 77-99,
pis. 7-9.
Babak, E.
1912. Zur Physiologic der Atmung bei Culex. Int. Rev., 5,
pp. 81-90, pi. 1.
Bause, E.
1914. Die Metamorphose der Gattung Tanytarsus und einiger
verwandter Tendipedidenarten. Arch. f. Hydr. u.
Plankt., Suppl. Bd. II, pp. 1-128, pis. 12.
Bromley, S. W.
1914. Asilidae and Their Prey. Psyche, 21, pp. 192-198.
Burrill, A. C.
1913. Notes on Lake Michigan Swarms of Chironomids.
Quantitative Notes on Spring Insects. Bull. Wis.
N. H. Soc., (2) 11, pp. 52-69.
1913. Economic and Biologic Notes on the Giant Midge:
Chironomus (Tendipes) plumosus Meigen. Ibid.,
(2) 10, T>p. 124-163.
Coad, B. R.
1914. Oviposition Habits of Culex abominator Dyar and
Knab. Can. Ent., 45, pp. 265-266.
Coquillet, D. W.
1906. A Classification of the Mosquitoes of North and Middle
America. Bull. Tech. Ser. 11 U. S. Bur. Ent.,
pp. 31.
Dyar, H. G.
1905. Our Present Knowledge of North American Corethrid
Larvae. Proc. Wash. Ent. Soc., 7, pp. 13-16, 2 t. ff.
Dyar, H. G., & Knab, P.
1906. The Larvae of Culicidae Classified as Independent Or^
ganisms. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 14, pp. 169-230, pis.
4-16.
MuttkowsM — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
465
Esterly, C. O.
1912. The “Oil Fly” of California. Science, 35, pp. 192-193.
Forbes, S. A.
1912. On Black Flies and Buffalo Gnats (Simulium) as Pos¬
sible Carriers of Pellagra. 27th rep. Ent. Ill., pp.
21-56, 25 t. ff.
Gerbig, F.
1913. Ueber Tipulidenlarven, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
der Respirationsorgane. Zool. Jahrb., 35, pp. 127-
184.
Gripekoven, H.
1914. Minierende Tendipediden. Arch, f. Hydr. u. Planktk.,
Suppl. Bd. II, pp. 129-230, t. ff. 92, pis. 13-16.
Grunberg, K.
1909. Diptera, in Brauer: Die Sueswasserfauna Deutsch-
lands, heft 2A, pp. 311, t. ff. 348.
Hetschko, A.
1911. Zur Kenntniss der Biologie u. Verbreitung der Lipo-
neura-Arten (Dipteren). Wiener Ent. Zeit., 30, pp.
273-278.
Howard, L. O., Dyar, H. G., & Knab, F.
1912. The Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the
West Indies. Publ. No. 159, Carnegie Inst., Wash.
Vol. I. A General Consideration of Mosquitoes, Their
Habits, and Their Relations to the Human Species,
pp. 7 & 520, pis. 14.
Vol. II. Plates. Plates 150.
1915. Vol. III. Systematic Descriptions (in two parts). Part
I, pp. 523.
Johannsen, O. A.
1903. Aquatic Nematocerous Diptera. Bull. 68 N. Y. State
Mus., pp. 328-441, pis. 32-50.
1905. Aquatic Nematocerous Diptera, II. Bull. 86 N. Y. State
Mus., pp. 76-315, t. ff. 16-18, pis. 16-37.
Kieffer, J.
19 01. Zur Kenntniss der Ceratopogon-Larven. Allg. Zeitschr,
Ent, 6, pp. 216-220, t ff. 3.
Knab, F.
1908. The Early Stages of Sayomyia Punctipennis Say. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., 10, pp. 36-40.
Kraatz, Walter.
1911. Chironomidenmetamorphosen. 39ter JBer. Westf. Prov.
Ver. f. 1910-11, pp. 71-114, t ff. 64.
Malloch, J. R.
1914. Notes on North American Diptera, with Descriptions of
New Species in the Collections of the Illinois State
Laboratory of Natural History. Bull. Ill. State
Lab., 10, pp. 213-243, pis. 13-15.
30— S. A. L.
466 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
1914. American Black Flies or Buffalo Gnats. Tech. Bull.,
26, Bur. Ent., pp. 70, pis. 6. Monograph.
1915. The Chironomidae, or Midges, of Illinois, with Particu¬
lar Reference to the Species Occurring In the Illi¬
nois River. Bull. Ill. State Lab., 10, pp. 27 7-543,
pis. 17-40.
Miall, L. C.
1902. On the Tracheal System of Simulium, Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, p. 701.
Needham, J. G.
1903. Some New Life Histories of Diptera. Bull. 68 N. Y.
State Mus., pp. 279-287, t. ff. 19, pis. 8-9.
Potthast, A.
1915. Ueber die Metamorphose der Orthocladius Gruppe,
Arch. f. Hydr. u. Planktk., Suppl. Bd. II, pp. 243-
376, 169 t. ff.
Rhode, Carl.
1912. Ueber Tendipediden und deren Beziehungen zum
Chemismus des Wassers. Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr.,
pp. 203-223, 283-301, 379-386, pis. 5.
Richardson, C. H., Jr.
1912. Notes on the Life History of Corethra albipes Johann-
sen. Psyche, 19, pp. 200-203, t. ff. 2.
Rieth, J. T.-
1915, Die Metamorphose der Culicioiden (Ceratopogoninen) .
Arch. f. Hydr. u. Planktonk., Suppl. Bd. II, pp.
377-442, t. ff. 94.
Roubaud, E.
1907. Branchies rectales chez les larves de Simulium
damnosum Theon. Adaptation d’une larve de
Simulie a la vie dans les ruisseaux de FAfrique
equatoriale. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 144, pp. 716-
717.
Smith, Cora A.
1913. The Development of Anopheles punctipennis Say.
Psyche, 21, pp. 1-19, pis. 2.
Strickland, E. H.
1914. Some Parasites of Simulium Larvae and Their Possible
Economic Value. Can. Ent., 45, pp. 405-413.
Thienemann, A.
1908. Ueber die Bestimmung der Chironomidenlarven und
puppen. Zool. Anz., pp. 753-756.
1908. Chironomidenmetamorphosen. Zeitschr. wiss. Insekten-
bioL, 4, p. 277.
19 09. Die Bauten der Chironomidenlarven. Zeitschr. Ausbau
d. Entwicklungslehre, 11, p. 138.
1909, Orphnephila testacea Macq., ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss
der Fauna hygropetrica. Ann. Biol. Lac., 4, pp.
33-87, t. ft. 3, pis. 2.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota. 467
1915. Zur Kenntniss der Salzwasser-Chironomiden. Arch.
Hydr. u. Planktk., Suppl. Bd. II, pp. 443-471, t,
ff. 6.
Webster, F. M.
1914. Natural Enemies of Simulium: Notes. Psyche, 21, pp.
95-99. *
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
19 08. Culex-Mochlonyx-Corethra, eine Anpassungsreihe in
Bezug auf das Planktonleben der Larven. Int.
Rev., 1, pp. 513-516.
Zetek, J.
1915. Bahavior of Anopheles albimanus Wied. and trasimacu-
'lata Goeldi. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 8, pp. 221-271,
t. ff.
Ephemeridae
Berry, E. W.
1903. New or Hitherto Unknown Ephemerid Nymphs of the
Eastern United States. Amer. Nat., 37, pp. 25-41,
t. ff. 4.
Eaton, A. E.
1883-1888. A Revisional Monograph of Recent Ephemeridae
or Mayflies, pp. 352, pis. 65.
Clemens, W. A.
1913. New Species and New Life Histories of Ephemeridae or
Mayflies. Can, Ent., 45, pp. 246-262, 329-341,
pis. 2.
Diirken, B.
1909. Zur Frage nach der Morphologie der Kiemen der
Ephemeriden-Larven. Zool. Anz., 34, p 449.
Klapalek, F.
1909. Ephemerida. In Brauer: Die Suesswasserfauna
Deutschlands., heft 8, pp. 1-32, t. ff. 51.
Morgan, Anna H.
1911. May-Flies of Fall Creek. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 4, pp.
93-127, pis. 6-12.
1913. A Contribution to the Biology of the May-Flies. Ann.
Ent. Soc. Am., 6, pp. 371-425, pis. 42-54.
Needham, J. G.
1905. Ephemeridae. Bull. 86 N. Y. State Mus., pp. 17-62,
t. ff. 1-14.
Hemiptera
Abbott, J. F.
1912. A New Type of Corixidae (Ramphocorixa balanodis n.
gen. et sp.) with an Account of Its Life History.
Can. Ent., 44, pp. 113-120, pi. 4.
Barber, H. G.
1913. Aquatic Hemiptera. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 21, pp. 29-32.
468 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Brocher, F.
1909. Recherches sur la respiration des insectes aquatiques
adultes. La Notonecte. Ann. Biol. Lac., 4, pp.
9-32, t. fC. 23.
1909. Sur rOrgane pulsatille observe dans les pattes des
Hemipteres aquatiques. Ann. Biol. Lac., 4, pp.
33-41, pi. 7.
Perrier®, C.
1914. L’Organe tracheo-parencbymateus de quelques Hemip¬
teres aquatiques. Ann. Soc. Zool. Suisse, 22, p.
121.
Hagemann, J.
1910. Beitrage zur Kenntniss von Corixa. Zool. JB., Anat.,
30, p. 373.
Hoppe, J.
1912. Die Atmung von Notonecta glauca. Zool. JB., Allg.
Zool., 31, pp. 189-244, pis. 1-2.
Kuhlgatz, T.
1909. Rhynchota. In Brauer: Die Suesswasserfauna Deutsch-
lands, heft 7, pp. 37-110, t. ff. 56-111.
Roth, Wilhelm.
1909. Studien ueber konvergente Formbildung an den
Extremitaten schwimmender Insekten.
I. Teil: Hemipteren. Int. Rev., 2, pp. 187-230, t. ff
12, pi. 13.
II. Teil: Coleopteren. Ibid., pp. 668-714, t. ff. 13-19,
pi. 14.
Severin, H. P. & H. C.
1911. Habits of Belostoma (=:Zaitha) flumineum Say, and
Nepa aciculata Uhler, vsrith Observations on Other
Closely Related Aquatic Hemiptera. Jn. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., 19, pp. 99-108.
Ussing, Hj.
1910. Beitrage zur Biologie der Wasserwanze: Apelocheirus
montandoni Horvath. Int. Rev., pp. 115-121, t.
ff. 6.
Odonata
Babak, E., & Foustka, O.
1907. Untersuchungen ueber den Auslosungsreiz der Atembe-
wegungen bei Libellulidenlarven und Arthropoden
tiberhaupt. Pfliiger’s Arch. f. ges. Phys., 119. ‘
Lyon, Mary B.
1915. The Ecology of the Dragonfly Nymphs of Cascadilla
Creek (Odonata). Ent. News., 26, pp. 1-15, pi. 1.
Oguma, K.
1913. On the Rectal Tracheal Gills of a Libellulid Nymph and
Their Pate During the Course of Metamorphosis.
Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 58, p. 211.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
469
Tillyard, R. J.
1911. On Some Experiments with Dragonfly Larvae. Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 35, pp. 666-676.
1915. On the Physiology of the Rectal Gills of the Larvae of
Anisopterid Drangonflies. Ibid., 40, pp. 422-437,
pi. 47.
Wallengren, H.
*1915. Physiologisch-biologische Studien iiber die Atmung bei
Arthropoden. III. Die Atmung der Aeschnalarven.
Acta. Univ. Lundensis, N. S. X.
Walker, E. M.
1912. - The North American Dragonflies of the Genus Aeschna.
Univ. Toronto Studies, pp. 213, pis. 28, t. ff. 8.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1913. Odonaten-Studien. Int. Rev., 6, pp. 155-228, 373-422.
Exhaustive ecological study and complete litera¬
ture.
Trichoptera
Betten, C.
1901. Trichoptera. Bull. 47, N. Y. State Mus., pp. 561-572,
t. ff. 37-42, pis. 13, 33, 34.
Krafka, J.
1915. A Key to the Families of Trichopterous Larvae. Can.
Ent., 47, pp. 217-225, pis. 5-6. Adaptation of
Ulmer’s keys.
Morton, K. J.
1905. North American Hydroptilidae. Bull. 86, N. Y. State
Mus., pp. 63-75, t. f. 15, pis. 13-15.
Noyes, Alice.
1914. The Biology of the Net-Spinning Trichoptera of Casca-
dilla Creek. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 7, pp. 251-276,
pis. 3 6-38.
Ostwald, W.
1899. Experimental-Untersuchungen uber den K5cherbau der
Phryganeidenlarven. Zeitschr. Naturw., 72, pp.
49-86, 2 ff.
Siltala, A. J. (Silfvenius.)
1902-1908. Trichopterenmetamorphosen. Acta Fennica, vols.
21-31. Eight separate articles.
1907. Ueber den Laich der Trichopteren. Arch. f. Hydrobiol.
u. Planktk., 2, pp. 21-62. Additions, pp. 527-533.
Thienemann, A.
1904. Analkieme bei den Larven von Glossosoma bolteni Cur¬
tis und einigen Hydropsychiden. Zool. Anz., 27,
p. 125. -
Ulmer, G.
1909. Trichoptera. Die Suesswasserfauna Deutschlands.
Heft 5/6, pp. 326, t. ff. 467.
470 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts, and Letters,
Vorhies, C. T.
1909. Studies on the Trichoptera of Wisconsin. Trans. Wis.
Acad. Sci., 16, part I, pp. 647-738, pis. 52-61, t.
ff. 14.
Wesenberg-Lund, C.
1910. Ueber die Biologie von Glyphotaelius punctalineatus
Retz. nebst Bemerkungen iiber das freilebende
Puppenstadium der Wasserinsekten. Int. Rev., 3,
pp. 93-114, pi. 1.
1911. Ueber die Biologie der Phryganea grandis und iiber die
Mechanik ihres Gehausebaues. Int. Rev., 4, pp.
65-90, pis. 9-10.
1912. Biologische Studien iiber netz-spinnende, campodeoide
Trichopterenlarven. Int. Rev., Suppl. Ill, pp. 64,
5 pis.
Various Orders
Brocher, F.
1910. Observations Biologiques sur quelques Dipteres et
Hymenopteres dits “aquatiques.” Ann. Biol. Lac.,
4, pp. 150-186, 10 t. ff.
Davis, K. C.
1903. Sialididae of North America and South America. Bull.
68, N. Y. State ,Mus., pp. 442-486, t. ff. 20-26, pis.
51-52.
Forbes, W. T. M.
1910. The Aquatic Caterpillars of Lake Quinsigamong.
Psyche, 17, pp. 219-227, pi. 12.
1911. Another Aquatic Caterpillar (Elophila). Psyche, 18,
pp. 120-121, t. f. 1.
Grunberg, K.
1909. Lepidoptera. In Brauer: Die Suesswasserfauna
Deutschlands, Heft 8, pp. 96-159, t. ff. 178-260.
Heymons, R. & H.
1909. Collembola. In Brauer: Die Suesswasserfauna
Deutschlands, Heft 7, pp. 11-16, t. ff. 24.
1909. Hymenoptera. Ibid., 7, pp. 27-36, t. ff. 44-55.
1909. Neuroptera. Ibid., 7, pp. 17-26, t. ff. 25-43.
Heymons, R.
1908. Suesswasser-Hymenopteren aus der Umgebung Berlins.
Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., pp. 137-150, 4 t. ff.
Klapalek, F.
19 09. Plecoptera. In Brauer: Die Suesswasserfauna
Deutschlands, Heft 8, pp. 33-95, t. ff. 54-176.
Lloyd, J. T.
1914. Lepidopterous Larvae from Rapid Streams. Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 22, pp. 145-152, pis. 3-4.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of. Lake Mendota.
471
Schulz, W. A.
1910. Neuer Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wasserimmen. Ann.
Biol. Lac., 4, pp. 187-193, 4 t. ff.
1910. Suesswasser-Hymenopteren aus dem See von Overmeire.
Ibid., pp. 194-210, t. ff. 2.
Table 1. Areas of the Lake at Various Depths
The difference of the areas is indicated is square meters. Ecological
Habitats shown for comparison.
Table 2. Types of Odonate Larvae
472 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Table 3. Dipterous Families Whose Larvae are Found in Water.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota,
473
Table 4. C deoptera and their Relations to Aquatic Life.
*The Donaciinae live submerged, but obtain their air by sinking the caudal hooks
into the air vessels of aquatic plants—hence are indirectly surface-breathers.
474 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Table 5. Numerical distribution of various forms of animals
between the shore line and a depth of 7 meters.
The averages are computed on a basis of 50 stations for each
of the depths given. The total number of individuals of the
various forms may be ascertained by multiplying the averages
by the areas at the different depths, viz., 0 — 1 m. = 4 sq. km. ;
1-2 m. and 2-3 m. = 1.7 sq. km. each ; 3-5 m. = 3 sq. km. ; 5-7
= 2.5 sq. km.
Name
0-1 m:
Platyhelmia
Planaria maculata .
-Poly cells nigra .
Dendrocoelium lacteum
Mesostoma ehrenbergii. ,
64.00
0.26
0.26
N emathelmia
Gordius aquaticus
Pi nk Nematode. . . ,
2.33
0.95
Chaetopoda
Small Oligochaeta .
Sparganophilus eiseni .
Lumbriculus limosa .
Lumbriculid sp — . . .
Tubifex tubifex .
Limnodrilus claparedianus
169.00
0.44
3 11
2.88
Hirudinea
Leeches.
11.2
Mollusca
Amnicola limosa
2.21
Ancylus .
Limnaea stagnalis .
Physa ancillaris .
Physa heterostropha .
Physa gyrina .
Planorbis bicarinatus. . . .
Planorbis campanulatus.
Planorbis parvus .
Pleurocera elevatum . . . .
Campeloma . . .
Valvata tricarinata .
Sphaerium .
Anodonta & Lampsilis..
Corneocyclas .
2.44
0.11
2.66
4.57
2.84
1.97
3.57
0.40
0 22
0.06
1.13
Crustacea
Dikerogammarus fasaiatus
Hyalella azteca . .
Cambarus propinquus . .
Hydraehnida
Atacinae . . —
Arrhenurinae . . . . .
Pioninae . . . .
Lebertilnae . . . . .
Limnesiinae . . . .
22.9
150.4
1.37
2.28
8.64
4.64
0.1
30.9
Averages per sq. m. at depths of
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
475
Table 5 — Continued.
Averages per sq. m. at depths of
476 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Table 5 — Continued.
Table 6
Esthnates of the total number of individuals of the various
groups of animals between the shore line and 7 meters, based on
the averages obtained from the 50 different stations.
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota,
477
Table 7. — Showing Distribution by Depth and Character of Bottom
(Abbreviations: r = rare; f = freauent; a = abundant; c = common)
(R = Rock bottom; G = Gravel; S = Sand; M = Mud; P = Plant).
* (See p. 419)
Optimum
a'o
o
2-3
0-1
0-1
0-1
0-1
2-5
3
1-25
1-25
0-1
2-6
2-5
7-25
7-25
1-5
1- 4
1-2
2- 3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2- 5
2-6
3- 5
5- 9
4- 7
4-9
4-9
4-12
6- 25
0-1
0-2
L,2-7
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
0-15
0-1
0-1
O
R
R
P
PM
P
SM
M
M
RP
SP
s
SM
s
s
s
M
3M
S
M
P
SMP
SMP
SMP
M
R
G
RP
P
P
P
P
PM
478
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Table 7. — Showing Distribution by Depth and Character of Bottom — (Continued.)
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
479
Table 7. — Showing Distribution hy Depth and Character of Bottom
480 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Tahle 8. — Ecological Distribution of Lake Animals Arranged in the Order
of their Habitats.
(Abbreviations: a = abundant; c = common; f = freauent; r = rare.)
(See p. 432)
1. Shore Line
3. Vegetation
Muttkowski — The Fauna of Lake Mendota.
481
Ta-BLE 8. — Ecological Distribution of Lake Animals Arranged in the Order
of their Habitats — Continued.
(Abbreviations; a = abundant; c= common; f = frequent; r = rare.)
31~S. A. L.
482 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, A7ds, and Letters.
Table 9. — Comijarative Places of the Macrofauna of Lake Mendota.
Expressed in percentages of bulk 100%).
Cahfi- — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
483
NOTES ON THE VERTEBRATE FAUNA OF HOUGHTON
AND IRON COUNTIES, MICHIGAN.
Alvin K. Cahn.
During the month of August, 1914, the writer spent approxi¬
mately three weeks in Iron and Houghton counties, in the west¬
ern third of the northern peninsula of Michigan. Headquarters
were made at two places — Kenton, a town in the southwestern
corner of Houghton county, and a field camp on the shores of a
lake known locally as Lake 33, lying in Iron county some fifteen
miles from Kenton. These two stations, so very different in char¬
acter, yielded a variety of animals that may perhaps be consid¬
ered as typical of the interior of northern Michigan.
Kenton is the site of what was once a bustling lumber camp,
the brain, as it were, from which impulses were sent into the
heart of the vast pine (Pinus strohus) forests, stretching away
in every direction. The result of these impulses are today the
feature of the landscape. As far as the eye can reach, undulat¬
ing hills are dotted with stubs twelve to eighteen inches high,
thickly interspersed with the needle-like shafts of dead pine
‘ ‘ saplings ^ ’ which were left, alive, at the time the timber cuttings
were made, but which died probably from the excessive expos¬
ure. Fire and wind have also played their part in the denuda¬
tion of the landscape, and great tangled ‘^slashings’’ are found
bisecting the forests. Here and there are large areas of ‘ ‘ second
growth”, fighting for every inch of ground, every drop of
moisture, every ray of sun-light. Some of this “second growth”
has already reached a considerable size, but much of it is the
growth of the last fifteen to twenty-five years. A river of rust-
colored water, the Kenton river,— the east branch of the Ontona¬
gon, — flows around the edge of the town, winding alternately
through clearings and dense woods. Animal life abounds in this
484 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
region, and, as might well be expected, the birds are both the
most numerous and most in evidence of the vertebrates. In the
open areas hawks are found in great abundance, particularly the
sparrow hawk, with an occasional sharp -shinned hawk perched
conspicuously on a dead limb, while high over head the circling
red-tail may be heard. In the greener ‘ ^ second-growth ’ ’ regions
ruffed grouse abound in extraordinary numbers, and a lone
woodcock may upon a rare occasion be flushed from some wet
thicket. The river attracts its share of the acquatic birds, and
red-breasted mergansers and mallards are to be found feeding
among the overhanging vegetation, while sandpipers investigate
the stony beaches.
Lake 33 lies in the heart of a very thick ‘ ‘ second growth ’ ’ pine
{Pinus strohus and P. resinosa) of about twenty-five or more
years stand. Once beyond the clearing of Kenton, the trip to
the lake is made through seemingly endless forest, amid a silence
broken only by the sudden whirr of a partridge, the sweet song
of the white-throat, the ‘ ^ dee dee dee ’ ’ of flocks of chickadees, or
the distant hammering of the ‘ ‘ cock-o ’-the- woods ” — the north¬
ern pileated woodpecker. The path opens before, and closes be¬
hind, while overhead the branches of the dense trees interlock so
closely that only occasionally the blue of the sky may be seen,
giving to one who is not accustomed to the silence of the north
woods the sensation of absolute solitude, — which is, in fact, a
reality. Lake 33 is the largest lake visited by the writer, and is
approximately two and one half miles long and one mile wide.
Beyond it on all sides lie lakes of various sizes, shapes, and
depths, each set in its little valley, and hemmed in by a sphag¬
num bog, beyond which rises the encircling, silent, uncompromis¬
ing forest. These lakes are for the most part unconnected dur¬
ing the greater portion of the year, and all abound in flsh life —
pike (Esox lucius), perch (Perea flavescens), blue-gills (Lepom-
is pallidus), and shiners (Notropis cornutus), which evidently
attract the numerous water birds found.
The northern peninsula of Michigan is still a fertile field for
the zoologist, and there is a vast amount of collecting and obser¬
ving to be done before anything can be published that will
savor of a complete catalogue of its fauna. However, it is per¬
haps advisable that a beginning be made. The present paper
adds the following number of species to the published records
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE I
CAHN
EAST BRANCH OF THE ONTONAGON RIVER ABOVE KENTON
VERTEBRATE FAUNA.
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE II
EAST BRANCH OF THE ONTONAGON RIVER AT KENTON
CAHN — VERTEBRATE FAUNA.
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
Xr.
t
Vcl :
r?- ■ ' . ' • -f.'
=55
'A-
f.:"
S'
;
u,.-
r?.'
A
Nt'
S3
, -
?
■ f
-f '. '■ • *
.\'r;:
.» s
■^'Sr
i.^
"j--
CaJin — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
485
of C. and H. Thompson (1)*, Ruthven (2), Blackwelder (3),
and Wood (4) :
Amphibia-
Reptilia _
Aves _ _
Mammalia
Total . . 70
Obviously, neither time nor opportunity permitted a complete
or thorough investigation of the vertebrate fauna of those parts
of the two counties visited, and it was impossible for the writer
to undertake a collection of the invertebrate fauna. The writer
regrets that the lack of adequate nets in the field necessitates
the omitting of a list of the fishes of the region. The lakes teem
with fish, and a collection from the different lakes and streams
would no doubt yield many interesting facts.
In the following pages the vertebrate animals of Houghton and
Iron counties are discussed. In a few cases species recorded by
previous authors are listed, though not found by the present
writer. This has been done with the idea of making the lists as
complete as possible, and note is made in every instance of the
kind. The writer wishes to express his sincere appreciation of
the kindness of Dr. and Mrs. Carl Moll, and Mr. Arthur M. Moll
of Kenton, through whose invitation, and by whose courtesy he
was able to visit the territory covered.
AMPHIBIA.
Mud Puppy. Necturus maculosus Rafinesque.
A single dead specimen found on the shores of Lake 33 is the
only evidence of the species seen.
Red-backed Salamander. Plethodon erythronotus (Green).
Two specimens were collected in the woods of Iron county,
under the loose bark of decaying logs.
Newt. Biemictylus viridescens Rafinesque.
Five specimens were seen, though but a single one was caught,
•Figures in parenthesis refer to corresponding title in bibliography.
„13 species.
. 6
.23
.28
486 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
all in Iron county. A small stream fed into Lake 33^ and it was
in the deeper parts of this — 10 to 12 inches^ — that all were seen.
The one collected had eaten four beetles {Dytiscus sp.) as well as
several isopods. Reported from Houghton county (1).
American Toad. Bufo americanus Le Conte.
Found quite commonly in both counties, though more were
seen in Houghton than in Iron— probably because the localities
visited were better suited to them. Of local distribution only,
apparently being limited to the more open fields and underbrush,
as none were found in the dense woods.
Tree Frog. Hyla versicolor Le Conte,
Several were seen around Kenton, both on the houses and on
the stubs of trees not in the clearings. In the Lake 33 region, a
single individual was found, perched on one of the ropes of the
tent. This fellow had eaten nothing but flies, two species of
Mnsca and one SyrpJius being noted.
Spring Peeper. Hyla pickeringii Holbrook.
Fairly common in Iron county, where they were found along
the shores of the smaller lakes, provided that a sufficient quantity
of vegetation was present. Two were examined for food, and
the stomachs were found to contain the remains of small-sized
amphipods (possibly Hylella) , and some small worms. In
Houghton county, a single specimen was collected in the Kenton
river riding on top of a small piece of wood.
Swamp Tree Frog. CihoropMlus nigritus (Le Conte).
Three individuals of this species were collected in Iron county,
and none were found in Houghton. These three were found
within twenty-five feet of each other, in the same stream which
Diemictylus viridescens was taken. All the stomachs were
empty.
Leopard Frog. Rana pipiens SJireher.
V ery common in both of the counties. Found along the shores
o-^' the lakes or streams nearly any place where there are reeds
or rushes for their protection, and often in the cut-over fields,
especially if they are at all moist.
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE III
PINE FOREST NEAR LAKE 33; THE HOME OF RANA SYLVATICA
CAHN — VERTEBRATE FAUNA.
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
Calm — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna 487
Green Frog. Rana clamitans Latreille.
Quite abundant in Iron, and common in Houghton county.
In the former they are found less often about the larger lakes
than around the small ones, while in Houghton county they are
found along the streams.
Wood Frog. Rana cant ab rig ensis Baird.
Common in Houghton and abundant in Iron county. Enroute
to Lake 33 this species was met with continually in the path
leading through the deep woods, and was never found except in
the woods. The species is very active and difficult to catch, both
because of this activity and the protectiveness of its coloration.
Often found several miles from any permanent body of water,
and never seen in the immediate vicinity of either lake or stream.
Northern Frog. Rana septentrionalis Baird.
Several individuals were found in Iron county, especially
about the smaller of the lakes. Search about Lake 33 yielded but
one specimen, while the smaller lakes beyond afforded some dozen
specimens. With the exception of one Northern frog found in
the basin of the spring which afforded the drinking water —
some quarter of a mile through dense woods from the lake — the
species was seen only in the lakes. Stomach examination of four
showed the food to be small aquatic beetles (Dytiscus and Gyril-
Ins), and immature aquatic insects as May-fly and damsel-fly
nymphs.
SYNOPSIS OF AMPHIBIA.NS.
(In che above table; * = new record for couTity; c = common; f = few; x = re¬
ported previously, but not found by the writer.)
488 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
EEPTILIA.
Reptiles were but very little in evidence during the writer
stay, and but three species were found. Were it not for the fact
that these records are, for the most part new to the counties, the
class would be omitted entirely.
Red-bellied Snake. Storeria occipitomaculata (Storer).
Reported (2), but not found by the writer.
Garter Snake. TJiamnophis sirtalis (Linnaeus).
A few individuals of this species were found in both of the
counties. In Houghton they were found quite commonly in the
cut-over fields, while in Iron they were found in some of the more
open places in the woods.
Snapping Turtle. CJielydra serpentina (Linnaeus).
Quite common in both counties. Found in the Kenton river
about the town, and in several of the lakes in Iron county. None
were seen of any considerable size, the largest being in Lake 33
with a carapace about ten inches long.
Painted Turtle. Chrysemys cinerea (Bonnaterre).
Two specimens were collected in Lake 33, and one in the Ken¬
ton river in Houghton county. It is believed that these are the
first records of the species from the Northern peninsula. The
identification was kindly verified for the writer by Dr. Ruthven.
Bell’s Turtle. Chrysemys hellii Gray.
Two well marked specimens of this turtle were taken in one
of the little lakes in Iron county. Nothing was seen of it in
Houghton county though it very probably exists there, as boys
describe a ‘‘colored” turtle which might very well be this
species.
SYNOPSIS OP REPTILES.
(In the above table: * = new record: c = common; f = few; x = reported per-
viously, but not found by the writer.)
Cahn- — Notes on the Y ertehrate Fauna
489
SUMMER AVIFAUNA.
Homed Grebe. Colymhus auritus Linn.
A single specimen on the Kenton river is the only record the
writer has; reported also from Iron county.
Pied-billed grebe. Podilymbus podiceps (Linn.)
This is the only member of the grebe family observed. Two
individuals only were seen, one on the river at Kenton, the other
on Lake 33. Prom all indications and reports, a regular summer
resident, and very likely a breeding species.
Loon. Gavia immer (Briinich).
An abundant summer resident on nearly all of the lakes hav¬
ing shores aifording possible nesting sites. At Lake 16 a pair
was observed followed by its family of two well grown birds.
They were all extremely shy, diving as the boat approached, and
their whereabouts were carefully concealed until the boat was
nearly to the other end of the lake. A single pair to the smaller
lakes is the rule, and on the larger lakes seldom more than two
pairs at a time. When rising from the smaller lakes it is neces¬
sary for the bird to circle the lake as many as five or six times
before it has speed enough to clear the encircling inpes.
Herring Gull. Larus argentatus Pontoppidan.
A number of individuals were seen at various times over Lake
33, where they were feeding on the large shiners (Notropis cor-
nutus) abundant therein.
Merganser. Mergus amenicanus Cassin.
A single mature male fiew low over camp at Lake 33 on August
15, this being the only specimen seen.
Red-breasted Merganser. Mergus s err at or Linn.
A flock of seven was seen on the river at Kenton, where they
were swimming rapidly up-stream. Two individuals flew over
Lake 33 just after sunset on August 16. Blackwelder gives the
bird as a breeding species, but the writer found no evidence of
breeding in that portion of the county which he investigated.
490 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Mallard. Anas platyrhyncJios Linn.
Several found on Lake 16, and numerous others were seen
nearly every evening flying over Lake 33. These evening flights
of ducks were always in a northerly direction, with the birds ap¬
proximately three hundred feet above the water. Few flocks
alighted in Lake 33.
Black Duck. Anas ruhripes Brewster.
More common even than the preceding. Seen on Lake 16,
and on the evening flights oter Lake 33. These birds were wild
in the extreme, a single shot from any. point on the lake being
sufficient to cause every duck to leave the lake at once. Many of
the old birds, especially on Lake 16, still had their young with
them, though well grown.
Wood Duck. Aix sponsa (Linn.)
None were seen, though the hunters of the region all reported
them as not uncommon summer residents.
American Bittern. Botanrus lentiginosus (Montagu).
Very conun on in suitable swampy places. These birds were
found about practically every body of water, irrespective of its
size, provided only that there was open swamp for them to feed
in. Not conflned to the cat-tail marshes, which are few in this
section of the county. The “pumping” of this species was often
heard. Undoubtedly a breeding species.
Least Bittern. Ixobryclius exilis (Gmelin).
Whether these birds are really uncommon, or whether it is
their seclusive habits that keep them from being seen, is hard to
say. A single individual was observed at Lake 16, flying low
over the sphagnum marsh.
Great Blue Heron. Ardea herodias Jierodias Linn.
Not common, yet quite a number were seen. Found mostly
in small groups of two or three, and were very timid. They seem
to shun the open marsh when the American Bittern is found,
and to prefer locations where the tangled woods extend nearly'
Cahn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
491
to the water’s edge. Here they wade stealthily knee-deep in the
clear water, or stand motionless on some twisted half-sunk tree
trunk, and feast on the minnows (Notropis cornutus) swarming
around them.
Virginia Eail. Rallus virginianus Linn.
Common in the rushy places along the Kenton river, and in
all the wet marshes about the lakes. More often heard than seen.
Sora. Porzana Carolina (Linn.)
A single individual was seen early on the morning of August
15 crossing a point of land near camp on Lake 33. Probably
more common than data indicate.
Coot. Fulica americana Gmelin.
Three were seen on Lake 16, and two spent the day of August
17 on Lake 33. At Lake 16, the remains of what undoubtedly
was a coot nest of that season ’s make was found.
Woodcock. Philohela minor (Gmelin).
Rare. The writer was fortunate enough to flush a single in¬
dividual from a rather dense thicket near Kenton. The hunters
say they have not seen or heard of woodcock in the neighborhood
for some years, though they formerly were more common.
Wilson Snipe. Gallinago delicata (Ord).
Two ‘‘Jack” snipe were located in a rather high marsh, en¬
tirely free from sphagnum, just east of Kenton.
Least Sandpiper. Pisobia minutilla (Vieillot).
A single individual of this species was found wading along the
sandy shore of Lake 33, evidently feeding. The bird was very
tame, allowing the observer to get within ten feet of it.
Spotted Sandpiper. Actitis macularia (Linnaeus).
The most common of the sandpipers, but found only along
water-courses where timber and an excess of vegetation is lack¬
ing. Often seen along the Kenton river in Houghton county,
and about Lakes 33 and 16, and streams tributary to them.
492 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ ArtSy and Letters.
Killdeer. Oxyechus vociferus (Linnaeus).
Common about Kenton in the open fields and pastures. These
birds breed in this neighborhood, as young birds were often seen.
Ruffed Grouse. Bonasa umbellus (Linn.).
Abundant. These birds are found wherever there is a suffic¬
iently dense growth of trees and underbrush. Found in the
“ cut-over region, about Kenton, as well as in the second-
growth area ; abundant in the woods about Lakes 16 and 33, and
apparently as plentiful in the pine as in the hard. Seldom
found separately.
Mourning Dove. Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Linn),
Several were seen in the vicinity of Kenton. They frequent
the open areas rather than the dense woods, and may sometimes
be found feeding upon the ground in perfectly open, brush-free
clearings, though they are quite wary.
Marsh Hawk. Circus hudsonius (Linn).
Three individuals were seen during the week spent at Lake 33,
all females, and all flying rather high for this species.
Sharp-shinned Hawk. Accipiter velox (Wilson),
Seen only in the vicinity of Kenton, where they were found
commonly in the clearings and burned areas.
Cooper Hawk. Accipiter cooperi (Bonaparte).
A single bird of this species was seen perched on a fence post
north of Kenton.
Red-tailed Hawk. Buteo horealis horealis (Gmelin).
Pound quite commonly in the more open country about Ken¬
ton. Eleven individuals were identified, five of which were the
finest speciments the writer has seen.
Broad- winged Hawk. Buteo platypterus (Vieillot).
Several hawks, presumably of this species, were seen near Ken¬
ton, though but a single bird was satisfactorily identified. They
are very timid.
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE IV
CUT OVER AREA NEAR KENTON • THE HOME OF FALCO SPARVERIOS
CAHN — VERTEBRATE FAUNA.
COCKAYNE.
BOSTON
Cohn— Notes on the Vertehrate Fauna
493
Sparrow Hawk. Falco sparverim sparverius Linn.
Abundant; the writer has never seen a species of hawk more
plentiful^ or more tame. The region about Kenton is simply
alive with hawks, the majority being of this species. On one
cleared field, on which, however, were a number of dead pine
shafts, the writer counted no less than twenty-two birds of this
species, the area being certainly not over an acre and a half in
extent. Mice of various sorts (Peromyscus sp., 3iicrotus sp.) as
well as a number of large species of grasshoppers seem to be the
chief food of the birds.
Bald Eagle. Haliaetus leucoceplialus leiicocepJialus (Linn.).
Three birds, two with the white head and tail, were seen for
several days about Lake 33. They were extremely wild and im¬
possible of approach, and spent much of their time perched on
the topmost branch of the highest dead tree on the landscape
(which tree was, by the way, higher than any living tree in
sight).
Osprey. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (Gmelin),
Several Fish-hawks were seen at different times about Lake
33 and the smaller lakes beyond. They seemed to be traveling,
and did not linger more than a few minutes about the lake. Only
one bird was seen to feed, and this one caught but a single small
fish, probably Noiropis cornutus.
Barred OwL Strix varia Barton.
Not a single bird of this species was seen, but hardly a night
passed while at Lake 33 that the writer did not hear from two
to six individuals hooting from the pines. Three large owl pel¬
lets were found, very likely from this species, which contained
the remains of nineteen mouse skulls (Peromyscus maniculatus
gracilis)^ and a great number of bones and masses of hair.
Screech Owl, Otus asio asio (Linn).
Heard twice while at Lake 33, and once while at Kenton. Ap¬
parently not very common.
Black-billed Cuckoo. Coccyzus erythrophtJialmus (Wilson).
Two birds of this species were seen along an abandoned log¬
ging road near Kenton. The birds were shy, and kept well con¬
cealed in the underbrush.
494 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Kingfisher. Ceryle alcyon (Linn).
Found wherever there is a river or a lake. Several were seen
daily flying up and down the Kenton river, and two nest-holes
were found in a gravelly bank above the water. Quite common
about Lake 33, where, toward evening they would hover for
minutes at a time before plunging for a meal.
Hairy Woodpecker. Dryohates villosus villosus (Linn).
Four Hairy Woodpeckers were seen about the shores of Lake
33, and one on Duck Island, at one corner of the Lake. Not
very common.
Downy Woodpecker. Dryohates puhescens medianus (Swain-
son).
Very common. Found both at Kenton and at Lake 33, but
not in the deep evergreen woods. A young bird of this species,
badly mutilated by either a hawk or owl was found at Lake 16.
Yellow-bellied Sapsucker. SpJiyr^apicus varius varius (Linn).
But two were seen, both of these in a boggy opening in the for¬
est near Lake 33. However, the work of the birds on the tree
trunks in certain areas would lead one to the belief that the birds
are much more common than this data would imply.
Northern Pileated Woodpecker. Phloeotomus pileatns abieticola
(Bangs).
One fleeting glimpse of this large woodpecker near Lake 33
was the best the writer could do, although the hammering of the
species, unmistakable beyond a doubt, was heard on several occa¬
sions. Denizens of the deepest forest, their tatooing on a hollow
tree-trunk can be heard at a very great distance, (the writer be¬
lieves nearly two miles), and the birds are extremely shy and
difficult of approach.
Red-headed Woodpecker. Melanerpes erythrocephalus (Lmn).
Found quite commonly in the cleared or burned over region
about Kenton, and not seen in the forests about the lakes. Five
birds in immature plumage would indicate that the bird is a
breeding species.
Ccthn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
495
Flicker. Colaptes auratus luteus Bangs.
Common about the clearings, though two were seen at the edge
of the woods about Lake 16. Immature birds were seen fre¬
quently at Kenton, and the birds undoubtedly breed here.
Whip-poor-will. Antrostomus vociferus vociferus (Wilson).
Heard but once, at dusk on August 19, when its call, three
times repeated, came from the far side of Lake 33. Is said to be
not uncommon, though practically never seen.
Nighthawk. Chordeiles verginianus virginianus (Gmelin).
Several were seen constantly about the planing-mill at Kenton,
and at Lake 33 a single individual performed one twilight over
the middle of the lake. Blackwelder gives the bird as abundant,
while the writer saw eight at most in the opposite corner of the
same county.
Chimney Swift. Chaetura pelagica (Linn).
Seen quite commonly around the settled places, and occasion¬
ally in unsettled clearings, though none were seen in the unin¬
habited lake region.
Ruby-throated Hummingbird. Archilochus colubris (Linn).
But a single rub-throated was seen. The writer was watching
a Bald Eagle circling over Lake 33, when a Ruby-throat lit on a
dead twig almost in front of his face. The contrast in size of
the two birds was in the nature of a decided shock. A humming
bird never seemed so small or so out of place as did that particu¬
lar bird out there in the heart of the woods, where there were
practically no flowers of showy color or attractive size.
Kingbird. Tyrannus tyr annus (Linn).
Several were seen in the clearings along the Kenton river and
about the town itself. They seem to spend most of their time
chasing or annoying sparrow hawks and crows.
Phoebe. Sayornis phoebe (Latham).
Quite common about the houses and barns of Kenton, and
along the river where the vegetation is not too dense. Two nests
were found under a bridge across the Kenton river, one contain¬
ing three broken eggs.
496 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Wood Pewee. Myiochanes virens (Linn.).
Quite common around the outskirts of Kenton and throughout
the forest regions. Karely seen in the open, the pewee is often
heard singing to itself in the heart of the woods where, in fact,
it is one of the characteristic birds. Kemains of what the writer
has no doubt was a Pewee ’s nest was found in a Norway pine
near Lake 16.
Least Flycatcher. Empidonax minimus (W. M. and S. ^F.
Baird).
This species would have been overlooked had it not begun to
call its ‘‘chebeck’’ note just when it did, as only one bird was
found, and that in the deepest pine woods around Lake 33.
Prairie Horned Lark. Otocoris alpestris praticola Henshav/.
None were seen, but Blackwelder found it in the southeast
part of the county: ‘‘Evidently an immigrant from the south.
A few were seen on the barren burned plains, but favorable lo¬
calities are still few, and must have been quite lacking a genera¬
tion ago’\
Blue Jay. Cyanocitta cristata cristata (Linn).
A common bird in nearly every type of situation from the
clearings to the dense woods of the lake region. There is a
.marked contrast in the vociferousness of birds in different local¬
ities; those of the open clearings are noisy and always very
much in evidence ; those in the forests silent and almost retiring.
Canada Jay. Perisoreus canadensis canadensis (Linn).
A single “Lumber Jack’’ was seen near Lake 33 on August
19. From reports, the bird is typically a winter resident, though
a few individuals undoubtedly remain the year around.
Northern Kaven. Corvus corax principalis Kidgway.
Three birds of this species were seen together in the deep
woods near Lake 33. As the writer approached they rose from
the ground, where they were feeding on a dead Porcupine, and
without a sound, slipped off into the silence of the forest, a note¬
worthy contrast to the racket three crows would probably have
made.
I s y ■
r.'
.«•
if
■
1
> •
L«
V
I
.C
£!
V =
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE V
ATYPICAL LAKE SHORE; SMALL LAKE BEYOND LAKE 33
CAHN —VERTEBRATE FAUNA.
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
Cohn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna 497
Crow. Corvus hrachyrhynchos brachyrhynchos Brehm.
Quite common about the villages and clearings, especially
around Kenton.
Cowbird. Molothrus ater ater (Boddaert).
Common about clearings and farm houses and in the village
streets. A fully grown young of this species was seen in con¬
stant attendance upon a female white-throated sparrow.
Red- winged Blackbird. Agelaius phoenicens phoeniceus (Linn).
Found quite commonly along the Kenton river, and about the
smaller lakes in the Lake 33 region. Old nests were found in
the cat-tail swamps.
Meadowlark. Stnrnella magna magna (Linn).
Around Kenton this species was seen several times, and heard
nearly every day. Though the meadowlark is not as abundant
as in the southern peninsula, it is to be found in practically all
of the clearings, and not in any other location, as would be ex¬
pected.
Rusty Blackbird. Euphagus carolinus (Muller).
In the neighborhood of the towns this species is quite com¬
mon, though they are seldom seen actually in the towns them¬
selves.
Bronzed Crackle. Quiscalus quiscula aenens Ridgway.
A number of bronzed grackles were seen, both in the vicinity
of Kenton, and in the swamp bordering Lake 16. Can hardly
be considered common.
Purple Finch. Carpodacus purpureus purpureus (Cmelin).
A flock of fourteen individuals was seen near Lake 16, and
in the second-growth pines about Kenton several smaller flocks
were found.
Goldfinch. Astragalinus tristis tristis (Linn).
Common throughout the country visited, but confined more
especially to the more open country. A deserted nest with five
eggs was found near Kenton.
32— S. A. L.
498 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Pine Siskin. Spinus pinus (Wilson),
None were found, but the species is listed by Blackwelder:
“The Siskins may be seen in small bands in the latter part of
the summer, and are especially characteristic of cedar swamps
English Sparrow. Passer domesticus (Linn).
Common, but confined very closely to the towns. Their chief
pastime in this region seemed to be breeding, due perhaps to the
late spring. and the early fall.
Vesper Sparrow. Pooecetes gramineus gramineus (Gmelin).
Found commonly along the paths and road-sides, and along
the edges of the cultivated fields, but only in the vicinity of the
towns. In full song all during August.
White-crowned Sparrow. Zonotricliia leucopJirys leucophrys
(J, R. Forster).
Two individuals of this species were seen about Lake 16. They
were feeding on the ground, in company with several white-
throats.
White-throated Sparrow. Zonotrichia albicollis (dmelin).
Common, and, as pointed out by Blackwelder, the characteris¬
tic summer bird of the region. Found less commonly about the
towns, it is much in evidence in the deep woods about the lakes
in Iron county, where its song was heard many times a day.
Found often about the Sphagnum bogs and in the blueberry
marshes. Seldom seen except in flocks.
Chipping Sparrow. Spizella passevina passerina (Bechstein).
Seen and heard daily in the vicinity of Kenton, and for about
a mile up the Kenton river, above the town. Apparently con¬
fined rather closely to the towns.
Field Sparrow. Spizella pusilla pusilla (Wilson).
Only three birds of this species were seen, and one heard, all
about Kenton, in the open, cultivated fields.
Slate-colored Junco. Junco hyemalis kyemalis (Linn).
Seen frequently along the abandoned logging roads, and about
the outskirts of the town. They were perfectly silent.
Cahn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
499
Song Sparrow. Melospiza melodia melodia (Wilson).
Abundant throughout the Kenton district. Found in full
song throughout the town itself, and in nearly every open field.
A nest with three young song-sparrows and an enormous young
cowbird was found in a raspberry bush near Kenton.
Towhee. Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Linn).
Probably more common than present data would indicate, as
only one bird, a male, was seen. This was in the back yard of a
house in Kenton.
Rose-breasted Grosbeak. Zamelodia ludociana (Linn).
A male of this species was heard — and found — in a small
clearing near Lake 16.
Indigo Bunting. Passerina cyanea (Linn.).
Like the junco, the indigo bunting is confined to the outskirts
of the towns. Probably breeds in the neighborhood as two young
birds not long from the nest, and presumably of this species (un¬
fortunately the writer was unable to obtain one) were seen just
outside of Kenton.
Scarlet Tanager. Piranga erytkromelas Vieillot.
A single female was seen near the summit of an old slashing.
Purple Martin. Pronge suhis siihis (Linn.).
A breeding species in small numbers in many of the towns.
Late in the afternoon of August 19 a single bird of this species
was seen flying about over Lake 33, but this must be regarded as
an exceptional case.
Barn Swallow. Hirundo erythrogaster Boddaert.
Breeds quite abundantly in the barns and deserted buildings
of the towns.
Tree Swallow. Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot).
Found commonly in the open swamps, where they breed in any
suitable dead tree.
Bank Swallow. Riparia riparia (Linn.).
Found only along the Kenton river, where there are occasional
breeding sites well riddled with nest holes. Very local in distri¬
bution.
500 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Cedar Waxwing. Bomby cilia cedrorum Vieillot.
Although seen but once near Kenton, the cedar bird was
heard on several occasions both near Lake 16 and Lake 33. There
was no evidence of breeding, though it must have been the prop¬
er time.
Red-eyed Vireo. Vireosylva olivacea (Linn.)
The monotonous song of this vireo was heard continually
through the days at Kenton. On two occasions it was heard sing¬
ing near Lake 33, but far from the swampy border, and in a
Typical hardwood formation.
Black and White Warbler. Mniotilta varia (Linn.).
Not very common, though about a dozen individuals were seen.
Frequent nearly any species of tree found in the dryer portions
of the forests, and apparently seldom approach the lakes.
Yellow Warbler. Dendroica aestiva aestiva (Gmelin).
Abundant throughout the more open and settled country, and
none were seen in the Lake 33 region. Many deserted nests were
found around Kenton.
Myrtle Warbler. Dendroica coronata (Linn.).
Several individuals of this species were seen near Kenton,
feeding among the blueberry bushes about the more open fields.
Chestnut-sided Warbler. Dendroica pensylvanica (Linn.).
Two males visited camp near Lake 33 early one morning, and
remained in the vicinity for two days. A lone female was seen
at the shore of Lake 16.
Black-poll Warbler. Dendroica striata (J. R. Forster).
Several birds were found near Kenton, diligently investigat¬
ing the bark of the second growth pines. Apparently a summer
resident, but there are no breeding data.
Black-throated Green Warbler. Dendroica virens (Gmelin).
A single male of this species was seen in a back yard in Ken¬
ton the day of the writer ’s arrival, and no more evidence as to its
occurrence was found.
Cahn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
501
Oven-bird. Seiurus aurocapillus (Linn.).
Heard far more often than seen in the swampy areas about the
lakes in Iron county. Several were seen sneaking along in the
bushes at the shore of the Kenton river.
Water-thrush. Seiurus no v eh or acensis noveboracensis (Gmelin).
Found quite commonly along the Kenton river, especially
where vegetation overhangs the water, and once on the shore of
Lake 33.
Maryland Yellow-throat. Geothlypis trichas trickas (Linn.).
Several were both seen and heard along the Kenton river, and
hardly a day passed but one or more was heard near Lake 33.
Several were heard also along the shore of Lake 16.
Canadian Warbler. Wilsonia canadensis (Linn.).
None were seen, but Blackwelder reports the species for ‘ ‘ late
in August, and therefore perhaps not a summer resident. ^ ’
American Redstart. Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.).
Several were seen in the hardwoods near Kenton, but the
species is to be considered as rather uncommon, though possibly
a breeding species, as several immature birds were seen, and one
taken.
Catbird. Burnet ella carolinensis (Linn.).
Several individuals were seen about Kenton, and an old nest,
undoubtedly of this species and from the preceding season was
found in a thicket near the Kenton river.
Brown Thrasher. Toxostoma rufum (Linn.).
Seen on several occasions about Kenton, where it keeps to the
thickets, especially along the river. Heard in full song but once,
though often fragments of its song were heard.
House Wren. Troglodytes aedon aedon (Vieillot.)
Several were seen near Kenton and the nest of one pair was
found in the corner of the abandoned planing-mill.
Winter Wren. Nannus hiemalis hiemalis (Vieillot).
Somewhat more common perhaps than the preceding species,
but not very common at that. They frequent the thickets and
502 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
brush-piles and are very secretive, which may well account for
the few seen.
White-breasted Nuthatch. Sitta carolinensis carolinensis La¬
tham.
Only two individuals were seen, both near Kenton.
Ked-breasted Nuthatch. Sitta canadensis Linn.
Somewhat more common than the preceding species, yet prob¬
ably not over twelve or fifteen individuals were seen all told.
Several were seen about the clearings of Kenton, and several
more about Lakes 16 and 33.
Chickadee. PentJiestes atricapillus atricapillus (Linn.).
Seen and heard practically every day while in the woods. About
Lake 33 the species was common, and remarkably tame, and
there were usually two or more “hanging” about camp. Un¬
doubtedly a breeding species, yet no evidence is at hand.
Golden-crowned Kinglet. Regulus satrapa satrapa Licht.
None of this species was seen, but it is listed by Blackwelder.
Kuby-crowned Kinglet. Regulus calendula calendula (Linn.).
Seen twice, both times about camp on Lake 33. They were
silent, and did not remain long in the vicinity.
Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. Polioptila caerulea caerulea (Linn.).
Three birds of this species were seen on separate occasions, —
once in Kenton, and twice about the small lakes of Iron county.
Wood Thrush. Hylocichla mustelina (Gmelin).
Not common, but found — and ocassionally heard — in the thick¬
ets about the towns.
Wilson’s Thrush. Hylocichla fuscescens (Stephens).
Not common; found often in close proximity to the towns.
Heard in song but once.
Olive-backed Thrush. Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni (Tschudi).
None seen, but listed by Blackwelder.
Cohn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
503
Hermit Thrush. Hylocichla guttata pallasi (Cabanis).
Several hermit thrushes were seen in the vicinity of Kenton.
This species is more common than any of the preceding three.
It was not heard in song.
Kobin. Planesticus migratorious migratorious (Linn.).
Quite common about the towns, and seldom seen at any con¬
siderable distance from them. Several nests, evidently of that
same season, were found in the corners of buildings — especially
of deserted barns and houses.
Bluebird. Sialia sialis sialis (Linn.).
Very few bluebirds were seen, and these were always in close
proximity to “civilization^’. A young bluebird, fully grown,
but with the characteristic immature plumage, was found, in¬
dicating breeding in the neighborhood.
SUMMARY OP AVES.
The following are the new records of birds seen in either or
both counties, based on Blackwelder ’s : “Summer Birds of Iron
County.”
Larus argentatus
Mergus serrator
Zenaidura macroura carolinensis
Circus hudsonius.
Accipiter cooperi
Haliaetus leucocephalus leucocephalus
■Otus asio asio
Coccyzus erythrophthalmus
Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys
Iridoprocne bicolor
Dencroica coronata
Dendroica pensylvanica
Sitta carolinensis
Anas platyrhynchos
Anas rubripes
Aix sponsa
Ixobrychus exilis
Rallus virginianus
Prozana Carolina
Fulica aniericana
Philohela minor
GalUnago delicata
Pisobia minutilla
504 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
MAMMALIA
Northern Virginia Deer. Edocoileus americanus borealis (Mil¬
ler).
Still abundant in both counties, though signs of their presence
are more common than a sight of the animals themselves. Fresh
footprints were found in the soft sand along the shore of the
Kenton river within a little over a stone’s throw of the town.
At Lake 33 several were seen every day as they came to the water
at different points. However, many more were seen and heard
at night when they were ^‘spotted” for photographic purposes.
Eed Squirrel, Sciurus Jiudsonicus loquax (Bangs.)
This is the only species of squirrel seen; though it occurs in
both counties, it is certainly not abundant. Several were heard
at different times in the woods about Kenton, and one was taken
for identification. About Lake 33 but two were seen, and here
again a specimen was nrocured.
Lake Superior Chipmunk. Eutamias quadrivittatus neglectus
(Allen).
~ This little chipmunk is the commoner of the two species found,
being relatively abundant in both counties. It may be distin¬
guished from the next species in a moment by its small size, if
not by the difference in the coloration and markings. It was
found all through the woods wherever there were fallen logs or
stumps, and was very shy and wary.
Northeastern Chipmunk. Tamias striatus lysteri (Eichardson).
Seen only in Houghton county, where one specimen was col¬
lected to prove the co-existence of the two species in the same
formation. This species is not as abundant as the preceding,
though found in practically the same places.
Canadian Woodchuck. Marmota monax canadensis (Erxleben).
Woodchucks are common in both counties, though the type
of country visited in Houghton county was more suited to their
life, and consequently more evidences of their activity were
Cahn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
505
found there. As nearly as the writer can make out at present,
there is but the one subspecies of woodchuck found in this sec¬
tion of the north peninsula and it is probable that the subspecies
rufescens does not occur as far north as this.
Northern Flying Squirrel. Sciuropterus sabrinus (Shaw).
The flying squirrel occurs in both counties, though it is but
occasionally met with. The body of one that accidentally got
into a steel trap was the only flesh specimen seen ; this in Hough¬
ton county.
Woods Beaver. Castor canadensis michiganensis (Bailey).
Still to be found in each of the counties, though from the
signs of former activity the animals are not nearly as numerous
as in past years. A lodge in fairly good repair was found in
one of the small lakes beyond Lake 33, and some fairly fresh
cuttings were noted in this same general region. There are still
several small colonies within about four miles of Kenton.
Norway Rat. Epimys norvegicus (Erxleben).
According to all reports, this is a comparatively recent addi¬
tion to the mammalian fauna of Houghton county, and at pres¬
ent the writer can offer no data as to its occurrence in Iron. Al¬
though not common in Houghton county, it occurs about Kenton
not infrequently, and two were seen about the deserted build¬
ings of the old planing-mill. Tracks of the species were also
found in the mud at the edge of the Kenton river, as was a
badly mutilated dead specimen.
House Mouse. Mus musculus (Linn).
Rather common about some of the wooden dwellings of Ken¬
ton, and no signs of its occurrence in Iron county, though its
presence there was not to be expected owing to the type of coun¬
try visited.
Michigan Mouse. Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis (Le Conte).
This large deer mouse occurs in Houghton county rather plen¬
tifully, but in no such abundance as it was found in Iron county
about Lake 33. In this region it is the most common small mam¬
mal, and though strictly nocturnal in habits, it succeeds in mak-
506 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
ing its presence known through many long successful raids on
the food box. A '' catch- ’em-alive ’ ’ mouse trap was placed in
front of a small hole under a decayed log near camp, and three
were caught in less than ten minutes. Their holes were to be
found under nearly every stump or fallen log, and at night they
could be heard scampering about among the leaves.
Meadow Mole. Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord).
Probably more abundant in both counties than present data
would indicate. In the fields about Kenton several were seen,
while but a single individual was found in the Lake 33 region.
This one was accidentally stepped on one evening while going
through a rather open area to the spring. About Kenton they
live in thick tangles of brush or under upright remains of cut
pines, not having been found under fallen or decayed wood.
Northern Muskrat. Ondatra zihethica zibethica (Linn.).
Common in both Houghton and Iron Counties, but more abun¬
dant in Iron, due no doubt to the fact that they are less trapped
and annoyed there. Two specimens were caught near camp at
Lake 33, one a kit and one an adult female, both having as pretty
fur as the writer has seen on muskrats. In this region the rats
are more active during the day than is customary for the species
elsewhere.
Canada Porcupine. Eretkizon dorsatum (Linn.).
Abundant in both counties, though more so in Iron than in
Houghton. While not seen often in the immediate vicinity of
Kenton (and there is good reason why they should not be), their
teeth-marks on old buildings bear ample witness to their pres¬
ence. About Lake 33 the animals were abundant, and were often
a nuisance when we were out photographing deer by night.
Minnesota Varying Hare. Lepus americanus pkaeonotus
(Allen).
Found rather commonly in both counties, and is the only form
of rabbit found, so far as the writer can ascertain. Not often
seen during the summer, but tracks and faeces are often found
either in the deep woods or near the edge, and but seldom in the
open fields.
Cahn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
507
Canada Lynx. Lynx canadensis (Kerr).
Said by hunters to occur infrequently, though nothing was
seen of the species by the writer. Listed by Wood from Iron
county. !
Bay Lynx. Lynx ruff us (Gueldenstaedt).
A single specimen, caught by a trapper in Houghton county
during the writer’s stay in Iron, was the only fresh specimen
seen. Found, however, according to reliable reports, in both
counties, though not very commonly.
Timber Wolf. Canis Occidentalis (Richardson).
Still fairly common in both counties, though the animal itself
is not often seen unless in a trap. Tracks, however, are found
quite often, both near Kenton and in the Lake 33 region. In
the latter place they were to be heard practically every evening
calling in the distance. Though they are still hunted seriously,
it is doubtful whether in their present depleted numbers they
do much damage.
Brush Wolf. Canis latrans {Ba^y).
Although none of this species was seen, the descriptions of
reliable hunters makes it certain that the ‘‘brush wolf” is this
species. Occurs in both counties, though not Commonly.
Red Fox. Vulpes fulva (Desmarest).
Still found occasionally in both counties, though not commonly
in either.
Gray Fox. Urocyon cinereoargenteus (Schreber).
Found in both counties, though not commonly. Tracks of
what could hardly have been anything else were found in the
sand road in the slate quarry en route to the Lake 33 region.
Northern Black Bear. TJrsus americanus (Pallas).
Not uncommon in both counties, and though none were seen
by the writer personally, a member of the party saw one near
the slate quarry above mentioned, and en route to Lake 33 foot¬
prints were seen in several places and excrement found. There
are undoubtedly quite a few left, though of course they are
rarely seen.
508 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts^ and Letters,
American Badger. Taxidea taxus (Schreber).
None was seen by the writer, but there is a colony of some size
not far from Kenton in Houghton county.
Northern Skunk. Mephitis hudsonica (Richardson).
Quite common in both counties, though the only one taken—
or for that matter seen — was at camp by Lake 33. This little
fellow made himself too free about camp, and after he had taken
his own photograph several times, he was trapped in his hole
not far off. A number of holes were found in this general neigh¬
borhood which showed good signs of being inhabited by this
species, and there are undoubtedly a good many around.
Fisher. Martes pennanti (Erxleben).
It is quite certain that none have been taken within recent
years so far as the region about Kenton and Lake 33 are con¬
cerned, though report and rumor have it that they have been
taken in Houghton county not so very long ago. Wood (4) re¬
ports the species from both counties, so it is not unlikely that
they may even yet occur.
Northeastern Mink. Mnstela vison (Schreber).
Not uncommon in the region about Kenton, where, in season,
they are trapped quite extensively, but none were seen. About
Lake 33, however, they certainly were as abundant as one could
ask for, and were seen often by day as well as by night when out
photographing deer.
New York Weasel. Mustela novehoracensis (Emmons).
Common in both counties, though but one individual was seen
in each. One was seen early one morning along the bank of the
Kenton river ; the other in the middle of the day between Lake
33 and one of the smaller lakes beyond.
Canada Otter. Lutra canadensis (Schreber).
Like the fisher, the otter is reported, though it certainly is now
about gone from both counties, if not entirely so. Wood (4)
reports it from Iron county, and it undoubtedly has occurred in
both rather recently.
Short-tailed Shrew. Blarina hrevicauda (Say).
It is hard to say just what the status of this seclusive little
fellow it. A single dead specimen was found at Kenton, other¬
wise the writer would have no data whatsoever on the species.
Cahn — Notes on the Vertebrate Fauna
509
Star-nosed Mole. Condylura cristata (Linn.).
Although none was seen in either county, unmistakable evi¬
dence in the form of tunnels which could only have been made
by this animal were found in wet places both in Iron and in
Houghton counties. The woodsmen also tell of the ‘‘funny
mouse with the thing on its nose” which undoubtedly refers to
this species.
Say^s Bat. Myotis suhulatus (Say).
Occurs commonly in both counties, though a specimen was se¬
cured only at Lake 83. About Kenton the species is found on
the wing only well along toward dusk, unless disturbed, while
out in the woods it becomes active early in the afternoon, and
begins to fly around long before dusk. One little fellow in par¬
ticular that stayed about camp — known because of a rent in the
wing— ^started out on his travels about four-thirty every after¬
noon, and was busy catching insects over the lake certainly un¬
til dark.
SYNOPSIS OP M4MMALS.
(In the above table : * = ne w record for coun ty ; c = common ; f = few ; x = re¬
ported previously, but not found by the writer.)
510 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(1) Herpetology of Michigan: The Amphibians of Michigan.
C. & H. Thompson. Mich. Geol. & Biol. Snrv. ; Pub. 10,
Biol. Series 3, 1912 ; pp. 13-62.
(2) Herpetology of Michigan: The Reptlies of Michigan.
A. G. Ruthven. Mich. Geol. & Biol. Surv. ; Pub. 10,
Biol. Series 3, 1912, pp. 63-166.
(3) Summer birds of Iron County, Michigan. E. Blackwelder.
Auk. vol. XXVI, No. 4, Oct. 1909, pp. 363-370.
(4) An Annotated Check-list of Michigan Mammals. N. A.
Wood. Occ. Papers of Mus. of Zook, Univ. of Mich.,
No. 4, Apr. 1914, pp. 1-13.
(5) Results of the Shiras Expedition to Whitefish Point, Mich¬
igan: Birds. N. A. Wood, Sixteenth Rept. Mich. Acad.
Sci., 1914, pp. 55-73.
(6) Results of the Shiras Expeditions to Whitefish Point,
Michigan: Mammals. N. A. Wood, Sixteenth Rept.
Mich. Acd. Sci., 1914, pp. 92-98.
(7) Michigan Bird Life. W. B. Barrows. Spec. Bull. Dept.
Zool. & Physiol., Mich. Agr. College, 1912, pp. 1-822.
(8) Ten new Marmots from North America. A. H. Howell.
Pro. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. XXVII, 1914, pp. 13-18.
[For General Bibliography see (2) and (7).]
Zoological Laboratory,
University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Wisconsin.
^ October 26, 1915.
Oherholser — Review of the Plover Genus Ochthodromus 511
A REVIEW OF THE PLOVER GENUS OCHTHODROMUS
REICHENBACH AND ITS NEAREST ALLIES
By Harry C. Oberholser.
The present study originated in the desire to determine the
proper generic name for the plover commonly known as Ochtho¬
dromus wilsonius (Ord) . This proved to be much more of a task
than it at first appeared ; and it finally involved not only all the
species currently referred to the genus Ochthodromus^ but some
of other genera as well. The interesting, and in one or two
cases rather surprising, results seem to be worth publication.
The innocent cause of all this trouble was originally intro¬
duced to science by Ord under the name Charadrius wilsonia;^
and for some 65 years has been known to authors as Ochthodro¬
mus wilsonius (Ord), having been made by Keichenbach the
monotypic type of his genus Ochthodromus} In the same gen¬
eric group Dr. K. B. Sharpe has placed the following species:^
1. Ochthodroynus ohscurus (Omelin).
2. Ochthodromus hicinctus (Jardine and Selby).
3. Ochthodromus wilsoni (Ord).
4. Ochthodromus geoffroyi (Wagler).
5. Ochthodromus mongolus (Pallas).
6. Ochthodromus pyrrhoihorax (Gould).
7. Ochthodromus asiaticus (Pallas).
8. Ochthodromus veredus (Gould).
Eecently Mr. G. M. Mathews has shown^ that the name Ochtho¬
dromus is preoccupied by Ochthedromus LeConte, as well as an¬
tedated by Eupoda Brandt,^ and he proposed to use the latter
iJn Wilson’s Amer. Ornith., IX, 1814, p. 77, pi. 73, fig-. 5 (Cape Island,
now Cape May, New Jersey).
2Natiirl. Syst. Vogel, 1852 (1853) p. XVIIL
3 Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XXIV, 1896, pp. 209-234.
iNovit. Zool., XVIII, No. 1, June 17, 1911, p. 5.
3 In Tchihatcheff’s Voy. Sci. Altai Oriental, 1845, p. 444.
512 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
name for the group. Still later^ Mr. Mathews returned to the
subject and divided the genus OcJithodromns of Sharpe and of
authors into five genera, by which arrangement the several
species bore the following names, the numbers here prefixed
corresponding to those of the species in Sharpe’s genus OcJitho-
dromus :
1. Pluviorliynchus ohscnrus.
4. Oclitliodromus ( or Pagolla ) wilsonius.
3. OcMhodromus (or Pagolla) wilsonius.
5. Cirrepidesmus mongolus.
2. Cirrepidesmus hicinctus.
6. Cirrepidesmus atrifrons ( = pym'Jiotliorax Wagler).
7. Eupoda ( or Eupodella ) asiatica.
8. Eupoda (or Eupodella) verda.
In the generic designations of two other species — Podasocys
montanus (Townsend) and Charadrius liiaticula Linnaeus —
which Mr. Mathews considered 'in the same connection, he
made no alteration. His generic treatment of these birds was
somewhat brief, but indicated plainly the need for recognizing
a number of generic groups in place of the single one currently
in use. A more detailed comparison of the various species in¬
volved, based on proportions obtained by actual measurements,
which the present writer has made, shows that several changes
from Mr. Mathews’ arrangement seem necessary, the nature
of which will be evident from the discussion in the ensuing
pages. In addition to the species of Oc}it}iodro7nus, the genus
Charadrius Linnaeus (type, Charadrius hiaticula ) is added for
comparison.
The 8 species of plovers comprising Sharpe’s genus Ochtho-
dromus exhibit remarkable structural variations, and it is sur¬
prising that they have so long remained in a single genus. To
ignore these differences as generic distinctions would be mani¬
festly to obscure the relationships of the species ; but as no two
forms are exactly alike in these respects, it becomes a matter of
determining the constancy and relative importance of these
differences as generic characters. The structural differential
characters of value among these plovers consist almost wholly in
® Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913, pp. 81-84.
Oherholser — Review of the Plover Genus Ochthodromus 513
the proportions of bill, feet, wing, and other parts. The shape
of the tail does not seem to be a good character, since it is var¬
iable and not well correlated with other differences. The regu¬
larity of the tarsal reticulation, made use of in one or two in¬
stances by Mr. Mathews, does not seem to be either definite or
constant enough for a generic character. Neither is mere size
alone a satisfactory generic distinction. Nor does the present
writer regard color pattern as a better, or even so fundamental
a generic basis as structural differences. Furthermore, it does
not seem to me at all advisable to separate generically species
which differ only in color or color pattern. Mr. Pycraft’s ex¬
cellent remarks on this subjecP should be read by everyone in¬
terested.
The measurements of which use is made in proportional com¬
parisons in this paper have been taken as follows :
Length of wing. — The distance from the bend of the wing to
the tip of the longest primary, taken with dividers without
straightening the quills.
Length of tail. — The distance from the coccygeal insertion of
the middle feathers to the tip of the longest rectrix.
Length of head. — The distance from the point where the
feathers of the forehead end on the culmen to the hindmost
point of the skull, taken in a straight line with dividers.
Exposed culmen (length of hill). — The chord of the culmen,
taken from its tip to the point where the feathers of the fore¬
head impinge on its base.
Height of hill at base. — The distance in a straight line from
the base of the exposed culmen to the nearest point on the ramus
of the mandible.
Width of hill at loral feathering. — Measured with dividers at
the point on the side of the bill where the loral feathering ends.
Length of dertrum. — Measured in a straight line from the
posterior end of the dertrum to its tip.
Length of tarsus.~A straight line from the center of the heel
joint on the posterior side to the middle of the joint between
the metatarsus and the middle toe on the anterior side.
Middle toe without claw. — Measured along the upper side from
the middle of the joint between the metatarsus and the middle
toe to the base of the uncovered portion of the claw.
Brit. Ornith. Club, XXXV, February 27, 1915, pp. 70-74; 85.
33— S. A. L.
514 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Middle toe with claiv. — Measured with dividers along the upper
side from the middle of the joint between the metatarsus alid
the middle toe in a straight line to the tip of the claw.
Length of hare portion of tibia. — Measured from the middle
of the heel joint to the insertion of the lowest feathers on the
tibia.
The specimens on which this investigation has been based are
contained in the United States National Museum, and for their
use the writer is indebted to the authorities of the museum. To
Mr. Eobert Eidgway he is further under obligation for many
helpful suggestions.
Key to Genera Allied to Eupoda Brandt.
ah Tarsus longer, about 21/2 times the length
of the middle toe without claw . Eupoda (p. — ).
a^. Tarsus shorter, not over 2 times the length
of the middle toe without claw,
bh Bill shorter, about % the length of head ;
tail 41/2 times the length of exposed
culmen . Charadrius (p. — ).
h"^. Bill longer, more than i/^ the length of
head; bill 3i^ times the length of ex¬
posed culmen, or less.
c^. Wing 51/2 to 6 times the length of exposed
culmen ; tail about 2i/^ times the length
of exposed culmen.
d^. Wing A^/2 times the length of tarsus ; tarsus -
11/4 times the length of exposed cul-
culmen . . . . . .PluviorJiyncJius (p. — ).
d^. Wing less than 4I/2 times the length of
tarsus; tarsus more than I14 times the
length of exposed culmen.
e^. Bill longer and narrower — 4/5 of the
length of the head, and longer than the
middle toe with claw ; tarsus 2 times the
length of middle toe without claw ..... Pagoa (p. — ) .
e^. Bill shorter and wider — 7 /lO of the length ""
of head, and shorter than middle toe
with claw ; tarsus much less than 2 times
the length of middle toe without claw. .Pagolla (p. — ).
OherJiolser — Review of the Plover Genus Ochthodromus 515
c^. Wing 7 to 8V2 times the length of exposed
culmen; tail 3 to 3^ times the length
of exposed culmen.
d^. Bill narrower, the exposed culmen not less
than 3 1/2 times the breadth of bill at
loral feathering; wing not more than
7 1/2 times the length of exposed cul¬
men ; dertrum less than I/2 the length of
exposed culmen. . . Pernettyva (p. — ).
Bill wider, the exposed culmen less than
than 3I/2 times the breadth of bill at
loral feathering; wing not more than
71/^ times the length of exposed culmen;
dertrum not less than % the length of
exposed culmen.. . . . Cirrepidesmus p. — ).
Eupoda Brandt.
Eupoda Brandt, in Tchihatcheff ’s Voy. Sci Altai Oriental,
1845, p. 444 (type, by monotypy, Charadrius caspius Pallas
[ = Charadrius asiaticus Pallas] )
Podasocys Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci Phila., XVIII
1866, p. 96 (type, by original designation and monotypy,
Charadrius montanus Townsend.)
Eupodella Mathews, Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April
2, 1913, p. 83, figs. 2 and 3 (type, by original designation,
Charadrius veredus Gould) (proposed as an alternative name
in case Eupoda be rejected by reason of the prior Eupodes
Koch^).
Description. — Wing 2 1/3 — 21/2 times the length of tail,
61/2 — 71/4 times the length of exposed culmen, and 31/3^ — 3%
times the length of the tarsus; tail rounded, slightly double
emarginate, or rounded with the two central rectrices pro¬
jecting beyond the rest; its length 21/2 — 3 times the length of
exposed culmen, and 11/3 — 12/3 times the length of the
tarsus ; bill long and slender with its tip little if any expanded
vertically, the angle of the gonys little emphasized, sometimes
absent altogether, and the gonys little if any ascending; ex¬
posed culmen about 2/3 of the length of the head, 3% — 4I/2
1 Cf. Mathews, Novit. ZooL, XVIII, No. 1, June 17, 1911, p. 5.
2 Postea, page -
516 'Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
times the height of bill at base, and 4 — 4% times the width of
bill at loral feathering; dertrum slightly more than 2/5 of
exposed culmen; tarsus 1% — 2 times the length of exposed
culmen, and 2 1 /3 — 2% times the length of middle toe with¬
out claw; bare portion of tibia 1 1/10 — 1 4/10 times the length
of the middle toe without clav/.
Type, — Charadrius asiaticus Pallas.
Remarks. — From Eupoda asiatica, the type of this genus,
Eupoda vereda differs in having the tarsus somewhat longer,
the bare portion of the tibia more extensive, the two central
rectrices projecting decidedly beyond the rest, and in possess¬
ing several other minor structural differences; but these do
not seem to justify its generic separation. Mr. Mathews has
called attention to the differences which separate Podasocys
montanus (Townsend) from Eupoda vereda,'^ which are vir¬
tually the same as those above mentioned as distinguishing
Eupoda vereda from Eupoda asiatica; in other words, Eupoda
asiatica is structurally almost identical with Podasocys
montanus, differing only in very minor details, and as a mat¬
ter of fact is not generically separable. The difference in
tarsal reticulation mentioned by Mathews^ proves on examina'
tion of a series of Podasocys montanus to be of no value at all,
since both the irregular and the perfectly regular arrangements
of the scales on the front of the tarsus occur among the in¬
dividuals of this species. This bird must, therefore, in any
case be called Eupoda montana, even if Eupoda vereda should
be separated generically from Eupoda asiatica. As a natural
consequence the generic name Podasocys Coues becomes a
synonym of Eupoda Brandt.
Mr. Mathews seems to consider^ that Eupoda Brandt is pre¬
occupied by Eupodes Koch^ for a crustacean and by Eupodes
Jardine and Selby ^ for a weaver bird, but by both the Interna¬
tional Code of Nomenclature and the American Ornithologists’
Union Code these two names are not identical; and we, there¬
fore, retain Eupoda Brandt for the present group of birds.
Mr. Mathews further proposed the generic name Eupodella^
1 Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913, p. 84.
2 Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913, p. 84.
'Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913, p. 83.
2Deutschl. Crust. I, 1835, Tab. 8.
® must. Ornith,, new series, 1836, pi. 10.
^ Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913, p. 83, fig's, 2 and 3.
Ob erholser— Review of the Plover Genus Ochthodromus 517
as an alternative name for Eupoda Brandt in case the latter
proved to be preoccupied by Eupodes; but, since Eupoda is, as
already shown, a perfectly tenable term, Eupodella becomes of
course a synonym.
The species referable to this genus are, therefore, as follows:
Eupoda vereda (Gould).
Eupoda asiatica (Pallas).
Eupoda montana (Townsend).
Pernettyva Mathews.
Pernettyva Mathews, Birds Australia, III, pt. 2, May 2,
1913, p. 114 (type by original designation and monotypy,
Charadrius falklandicus Latham).
Diagnosis. — Similar to Eupoda, but wing 4 — 4 1 /3 times the
length of tarsus; tail 1% — 2 times the length of tarsus; ex¬
posed culmen barely more than % the length of the head; tar¬
sus only 1^2 — 14/5 times the length of middle toe without
claw; and the bare portion of tibia only 3/5 — 4/5 of the
length of middle toe without claw.
Description. — Wing 2 — 2i/4 times the length of the tail, 7 — 7%
times the length of the exposed culmen, and 4 — 4 1 /3 times
the length of the tarsus; tail rounded, or rounded with the
two middle rectrices projecting beyond the rest, its length 3^ — 3^/2
times the length of exposed culmen, and 1% — 2 times the
length of the tarsus; bill slender and rather long, the terminal
portion but little expanded vertically, the gonys moderately
or but slightly angled and not strongly ascending; exposed
culmen but slightly more than half the length of the head, about
31/2 times the height of bill at base, and from 3^2 — 4 times its
breadth at the loral feathering; dertrum more than 2/5 but
less than half the length of the exposed culmen; tarsus about
1% times the length of the exposed culmen, and from 1% — 1 4/5
times the length of the middle toe without claw ; bare portion of
tibia 3/5 — 4/5 o fthe length of middle toe without claw.
Type. — Charadrius falklandicus Latham.
Remarks. — Mr. Mathews proposed the name Pernettyva as
a subgeneric designation for Charadrius falklandicus Latham
under the generic group Leucopolius of Bonaparte^ ; and at the
same time he placed the species Charad^dus bicinctus Jar dine
1 Birds Australia, HI, pt. 2, May 2, 1913, p. 114.
518 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
and Selby in the genus Cirrepidesmus Bonaparte, along
with Cirrepidesmus mongolus and Cirrepidesmns atrifrons
( = pyrrhotliorax) , but solely because of its similar color pat¬
tern. A careful comparison, however, of CJiaradrius falklan-
dicus Latham and C}iarad7dus hicinctus Jardine and Selby
shows that the two belong undoubtedly in the same genus,
since they differ only very slightly in relative length of ex¬
posed culmen, dertrum, middle toe without claw, and bare
portion of the tibia, and in a few other unimportant particu¬
lars, including the shape of the tail. The generic name Per-
nettyva is therefore available for the group, the two species
of which will stand as follows:
Peimettyva hicincta (Jardine and Selby).
Pe^mettyva falklandica (Latham).
Plnviorliynchus Bonaparte.
Pluvio^diyncJius Bonaparte, Comptes Kendus Acad. Sci.,
XLIII, No. 8, August 26-31, 1856, p. 417 (type, by subsequent
designation [Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XXIV, 1896, p.
209], CJiaradrius ohscurus Gmelin).
Hyetoce^^yx Heine, Nomenelator Mus. Hein. Ornith., 1890,
p. 336 (nom. iiov. pm PluviorJiyncJius Bonaparte, vox hybridal).
Diagnosis. — Similar to Pernettyva, but wing 2^ times the
length of the tail, 5% times the length of the exposed culmen,
and 4% times the length of the tarsus ; tail 21/3 times the
length of the exposed culmen; bill stouter, the tip much more
expanded vertically, the gonys sharply angled and strongly
ascending; exposed culmen 4/5 of the length of the head; der¬
trum about 1/2 the length of the exposed culmen; and tarsus
short, only 11/4 times the length of the exposed culmen.
Description. — Wing about 2i/^ times the length of the tail,
5^ times the length of the exposed culmen, and 41/2 times the
length of the tarsus; tail rounded, 2 1/3 times the length of
the exposed culmen, and about 2 times the length of the tar¬
sus; bill long but stout, the tip much expanded vertically, the
gonys sharply angled and strongly ascending; exposed culmen
4/5 of the length of the head, 31/^ times the height of bill
at base, and four times its breadth at loral feathering; dertrum
slightly less than % the length of the exposed culmen; tarsus
11^ times the length of the exposed culmen, and 1% times the
Oberholser — Review of the Plover Genus Ochthodromus 519
length of middle toe without claw; bare portion of tibia about
9/10 of the length of middle toe without claw
Type. — Charadrius ohscurus Gmelin.
Remarks. — In its stout bill with turgid tip and in its short
tarsus this monotypic genus is very different from both Eupoda
and Pernettyva, and forms therefore an excellent generic group.
The name Hyetoceryx Heine^ is merely a substitute name for
Pluvio7'hynchus Bonaparte on grounds of purism.
The only species of this genus is:
Pluviorhynchus ohscurus (Gmelin).
Pagoa Mathews.
Pagoa Mathews, Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913,
p. 82, figs. 1 and 4 (p. 83) (type, by original designation and
monotypy, Charadrius geoffffroyi Wagler [ = Charadrius lesch-
enaultii Lesson] ) .
Dmpnosi^.-rSimilar to Pluviorhynchus, but wing 6 times
the length of the exposed culmen, and 3% times the length of
the tarsus; tail 1% times the length of the tarsus; tarsus 1%
times the length of the exposed culmen, and 2 times the length
of the middle toe without claw.
Description. — ^Wing 21/2 — 2 2/3 times the length of the tail,
about 6 times the length of the exposed culmen, and 3% times
the length of the tarsus; tail square, the two middle rectrices
projecting beyond the rest; tail about 2% times the length of
the exposed culmen, and II/2 times the length of the tarsus;
bill long and stout, its tip much expanded vertically, the gonys
conspicuously angled and strongly ascending; exposed culmen
4/5 of the length of the head, 31/4 times height of bill at base,
4 times its breadth at the loral feathering, and longer than
the middle toe with claw; dertrum i/^ the length of the exposed
culmen; tarsus 1% times the length of the exposed culmen,
and 2 times the length of middle toe without claw; bare por¬
tion of tibia equal to the middle toe without claw.
Type. — Charadrius leschenaultii Lesson.
Remarks. — In shape of bill this group is like Pluviorhynchus,
and differs much as does that genus from Eupoda and Per¬
nettyva.
^ Nomenclator Mus. Hein. Ornith., 1890, p. 336.
520 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
The name of the type species, hitherto known as Ochthodro-
mus geoffroyi (Wagler,)^ is antedated hy Charadrius lesch-
enaulti. Lesson, ^ as Mr. Mathews has shown.^ The type and only
species of this genus will, therefore, stand as
Pagoa leschenaultii (Lesson).
Pagolla Mathews.
Ochthodromus Keichenbach, Natiiii. Syst. Vogel, 1852, p.
XVIII (type, by original designation and monotypy, Chara-
drius wilsonia Ord) (nee Ochthedromus LeConte, Ann. Lyc.
Nat. Hist. N. Y., IV, 1848, p. 453 [Coleoptera] ).
Pagolla Mathews, Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913,
p. 83 (type, by original designation and monotypy, Charadrius
wilsonia Ord) (nom. nov. pro Ochthodromus Keichenbach,
praeoc.)
Diagnosis. — Similar to Pagoa, but bill shorter and wider, the
exposed culmen only 7/10 of the length of the head, and not
longer than the middle toe with claw; and tarsus 1% times
the middle toe without claw.
Description. — Wing about 21/2 times the length of tail, 5% —
5 4/5 times the length of exposed culmen, and about 4 times
the length of the tarsus; tail rounded or square, about 2i/^
times the length of the exposed culmen, and about 12/3 times
the length of the tarsus; bill long but stout, its tip much ex¬
panded vertically, the gonys sharply angled and strongly as¬
cending; exposed culmen about 7/10 the length of the head,
31/3 — 31/2 times the height of bill at base, 31/3 limes its
breadth at the loral feathering, and shorter than the length of
the middle toe ithw claw; dertrum slightly more thani/^ the
length of the exposed culmen ; tarsus 1% times the length of the
exposed culmen, and 1% times the length of the middle toe
without claw; bare portion of tibia 9/10 of the length of the
middle toe without claw.
Type. — Charadrius wilsonia Ord.
Remarks. — ^In rostral characters this genus is like Pagoa and
Pluviorhynchus, differing in this respect, as do the two last
1 C/i [aradrius^. Geoffroyi W&gler, Syst. Avium, 1827, Charadrius, No. 19,
p. 61 (Pondichery, India; and Java).
2 Diet Sci. Nat, XLII, 1826, p. 36 (Pondichery, India).
lEmu, XVI, July, 1916, p. 34.
. .Oherholser — Review of the Plover Genus Ochthodromus 521
mentioned groups, distinctly from Eupoda and Pernettyva.
From Pluviorhynchus, Pagolla differs in having the wing only
4 times the length of the tarsus, the bill relatively wider and
only 7 /lO the length of the head ; the dertrum more than I/2
length of the bill ; and the tarsus more than li/4 times the length
of the exposed culmen.
Mr. Mathews has already noted^ the fact that Ochthodromus
Keichenbach is preoccupied by Ochthedromus LeConte^ for a
genus of Coleoptera; and he has therefore proposed the generic
name Pagolla for Charadrius wilsonia Ord as an “alternative’’
name in ease that Ochthrodromus Reichenbach be considered
the same as Ochthedromus LeConte.
The forms of this genus are :
Pagolla wilsonia (Ord).
Pagolla ivilsonia rufinucha Ridgway.
Cirrepidesmus Bonaparte.
Cirrepidesmus Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sei.,
XLIII, No. 8, August 26-31, 1856, p. 417 (type, by tautonymy,
Charadrius pyrrhothorax Gould [ =' Charadrius atrifrons
Wagler] ) .
Diagnosis, — Similar to Pagolla^ but wing 8 — 8I/2 times the
length of exposed culmen; tail 31/2 times the length of exposed
culmen, but more slender and much less turgid at tip, the gonys
less strongly ascending and not sharp ely angled ; exposed culmen
3 /5 of the length of the head ; and tarsus 2 times the length of
exposed culmen.
Description. — Wing about 2i/^ times the length of the tail,
8 — 8% times the length of the exposed culmen, and 4 — 4i/4
times the length of the tarsus; tail square or rounded, the two
middle rectrices projecting beyond the rest, its length about
3I/2 times the length of the exposed culmen, and 1% times the
length of the tarsus; bill rather long and slender, the tip only
moderately expanded vertically, the gonys not sharpely angled
and not very strongly ascending; exposed culmen 3/5 of the
length of the head, 3 — 3/23 times the height of bill at base,
and 2% — 31^ times its breadth at loral feathering; dertrum
y^. — 11/20 of the length of the exposed culmen; tarsus 2 times
^Mathews, Novit. ZooL, XVIII, No. 1, June 17, 1911, p. 5.
2 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y.. IV, 1848, p. 453.
522 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
the length of the exposed culmen, and 1 4/5 — 2 times the length
of the middle toe without claw; bare portion of tibia equal to
the middle toe without claw, or only 4/5 as long.
Type. — CJiaradrius atrifrons Wagler.
Remarks. — From PluviorhyncJins, Pagoa, and Pagolla the
present group is easily distinguishable by its bill alone, which is
weaker with a much less swollen tip ; and Cirrepidesmus is very
different otherwise, as a comparison of the above descriptions
will readily show. From Eupoda it differs in having the wing
8 — 81/2 times the length of the exposed culmen, and 4 — 4^/2
times the length of the tarsus; the tail 3% dimes the length of
the exposed culmen; the bill shorter, broader, and stouter, the
exposed culmen only 2 4/5 — 3i/4 times the width of bill at loral
feathering; the tip of the bill more turgid; the gonys more as¬
cending; exposed culmen 3/5 of the length of the head; dertrum
about 1/2 the length of the exposed culmen ; and tarsus 2 times
the length of the middle toe without claw. For the differences
distinguishing Cirrepidesmus from Pernettyva consult the Key
to Genera on page — .
While CJiaradrius mongolus Pallas is undoubtedly generically
the same as CJiaradrius atrifrons Wagler, it differs slightly in
having a relatively shorter and stouter bill.
Mr. Mathews has used the name CJiaradrius atrifrons Wagler^
for CJiaradrius pyrrJiotJiorax CorAd} but without giving any
reasons therefor or any reference to its place of publication.
The two names apparently refer to the same bird, as does also
CJiaradrius inconspicuus Wagler^. Since CJiaradrius atrifrons
Wagler is found to have anteriority it must be used for the
species.
The two species referable to this genus are :
Cirrepidesmus atrifrons -(Wagler).
Cirrepidesmus mongolus (Pallas).
CJiaradrius Linnaeus.
CJiaradrius Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, I, 1758, p. 150 (type,
by tautonymy, CJiaradrius Jiiaticula Linnaeus).
Aegialitis Boie, Isis (von Oken), X, 1822, p. 558. (type by
ilsis (von Oken), XVII, 1829, p. 650 (Bengal, India).
^Birds Australia, III, pt. 1, April 2, 1913, p. 81.
3 Isis, XVII, 1829, p. 651. Cf. Oberholser, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXII,
April 23, 1900, p. 206.
Oherholser — Review of the Plover Genus Ochthodromus 523
subsequent designation [Grray, Cat. Gen. and Subgen. Birds
Brit. Mus., 1855, p. Ill], Charad^Hus hiaticula Linnaeus).
Diagnosis. — Similar to Cirrepidesmus, but wing 2 times the
length of the tail, 9 times the length of the exposed culmen, and
5 times the length of the tarsus ; tail 41/2 — 4 2 /3 times the length
of the exposed culmen, and 21/2 times the length of the tarsus;
bill much shorter, only % the length of the head.
Description. — Wing about 2 times the length of the tail, 9
times the length of exposed culmen, and 5 times the length of
the tarsus; tail slightly rounded or double emarginate, 41/2 —
4 2/3 times the length of the exposed culmen, and 21/2 times
the length of the tarsus; bill short but rather slender, the tip
only moderately expanded vertically, the gonys not much, if
any, angled, and only moderately ascending ; exposed culmen
about 1/2 the length of the head, 3 times the height of bill at
base, and 31/3 times its width at loral feathering ; dertrum
about half the length of exposed culmen; tarsus 14/5 times’ the
length of exposed culmen, and 12/3 times the length of the
middle toe without claw; bare portion of tibia about 9/10 of
the length of middle toe without claw.
Type. — Charadrius hiaticula Linnaeus.
Remarks. — This group is well differentiated fro mthe other
genera here treated, but is apparently nearest to Cirrepidesmus.
Comparison of its characters with those of the other genera may
readily be made by consulting the descriptions above given
and the Key to Genera on page — .
The name Charadrius Linnaeus must be transferred from the
golden plovers, to which it has been hitherto applied, because
its type has been found to be, by tautonymy, Charadrius hiati¬
cula Linnaeus. It thus supplants Aegialitis Boie, as already
explained by Mr. Mathews.^
It has not been possible without more study than I am at
present able to devote to the subject to determine what species
are now properly referable to this genus.
1 Novit. Zool. XVIII, No. 1, June 17, 1911, p. 5.
524
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
THE AMOUNT OF FOOD EATEN BY THE SPIDER,
ARANEA SERICATA
Catherine Elizabeth Nebel.
Introduction
Though the kind of food that many animals eat has been ob¬
served, little is known in general concerning the quantity
necessary for metabolism. This is true more or less of all in¬
vertebrates and of most vertebrates except the domesticated
animals. It is therefore desirable that data be accumulated
which will give accurate information on food requirements.
This paper relates to the amount of food eaten by seven
spiders (Aranea sericata McCook) and the amount gained or
lost in weight by the same spiders from October 1, 1915 to Jan¬
uary 26, 1916. The spiders were collected in the green-house
of the Biology building, University of Wisconsin, on Septem¬
ber 30, 1915. The food consisted of fruit flies {Drosophila
ampelophila) raised on over-ripe bananas, and the spiders were
fed daily. The experiments were performed in a north room
of the biology building at a fairly constant temperature.
Spiders were weighed once a week.
According to McCook (’89) spiders usually seize their prey
with the claws of the two fore pairs of legs. These are so long
that they can be stretched out well in front of the body and
grasp the insect without much danger in case the captured
animal attempts to defend itself.
Emerton (’83, 32-38) states that spiders sometimes chew an
insect for hours until it becomes a round lump of skin, with
all the juices extracted from it. It is then thrown away, the
spider only swallowing such bits as may happen to be sucked
in with the liquid portions.
Nehel — The Amount of Food Eaten by the Spider 525
The spiders used in the present experiments were placed
separately in eight inch test-tubes which were closed with cot¬
ton plugs that were saturated with water daily in order to fur¬
nish moisture. A certain number of fruit flies were put into
the tubes wdth each spider every twenty-four hours. The num¬
ber varied according to the food capacity of the particular
spiders. The following day the dried-up skins of the flies
eaten and any dead flies, were removed from the tubes, together
with any web the spider might have woven.
From January 5 to January 12 no flies were given to the
spiders, but the cotton plug in the test tube was moistened
daily with water. Although spiders are able to go for a per¬
iod without food, water is necessary. Once when a spider
seemed to be in a very torpid condition, it was revived and
became very active when given an abundance of moisture. It
will be seen that there was not a very marked increase in the
amount of food eaten after this period.
The temperature was varied from time to time and the num¬
ber of flies eaten was correlated somewhat with such variations.
At a temperature of 19 °C the spiders showed an increase in
the amount of food eaten on the second day. The same result
was again obtained when the same individuals were subjected
to a like temperature for one or more days in the following
month.
From constant feeding spiders 1, 2, 3, 6, and 7 increased in
weight while 5 remained the same and 4 increased for a time
and then decreased.
CONCLUSIONS
The fact that spiders are poisonous has led people to be¬
lieve that they are generally dangerous. Spiders do secrete
a poison in the tips of their mouth parts but they usually use
this as a means of killing their prey and, if undisturbed, they
retain it. The spider, as far as is possible, obscures itself and
very seldom goes where it is unwelcome; consequently it can
hardly be said to be a pest.
The common house spider is most useful for the destruction
of flies and other pests; but most people are ignorant of its
526 Wisconsin Acade^ny of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
value. It is usually looked upon as an objectionable visitor
and consequently destroyed whenever encountered.
After making counts in representative fields, it was
found that there are approximately ten thousand Araneas on
an acre of land. Since the average farm in Wisconsin and in
the United States is about one hundred and sixty acres, this
would mean that there would be about a million spiders.
The experiments described in this paper show that a spider
will consume an average of two and one-half fruit flies per day.
Assuming that the fly season lasts for six months of the year,
the spiders on an average farm will destroy approximately four
billion flies per year.
These figures show conclusively that the services of the spider
are of great value, for it would be difficult to destroy such an
enormous number of flies by artificial means.
That the fly is a very destructive as well as dangerous pest
is now a matter of common knowledge. The injury done by
this insect may be summarized as follows: It carries disease,
aids in the accumulation of filth and dirt in buildings and
houses, decreases the milk flow among the cattle, and is generally
annoying to the human race.
The value, then, of the spider lies in its ability to catch and
destroys flies, which is, indeed, a great service to society. If the
spider were not in existence to assist materially in the exter¬
mination of the fly, mankind would be seriously handicapped,
and no doubt if people in general would realize the great
economic importance of the spider, and cooperate with it in¬
stead of carrying on a campaign of extermination, dangers
from the fly plague would be greatly lessened.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Comstock, J. H.
1912. The Spider Book. New York, xv. 721.
2. McCook, Henry C.
1889. American Spiders and Their Spinning Work,
Philadelphia. 3 volumes.
3. Emerton, J. H.
1883. Structure and habits of Spiders. Boston, i i i i.
118.
Nehd — The Amount of Food Eaten hy the Spider
527
Description of Experiments
Table I _ Showing the number of fruit flies eaten daily by seven spiders.
One and four were males; tivo, three, flve, six and seven were females.
528 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Table I— Continued.
*Laid cocoon of eg-g-s.
+Died at temperature of 35'
Nebel — TJie Amount of Food Eaten hy the Spider
529
Table II — Showing the weekly average number of fruit flies eaten hy seven
spiders, from October 1, 1915 to January 26, 1916.
34— S. A. L.
530 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
Table III — Showing the Number of Fruit Flies Eaten at Different
Temperatures.
§ Spider died in incubator.
Table IV — Weights of Spiders in Grams.
Atwood- — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 531
THE VISCERAL ANATOMY OF THE GARTER SNAKE
William Henry Atwood
INTRODUCTION
Our information on the visceral anatomy of the Ophida is
very limited. Hopkinson and Pancoast (’37) described the vis¬
ceral anatomy of the Python, and Jaquart (’55) described its
circulatory system. Schlemm (’27) studied the circulation of
Tropidonotus natrix and Trigonocephalus niutus. Broun ’s
Thier Reich ( ’90) contains a resume of the work up to the time
it was published. Beddard has contributed much to our know¬
ledge of serpent anatomy in his papers published between 1903
and 1909. O’Donoghue (’12) gave an excellent account of the
circulation of Tropidonotus natrix. Thompson (’13, ’14) con¬
tributed some valuable notes on a number of species. In 1916
the author described the visceral anatomy of Zamenis Con¬
strictor.
The entire blood system of snakes may be injected through the
ventricle of the heart. The valves do not prevent the fluid from
passing, under pressure, into the atria and hence into the veins.
The vena cava should be injected at the anterior end of the
liver; the portal vein may be injected at the posterior end of the
liver when it is desirable to have two colors in the veins. The
injection fluid used in this work was gelatine colored with lead
chromate or india ink.
This paper is based on investigations carried on in the Zoolog¬
ical Laboratories at the University of Wisconsin. My thanks
are due to Professor A. S. Pearse, who read the manuscript.
532 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
DESCRIPTIONS OP SPECIMENS
Because of the great variability of garter-snakes and the com¬
plexity of their classification descriptions have been inserted of
the specimens used in this investigation, so that the reader may
satisfy himself as to the affinities of the types dissected.
The principal characters which are of value in classification
are given in Table I. The two specimens from Granite City,
Illinois, were of a dark olive-brown color. No. 1 showed much
red on the sides between the black spots. No. 2 showed no red
at all ; otherwise they were alike. I judge these specimens to be
ThainnopMs sirtalis. The red on the sides of No. 1 indicates that
it belonged to the subspecies of T. sirtalis parietalis.
Specimen No. 3 from Holland, Michigan, was of a chestnut
brown color with a small amount of red on the sides {T. sirtalis
parietalis) ; the dorsal stripe was obscure and the belly color was
continuous with, and the same as, the color of the lateral stripe
covering the first scale row. {T. sirtalis pallidula). Although
T. sirtalis parietalis is not reported east of the Mississippi River
the writer has frequently seen specimens having the character¬
istic red color near Granite City, Illinois, and at Holland, Mich¬
igan.
The specimens from Madison, Wisconsin, are difficult to class¬
ify. They all look alike excepting No. 9 but on close investiga¬
tion they seem to fall into different groups.
Table I — Showing general points about the garter-snakes studied.
Ativood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 533
I believe that the forms with the lateral line on the second
and third scale rows and those with the lateral line on the third
and fourth scale rows {T. radix and T. sirtalis) are interbreed¬
ing in this locality. No. 4 and No. 7 have the lateral stripe in
the third and fourth scale rows {T. radix). No. 9 has the lat¬
eral stripe on the third row and some color on the second and
fourth rows. This suggests T. butleri, but the scutellation has
not been reduced enough to fit that species. The sides of this
specimen were marked with two rows of black spots divided by
yellow. The yellow also appeared on the scales slightly. I
therefore judge this specimen to represent the yellow phase of
T. sirtalis parietalis although it differs from the type specimen
and its known range does not include this locality. Nos. 6 and 8
were very much alike (T. sirtalis). In No. 10 (T. sirtalis) the
stripes were all very broad, those on the sides covering the first
scale row. The specimens from Marion County, Florida, (Nos.
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, — T. sirtalis) were alike in color, hav¬
ing prominent black spots on a light blue background. Specimen
No. 18 from Marion County Florida, was a typical T. sauritns
sackeni.
Circulatory System.
The Arteries of the Neck.
Three arteries leave the right aortic arch to supply the body
anterior to the heart. The left carotid artery lies dorsal to the
left jugular vein and ventral to the esophagus ; supplies the left
thymus gland, the thyroid gland, the fat body, the esophagus,
the trachea and the head. Its branches are all very small and
variable in the neck region.
The right carotid artery has been reduced to the small thyroid
artery of O’Donoghue (T2) {ramus glandularis of Brown, ’90).
It supplies the thyroid gland and in some specimens sends a
large branch to the esophagus. This esophagaegal branch passed
dorsal to the heart and ran caudalward along the ventral wall
of the esophagus, (Fig. 1). It was found by the writer ( ’16) in
Zamenis constrictor and its root was figured but its course could
not be fully traced, hence it was not described. I do not know
that it has been mentioned before or that it exists in all speci¬
mens of the species herein considered. Twigs from the thyroid
!
534 Wisconsin Acadeiny of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
artery to the right thymus gland were made out in only three
specimens and were exceedingly small.
The glands of this region become very small during star¬
vation. In some specimens the thyroid became colorless and
transparent. The fact that the fat body of the neck had been
entirely absorbed and that the neck glands had been so much
reduced may account for the smallness of the blood vessels in
this region. It is noted elsewhere in this paper that the veins
of the oviducts are larger while the oviducts are filled with eggs.
It seems that the size of the blood vessels varies somewhat with
their activity.
FIG. 1.
The left jugular vein. A, aorta; AV, X, remains of the left azygous
vein; C, carotid artery; E, esophageal veins; EA, esophageal artery
from thyroid artery; EV, epigastric vein; F, vein from fat body; LT,
left thymus gland; RJ, right jugular vein; T, thyroid gland; TA, thy¬
roid artery; TV, tracheal vein; V, ventricle; VA, vertebral artery.
The vertebral artery leaves the right aortic arch and runs for¬
ward about half way to the head before passing into the mid¬
line of the dorsal parietes. In two specimens it sent eight
branches to the mid-line of the dorsal parietes ; in one specimen
seven; in eight specimens six; in five specimens five; and in
one specimen only three. These variations were apparently not
correlated with variations in the external anatomy. The twigs
from the vertebral artery to the esophagus were very small. Six
were counted in one specimen. In some specimens they could
not be made out at all.
The Dorsal Aorta and Its Branches
As in other snakes the aorta originates just posterior to the
heart from the junction of the two aortic arches, (Pig. 1). In
the eighteen specimens examined the right arch gave off one or
two intereostals to the mid-line of the dorsal parietes before unit-
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 535
ing with the left arch. The left arch is larger than the right
and gives off no branches to the parietes.
The branches from the aorta to the dorsal parietes in fourteen
specimens examined varied from forty-three to eighty. Table
II shows the total number of rib-bearing vertebra in the first
column, the total number of inter-costals from the junction of the
two aortic arches to the anus in the second column and the num¬
ber of vertebrae between the first aortic branch and the anus
in the third column. It will be seen that in specimen No. eighr
teen {T. sauritus sackeni) the aortic branches begin farther back
than in any other specimen. This individual has a longer neck
and the heart is placed farther back than in the specimens of
T. sirtalis.
Table II — Showing the Relation of the Intercostal Arteries to the Rib-
bearing Vertebrae.
All of the intercostal arteries enter the mid-line of the dorsal
parietes and are not paired.^ In the Boidae these intercostal
arteries are paired and enter to the left and right of the mid¬
line of the dorsal parietes. (Beddard, ’04, ’06, ’08). In the
Colubridae these conditions vary and may prove to be of great
importance in classification.
The branches of the aorta to the liver and esophagus are small,
numerous, and variable. The lieno'-gastric artery runs to the
region of the pyloric end of the stomach to supply the stomach.
*One abnormal pair was found but both its branches entered
the mid-line of the dorsal parietes.
536 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
O’Donoghue ('12) describes this artery in Tropidonotiis natrix
as supplying the spleen and gall bladder also. In Zamenis con¬
strictor this artery was figured and described by the writer
(’16). It supplies the stomach, gall bladder, spleen, pancreas
and fat body.
The superior mesenteric artery leaves the aorta a short dis¬
tance posterior to the pancreas and sends a large anterior branch
to the region of this organ. The branch supplies the stomach,
duodenum, spleen, pancreas and fat body. It probably supplies
the gall bladder also, but I could not be certain in any case. The
posterior branch of the superior mesenteric artery follows the
intestine and forms a junction with the first inferior mesenteric
artery.
The aorta gives off one branch to each of the adrenal bodies.
These arteries send variable branches to the ovaries or testes,
the oviducts or sperm ducts, and to the fat bodies.
Between the adrenal bodies and the kidneys of each side ar¬
teries pass from the aorta, down to the oviducts or Tat bodies or
both. They could not always be found and did not exceed three
in number in any ease. The most posterior one may be con¬
nected with the anterior renal artery which often supplies the
fat body or oviduct.
The renal arteries vary from three to six. Any one of them
may be connected with the oviduct or fat body.
The Right Jugular Vein.
The right jugular vein receives blood from the following or¬
gans: trachea, esophagus, right thymus gland, thyroid gland,
fat body, epigastric vein, tongue muscles, and head, (Fig. 2).
It does not receive any blood from the right dorsal parietes ex¬
cept through the azygous veins. The anterior branch of the
azygous vein extends forward to the head, receiving branches
from the right dorsal parietes and the esophagus. The branches
from the esophagus form a reticulation on the esophagus and send
branches off to the left which enter the right jugular vein; so
the anterior azygous and right jugular veins are connected by
this reticulation. The posterior azygous vein differs greatly. It
may consist of three large trunks from the right parietes in its
maximum condition or may be reduced to a medium sized trunk
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 537
entering the anterior azygous vein just before it enters the rigth
jugular vein.
The azygous veins of different species of serpents differ greatly
and in the writer ^s estimation might well be used in classification.
The branches from the epigastric vein to the right jugular
vein varied from three to seven in eighteen specimens examined.
They averaged four. The epigastric vein in Thamnophis is more
continuous in the neck region than in Zamenis constrictor (At¬
wood, T6), and has fewer connections with the right jugular
vein.
The esophageal vein of O’Donoghue (T2) could not be found
in Thamnophis.
The Left Jugular Vein.
The left jugular vein originates in the head and courses along
the left ventral surface of the esophagus to the heart. It passes
ventral and to the left of the left atrium and traverses the dorsal
surface of the heart, from left to right, between the left atrium
and the ventricle to enter the right atrium through the sinus
venosus together with the vena cava and the right jugular vein.
It is nearly as large as the right jugular vein.
FIG. 2.
The right jugular vein. AZ, right azygous vein; E, esophageal veins;
EV, epigastric vein; PZ, posterior azygous vein; RA, right atrium; RJ,
right jugular vein; RT, right thymus gland; T, vein from tongue
muscles; VC, vena cava^; T, branch from the ...epigastric vein to the left
jugular.
The first branch of the left jugular vein is received just be¬
fore it enters the pericardium of the heart near the anterior end
of the left atrium. It carries blood from the esophagus and is
the first of a series of veins, which differ in number, from the
esophagus to the left jugular vein. This series begins in the
region of the heart and extends throughout the length of the
538 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
vein. On the left surface of the esophagus the veins of this series
are broken up into small tracts which reassemble and form trunks
from the left dorsal parietes. Only one large vein leads directly
from the left dorsal parietes to the left jugular vein, (Fig. 1-x).
It is quite uniform and runs along the body wall, as does the
right anterior azygous vein (Fig. 2), but carries blood forward
and empties into the left jugular at the angle of the jaw. This
vein does not seem to have been mentioned before and does not
exist in Zamenis constrictor (Atwood, T6).
There is a tendency for the parietal veins to form a small
azygous trunk (Fig. 1, AV) posterior to the termination of the
vein mentioned above, but such a condition is not uniform. This
suggests the remains of the left anterior azygous vein.
In the region of the heart three, or less, veins leave the left,
dorsal parietes and join the reticulation of veins on the left sur¬
face of the esophagus then assemble to form the first trunk
which enters the left jugular vein (Fig. 1). These parietal
veins are variable and are the remains of the left posterior azy-
geous vein. Zamenis differs from ThamnopJiis in that the veins
from the left and right parietes do not form a finely divided
reticulum on the esophagus but enter the jugular veins more
directly (Atwood, T6).
On the ventral surface of the trachea, between the two jugu¬
lar veins a longitudinal trunk occurs (Fig. 1). It receives blood
from the trachea and is connected with the jugular veins and
the fat body. The blood leaving the trachea has probably been
more or less aerated in its walls.
The connections between the left jugular vein and the epi¬
gastric are described along with the epigastric vein.
The left jugular vein receives blood from the following
sources: head, esophagus, left dorsal parietes, trachea, fat body,
left thymus gland, thyroid gland and epigastric vein.
The Afferent Renal Veins.
The caudal vein runs parallel to, and in close contact with,
the caudal artery — both lying in the haemal canal of the tail.
Above the anus the caudal vein divides to form two trunks, the
right and left afferent renal veins; (illiac veins. Cope, ’00;
venae renalis advehens, Schlemm, ’27 ; renal portal veins,
O’Donoghue, ’12). From a position dorsal to the anus these
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 539
veins course forward along the sides of the cloaca and pass
along the ventral edges of the kidneys to their anterior end, but
do not pass beyond this point as they do in the Boidae (Bed-
dard, ’04, ’06, ’08). As in other snakes these veins receive
blood from the region of the anus and vagina, sperm ducts or
oviducts, epigastric vein and from the dorsal parietes. The con¬
nections between the afferent renal veins and the vein of the
fat body are not prominent and could not be made out. The
iliac veins are very prominent in Thamnophis. They carry
blood from the body wall on either side of the anus to the affer¬
ent renal veins. They have no connection with the abdominal
or epigastric veins. They were described in Tropidonotus na-
trix by O ’Donoghue (’12) as the pelvic veins, and in Zamenis
constrictor by the writer (’16).
The afferent renal veins. AR, afferent renal veins; CV, caudal vein;
ER, efferent renal vein; EV, epigastric vein; IV, illiac veins; LK, left
kidney; MV, mesenteric vein; OS, oviducal sinus; PV, parietal veins;
RK, right kidney; X, abnormal connection between the efferent and
afferent renal veins.
In the specimens observed from three to five veins leave the
dorsal parietes of each side and enter the afferent renal veins
before they reach the kidneys. In specimen No. 1 a vein from
the parietes of the left side entered the afferent renal vein of
that side just posterior to the kidney. Just before this parietal
vein entered the afferent renal vein it gave off a large branch
which entered the efferent renal vein. Thus permitting the
blood to pass from the afferent renal vein to the efferent renal
vein directly, without first passing through the kidney, (Figs.
3, 4). A similar condition was observed on the right side in
540 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
two other specimens. The above conditions probably represent
persisting connections between the subcardinals and the post
cardinals which were not broken down when the blood from
the caudal vein /ceased flowing through the kidneys by way of
'the subcardinals and began to flow by way of the post cardinals
before they broke down anterior to the kidneys.
In specimen No. 2 a parietal vein entered the efferent renal
vein in the mid-kidney region. This is undoubtedly an abnormal
case as veins in this position have not been described in the
Ophidia and were not found in any other specimen. It is prob¬
ably a persisting connection between the subcardinal veins and
the parietes.
One large branch leaves the afferent renal vein and becomes
the oviducal sinus. Blood may flow through this from the caudal
vein to the heart by way of the vena cava without passing
through any portal capillaries (Fig. 4).
VC AA AV RER LER X
The left oviducal sinus, from the left side. AA, adrenal artery ; AD,
left adrenal body; AR, afferent renal vein; AV, adrenal portal veins;
K, kidney; LER, left efferent renal vein; O, ovary; OA, ovarian arteries;
OS, oviducal sinus; RER, right efferent renal; VC, vena cava; X, ab¬
normal connection between the efferent and the afferent renal veins.
The origin of the inferior mesenteric vein from the afferent
renal veins is described in connection with the portal vein.
The Vena Cava
The vena cava originates from the junction of the two effer¬
ent renal veins near the anterior end of the right kidney and
runs forward to the heart. It may receive blood from the cau¬
dal vein by any one of the following routes: (1) through the
kidneys, (2) by way of the oviducal sinus, (3) by an occasional
direct connection between the afferent and efferent renal veins,
(Figs. 3, 4).
The vena cava receives blood from the parietes by way of
the adrenal bodies. From one to three veins leave the dorsal
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 541
parietes of /either side, take their way in the mesentery of the
ovary for a short distance, and then enter the adrenal bodies;
or they may enter the adrenal bodies direct. They often re¬
ceive branches from the longitudinal vein of the oviduct before
entering the adrenal body. This adrenal portal system has been
mentioned as existing in several snakes and is probably present
in all members of the order. (Ecker, ’46; Gratiolet, ’53; Bed-
dard, ’04; Atwood, ’16).
From eight to twelve veins enter the vena cava from the
ovaries and oviducts bet^yeen the kidneys and the liver, some
entering posterior to the adrenal bodies. These veins all con¬
nect the vena cava with a long sinus in each oviduct, which
originates from the afferent renal vein of the same side and
runs along the oviduct to the anterior end where it enters the
vena cava, (Fig. 4). This ovidncal sinus was first described by
O’Donoghue (T2) in Tropidonotus natrix. It is not prominent
except when the oviducts are filled with developing eggs. This
probably accounts for the fact that it has been overlooked until
recently.
The region between the adrenal bodies and the liver is
drained by the portal vein. The vena cava receives no branches
in this region except from the structures connected with repro¬
duction. It passes along the ventral surface of the liver on its
way to the sinus venosus, receiving blood through the capillaries
of the liver from the portal vein, the dorsal parietes, the epigas¬
tric vein, the stomach and esophagus. All of the blood from the
posterior part of the body enters the heart through the vena
cava except that from the lungs.
The Portal Vein
The portal vein originates as the inferior mesenteric vein from
the rectum and from branches from the right and left afferent
renal veins. This vein runs along the intestine, but does not
follow its folds very closely. After its origin the mesenteric
vein receives no branches other than those from the intestine
until it is joined by the abdominal vein of the fat body. These
two veins are of about equal size and unite about one inch cau¬
dal to the pancreas.
In the specimens examined no veins from the parietes entered
the portal vein posterior to the pancreas as is the case in Zamenis
542 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
constrictor, (Atwood, ’16). Between the pancreas and the an¬
terior termination of the portal vein branches from the parietes
are received both before the vein reaches the liver and along its
course in the dorsal surface of the liver. These veins vary from
five to ten in number; four of the specimens examined having
only five, three having ten, and others varying between these
limits.
The veins of this series which enter the portal vein near the
anterior end of the liver come from the left dorsal parietes while
those which enter the portal vein more posteriorly have a ten¬
dency to come from the right. This is also true for Zamenis
constrictor, (Atwood, ’16), and of Tropidonotus natrix, (O’Don-
oghue, ’12).
Numerous veins enter the portal from the esophagus. They
lie in the mesentery which connects the liver and the alimentary
tract. The most anterior of these runs far forward as the con¬
tinuation of the portal. It carries blood from the esophagus but
does not reach the heart. This vein has been variously described
in other snakes, (Beddard, ’04; Cope, ’00; Atwood, ’16). It
is absent in Tropidonotus natrix (O’Donoghue, ’12).
The Epigastric Vein
The epigastric vein originates just anterior to the anus and
extends forward in the muscles of the ventral body wall to near
the head. Above the center of each gastrostege it receives a
branch from the lateral body wall of each side. It is single
throughout its entire length excepting where it is divided in
some specimens by the scar of the umbilicus, where it is double.
This indicates that it was double originally.
Normally the epigastric vein receives one or two branches
from each afferent renel vein in the vicinity of the cloaca.
These may be connected with the oviducts or vagina.
Between the posterior kidney region and the pancreas the epi¬
gastric vein is connected with the vein of the fat body by from
eight to fourteen veins in the specimens examined. The most
anterior of these originated far forward of its connection with
the epigastric vein. This indicates that in this genus the pan¬
creas now lies farther forward than formerly.
In the short space between the pancreas and the liver from
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 543
one to three veins enter the portal from the epigastric vein.
They are usually connected with the fat body and the intestine.
Along the liver branches from the epigastric vein enter the
tissue of the liver to the left of the vena cava but do not enter
this vein. These varied in number from four in No. 3 and No.
4 to thirteen in No. 7.
At the anterior end of the liver the portal vein is continued
forward and receives blood from the intestine and also from the
epigastric vein by a large branch which may be absent.
Anterior to the heart a large vein enters the left jugular from
the epigastric. It was present in all specimens excepting No. 4.
In Nos. 6, 9 and 18, it occurred as two veins, and No. 11 had
three separate veins about a half inch apart (Fig. 1). The fact
that this vein varies greatly in the garter-snake agrees with con¬
ditions found to exist in Zamenis constrictor, (Atwood, T6).
The connections of the epigastric vein in the neck region have
been described in the discussion of the right jugular vein.
The Respiratory System
The right lung originates dorsal to the heart and lies in the
right, dorsal part of the body-cavity. It extends beyond the
caudal end of the liver nearly to the anterior adrenal body in
the specimens from Illinois, Michigan, and Wisconsin. In the
specimens from Florida it is longer, reaching beyond the an¬
terior adrenal in all cases and to the mid-kidney region in some.
In all of the females from Illinois, Michigan and Wisconsin
the lung was less than half the length of the body without the
tail. In the specimens from Florida the lung was more than
half the length of the body. In one male from Wisconsin the
lung-length was slightly more than half the body-length.
Although this difference in the length of the lung seems to
be quite pronounced and constant I do not consider it of specific
significance. It is probably correlated with a more rapid metab¬
olism due to higher temperature.
The left lung is small and rounded but functional, and is con¬
nected with the trachea by a pore one sixteenth of an inch an¬
terior to the termination of the tracheal tube in the tissue of the
right lung. It is situated to the left of the pulmonary vein.
The alveolar tissue of the trachea begins gradually near the
head and becomes more and more prominent until the lung is
544 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
reached where it becomes confluent with the lung tissue on the
right side of the trachea.
To the right of the junction of the trachea and the lung an
anterior projection of the lung receives along its ventral sur¬
face the pulmonary artery. Thompson ( T4) describes this pro¬
jection in TJiamnophis ordionoides as entering the lung through
a constriction but no such constriction was found in the speci¬
mens examined by me.
The pulmonary vein enters the lung to the left of the pul¬
monary artery and is embedded in the tissue of the lining of the
lung on the ventral side while the artery runs along the exter¬
nal, ventral surface of the lung. This is a general condition in
the snakes with one lung.
The vascular lining of the lung decreases gradually toward the
caudal end so that all but the first two or three inches is little
more than an air reservoir.
Opposite the pancreas blood vessels were found on the sur¬
face of the lung-sack in the specimens of T. sirtalis from Florida.
In specimen No. 11 they were especially prominent and of large
size. They seemed to be connected in a reticulation and entered
the portal vein through at least three trunks, and the vena cava
through one. I consider this condition to be very unique and
therefore was very careful to make sure that my observations
were correct.
The Visceral Organs.
The Alimentary Canal.
The alimentary canal of Thamnophis differs but little from
that of other serpents. The esophagus and stomach are contin¬
uous and are not differentiated. The stomach folds begin in the
esophagus and become more and more complex and extensive
as the stomach region is reached. The stomach folds are thrown
into more complex transverse convolutions than are those of
Zamenis as judged by preserved specimens. The stomach proper
is also shorter than in Zamenis (Atwood, ’16).
The pyloric end of the stomach is reduced to a small tube lined
with comparatively simple, longitudinal folds. It is very short
and joins the bluntly rounded stomach proper so that the tran¬
sition is distinct. The pyloric valve is simply a constriction of
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 545
the food tube lined with small longitudinal folds which project
into the duodenum.
The folds of the lining of the small intestine are very complex
in the duodenum and decrease gradually toward the rectum.
They do not differ materially from those of the lining of the in¬
testine in other snakes.
The diameter of the tube is greatest in the duodenum and de¬
creases gradually toward' the anterior kidney region where it
reaches its smallest diameter, again increasing toward the ree-
tum. The intestine becomes very large just anterior to its con¬
nection with the rectum. There is a constriction at the junction
which gives the intestine the appearance of ending in a caecum.
The lining of the rectum is soft, whereas the outer wall of
the rectum is. more rigid and comparatively harder. The lining
of the rectum is a membrane with great surface exposed and is
extensively folded in order to accommodate itself to the inside of
the rectal tube.
The Liver.
The left lobe of the liver usually extends beyond the right,
along the vena cava, both anteriorly and posteriorly, but the pos¬
terior ends of the two lobes are sometimes equal. In large speci¬
mens of T. sirtalis the liver originates about a half inch posterior
to the heart. In the specimen of T. sauritus sackeni ^he liver be¬
gan farther back and was very slender.
The vena cava is embedded in the ventral surface of the liver
in all snakes and not in the ‘‘superior” surface as stated by
Cope ( ’00). The portal vein is embedded in the dorsal surface.
The two veins thus divide the liver into two lobes. -
A large scar occurs on the ventral surface of the left lobe to
the left of the vena cava and near the anterior end. It is the
same scar which occurs in Zamenis constrictor and Z. flagelli-
formis and has been described (Atwood, ’16) as the remains of
the umbilical vein. Beddard (’06) has described the persistent
umbilical vein in Boa and Python regius as connected with the
vena cava direct.
The liver receives arterial blood from the aorta through many
hepatic arteries which are also connected with the esophagus. It
receives venous blood from the portal vein, the epigastric vein,
the dorsal parietes and the alimentary canal opposite the liver.
35--S. A. L.
546 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
VERTEBRAL ARTERY—
azygous VEINS<
."^'-JUGULARS
—C AROTrD
FIG. 5. Ventral view of the viscera.
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 547
LUNG
aorta
ADRENAL -
OVARIES^^
-FAT BODY
ARTERY
-MESENTERIC
ARTERY
--ABDOMINAL
Vein
— "PORTAL VEIN
--EPIGASTRIC
VEIN
4^- — -OVIDUCAL
SINUSES
KIDNEYS^^ -
riG. 5D
548 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
These veins from the alimentary canal are numerous and diffi¬
cult to count. All blood leaves the liver through the vena cava.
These conditions are general for serpents.
The Pancreas.
The pancreas is large and creamy white in color. It is about
a half inch long in large specimens and is a little longer than
wide. It lies at the anterior end of the duodenum but is not
attached to it except where the ducts pass from the pancreas to
the intestine. In specimens that are well filled with eggs the
pancreas is crowded up close to the liver but in males and fe¬
males without eggs it lies farther back.
The fact that the veins from the parietes which enter the por¬
tal vein anterior to the pancreas run far forward from their
origin in the body-wall in order to reach the portal vein anterior
to the pancreas suggests that the pancreas once occupied a more
posterior position.
The Spleen.
The spleen is of a dark red-brown or chocolate color. It is
nearly spherical and attached to the anterior end of the pan¬
creas. It is not fastened to the intestine.
The Fat Bodies.
The two fat bodies of the abdomen extend caudally to a point
about opposite the posterior ends of the kidneys. The right one
extends caphalad to just beyond the gall bladder while the left
reaches about one inch anterior to the caudal end of the liver
in large specimens.
Each body consists of a long, much folded strip of white,
adipose tissue well supplied with blood vessels.
The fat body of the neck is single and extends from the heart
forward about half the distance to the head. It is a thick, solid
mass of white adipose tissue. The posterior end is large and
blunt, while the anterior end tapers to a point toward the head.
During starvation the fat bodies may entirely disappear leav¬
ing only the blood vessels and connective tissues.
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 549
The Ovaries and Adrenal Bodies.
The ovaries vary in position with the adrenal bodies. The
right adrenal body lies along the vena cava but the left usually
lies along the left efferent renal vein. In three specimens it was
situated at the anterior end of this vein and came in contact with
the vena cava. In specimen No. 1 the left adrenal body lay
wholly along the vena cava a half inch anterior to the junction
of the efferent renal veins.
As in other snakes the ovaries are attached by the mesentery
to the adrenal bodies and are very closely associated with them.
The oviducts extend anterior to the ovaries and when filled with
eggs are very large. The left oviduct is short and contains a
smaller number of eggs than the right. The right oviduct when
filled with eggs extends forward to the pancreas and crowds this
organ up close to the liver. The total number of eggs in the
right oviducts of seven large specimens was 101, in the left
oviducts there were 51. This would indicate that the capacity
of the right oviduct is twice that of the left, and gives an aver¬
age of 21.7 eggs per snake. The largest of these specimens mea¬
sured 34.5 inches in total length and contained 33 eggs.
The Kidneys.
The kidneys of Thamnophis are like those of other snakes in
most particulars. They are very deeply lobed. The right kidney
often extends beyond the junction of the efferent renal veins.
When it does it sends blood into the vena cava through one or
more small twigs. In nine specimens which varied in body
length from 22 inches to 28 inches, averaging 23.8 inches, the
kidneys averaged three inches in length. In the specimen of
T. sauritus sackeni, which measured 22.5 inches in body length,
the right kidney measured 1.4 inches, the left 1.25 inches. If the
kidneys in this specimen were normal there is considerable dif¬
ference in the size of the kidneys in the two species.
Discussion.
The blood system of Thamnophis is very similar to that of
Tropidonotus natrix as described by O^Donoghue (T2). This
tends to confirm the belief that the two genera are very closely
related.
550 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
The genus TJiamnopJiis differs from Zamenis in that the inter¬
costal arteries plunge into the mid-line of the dorsal parietes
and are not paired, while in Zamenis they enter to the left or
right and are frequently paired (Atwood, T6). In the Boidae
(Beddard, ’04, ’06, ’08, ’09), the condition of the intercostals
varies but they do not enter the mid-line of the dorsal parietes
and are usually paired. In their primitive condition it is prob¬
able that a pair entered each intercostal space and in the special¬
ized forms reduction has taken place. If this assumption is true
TliamnopMs is rather highly specialized in this respect.
In regard to the right anterior azygous vein Thamnophis and
Tropidonotus (O’Donoghue, ’12) stand rather low in the scale
of specialization.
The writer ( ’16) has mentioned finding many trematodes and
nematodes in the viscera of Zamenis constrictor. Very few of
these were found in TTiamnopkis. This comparative immunity
may be a factor in the relative abundance of the garter-snakes.
The writer (’16) has previously commented upon the great
individual variability of snakes and the advisability of examin¬
ing many specimens before making statements. Much of the
work on the anatomy of the Serpentes is based on the examina¬
tion of only one or two specimens.
Thompson ( ’14) gives some notes on the visceral anatomy
of one specimen of T. ordinoides. His description does not in¬
dicate that it differs specifically from the specimens of T. sirt-
alis described in this paper. He states that the maximum num¬
ber of dorsal scale rows in this species varies from twenty-one to
seventeen. This fact alone indicates that it is extremely variable.
Kuthven ( ’08 ) records cases where certain species of TJiam-
nopJiis gave birth to young bearing the characteristic marks of
other species. Many specimens of Thamnophis have been dif¬
ferently classified by different authorities. The facts set forth
in this paper show that there is great variation in different in¬
dividuals. In consideration of the above facts it seems likely
that the individual variability of Thamnophis has been too
largely taken to represent specific variability. The writer de¬
sires to express his admiration for the excellent efforts of Ruth-
ven (’08) to synthesize this genus.
Atwood — The Viceral Anatomy of the Garter Snake 551
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Atwood, Wm. H. — 1916. The Visceral Anatomy of the Black
Snake, Zamenis constrictor. Washington Univer. Stnd. (4) 4;
1^38.
Beddard, F. E. — 1903. On the Trachea, Lungs and Other
Points in the Anatomy of the Homodryad Snake, OpMophagus
hungarus. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, II ; 319-328.
Beddard, F. E. — 1904. Notes upon the Anatomy of Certain
Snakes of the Family Boidae. Ihid., II ; 107-121.
Beddard, F. E. — 1904. Contribution to the Knowledge of the
Visceral Anatomy of the Pelagic Serpents, Hydrus platyurus
and Platyurus colubrinus. Ibid., II ; 147-154.
Beddard, F. E. — 1906. Contributions to the Anatomy of the
Ophidia. Ibid., I ; 12-44.
Beddard, F. E. — 1906. Contributions to the Vascular and
Respiratory System of Ophidia, and Anatomy of Boa and Coral-
lus. Ibid., II ; 499-532.
Beddard, F. E. — 1908. A Comparison of the Neotropical
Species of Cor alius with Cor alius madagascariensis, and on some
points in the Anatomy of Corallus caninus. Ibid., I ; 135-158.
Beddard, F. E. — 1909. Some Notes upon Boa occidentalis
and Boa madagascariensis. Ibid., II ; 918-927.
Bronn, H. G. — 1890. Klassen und Ordungen des Thierreichs.
Cope, E. D. — 1900. The Crocodilians, Lizards, and Snakes
of North America. Ann. Rep. Smiths. Inst., 688-705.
Ecker, A. — 1846. Der feinere Ban der Nebennieren beim
Menchen und den vier Wirbelthierklassen. Braunschweig.
Gratiolet, P. — 1853. Note sur le Systemic Vineux des Rep¬
tiles. Joum. de ITnst. XXI ; 60-62.
Hopkinson, J. P. and Pancoast, S. T. — 1837. On the Visceral
Anatomy of the Python (Couvier) Described by Daudin as the
Boa reticulata. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. U. S., V ; 121-134.
Jacquart, H. — 1855. Memoire sur les Organes de la Circula¬
tion chez le serpent Python. Ann. des Sci. Nat. IV.
O’Donoghue, C. H. — 1912. The Circulatory System of the
Common Grass-snake, Tropidonotus natrix. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, II; 612-647.
552 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Ruthven, A. Gr. — 1908. Variations and Genetic Kelationships
of the Garter-snakes. Bull. 61, Smith. Inst. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Schlemm, F. — 1827. Anatomischer Besehreibung des Blutge-
fasssysteme des Schlangen. Trev. Zeitscher. Physiol., III.
Thompson, J. C. — 1913. Contributions to the Anatomy of the
Ophidia. Proe. Zool. Soe. London; 414-425.
Thompson, J. C. — 1914. Contributions to the Anatomy of the
Ophidia. Ibid., I; 379-402.
Mavor & Strasser — Urinary Bladder of Wisconsin Fishes 553
STUDIES OF MYXOSPORIDIA FROM THE URINARY
BLADDERS OF WISCONSIN FISHES
By J. W. Mayor and W. Strasser.
1. Introduction.
Considerable interest is attached to the geographical distribu¬
tion of protozoan parasites and their occurrence in different spe¬
cies of hosts. The present paper gives the results of examina¬
tions of the urinary bladders of some of the commoner species of
fishes occurring in the lakes surrounding Madison, Wisconsin.
In all, five species of fish have been examined and four species of
myxosporidia have been found. One of these, Myxidinm lieher-
kiihni, occurs in the pike» Lucius lucius in both Europe
md America. The other three are described as new species.
The attempt has been made to find characters which distinguish
the plasmodial stages of the different species.
2. Methods.
The work of examining the urinary bladders has been much
facilitated by the employment of a method which does not in¬
volve the killing of the fish. A fine glass canula, provided with
a rubber tube to which suction could be applied by the operator,
was inserted into the bladder of the fish through the urino-
genital opening. In this way a small quantity of the urine with
the contained myxosporidia could be drawn into the canula, and
by working the canula against the walls of the bladder attached
forms could also be obtained. It was found that the urine could
be kept in the canula for one or two hours without injury to the
plasmodia. Fresh preparations were made from the urine. The
‘ ‘ hanging drop ’ ' method was found to be the best ; a small quan¬
tity of urine was spread on the center of a coverglass which was
554 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
then inverted over a hollow slide at the same time being sealed
with vaseline. Such preparations preserve the natural form of
the plasmodia and are free from the movements which result
from using an oil immersion objective on an ordinary fresh prep¬
aration. For the study of the preparations an apochromatic im¬
mersion objective was used; it being found impossible to deter¬
mine the colors of the small granules of the plasmodia with an
acromatic objective. The greater part of our work has been done
on fresh preparations, as the study of these is believed to give
the most reliable characters for systematic determinations. All
measurements given were made on fresh preparations, the out¬
lines being drawn with the camera lucida and measured with a
stage micrometer.
3. Diagnosis of Species.
a. Heniieguya wisconsinensis. Manor and Strasser.
This species has been discussed by us in a previous paper
(1916) and was there recorded from the yellow perch, Perea
flavescens Mitchill. We now record its occurrence in the sun-
fish, Lepoinis pallidus, Mitchill, the large mouthed black bass,
Micropterus salmoides Lacepede, and the speckled trout, Sal-
velinus fontinalis, Mitchill. As there are considerable differences
in the parasites found in these four fish, we are doubtful whether
they ought not to be assigned to different species, but content
ourselves with recording the differences we have found.
We quote our original description of Henneguya wisconsin¬
ensis: — ^‘The Myxosporidium (plasmodium) is usually elongated
and has the general form of a Umax amoeba, and may reach a
size of 300 x 70/i, Ectoplasm and endoplasm are clearly to be dis¬
tinguished. The pseudopodia are lobose. ” To this we have to
add the following: In Lepomis pallidus the pseudopdia may
be very thin and many times as long as the body of the plas¬
modium. In Micropterus salmoides fine radiating! pseudopodia
are found extending from all parts of the body giving some of
of the plasmodia the general appearance of a heliozoan, while
in others the pseudopodia are short, fine and bunched together,
giving the part of the plasmodium from which they arise a vil-
late appearance. The latter pseudopodia undoubtedly function
in attaching the plasmodium to the wall of the bladder. In
Salvelinus fontinalis the plasmodium shows only lobose pseudo-
Mavor & Strasser — Urinary Bladder of Wisconsin Fishes 555
podia, and contains rather fewer granules, being more trans¬
parent.
' ‘ The pansporoblast contains two sporoblasts. ’ ’ This we have
found to be the case in the parasite of each of the four species
of fish, but in the Lepomis pallidns the spores may develop
singly, one in a plasmodium.
^ ‘ The spores are ovoid bilaterally symmetrical, and have a bi¬
furcated caudal filament extending from the posterior end. The
two polar capsules are situated near together in the broader, an¬
terior end.’^
We have found that there is a considerable difference in the
dimensions of the spores in the different hosts. The following
table shows the results of measurements:
SPOME MEASUREMENTS IN u
The spore envelope is marked by longitudinal ridges extending
from end to end of the body of the spore, a feature which was
omitted in our first description.
1). Henneguya sp.
We have been able to identify only the spores of this species,
which is found in the urinary bladder of Lepomis pallidus simul¬
taneously with //. ivisconsinensis. The spores are very like those
of H. ivisconsinensis, but differ in the size of the polar cap¬
sules and the length of the caudal filaments. The dimensions of
a typical spore are as follows:
Length (to end of spore cavity) _ _ 14-16^
Tail _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 6-
Total Length _ _ _ _ _ _ 20-24/x
Width _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 6.5- 7/a
Length of polar capsule _ _ _ _ _ _ 8-9/a
Width of do. do. _ _ _ _ _ 2.5- 3/a
556 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
The capsules contain about ten coils of filament,
c. Myxidium lieberkuhni Butschli.
A full description of this species as found on the American
continent has been given by the senior author Mavor (1916).
A complete list of references is given in Auerbach (1910).
The dimensions of a typical spore are here given for compari¬
son with the species to follow.
Length - - - 18-19/x,
Width _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5- 6/a
Length of polar capsules _ _ _ 5/a
Width do. do. _ 2.5-3.0/x
Length of do. do. _ 40-45/a
d. Myxidium salvelini n. sp.
The plasmodium is large measuring as much as 75/a. The
pseudopodia are lobose.
The pansporoblasts, of which there may be many in a single
plasmodium, contain two sporoblasts which each develop into
one spore.
The spores are spindle shaped with a polar capsule at each
end. Each capsule contains about three coils of a rather thick
filament. The dimensions of a typical spore are :
Length _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11/a
Width _ _ — 4/a
Length of polar capsule - _ 3/a
Width of do. do. _ _ _ _ 2.5/a
The parasite occurs in the urinary bladder of Salvdinus
fontinalis simultaneously with Henneguya wisconsinensis.
LIST OF HOSTS OF MYXOSPORIDIA IN THE
URINARY BLADDER
Mavor & Strasser — Urinary Bladder of Wisconsin Fishes 557
PAPERS CITED
Auerbach, M. — 1910. Die Cnidosporidien, Leipzig.
Mavor, J. W. — 1916. On the occurrence of a parasite of the
pike in Europe, Myxidium lieberkiihni Biitschli, in the pike on
the American continent and its significance.
Mavor, J. W. and William Strasser. — 1916. On a new myxos-
poridian, Henneguya wisconsinensis n. sp., from the urinary
bladder of the yellow perch, Perea flavescens.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
All drawings were made with the camera lucida from fresh
preparations of the urine.
PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Henneguya wisconsinensis from Micropterus sal-
moides.- Plasmodium. No differentiation into ectoderm and en-
doderm visible. X970.
Fig. 2. Henneguya wisconsinensis or Myxidium salvelini
from Salvelinus fontinalis. X2500.
Fig. 3. Henneguya wisconsinensis or H. sp. from Lepomis
pallidus. Plasmodium. Ectoplasm and endoplasm are differen¬
tiated and there are no larger granules. X2200.
Fig. 4. Henneguya ivisconsinensis from Micropterus sal-
moides. Plasmodium. Ectoplasm and endoplasm are differ¬
entiated and there are fine pseudopodia for attachment to the
bladder wall. X970.
Fig. 5. Myxidium salvelini from Salvelinus fontinalis. Plas¬
modium. There is no differentiation into Ectoplasm and endo¬
plasm. The pansporoblasts are in various stages of development
into sporoblasts and spores. X970.
PLATE n.
Fig. 6. Henneguya wisconsinensis from Lepomis pallidus.
Plasmodium. The protoplasm is divided into ectoplasm and
endoplasm. The endoplasm is finely granular and contains larger
greenish granules of varying size. The plasmodium contained
a single spore. X1250.
558 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences , Arts, and Letters,
Fig. 7. Henneguya sp. from Lepomis pallidus. Plasmodium.
X1250.
Fig. 8. Henneguya sp. from Lepomis pallidus. Plasmodium
with long fine pseudopodia. X1250.
Fig. 9-10. Henneguya wisconsinensis from Lepomis pallidus.
Developing spores showing how the tail is wound round the spore
during development. X4100.
PLATE III.
Fig. 11. Henneguya wisconsinensis from Micropterus sal-
moides. Spore showing the polar capsules, curved caudal fila¬
ments, nuclei of capsueogenous cells near the respective cap¬
sules, valve cell nuclei near the caudal filaments and a single
nucleus in the sporoplasm. The longitudinal lines represent the
ridges on the spore envelope. X4100.
Fig. 12. Henneguya sp. from Lepomis pallidus. Spore
showing polar capsules, filaments, tail and sporoplasm. X4100.
Fig. 13. Henneguya wisconsinensis from Salvelinus fonti-
nalis. Three spores in a plasmodium showing the long caudal
filaments of each spore bursting through the protoplasm of the
plasmodium. X2500.
Fig. 14. Henneguya wisconsinensis from Lepomis pallidus.
Spore showing caudal filaments still united, the polar capsules
containing the coiled polar filaments and the sporoplasm con¬
taining two nuclei. X4100.
Fig. 15. Myxidium salvelini from Salvelinus fontinalis.
Spore showing two polar capsules, one with polar filament partly
extended, sporoplasm containing two nuclei. The longitudinal
ridges on the spore envelope are shown by lines. X4100.
Fig. 16. Henneguya wisconsinensis from Lepomis pallidus.
Plasmodium containing a single spore the caudal filaments of
which are bursting through the protoplasm.
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE VI
MAVOR a STRASSER — MYXOSPORIDIA.
COCKAYNE,
BOSTON
. ri-
•
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX PLATE VII
MAVOR & STRASSER — MYXOSPORIDIA.
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
TRANS. W!S. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE VIII
MAVOR & STRASSER — M YXOSPORI DIA,
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
\J7
> I
I
0
<■
s
f.i ‘ .
I,
y
.: »>
I
Mavor & Feinherg — LympJiocystis Vitrei
559
LYMPHOCYSTIS VITREL
A NEW SPOROZOAN PROM THE PIKE-PERCH,
STIZOSTEDION VITREUM, Mitchell
' BY
J. W. Mayor, S, M. Feinberg.
In the course of investigations on the protozoan parasites of
Wisconsin fishes a diseased condition of the skin and underlying
tissue of the Wall-eyed Pike or Pike perch, {Stizostedion viU
reum, Mitchell) came to our notice. The diseased fish were
caught by the State Fish Commission at Minocqua, Wisconsin, on
Ap;fil 29th and May 5th, 1915, and sent on ice to Madison for
investigation. They were kindly turned over to us by Dean
Birge and Professor Wagner of the University of Wisconsin.
The diseased condition was, we understand, prevalent at that
time in the Northern part of the state. Owing to the delay in¬
volved in the transport and turning over of the fish to us, the
fish showed early stages of decay when they came into our hands,
a fact which led to the somewhat imperfect preservation of our
material.
The observations on the fresh material were made by the
senior author at a time when the press of teaching work neces¬
sitated their being rather brief. The external evidences of the
disease, as seen in the dead fish, were numerous swellings on the
surface of the body and on the fins (Plate IV, Pig. 1). The sur¬
faces of the swellings showed small round light colored eleva¬
tions which on dissection were found to contain white spherical
bodies from .5 to 1 mm. in diameter.
A microscopic examination of these cysts in the fresh state
showed them to consist of a resistant transparent envelope filled
with a granular mass surrounding a clear well defined central
560 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
area. The study of the fresh material was not carried further
and the internal organs, already in a state of decomposition,
were not examined.
Portions of the diseased tissue were fixed in Schaudinn^s alco¬
hol-sublimate mixture and in Fleming’s stronger fluid. The sec¬
tions were cut in paraffin 5 to lOfi in thickness and stained with
Heidenhain’s iron haematoxylin and Delafield’s haematoxylin.
The cyst envelope already mentioned in the description of the
fresh material stains deeply with the haematoxylin (Plate IY»
Fig. 2). Two kinds of cysts can be distinguished in the prepara¬
tions. Firstly, there are cysts containing a single largfe nucleus.
The cytoplasm of these cysts shows a coarse net-work containing
faintly staining granules. There also occur in the cytoplasm
deeply staining chromidial masses (Plate IV, Fig. 2) . These chro-
midial masses resemble both in their occurrence and structure
very closely the masses described by Awerinzew ( :09 p. 343) in
Lymphocystis johnstonei. In each of the cysts containing chromi¬
dial masses there is a single large nucleus irregularly spherical in
shape and of a diameter approximately one third that of the
cyst. We are unable to decide whether the irregular form of
the nucleus is natural or due to poor fixation but are inclined to
the latter view since in the preparations also the cyst envelopes,
which in the fresh state are regularlly spherical, appear irregular
and shrunken. Secondly, there are cysts containing amoebulae.
In these cysts no large nucleus is found. The cytoplasm stains
more deeply and the chromidial network described above seems
to have completely filled the cyst. Distributed in this network
are to be found unstained areas containing a faint and fine mesh-
work in the centre of which is a deeply staining body. These
are undoubtedly to be recognized as the amoebulae of Awerinzew
( :09, p. 356). The central body is the nucleus.
The close resemblance between the parasite described and
Lymphocystis johnstonei Woodcock as described by Awerinzew
( :09 ) would seem sufficient reason for assigning it to the genus
Lymphocystis.
Although the genus Lymphocystis is certainly to be included
in the Sporozoa its more precise systematic position is a doubt¬
ful question toward the solution of which we are unable to con¬
tribute.
\
■>, r'
.i
■v
’• r- "
"•■ !
'l ■■ ■ ■
!»
*!hV •
■ ' V
I
-• : ' • '
'■’c
.,:v.
'V
&
l.-i
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE IX
MAYOR a FEINBERG.
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
Mavor & Feinherg — LympJiocystis Vitrei
561
. PAPER CITED.
Awerinzew, S. — 1909. Studien uber parasitische Protozoen.
II Lymphocystis johnstonei AVoodc. und ihr Kernapparat.
Arch. f. Protest. Bd. 14; p. 335.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IV.
We are indebted to Mr. Cahn of the Department of Zoology,
Wisconsin University, for taking these two photographs.
Fig. 1. Photograph of a diseased walleye.
Fig. 2. Photomicrograph of sections stained with Heiden-
haim’s iron haematoxylin, showing a number of cysts closely
packed together.
36— S. A. L.
562 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
SELECTIVE ABSORPTION IN THE VISIBLE SPECTRUM
OE WISCONSIN LAKE WATERS
W. B. PlETENPOL
Notes from the Laboratory of the Wisconsin Geological and
Natural History Survey. XII.
1. Introduction
When light is transmitted through a material medium some
of the radiant energy is absorbed, that is, transformed into
another form of energy, as heat, chemical energy, or some other
frequency of radiation. All bodies, even the most transparent
for visible light as water, glass, quartz, etc., possess this property
of absorption. A body is colorless by transmission when it
transmits the same percentage of radiation for every wave¬
length or frequency. On the other hand a body may show
selective absorption and the color of the body is determined
by the wave-length of that radiation of which the greatest per¬
centage is transmitted. A determination of the selective ab¬
sorption in the visible spectrum of distilled water and the
waters of some Wisconsin lakes, giving the relation between
the decrease of intensity and depth of penetration as a func¬
tion of wave-length, was the object of this investigation.
In connection with the work on limnology, carried on by Dr.
E. A. Birge and Mr. C. Juday of the Wisconsin Geological
Survey, it was of interest to ascertain the rate of absorption
of light energy by lake waters. This has a direct influence
upon the temperature of the water and also upon the chemical
action which takes place beneath the surface of the lake.
Recent experiments with color filters have shown that the
physico-chemical changes in plant life which result from light
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake- Waters 563
action^ depend up the quality as well as the intensity of the
light incident upon the percipient region. Electrons affected
differently by the action of light of one wave-length and an¬
other are the cause of the chemical actions from which results
the building up of complex organic molecules. The chlorophyl
of the plant has been found to be more sensitive to the blue^
or light of short wave-length than to that of long wave-length.
So the absorption spectra of the different lake waters should
have a direct bearing upon the nature of the planktonic life
found in these lakes. With such an incentive work was be¬
gun in the Physical Laboratory of the University of Wisconsin
during the summer of 1914 and continued during the two years
following. The results of this investigation we hope may be
of value to the limnologist.
2. General Statement
Since 1882^ the selective absorption theory has been quite
generally recognized as explaining the color of water. In op¬
position to this, the theory of selective reflection had attributed
the color to light reflected from extremely small particles held
in suspension. The effect of such small particles in scattering
incident radiation has been fully discussed by Lord Kayleigh,
who based upon this his mathematical theory of the blue color
of the sky. When the particles of matter are large compared
with molecular dimensions the luminosity is reduced fairly
> equally throughout the range of the visible spectrum, and there
would be no great change in the relative intensities of red and
blue. When, however, the particles are of molecular dimen¬
sions the scattering in the extreme violet is sixteen times as
great as in the extreme visible red. An approximation of
Eayleigh's formula shows that the intensity of the scattered
light varies inversely as the fourth power of the wave-length.
The general theory of radiation scattered by a spherical ob¬
stacle has led to an extensive study of colors exhibited by col¬
loidal solutions, metal glasses, and metallic films. Mie^ in his
electromagnetic consideration of scattered radiation shows
curves for absorption in colloidal gold solutions and it may be
of interest to note that for particles of size IGO/x/x the curve
shows a resemblance to the absorption curve of distilled water.
^ Mie. Aim. der Phys. Vol, 25, p. 377, 1908.
564 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
The total amount of energy which a particle absorbs from
the incident radiation consists of two parts, that which is scat¬
tered, and that which flows into the particle and is transformed
into heat or - chemical energy. On the selective absorption
theory of the color of water, however, it is necessary to differ¬
entiate between what is true absorption and simply obstruction.
The work of Aitken^ and others^ has shown that the color is
not of the nature of that due to the scattering by small bodies
but is a phenomenon primarily dependent on the water itself.
While the object of this investigation was not primarily that
of making a check on the selective absorption theory, satis¬
factory experimental evidence will be given later in this paper
to show that it is the correct one.
For a long time it has been a matter of conjecture as to
what is the true nature of absorption in an aqueous solution.
Its characteristic color was at one time thought to be due to
resonating chemical molecules which responded to light of a
certain frequency and as a result the color of the correspond¬
ing wave-length was absorbed. With the introduction of the
theory of electrolytic dissociation in 1886 the ion as well as
the molecule was found to play an important role. The deter¬
mination of the relation between selective absorption and dis¬
sociation was the purpose of an extensive work carried on by
Ostwald^ in 1892. It was known, however, that absorption
was not entirely due to the ions present since non-electrolytes^
as well show selective absorption. Jones and Anderson^ came
to the conclusion that the difference between the absorption of
molecules and ions must be slight. They showed that the
solvent affects to a marked degree the power of the solute to
absorb light. In a later work Jones and Strong found this
to be true for a number of substances. It was attributed to
the combination of the dissolved substance with the liquid and
seemed satisfactorily explained by the solvate theory of solution®
This theory was also used to explain the results of Jones® and
Guy,^ which are of great importance in their bearing upon
1 “On the Colour of the Mediterranean and other Waters.” Proc. Roy. Soc.
Bdinbg. Vol. 11, p. 472. 1882.
2 Nature, Vol. 59, p. 461, 1899.
3 Zeit. phys. Chem., Vol. 9, p. 579. 1892.
* Cam. Inst. Wash. Pub. 110. 1909.
Amer. Chem. Journ., Vol. 37, p. 126, 207, 1907.
®Carn. Inst. Wash. Pub. 130 and 160. 1911.
® Jones. Amer. Chem. Journ., Vol. 23, p. 89, 1900.
^ Guy Cam. Inst. Wash. Pub. 190. 1913.
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 565
the selective absorption of water. They studied the relation
between molecular absorption and the absorption by ions which
are formed when these molecules dissociate. A concentrated
solution of a salt contains very many molecules in comparison
to the number of ions. Dissociation takes place with dilution
and the number of ions increases at the expense of the number
of molecules present. Taking comparison absorption spectra
of solutions of different concentration but with the same num¬
ber of parts of solute present it was found that ions have some¬
what different absorbing powers from molecules. The more
concentrated the solution the greater is the absorption and the
broader and less intense are the absorption bands, which are
also displaced towards the shorter wave-lengths. An interest¬
ing result of this work is the effect of the dissolved substance
on the spectra of water. Certain aqueous solutions of hy¬
drated salts are more transparent than pure water, the com¬
bined water having less power to absorb light than free or un¬
combined water. An aqueous solution of a non-hydrated salt,
provided the salt itself does not absorb light, has nearly the
same absorption as does pure water having the same depth
as the water in the solution. For a strongly hydrated salt
the absorption is in general much less than the 'corresponding
layer of water.^
Selective absorption is without question an electronic
resonance phenomenon. Electrons having definite periods of
vibration give the media the power to absorb radiations, the
frequencies of which agree with those of the electrons. The
period depends upon the chemical constitution or the arrange¬
ment of the atoms in the medium. Atoms existing as ele¬
ments or in certain compounds may show an absorption very
different than when in complicated organic compounds, as in
the case of the aniline dyes where the selective absorption is
very great. The part the electron plays seems important as
shown in the effect of dilution upon absorption.
3. Apparatus and Methods
The method employed was an optical one, the relative inten¬
sities of two spectra at specific wave-lengths giving a measure
of the absorption of the water. The spectrophotometer used
^ E. J. Schaeffer, M. G. Paulus ; H. C. Jones.
Phys. Zeitsch., Vol. 15, pp. 447-453, 1914.
566 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
was an instrument of the Konig-Martins^ type. It involves
the use of polarized light and the equalization in intensity of
the two rays by means of a rotating Nieol prism. The two
beams which are to be compared are focused on lateral halves,
Si and So (Fig. 1) of a divided slit. After passing through
Fig. 1. Arrangement of optical parts of spectrophotometer.
the collimation lens 0, and also the crown glass prism, C, for
deviating reflected light, they are dispersed by the prism P.
The light is then polarized by the Wollaston double image
prism W and displaced by the biprism B so that of the eight
spectra produced but two are used. These two are polarized
in perpendicular planes. The eye-piece contains a Glam-
Thompson prism, G, which acts as an analyser resolving all
plane polarized light reaching it into two components vibrating
perpendicular to each other and transmitting only that compon¬
ent vibrating parallel to the section. The circular field of view,
L, is seen in the eye-piece divided into two halves. One half
is illuminated with light from slit vibrating in a
vertical plane and the other half with light from slit Sg
vibrating horizontally. By rotating the Nieol the brightness
of the two fields, which are illuminated by a narrow portion
of the visible spectrum, can be equalized and from the angle of
rotation the relative intensities of the original rays can be cal¬
culated. If the amplitudes of the linear light vibrations in
the fields. A, and B, (Fig. 1) are represented by OA and OB,
(Fig. 2) and ON is the plane of transmission of the analyser,
then OA' and OB' will represent the amplitude of the light
transmitted through A and B. So for equal intensity of A
and B,
OA cos 0 = OB sin 0
OA
or, — = tan 0
^ Ann. der Phys., VoL 12, p. 984, 1903.:
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 567
and since the intensity is proportional to the square of the
amplitude,
~ z=: tan^ 6.
Jb
The angle 6 is obtained from the reading of the circular scale
of the analyser, when the reference point Jb “ 0 has previously
been determined.
Fig. 2. See explanation in text.
If the intensity of a comparison ray is measured against
that of a ray which passes through an absorbing medium the
following relation exists,
= tan^ 6^1
In comparison now with the ray when it has passed through a
different thickness of the absorbing material.
^ = tan^ $2
and.
J 2 _ tan^
J 1 tan^ $2
The coefficient of absorption. A, is defined by the equation.
J' = J e-Ad
where J is the intensity of the oncoming light, J' is the result¬
ing intensity, and d is the thickness of the absorbing medium.
As a result there exists the relation.
e-Ad
tan^ (9i
tan^ $2
and.
A =
tan^ $2
tan^
568 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Determining the values of 6^ and 6^ by the comparison method,
the coefficient of absorption per meter length was found for
certain wave-lengths by use of this equation.
With this form of spectrophotometer settings can be made
to a high degree of accuracy, so that with good illumination
check settings can be made to within the limits of error of the
scale reading itself. Under the working conditions which
were found to be necessary, however, such accuracy was • not
obtainable. The intensity of the source for difterent wave¬
lengths varies greatly and it falls off rapidly toward the blue
end of the spectrum. The retina of the eye reacts to light in
a way that is also a function of wave-length. The rate at
which the visual impression develops varies with both the in¬
tensity and the wave-length of the light that produces it as
well as with the previous treatment of the retina. This was
considered in the number of readings necessary so that for a
single determination of the angle of the analyser the average
of a number of settings varying from five to fifteen and in ex¬
treme cases even twenty or more were taken depending upon
the reading of the wave-length scale. In order to eliminate any
personal equation every one of the twenty-eight thousand
spectrophotometer settings necessary to complete this investiga¬
tion was made by the writer.
Since the wave-length scale of the spectrophotometer is en¬
tirely arbitrary, a calibration was made from certain standard
wave-lengths. For this purpose were used the sodium, the
lithium, and the argon lines, the violet, green, and yellow
mercury lines, and the blue, green, yellow, and red helium lines.
To correct for a noticeable width of the lines as seen in the
instrument, an average of the readings of both edges of the
line was taken as the position of the line on the scale.
Due to the very small absorption coefficient of distilled
water and some of the lake water measured, a long absorbing
column is necessary. After careful experimenting, the ap¬
paratus was used as shown in Fig. 3. N is a Nernst glower
which was run at full intensity and a narrow portion of which
was cut out by the slit S so as to make it as nearly as possible
a point source. The diverging beam was made parallel by an
achromatic lens of 50 cm. focal length and then divided
by the plate glass, P. The transmitted ray entered the brass
tube, T, through the opening 0, which was one cm. in dia-
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 569
meter. The tube was paraffin lined and had a length of 320 cm.
and a diameter of 5 cm. Emerging from the tube containing the
absorbing solution, the ray was brought to a fine focus upon the
ground glass front plate, Gr, of the spectrophotometer by the
combination of achromatic lenses Lg. This image was used
as the effective slit-width and sent into the slit of the photo¬
meter, Sj. The comparison ray reflected from the plate glass
P passed successively through the total reflecting prisms,
and Rg. It was then brought to a focus in about 11 cm. by
the combination of achromatic lenses, L3. By means of the
total reflecting prism R3 it was sent into the slit, S2, with the
same convergence as the direct ray which enters S^.
Fig. 3. Arrangement of apparatus for observations on water.
For the determination of the absorption coefficient two runs
are necessary, one when the comparison ray is set against the
ray "which passes through the tube, T, of very short length
and the other when the tube is of full length. By this means the
difference between the reflection of glass- water and glass-air sur¬
faces, which would exist if readings were taken with the tube
empty and then filled with water, are eliminated. A difficulty
which was encountered in first testing out the apparatus was the
inability to make a satisfactory check for the coefficient of ab
sorption of water when different lengths ol tubing were used.
With a wide beam of parallel light almost equal to the inner
diameter of the tube, focussed upon the slit of the spectrophoto¬
meter there was apparently a drop in the violet portion of
the absorption curve with increased length of water column.
This seemed satisfactorily explained by the non-achromatism^
of the lenses first used in addition to the effect the column of
water might have, since the violet rays are more refrangible
than the red. It may possibly explain the low values foimd
by von Aufsess ( ’03, p. 26. See also table 1 of this paper.) in
the short wave-length region of the spectrum.
When the glass end plates of the tube were not accurately
parallel, the column of water acted as a prism of small angle
570 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
and a distortion of the image with change of color resulted.
By putting set-screws on the tube, the plates were made ad¬
justable and set accurately parallel by an optical method.
4. Keadings on Distilled Water
The readings first taken were upon distilled water so that
a comparison could be made with the results of previous in¬
vestigators. Distilled water was used throughout the prelim¬
inary work of refining the apparatus and the coefficients given
in Table 1 indicate the final results obtained. The results
of Hiifner ai?d Albrecht,^ Ewan,^ Aschkinass,^ and von Auf-
sess^ are also recorded. The values are given for the absorption-
coefficient, A, as defined by the equation
J' = Je-A<i
where d = 1 m.
In all of the tables and diagrams the absorption of light is
stated in terms of the coefficient of absorption per meter.
This is the reciprocal value of the thickness of the stratum
of water which would reduce the intensity of the transmitted
light to the fraction cT^v^of its value at entrance. The
Z. < loo
number 2.7183 is the basis of the natural system of logarithms
and the value of the fraction is approximately 0.37. This co¬
efficient may be stated in terms of any desired unit of measure
for the thickness of the stratum. In this case the meter is
employed. An absorption coefficient of unity, therefore
means that a stratum of water whose thickness is unity (1.000
meter) absorbs so much light that the intensity of the trans¬
mitted light is equal to 0.37 of its original value. An absorp¬
tion coefficient of .200 means that if the ray of light were passed
through a layer of water 5 meters thick ( ) its intensity
would be reduced to 0.37 of its original value. Similarly a
coefficient of 1.250 would mean that 0.80 meters would reduce
the intensity of transmitted light to 0.37 of its original value.
1 Hiifner and Albrecht, Wied. Ann. d. Phys. u. Chemie, VoL 42, pp. 1-17,
1891.
2 Ewan, Proc. R. Soc. 57, p. 117-161, 1894.
^Aschkinass, Wied. Ann. d. Physik. und Chemie, Vol. 55, p. 401, 1895,
^Aufsess. Die Farbe der Seen, Inaug-Diss. Miinchen, 1903.
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 571
For the purposes of this investigation the results might as
well have been stated in terms of the percentage of transmis¬
sion of light by a meter of water as in those of the coefficient
of absorption. The method employed is that regularly used
by physicists and is of advantage in certain types of com¬
putation.
TABLE 1
COEFFICIENT OF ABSORPTION. DISTILLED WATER
572 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
There are considerable differences between the results reached
by these authorities. The observations of Hiifner and
Albrecht, Ewan, and Aschkinass were all made between 1891
and 1895 and had the direct purpose of ascertaining the ab¬
sorption of light by water. The investigation of Aschkinass
is the most complete and extensive and his results are probably
the most accurate. The work of von Aufsess on distilled water
was done in preparation for studies on lake water. It will
be noticed that the results of von Aufsess are regularly lower
toward the blue and higher toward the red end of the spectrum
than those of Aschkinass or Ewan. My own determinations
are in quite as close agreement with those of Aschkinass as
could be expected from methods so diverse.
Hiifner and Albrecht were the first to obtain results for dis¬
tilled water. They compared the intensity of the incident
with the transmitted light which had passed through a glass
tube two meters in length, filled with water. The width of
spectrum used was large, covering 100 Angstrom units or more.
Ewan used a method by which two lenses were filled with
light from the same slit, illuminated by an incandescent Auer
lamp. One beam of light was passed through a glass tube
one meter in length, containing the water, and then compared
with the other beam as a standard by means of a Lummer and
Brodhun prism. The variation of intensity of the standard
beam was produced by means of a rotating sector. The water
first used was distilled twice so it would be as free as possible
from dust. He found afterwards that water filtered through
a Chamberland Pasteur candle was even more devoid of dust
than that which had been freshly distilled. Measurements on
such filtered water however showed no noticeable difference
in absorption.
Aschkinass determined the absorption-spectra of water
chiefly for the infra-red rays. The instrument used was a
bolometer of ordinary construction and the layers of water
varied from .001 cm. to 100 cm. in thickness. In the infra-red a
fluorite prism was used, while in the visible spectrum a flint glass
prism and, due to the small amount of energy, a larger
spectroscope and a more delicate bolometer were required.
Nothing is said in regard to the purity of the water.
Observations were made by 0. von Aufsess with the aid
of a Nernst lamp, a Konig-Martens spectrophotometer, and a
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 573
zinc tube. He used double-distilled water and water from
which the dust particles had been precipitated with zinc
chloride. Experiments with turbid distilled water and water
from some Bavarian lakes show that turbidity changes the
intensity of the color but leaves the absorption bands practi¬
cally unchanged. The addition of dissolved lime salts to dis¬
tilled water however changes the color into green. He there¬
fore believes the color of water to be due to chemical compo¬
sition and not to diffraction in the sense of Soret and Rayleigh.
The observations of the writer upon distilled water were
made after great care had been taken to obtain water of the
highest possible purity. After distillation the water was passed
through a Berkefeld filter, which under right conditions takes out
all bacteria. Care was taken to use bottles which for a long
time had contained distilled water only. In every case the
tube was thoroughly rinsed and the run made immediately
after filtering. The water was almost optically clear since
but a small amount of scattering was noticeable even when
observed at a slight angle with the direction of the oncoming
ray.
5. Effect of Turbidity
For the determination of the absorption by lake water the
question came up whether the previously described laboratory
method could be adopted or whether a method of observing
water in its natural state would be necessary. An accurate
determination of the selective absorption by lake water in the
unfiltered state offered almost insurmountable difficulties, due
to the high turbidity. It was accordingly necessary first
to determine whether or not the particles in suspension ab¬
sorbed selectively. If not, the object sought could be accom¬
plished by bringing in water, filtering, and taking observa¬
tions in the laboratory according to the method used for dis¬
tilled water. Preliminary observations on Mendota lake
water when different methods of filtering were used, indicated
that 'the absorption by particles was not noticeably selective.
Results, taken somewhat later, of the absorption coefficients of
water from lakes Mendota and Waubesa under different con¬
ditions are given in Table 2. The filtered water was entirely
free from particles in suspension, having been forced through
a Berkefeld filter. The ^‘effluent” was water which had been
574 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Aris^ and Letters.
put through a centrifugal machine and filter papers and the
unfiltered lake water was just as brought into the laboratory.
It had been strained through a silk net of No. 20 bolting cloth,
which removed the Crustacea, larger algae, etc., but left the
nannoplankton in the water. The corresponding slopes of
the curves as shown in fig. 4 indicate most conclusively that
the absorption by particles is nonselective in nature. Similar
absorption curves for the filtered water and effluent of lake
Waubesa are shown in fig. 5.
4500 5000 5500 6000 6500
Fig. 4. Absorption curves for water from Lake Mendota, Aug. 16, 1915.
1. 'Water filtered through Berkefeld filter; 2. “Effluent,” i. e. water
passed through a De Laval centrifuge and filter, which extracts most
of the suspended matter by centrifugal force and by filter papers ; 3.
Lake water strained through silk bolting cloth and containing all of the
nannoplankton.
In this and following figures the wave lengths are platted on the hor¬
izontal scale, and the coefficient of absorption on the vertical
scale.
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 575
4500 5000 5500 6000 6500
Fig. 5. Absorption curves for water from lake Waubesa, Aug. 11, 1915.
1 and 2, filtered waters ; 3, effluent.
TABLE 2
EFFECT OF TURBIDITY ON COEFFICIENT OF ABSORPTION
6. Effect of Time on Color of Water
During the course of this investigation observations were
made to ascertain the effect of time upon a highly colored
water. On Sept. 3, 1915, three samples of water from
Turtle lake were brought to the laboratory and left standing
in a dark place for different periods of time. The water was
filtered in each case just before the selective absorption was
576 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters,
determined. - The results are given in Table 3. The curves
in Fig. 6 show graphically the relation between the color ab¬
sorption after different periods of time have elapsed. In the
curve taken Dec. 4, 1915 a drop in the yellow region of the
spectrum indicates the slight loss of color of a dark brown
water with time.
TABLE 3
EFFECT OF TIME ON COEFFICIENT OF ABSORPTION
Turtle Lake Water, Samples Taken Sept. 3, 1915
7. Effect of Depth on Color
Observations to determine the effect of depth upon the color
of water were also made. It was noticed, in the case of lake
Mendota, that water taken from a considerable depth some¬
times appeared to be slightly more highly colored than the
surface water. On July 15, 1915 a determination of the selec¬
tive absorption of Mendota water taken from the surface and
from a depth of twenty meters was made. The results for this
ihstance as given in Table 4 show that the absorption by the
surface water was greater than that by the deep water through¬
out the yellow portion of the spectrum, while in the red the
reverse relaxation existed. It is possible that greater differences
might have been found had water been taken later in the
season. In the data which are recorded the wave-lengths are
given in Angstrom units.
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 577
TABLE 4
EFFECT OF DEPTH ON OOEFFIOIENT OF ABSORPTION
Lake Mendota, July 15, 1915
4500 5000 5500 6000 6500
Fig. 6. Absorption curves for water from Turtle lake, to show the effect on
time in decolorizing water kept in the dark, 1. Dec, 4, 1915 ; 2. Oct,
18, 1915 ; 3. Sept. 17, 1915. Sample was taken Sept. 3, 1915.
8. General Table op Results
The lakes in the following table may be found listed in
Juday’s report on the Hydrography and Morphometry of Wis¬
consin lakes (Bull. Wis. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Survey, No. XXVII,
1914.) Table 1, p. 122, and Table 3, p. 125, contain the hydro-
graphic data for all of them.
37— S. A. L.
578 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
The following general facts may be stated:
Eight of the specimens represent lakes or waters from the
northeastern part of the state. All are soft water lakes.
These are as follows: Alleqnash, Bass, Bog Hole, Minocqua,
Pond No. 1, Swamp Hole, Trout, and Turtle lakes. Lake Su¬
perior is in the same general class. Its water v/as taken from
Bayfield harbor and is less clear than water from the open lake.
All the other lakes are in southeastern Wisconsin and belong
to several districts and systems. All but Devil’s lake have
hard water containing much calcium and magnesium carbonate.
Madison lakes: Mendota, Monona, Waubesa. Devil’s lake is
a soft water lake, supplied from the Baraboo quartzite hills,
about 40 miles north of Madison.
Oconomowoc-Waukesha group: North, Okauchee, Oconomo-
woc. Lac La Belle, all connected by the Oconomowoc Kiver ;
Nagawicka and Nemahbin lakes are on the Bark river but not
connected ; Pewaukee lake is in the Fox river basin ; Mouse, Pine,
Silver lakes have no outlets.
Waupaca group: Beasley, Marl, Otter, Pound.
Delavan and Geneva lakes are near each other and near the
southern line of the state. Green lake (about 110 miles north
of Geneva) is by far the deepest lake in the state and Geneva
is next to it. These two lakes would in general be said to have
greenish water. Of the rest. Marl and Pound lakes have the
peculiar tint of marly lakes. The others have wat^^r whose
color, as seen from the shore, is determined partly by dissolved
stains, partly by plankton, and is in general yellow-brown.
The dates given in the table with the various lakes represent
the time when the sample of water was collected.
TABLE 5
COEFEICIENT OF ABSORPTION IN VARIOUS LAKE WATERS
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 579
TABLE 5 — Continued
TABLE 5— Continued
TABLE 5— Continued
580 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Coefficient of Absorption in Various Lake Waters
Notes on the Foregoing Paper
E. A. Birge
In the foregoing report, Dr. Pietenpol has stated his results
rather in the terms of a physical experiment than in those of
limnology. I, therefore, add a few notes bearing on the lim¬
nological results obtained from them.
The investigation was carried out by Dr. Pietenpol at my
request. Its results serve two ends; first, they show the ab¬
sorption of light in Wisconsin lakes by colored matters dissolved
in the water, and, second, they offer one part of the data by
which the absorption of solar energy in the surface strata of
lakes may be distributed, approximately, among its three chief
factors — the selective absorption of water itself, selective ab¬
sorption due to color of water, and absorption due to susp\'nded
particles. The latter purpose was the more important one,
but is not considered in this paper.
The first, and thus far, I believe, the only student to apply
spectrophotometric methods to lakes, was von Aufsess.^. By
means of a skillful adaptation of the instrument to use in a
boat and with great labor, he studied the water of ten Bavarian
lakes in situ. He determined their absorption curves and he
classified the lakes, as a result of his observations, into four
types; 1, blue; 2, green; 3, yellow-green; 4, yellow or brown.
He also reached conclusions regarding the nature of the color
of pure water and other matters, which do not concern us here.
Observation with the spectrophotometer on the lake itself
demands so many simultaneous favorable conditions that good
opportunities are rare. In the case of the Walchensee, von
Aufsess had to wait four weeks for his observations. This dif¬
ficulty is very likely one reason why no one has followed him
along so promising a line of study.
It was plain that methods dependent on such exceptional
weather conditions were not at all adapted to reach the ends
sought by this survey. It was determined therefore to work in
the laboratory, not on the lake; and also to make use of filtered
^ von Aufsess, O. Die Farbe der Seen. Inaugural Dissertation, Munich.
1903.
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 581
water. This conclusion was based at first on the experience of
von Aufsess (’03, p. 30) who found that suspended matters did
not alter the form of the absorption curve of the lake. It was
confirmed by Pietenpol’s comparisons of filtered and unfiltered
water, some of which are recorded on p. 574. •
There is, therefore, apparently a fundamental difference be¬
tween the observations of von Aufsess and Pietenpol, one set
being made on the lake itself and the other on filtered lake
water. But in fact the results of the two methods are com¬
parable, except in one particular. The particles in suspension
decrease the amount of light transmitted though they do not,
in general, alter its color. The position of the curve of absorp¬
tion is changed in the two methods, but not its form. This
must be kept in mind in comparing von Aufsess’ curves with
those of this paper. Since the amount of suspended matter
is a very variable one, the degree of weakening of the trans¬
mitted light due to it, is correspondingly variable; and since
the investigation concerns primarily the color rather than the
total quantity of transmitted light, it is an advantage to elimin¬
ate the suspended particles. It is certain, for instance, that in
von Aufsess’ observations every coefficient of absorption has
been determined by two kinds of factors, first the selective ab¬
sorption of water and stain, and second, the non-selective action
of suspended particles. It is impossible to tell how much is
attributable to each of the factors. In Pietenpol’s method, the
selective absorption alone is considered, and the non-selective
absorption can readily be determined by other methods if it is
desired. In any case, the spectrophotometer is not a good in¬
strument for the latter purpose.
Suspended matters may greatly modify the color of lakes as
seen from the shore. The apparent color of the water is af¬
fected by the light reflected from particles in suspension.
Marly lakes have a peculiar bluish-green tinge, due in part to
light reflected from the white particles of marl. Lakes whose
plankton is abundant acquire a brownish shade when a crop of
diatoms comes up, and a different color when filled with
Ceratium. These influences are eliminated by the process of
filtration. But they are also eliminated by any scheme which
determines the' color of a lake by means of light transmitted
through the water, either directly, or (as in von Aufsess’ ease)
reflected from a white disc. However this process may be
582 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
carried out, the direct illumination or the light from the disc
entirely overpowers the feeble rays reflected from suspended
particles. Any scheme of determining the color of lakes which
depends on color comparators or on the use of white discs low¬
ered into the water, practically eliminates from consideration
that part of the color which is due to reflection from suspended
particles.
4500 4750 5000 5500 6000 6500
Fig. 7. Typical absorption curves from table 5. The wave lengths are
platted on the horizontal axis and the coefficients of absorption on the
vertical axis. The curves are as follows : 1. Distilled water ; 2. Marl
lake; 3. Mouse lake; 4, Okauchee lake; 5. North lake, 1915; 6. Swamp
near Trout lake; 7. Pond No. 1; 8. North lake, 1914; 9. Tutrle lake,
1914; 10. TurtleUake, 1915.
It must also be said that most of von Aufsess’ work was done
on lakes which are not rich in plankton. His most transparent
lakes show a coefficient of absorption quite as low as PietenpoPs
most transparent filtered water.
The general form of the absorption curves from the Wisconsin
lakes is similar to that of those examined by von Aufsess.
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 583
Marl lake furnishes the most transparent water, which is much
like that of Walehensee. At' the other end of the scale, Turtle
lake is much more highly colored than Arbersee, the most
deeply tinged of those examined by von Aufsess. For these
curves see table 5 and fig. 7, and compare them with von Aufsess'
tables and plates.
Illustrations of curves from Wisconsin lakes are given in fig.
7 in which are platted typical curves from the series of lakes,
ranging from the clearest water to the most highly colored.
No lake in the series shows the smallest absorption at the blue
end of the curve. None of them, therefore, can come into von
Aufsess' class of ‘^blue lakes''^ (’05. p. 89) although Marl lake
comes very close to it. In most cases of the clear waters, how¬
ever, there is a minimum of absorption about 5400-5600 A, in
the green, and the water would therefore agree with von
Aufsess’ second type— the ''green lakes.” In by far the great
majority of the Wisconsin lakes, the water is decidedly stained
by dissolved coloring matters, and there is a strong increase of
absorption toward the blue end of the spectrum. The water
has, therefore, a color varying from yellowish green to brown
according to the depth of the stain.
In the most highly colored waters, like that of Turtle lake,
there is no minimum of absorption in the yellow or green, or at
most only a hint of such a minimum. The blue is wholly
absorbed and the coefficient of absorption falls off rapidly
through the green to about 5800 A, and much more slowly at
greater wave lengths.
It is, therefore, obvious that all the Wisconsin waters are
more or less stained with extractive matters. An attempt was,
therefore, made to correlate the selective absorption with the
color as ascertained by the use of the United States platinum-
cobalt scale^ — a scale devised especially for use on such waters.^
The water of 21 lakes was examined in 1915 with results as
shown in the following table:
1 von Aufsess, O. Die physikalischen Eigenschaften der Seen. Braun¬
schweig, 1905.
^ Leighton, M. O., Field Assay of "Water. "U. S. G. S. Water-supply
Bull., Series L, No. 11. Washington, 1905. p. 42.
584 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Table 5
Color Lakes
6 _ Beasley, Green, Marl, Trout.
8_ _ Devils, Geneva, Delavan, Mendota, Bound.
14 _ Mouse, Nagawicka, Pine, Otter, Silver.
18 _ La Belle.
22_ _ Oconomowoc, Okauchee, Waubesa.
35— North.
45 _ Bog Water, near Trout lake.
93— „ Turtle.
Fig. 8. Absorption curves of lakes rated 6 on the platinum-cobalt scale of
color. 1. Beasley lake; 2. Green lake; 3. Marl lake; 4. Trout lake.
In figs. 8-13 the scale for coefRcients of absorption is made very large
in order to bring out differences and resemblances in the curves with¬
out confusing their lines. In all of these diagrams the absorption curve
of distilled water is marked D.
The results of the spectrophotometer observations on these
lakes are shown in figs. 8-11. Fig. 8 shows the absorption
curves for the four lakes whose color was 6 on the platinum-
cobalt scale. It is plain that these lakes belong in two classes,
Beasley and Trout lakes show an absorption that increases
Pietenpol— Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 585
rapidly in the shorter wave lengths, while G-reen and Marl
lakes belong together, with an absorption which does not in¬
crease at all, or only very little for wave lengths shorter than
55001.
The same fact is shown in the lakes whose water was rated at
8, as shown in fig. 9. Three of these lakes, Delavan, Geneva
and Mendota, belong together, and have a great increase of
absorption in the shorter wave lengths. Devils lake shows a
Fig. 9. Absorption curves of lakes rated 8 on the color scale:
1. Devils lake; 2. Lake Geneva; 3. Delavan lake; 4. Lake Men¬
dota.
coefficient of absorption in this region quite as low as any of
those rated at 6. Round lake is not shown on the diagram,
but is found on fig. 13. It belongs to the same type as
Devils lake in the relative absorption of shorter waves, but
has a far greater coefficient of absorption at all wave lengths. It
constitutes a peculiar case which is later discussed.
The lakes rated at 14 also fall into two classes. Nagawicka
and Otter lakes agree in having a rapidly rising absorption
toward the blue end of the spectrum, while in Monona, Pine,
586 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
and Silver lakes the coefficient of absorption rises very slowly
in this region.
All of the lakes rated at 18-22 have closely similar curves
of the first type.
Fig. 10. Absorption curves of lakes rated 14 on the color scale:
1, Mouse lake; 2. Nagawicka lake; 3. Pine lake; 4. Otter lake;
5. Silver lake.
Thus the discrepancy between rating on the platinum-cobalt
scale and the form of the absorption curves is most conspicuous
in the lower numbers of the scale. It means two things;
first, that it is not easy to apply the scale exactly to these low
colored waters. Probably, Devils lake might have been rated
somewhat lower than 8 with equal or greater accuracy. Second,
and far more important, the platinum-cobalt scale, like any
other scale for rating colors of lakes, matches the color of var¬
ious waters with varying degrees of accuracy. Doubtless,
the matching for this scale is most correct in the lakes with
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 587
high absorption in the blue end of the spectrum, for which it
was devised.
The color of the water is due in all cases to extractive matters
and these are numerous, complex, and vary not only in amount,
but also in kind and number from lake to lake, and in the same
lake from time to time. No one scale or standard can, there¬
fore, represent them with accuracy — as von Aufsess showed
for the methyl blue and potassium chromate scales ( ’03, p.
36-38.)
Fig". 11. Absorption curves of lakes rated 18-22 on the color scale:
1. Lac la Belle; 2. Oconomowoc lake; 3. Okauchee lake; 4. Lake
Waubesa.
In general, therefore, the water of the following lakes seems
to have a kind of color which the spectroscope shows to depend
on a mixture of similar stains, and the difference in intensity
seems to depend essentially on the quantity of absorption due
to these stains in the region toward the blue end of the spectrum
588 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ ArtSy and Letters.
where the wave lengths are shorter than 5500a. The absorp¬
tion curves are in so close agreement in the region below 5800a
that no difference in color can fairly be attributed to differ¬
ences of absorption at that end of the spectrum.
Fig. 12. Mean curves for lakes with marsh-stained waters: D. Dis¬
tilled water; 6. Beasley, Trout lakes; 8. Delavan, Geneva, Men-
dota; 14. Nagawicka, Otter; 22. Oconomowoc, Okauchee, Wau-
besa; 35. North lake. In this lake absorption at 4700 is .824.
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 589
To the same general type belong Turtle lake (rated at 93)
with the Bog Hole near Trout lake (rated 45), Allequash lake,
Swamp near Trout lake, Nemahbin. The last three were not
examined for color.
In a similar way the absorption curves seem to show that the
color of the following waters are due to a mixture of stains
somewhat similar to each other and different from that which
dominates the former set of lakes.
Fig-. 13. Mean curves for lakes of second type. 6. Devils, Green,
Marl; 14. Pine, Mouse, Silver. Also unrated lakes. B. Bass
lake; R. Round lake, 1915; S. lake Superior.
Table 7
Color Lakes
6-8 _ Devils, Green, Marl.
14___ Mouse, Pine, Silver.
The absorption curves of this type are not as similar as those
of the first set; but they show a general agreement, as inspec-
590 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
tion of fig. 13 will show. To the same or a similar series be¬
long Bass and Minocqua lakes, and lake Superior (fig. 13) whose
color has not been rated.
It is not without significance that the lakes named in the two
tables may be divided into the same two sets by physical con¬
ditions as well as by color. The lakes of the first group receive
a considerable amount of drainage from streams which pass
through marshes or they have a good deal of marsh drainage
from their borders. The lakes of the second set except Green
lake, have no tributaries, and except Green and Marl, have no
outlet. They are isolated spring-fed lakes and receive little
or no marsh water.
The contrast in the curves of Green lake and lake Geneva is
an interesting one in view of the general similarity of the
lakes. The latter lake receives at its western end a large
amount of spring water which filters through great beds of
cress and through marsh. No such supply from marshes
reaches Green lake and the notable difference revealed by the
spectroscope probably depends on this difference in water
supply. The tributaries of Green lake in general flow through
a cultivated farming country and not through marsh.
The lakes included in table 6, therefore, agree in receiving
water stained by marshes. Their waters may therefore be
called marsh-stained waters. One would be inclined to make
the name more specific and call them peat-stained waters, but
such designation would go beyond our present knowledge. For
lakes of the second type no name can be found at present.
The absorption curves for eleven of the lakes belonging to
the type with marsh-stained waters, have been put together on
fig. 12, averaging them according to color rating. The curves
for lakes rated in color as 6, 8, 14 and 35, show the relation
which might be expected, so far as wave lengths below 5500a
are concerned. The curve for color 22, however, shows a de¬
cidedly smaller minimum absorption at 5400a than the lakes
with lower color. This relatively small minimum absorption
is common to Okauchee and Oconomowoc lakes and is shared
by Lac La Belle (fig. 11, color, 18) and also by North lake
(color, 35). All of these lakes are on the same stream. North
lake being the highest and Okauchee, Oconomowoc, and La Belle
following in order. They show colors of similar type and of
decreasing intensity through the series. They differ in this re-
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 591
gard from the other lakes shown in the same diagram and also
from Waubesa (fig. 11) which more closely agrees with the
general type in this part of its curve.
It appears that the color of these lakes is due primarily to a
stain — or a mixture of stains — which rapidly absorbs the rays
at the blue end of the spectrum. In the less powerfully colored
waters — rated from 6 to 35 — there seems to be a direct rela¬
tion between intensity of color on the platinum-cobalt scale
and the coefficient of absorption at 4700a and 5000a. Be¬
tween the limits of 6 and 35 on the color scale the coefficient
of absorption at 4700a rises from about .275 to .825, rising in
almost a straight line. Each degree on the color scale adds
about .018 to the coefficient of absorption. This relation is
shown by eleven lakes in six widely separated drainage basins.
It would be interesting to learn whether a larger series would
show the same relation.
If the absorption curves for wave lengths below 5500a are
studied, they disclose a very different set of facts from those
shown by the same curves for shorter wave lengths. Consider
first the lakes with marsh-stained water, as shown in fig. 12.
The absorption curve for pure water begins to rise rapidly
from about 5750a and in general rises steadily throughout the
remainder of the spectrum shown in the diagram. There is a
halt in the rise at about 6220^6300a. The same feature was
found by von Aufsess in one of his observations on pure water
and in one lake. No readings were made at this wave length
by Pietenpol and his readings at 6180a and 6360a give no in¬
dication of such a feature as von Aufsess’ curves show. (’03,
plate 1).
In general these absorption curves for lake water show a
minimum anywhere from 5400 A to 5 600 A and a rather rapid
and regular rise in absorption as the curve passes to greater
wave lengths. The curve at wave lengths below 5750a is roughly
parallel to that of pure water. If a constant sum is added to
the coefficient of absorption of pure water the result will give
with fair accuracy the form of this part of the curves. The
observations of von Aufsess ( ’03, plate 1) show the same fact.
Furthermore, there is no such correlation between intensity
of color and coefficient of absorption as there is at the other end
of the spectrum. The mean absorption at greater lengths
than 6100a is lowest in lakes rated at 22. This is due in part
592 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
to the singular behavior of lake Waubesa in this region, but if
this lake were omitted the others would be at least no higher
than the lakes rated 6 and 8. We must, therefore, conclude
that the colors of these waters do not depend in any essential
way on the selective absorption of the longer waves of light.
The same relation is found in the lakes of the second type as
shown on fig. 13.
It appears, therefore, that all of these lakes possess stains in
general which raise the coefficient of absorption in the longer
wave lengths much above that of pure water, but which do not
essentially modify the selective absorption within the range of
the spectrum included in the observations.
Certain exceptions must be made to the above statement.
Pine lake alone among those observed has a curve below 6005A
which is practically identical with that of pure water, in spite
of its color rating of 14. This case strongly confirms the rule
given above, so far as selective absorption in this region is con¬
cerned. Lake Waubesa (see fig.. 11 and table 4) is a very con¬
spicuous exception. The coefficient of absorption rises in the
region from 5390a to 6180a and thence declines rapidly and
steadily to 6630a where it is but little above that of pure
water, being .287 while pure water is .245. This condition
seems to show that Waubesa lacks in whole or in great part a
stain which is present in the other lakes whose absorption at
the other end of the spectrum is quite similar to that of Wau¬
besa. Minocqua lake also shows a decline of absorption from
6005a on, but it is always much greater than that of pure
water.
While these two cases stand alone in the series of lakes that
have been examined, there are hints of something of the same
kind elsewhere. Oeonomowoc lake shows a decline between
6480a and 6630a in the observation of 1914, and perhaps the
corresponding observation on Okauehee lake may bear a similar
interpretation. Round lake in both years shows an absorp¬
tion coefficient nearly stationary between 6480a and 663OA5
though a very high one.
When we pass to consider lakes of high color, 47 and above,
on the platinum-cobalt scale,' the absorption curves below 5750a
are quite different from those discussed above (see fig. 7).
The waters concerned are partly swamp and bog waters from
the northern part of the states viz., Bog, Swamp, and Pond
Pietenpol — Visible Spectrum of Wisconsin Lake Waters 593
near Trout lake; they are partly from lakes, Turtle lake in
the northern part of the state, and North lake (1914), a mem¬
ber of the Oconomowoc-Waukesha group. In these six waters
the more deeply stained show a steady decline in the co¬
efficient of absorption from 5750 A on and consequently an ap¬
proach to the absorption of pure water. The less deeply
stained show an absorption which is practically stationary
through this part of the spectrum. The ‘‘swamp” water
shows a phenomenon quite parallel to that of Waubesa; from
6180a on the absorption declines and at 6630a is practically
identical with that of Marl lake — one of the clearest waters—
and is but little above that of pure water.
The case of Eound lake deserves a word to itself (see fig. 13).
This is one of the Waupaca lakes and is of the marly type. Its
water is of the same type as those of Green, Marl, etc., but with
a far higher amount of absorption. This is true for both
years in which it was observed. It constitutes a unique and,
so far as present data go, an inexplicable ease among the lakes
studied.
These notes show part of the limnological conclusions which
may be drawn from Dr. Pietenpol’s data. It is plain that the
observations on which they are based constitute the beginning
of a large investigation rather than its completion. They
show that the study of lake waters by the spectrophotometer
may enable us not only to group them into large classes, as
von Aufsess did, into “blue lakes,” “green lakes,” etc., but
also to classify them more accurately according to the various
kinds and mixtures of stains which color the water and which
give rise to different forms of absorption curves. The
observations here recorded indicate at least one well marked
variety of the yellow-brown waters — that which I have called
the marsh-stained — and also that this type of curve differs
widely from that offered by other types of lakes with colored
waters.
These notes, however, indicate rather the possibilities of
such a study than any final or complete results. This Sur¬
vey is not likely to carry the investigation further at present,
since it is a slow and laborious one and the data already ob¬
tained are sufficient for the primary purpose with which it was
undertaken — that of ascertaining the general facts regarding
the absorption of the sun's energy by the surface strata of
lakes.
38~s. A. L.
594 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
A BIOCHEMICAL STUDY OF THE PLANKTON OF LAKE
MENDOTA
Henry A. Sghuette
Notes from the Laboratory of the Wisconsin Geological and
Natural History Survey. XIII.
INTRODUCTION
The fact that the plankton of rivers, lakes and seas forms a
not inconsiderable portion of the food of the aquatic life therein,
and especially of the fishes, prompted a study undertaken sev¬
eral years ago by the Natural History Division of the Wiscon¬
sin Geological and Natural History Survey to determine the
biochemical nature of the plankton of the inland lakes of Wis¬
consin and with particular reference to Lake Mendota.
The nature of a plankton catch is dependent upon meteoro¬
logical conditions and is subject to seasonal variations. It was
therefore necessary in this study to make frequent catches and to
examine each catch biologically and chemically. The immediate
cause for the investigation here recorded is the necessity of a
preliminary survey whose methods would be adaptable to the
general study of the larger subject at hand. It was felt that
by a critical examination of several catches typical of the en¬
tire series, we would have at hand data which would lead to
an insight into the biochemical nature of fresh water plankton.
Data are available concerning marine plankton.^ While in-
^ K. Brandt, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der chemischen Zusammensetzung des
Planktons. Wissen. Meeresunters. Abteil. Kiel. N. P. Ill, (1898), 45—90.
R. Volk, Hamburg. Elb. Enters. VIII, (19061.
H. Kylin, Untersuchungen ueber die Biochemie der Meeresalgen. Z. physiol.
Chem. 94, 337-425 (1915).
Kdnig, J., and J. Bettels, Die Kohlenhydrate der Meeresalgen und daraus
hergestellter Erzeugnisse. Z. Nahr.-Genussm. 10, 457, (1905).
’ Schuette— -Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 595
dividual algal specimens have been examined chemically by
Hyams and Richards^^' by Turner® and by Whipple and Jack-
son/ so far as is known to the writer this is the first attempt
in this direction in which composite catches of fresh water
plankton have been examined from a chemical standpoint.
Material
During the period extending from October 25 to December
Sj 1913, five catches were obtained which were considered typi¬
cal of the various kinds of plankton collected during the sur¬
vey. Soon after the ice left Lake Monona in the following
spring a favorable opportunity presented itself for the col¬
lection of a catch of Crustacea which consisted entirely of Daph-
nia. These were then included in this study for comparative
purposes. To date about four hundred plankton catches
have been made. The collecting season begins soon after the
ice leaves the lakes and closes shortly before the freeze-up.
All samples were collected by two methods : first, by pumping
up water from different levels of the lake and straining it
through a plankton net, and, second, by using tow nets. In
the former a fairly large volume of water was pumped through
two rubber hose immersed at varying depths below the surface.
One tube was immersed just below the surface and the other
one meter down. With the hose in these positions tiie water
was pumped for ten minutes. The hose were then immersed
tv/o meters deeper and the pump again operated for ten min¬
utes. This successive change of level was made until a depth
of twenty meters had been reached which was as near the bot¬
tom of the lake at the station where all pump catches were made as
could be made without danger of contamination with mud.
As the water left the pump it was strained through a very fine
bolting cloth plankton net. The material was concentrated in the
bucket of the net and was then washed into a jar with dis¬
tilled water. Representative samples of the material were re-
2 Isabel F. Hyams and Ellen H. Richards, Notes on Oscillaria proliflca
(Greville). Technology Quarterly 14, 302, (1901) ; 15, 308 (1902) ; 17,
270 (1904).
3 B. B. Turner, The chemical composition of Oscillaria proliflca. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 38, 1402-1417 (1916).
* Geo._C. Whipple and D. D. Jackson, Asterionella : its biology, its chemis¬
try and its effect upon water supplies. Jour. N. E. Water Works Assoc.
14, 1-25 (1899).
596 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters,
moved for biological studies, a little chloroform was added to
the remainder of the catch as a preservative, and it was then
taken to the laboratory for evaporation.
The other method consisted of towing behind a boat a net
of coarser bolting cloth than was used in connection with the
pump. Cloth of the texture used allowed the greater part of
the plant matter to pass through and retained the Crustacea which
are larger organisms. The nets were weighted down so that they
sank to a level of about five feet below the surface.
The history of the plankton catches examined follows:
It will be noticed that samples to inclusive and
5138 are composites of the catches from a number of days, a
microscopical examination having shown that they contained the
same organisms and for this reason they were mixed. Sample
consists of a series of pump catches made in deep water;
it contains a preponderence of vegetable matter. The diatom
Fragilaria predominates. The next most abundant alga is
Microcystis. A fairly large number of Crustacea are present.
Sample “B” is a composite of pump catches made at the
shore and therefore in shallow water; it contains a greater^
proportion of plant material than the preceding sample, Fragi¬
laria again being the chief constituent. Microcystis is rather
common. A few Crustacea, are present. Samples and
“D” are tow net catches made in the deeper waters of Lake
Mendota; they consist^ chiefly of animal matter in which the
Crustacea predominate. Daphnia, Diaptomus and Cyclops consti¬
tute by far the greater part of the material in sample ‘ ^ C. ^ ’ The
Schuette — Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 597
most abundant alga is Fragilaria. Daphnia constitutes by far
the greater part of the material in sample “D,” a few cope-
pods and very little plant material being present. Sample
“ E ’’ consists almost entirely of two blue-green algae, viz.,
Aphanizomenon and Anabaena, which were found floating near
the shore of the lake. Sample 154 consists of Daphnia pulex.
Sample 5138 is not very different biologically from samples
‘‘A’^ and ‘‘B.” The chief plant constitutent is Fragilaria
while Daphnia is the chief animal constituent. It was not
subjected to the same analyses and examination as the other
catches of this series. It was particularly examined for the
presence of carbohydrates.
Our method of preparing the samples for analyses was to
evaporate them in shallow dishes on a water-bath, kept below
60° C., almost to dryness and to finish the operation in a vacuum
oven at 65° C. over calcium chloride. Drying was complete
in about 72 hours from the time that the samples reached the
laboratory. The resulting residue could easily be ground in an
ordinary meat grinder. The ground mass was then put through
a small mesh sieve and the larger particles further comminuted
in.an agate mortar. The dry weight of the catches follows :
Sample
A
B
C
D
E
154
5138
Weight
53 grams
28
187 “
160 ‘‘
470 ‘‘
92 ‘‘
125
The dried plankton was rather hygroscopic, taking up about
four per cent of moisture during the process of grinding. For
this reason, all samples weighed out for analysis were again
dried and the results calculated to a moisture-free basis. It was
found by experiment that drying for twelve hours in an elec¬
tric oven kept at 60° C. was sufficient to bring the sample to
constant weight.
598 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Aris^ and Letters.
Proximate Analysis
Ash and silica. The inorganic substance of all the catches
was determined by first carbonizing the material under exam¬
ination with a small flame. Ashing was then completed in an
electric muffle furnace at a temperature of 500° to 600° C.
The plant catches as a rule show the highest ash content. The
algal catch “E” has a much lower ash content^ however^ then
might be expected by analogy with samples ^'A’’ and
The ash was taken up with dilute hydrochloric acid, heated
on the steam-bath and the siliceous residue filtered off. In order
to remove any silica which might have passed into the filtrate,
the latter was evaporated to dryness, dried at 120° C., again
taken up in hydrochloric acid, heated, and filtered through the
same filter as before. The residue was then burned, weighed,
treated with sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids in the usual way,
evaporated and ignited, and the loss in weight calculated as
silica.
The ash and silica contents are tabulated below :
Ether extract. All samples were extracted, with washed an¬
hydrous ether in a Soxhlet extraction apparatus for twenty-
four hours, the extract filtered into a tared dish, the ether al¬
lowed to evaporate spontaneously, the residue dried over sul¬
phuric acid and weighed. The extracts obtained from the plant
catches ‘^A, ’’ and were quite unlike those obtained
from the Crustacea catches and and the Daphnia
catch, number 154, which had all the physical characteristics of
an oil. The odors of the latter were decidedly those of a fish
oil. The ether extract from the Daphnia catch solidified on
exposure to the air, a fact which differentiates it from the
1 Silica determinations by A. J. Duggan of the Survey.
2 Determination by N. A. Bailey of the Survey.
ScJiuette — Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 599
others. The Crustacea extracts deposited crystals of glycerides
after standing for twelve hours. Viewed by polarized light
between Nicol prisms under a magnification of 56 diameters,
they showed a crystalline structure and when a selenite plate
was interposed between the prisms, the characteristic play of
colors was observed.
The following analytical results were obtained:
After standing over sulphuric acid for two months, the oils
from the Daphnia and the Crustacea catches were examined for
their physical and chemical constants. The nature of the
residues found in the ether extracts from the plant catches
made it inadvisable to attempt the determination of similar
constants. The volatile acids, both water-soluble and water-
insoluble as expressed by the Reichert-Meissl and Polenske
numbers respectively, the iodine number according to the
method of Hiibl, the saponification number and the index of
refraction with the Abbe refractometer were determined. They
are recorded in the following table.
Sample C D 154
I. R. at 25° C. 1.4777 1.4785 1.4810
Iodine No. 102.08 87.58 172.88
Saponification No. 248.60 208.56
Reichert-Meissl No. _ 1.16 0.94
Polenske No. 1.55 1.22
Extraction with purified 95% alcohol of material which had
been exhausted with ether showed that there is left much that
is soluble in alcohol. Samples ‘"C,” ‘‘D” and ‘‘E” were first
extracted quantitatively with anhydrous ether and then with
alcohol. The amount of alcohol-soluble residue obtained by
1 Determination by N. A. Bailey of the Survey.
600 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
extraction under the conditions outlined above, when calcul¬
ated on the original is as follows:
Sample
C
D
E
Soluble in alcohol
39.58%
45.73
20.07
Crude fiber. The amount of crude fiber was determined
by the method of digestion for half-hour periods with sul¬
phuric acid and sodium hydroxide solutions of specific gravity
1.25, filtering on tared Gooch crucibles, washing, drying at
100° C., and ignition. We found that this determination can
be expedited by completely washing out the alkali with hot water
after the last digestion and then washing the residue from the
linen filter with a small volume of hot water into a 100-c.c.
beaker. After allowing the residue to settle, which takes but
a short time, the solution is decanted through the Gooch cruci¬
ble and then the residue is washed from the beaker with a
small quantity of water. This procedure permits of the rapid
filtration of a solution which otherwise invariably clogs the
filter.
A close agreement was found between the amounts of crude
fiber contained in the Crustacea catches, but a rather wide
variation among the plant catches. The algal catch contains
less crude fiber than any of this series. The crude fiber con¬
tent calculated on a dry basis is as follows :
nitrogen. This nitrogen is not part of the proteins inasmuch
as they are hydrolyzed during the treatment, the products of
hydrolysis being soluble and going into the filtrate. It must
be considered as one of the forms of the nitrogen-containing
Schuett& — Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 601
substances which is indigestible in this method of determining the
crude fiber. Volk^ in making a biological survey of the
plankton of the Elbe Kiver in Germany in the summer of 1904
considered this nitrogen as a constituent of the indigestible
‘‘ Chitin und Muskelsubstanz ” of the plankton which he exam¬
ined. He boiled the defatted sample under examination with
strong potassium hydroxide solution and weighed the result¬
ing residue, reporting it as ‘^Chitin und Muskelsubstanz ” (in¬
cluding certain salts.) He apparently made no attempt to
remove the latter by digestion with dilute acid.
We determined the amount of nitrogen in the crude fiber
by the Kjeldahl-Gunning- Arnold method and found that it fell
within the limits of the nitrogen content reported by various
investigators working on chitin from various sources.
The nitrogen found in the crude fiber is as follows:
There are tabulated below for comparison the nitrogen con¬
tent of chitin reported in the literature.
^ Loc. cit.
*Ann. Chem. Pharrn. 54, 298 (1845).
3 Ibid., 98, 115-120 (1856).
^Compt. rend. 47, 1034-1039 (1858).
602 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Total sidpliur. Total sulphur was determined in six catches.
The sample under examination was fused with sodium carbonate
and sodium peroxide in a nickel crucible over an alcohol flame
according to the method of the Association of Official Agricul¬
tural Chemists.^^ From the acidified solution of the fusion
product sulphur was precipitated in the usual manner. Very
interesting data were obtained in that the sulphur content of all
six samples, three of them of plant origin and three of animal
origin, is practically a constant.
Since the sulphur content was constant for these test catches,
two others of the larger series which had been collected pre¬
viously were examined. Catch number 112 was taken August
4-7, 1913, from Lake Mendota. The vegetable material pre¬
dominates over the animal matter. Catch number 168 is a
plant scum from Lake Mendota collected on July 11, 1914.
The apparent constancy of the sulphur content of the plankton
of Lake Mendota will be investigated further and samples col¬
lected since the summer of 1911 will be examined.
The content of sulphur is recorded below :
^Ann. Chem. Pharm. Ill, 21 (1859).
2 Med. Centralbl. 1.3, 588 (1875).
3 Abderhalden’s Biochem. Handlexikon 2, 527 (1911).
*Z. physiol. Chem, 2, 213-227 (1878).
^Z. Biol. 22, 480 (1887).
«Z. physiol. Chem. 20, 498-510 (1885).
Comp. rend. 120, 1000 (1895).
® Beitrage Chem. Physiol, u. Pathol. 1, 524 (1902).
» Biochem. Z. 7, 117-127 (1908).
^oMonatsch. 29, 1023-1036 (1908).
Biochem. Z. 38, 468-491 (1912).
12 U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Chem. Bull. 107, 23 (1912).
ScJiuette — Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 603
No data on the sulphur content of marine plankton are avail¬
able.
Total phosphorus. The phosphorus content was determined
by the method of the Association of Official Agricultural Chem¬
ists with the following modification. The material under ex¬
amination was treated with an alcoliolic solution of magnesium
nitrate, evaporated to dryness, and ignited. Silica was removed
by the method outlined in a previous paragraph and the phos¬
phorus precipitated in the filtrate as ammonium phospho-
molybdate. This precipitate was dissolved in ammonia and
the phosphorus precipitated with magnesia mixture, collected
on a filter, ignited and weighed as magnesium pyrophosphate.
The range of values is within narrow limits as shown by the
following table :
Sample
A
B
C
D
E
154
Total phosphorus
1.07%
0.91
1.22
1.41
1.40
1.57
No results of the phosphorus content of marine plankton
have been published.
Nitrogen. Experiments were made to determine the amounts
of several forms of nitrogen present.
Protein nitrogen was determined by heating the sample under
examination with water, adding a measured volume of moist
cupric hydroxide (Stutzer’s reagent) and filtering when the
solution had cooled. The nitrogen in the washed precipitate
604 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
was then determined by the modified Kjeldahl method used
throughout this work. Non-protein or ‘‘amide’’ nitrogen was
obtained by subtracting the value found from the total nitro¬
gen.
Two catches which have not been included in the preced¬
ing determinations were also examined at this point. The per¬
centages of protein and non-protein nitrogen are recorded be¬
low.
The following forms of nitrogen were determined by the
method of Hausmann^: nitrogen as ammonia, “humic”
nitrogen, and nitrogen in the mono-amino and di-amino acids.
The sample was boiled with constant-boiling hydrochloric acid
until it no longer reacted with the biuret test. Hydrolysis
completed, the ammonia formed was distilled off with magnesia
cream. The “humic” nitrogen was determined in the mag¬
nesium oxide precipitate. Di-amino nitrogen was then pre¬
cipitated from the filtrate with an acid solution of phospho-
tungstic acid and the mono-amino nitrogen determined in the
filtrate from the preceding. The latter form predominates in
all the catches examined. The quantity of material available
for this work has not made it possible to attempt a further dif¬
ferentiation of the proteins.
A tabulation of the results follow:
iZ. physiol. Chem. 27, 95 (1899).
2 Obtained by difference.
ScJiuette — Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 605
The residues obtained in quantitatively extracting five of the
catches in this series with 95 per cent purified alcohol were
found to be nitrogen-containing. The extracts were evapor¬
ated under diminished pressure and then dried over sulphuric
acid. A quantitative extraction of the Daphnia catch was
not made at this time^ but the alcoholic extract obtained in an
attempt at the isolation of chitin was evaporated to dryness as
above examined for nitrogen. The residues from the plant
catches were of a gummy consistency. Their nature was such
as to preclude grinding preparatory to taking a representative
sample and hence the nitrogen was not determined. Inasmuch
as the Crustacea catches contain approximately the same amount
of alcohol-soluble matter, the latter was mixed and the nitrogen
content of the mixture determined. Analyses show that prac¬
tically all of the nitrogen entering into the alcohol extract is
water-soluble. The remainder is considered as “coagulable
nitrogen’’ and proteose nitrogen.
The results obtained are recorded below.
Carbohydrates. Various hexose and pentose sugars have been
reported in the marine algae. Konig and Betties^ found
d-galaetose, levulose and d-glucose. Muther and Tollens^
found d-galaetose, small quantities of arabinose and fucose.
Kylin^ found traces of dextrose and trehalose. Brandt^
identified none of the carbohydrates in the plankton of the Bay
of -Kiel although he reports their presence. He made an ele¬
mentary analysis, calculated the carbon and hydrogen to pro¬
tein and fat, and the remainder to carbohydrate. Hoagland®
studying the organic constituents of the Pacific coast kelps re-
1 Loc. cit.
aBer. 37, 298-305 (1904).
3Z. physiol. Chem. 94, 337-425 (1905).
* Loc. cit.
® Jc. Agr. Research 4, 337-425 (1915).
606 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
ports the absence of reducing sugars. He was able, however,
to isolate a complex carbohydrate constituent of the pentosan
type which he called algin. The latter had been previously
reported by Stanford^.
The following experiments are recorded although they are
only a preliminary survey in this direction. In several in¬
stances qualitative tests Avere obtained but the reaction seemed
to indicate only traces of carbohydrates present. In view of
the small amount of material available for examination, a de¬
tailed study of the carbohydrates of the fresh water plankton
was not undertaken at this time. However, our findings are
reported here in the hope that they may be a guide to some
future study Avhen a favorable opportunity presents itself for
obtaining a larger catch of these small organisms. It should
be stated in this connection that all the investigators of ma¬
rine algae worked with kilograms of the material, Avhereas we
were limited to several hundred grams for the entire study.
Six plankton catches were examined. The Crustacea plank¬
ton were first extracted Avith Avater, folloAved by 95 per cent,
70 per cent and 50 per cent alcohol respectively. The aqueous
or de-alcoholized extract, as the case might be, Avas treated with
basic lead acetate solution, the precipitated matter removed, and
the excess of lead precipitated as the sulphate. The filtrate
did not reduce Fehling’s solution either before or after inver¬
sion. This indicates the absence of reducing sugars.
Following the method of the Association of Official Agricul¬
tural Chemists, a weighed portion of each Crustacea catch was
distilled with hydrochloric acid. A small quantity of fur¬
fural was formed. It Avas precipitated Avith phloroglucinol so¬
lution and the resulting phloroglucid calculated to pentosans.
Extracts of the plant catches '‘A” and “B’’ made Avith 50
per cent alcohol and purified as above showed a slight reducing
action upon Fehling’s solution. No osazone, however, was
obtained Avith phenylhydrazine in acetic acid solution. A good
precipitation of phloroglucid was obtained from the furfural
liberated on distilling the samples with hydrochloric acid.
The algal catch ‘‘E” and the mixed diatom-crustacea catch
5138 were covered with Avater in large flasks. The latter were
placed in a boiling Avater-bath for one hour and then set aside
i Chem. News 47, 254-257 (1883).
Schiiette^Bio chemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 607
for twelve hours. After the subsidence of the suspended mat¬
ter, the supernatant liquid was filtered through filter paper
pulp and the operation repeated. The united filtrates were
treated with lead subacetate solution and the excess of lead re¬
moved from the filtrate with hydrogen sulphide. The lead-free
filtrates were evaporated under diminished pressure to a small
volume. A faint, though positive, reaction was obtained with
Molisch’s alpha-naphthol reagent, but no reaction with orcinol
solution or orcinol and ferric chloride solution. No pentoses
are present, yet there are indications of the presence of other
carbohydrates for the solution showed a slight reducing action
toward Fehling’s solution.
The extract from catch 5138 gave with phenylhydrazine
hydrochloride and sodium acetate an amorphous brown precipi¬
tate. A microscopic examination of the latter showed that it
contained brownish-yellow needles. By the cautious addition
of a little water, enough were removed for a melting point de¬
termination. They charred at 215° C. but did not melt. We
concluded that they were not crystals of an osazone. The
small quantity of crystals obtained did not permit of an ex¬
amination as to their identity.
The amorphous precipitate was washed with cold water to
remove the excess of reagents mechanically held. A part was
then dissolved in hot alcohol and another part in purified
pyridine. Ethyl ether was stratified over one portion of the
pyridine solution and benzol over the other. From neither the
alcoholic nor the pyridine solutions was a crystalline product
obtained which would indicate that the precipitate was, or con¬
tained an osazone. Further attempts at the isolation of an osa¬
zone had to be abandoned on account of a lack of material. A
smaller amount of furfural was obtained from this catch than
from the other plant catches. This was to be expected, how¬
ever, on account of the presence of the Crustacea in the sample.
Five grams of catch 5138 were treated for one hour on a
boiling water-bath with 150 cc. of 50 per cent purified neutral
alcohol in a 200-cc. flask. The flask was then set aside over
night. The solution was made up to the mark with 95 per
cent alcohol and filtered. An aliquot was dealcoholized and
washed into a 100-cc. flask, basic lead acetate solution was
added and volume made up to the mark with water. It
was then filtered and the lead removed from the filtrate with
608 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters,
anhydrous sodium sulphate. Twenty-five cc. of the filtrate
yielded an amount of cupric oxide by the Defren-0 ’Sullivan
method equivalent to 29.3 mg, dextrose. The amount of re¬
ducing sugar found when calculated as dextrose is 3.12%. The
solution was hydrolyzed by letting it stand over night with 5 ce.
of concentrated hydrochloric acid. No change in reducing
power was found under -these conditions. This indicates the
absence of a disaccharide or a glueoside.
The colloidal nature of the extract obtained from the algal
catch under similar conditions precluded a quantitative
determination of reducing sugars. A good reaction was ob-
tainedj however, with Molisch’s reagent.
The work of Hoagland^ and of Stanford^ on the algin
of marine kelps lent interest to the isolation of a similar car¬
bohydrate constituent from our fresh water plankton. Five
grams of material were digested cold for 24 hours with a two
per cent solution of sodium carbonate. The supernatant liquid
was decanted and the residue thoroughly washed with cold
water. From the combined filtrate and washings dilute hy¬
drochloric acid caused no precipitation. This indicates the
absence of a substance comparable to their algin.
The furfural obtained on distillation with hydrochloric acid
T>f specific gravity 1.06 when calculated to pentosans was as
follows :
Sample
A. ......
B. ......
0. ......
D. ......
E. ......
154.. ....
5158.. ...
Pentosans
2.67%
3.00
1,30
1.14
3.42
0.78
2.30®
Inasmuch as the plankton catches alluded to in the introduc¬
tion of this paper are rarely pure, being for the most part mix¬
tures of vegetable and animal forms, it seemed desirable to
find some chemical method whereby the composition of a plank¬
ton catch may be determined with a fair degree of certainty
i Loc. cit.
^Loc, cit.
® Analysis by G. M. Bishop of the Survey,
Schuette — Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 609
and accuracy. Although the organisms in each catch are
counted under the microscope per unit volume, a check by
chemical means is often desirable.
The alleged absence of pentosans in the animal kingdom
suggested the possibility of adapting the results of the pento¬
san determination of a plankton catch to an estimation of the
proportion of vegetable life in a mixture of animal and vege¬
table forms. In order to do this, it is necessary to examine
a number of pure representative vegetable samples for the pur¬
pose of establishing an average figure on the yield of furfural
obtained under the conditions of the determination. Like¬
wise it is necessary to obtain an average figure for pure animal
forms of the kind met with in a survey of this kind.
The pentosan content of seven catches of the larger series
which were known to be nearly pure Crustacea was determined.
The quantity of pentosan-reacting material obtained and which
was weighed as phloroglucid ranged from 0.67 to 1.32 per cent,
or an average of 0.82 per cent of the dry weight. It was not
of the same appearance, nor did it seem to have the same tex¬
ture, as the phloroglucid obtained from the vegetable samples
examined. The average content of several nearly pure algal
catches was found to be 1.40 per cent. Various mixtures of
these catches were made and the pentosan content of the mix¬
ture determined. The values found in twelve mixtures all
lay within a narrow range — 0.65 to 1.35 per cent. The dif¬
ference in the average values found is apparently not great
enough to cause an appreciable difference in the mixtures ex¬
amined.
The following data are added to show the futility of trying
to make a practical application of this determination.
39— S. A. L.
610 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
After this series of experiments had been completed we found
that Krober and Eimbach^ had successfully applied the
pentosan determination to a mathematical formula for deter¬
mining the percentage composition of paper made from a mix¬
ture of rag stock and wood pulp. They established an aver¬
age value of 12 per cent pentosans in wood pulp and an aver¬
age value of 1 per cent pentosans in the cellulose of rags^ etc.
The large difference in values which they obtained with their
material as compared with that obtained by us from the plank¬
ton samples is to be noted.
CJiitin. The shells of the plankton Crustacea contain chitin,
Gibson^ showed that it sometimes replaces cellulose in plants.
Winterstein has isolated it from certain fungi®, as Boletus
edulis, Polyporus officinalis, Agaricus compestris and others.
Wester^ obtained it from the shell of the shrimp, from cantharis,
champignon, ergot, the cuttlefish and from crabs ^ eyes. Hegler®
and KohP report having found chitin in the walls of many blue-
green algae but Wester was unable to confirm their results.
With modifications to adapt it to our needs, we tried Win¬
terstein ’s scheme of separation and isolation. The fat-free
sample was boiled under a reflux condenser with three suc¬
cessive portions of 95 per cent alcohol, washed by decantation,
and the filtrate and washings evaporated under reduced pres¬
sure to dryness. This residue was examined as above de¬
scribed for nitrogen. Extraction by 60 per cent alcohol fol¬
lowed 'and the residue was washed with cold water until color¬
less. The filtrate was practically colorless which showed
that the extraction with the strong alcohol is quantitative.
Proteins were then decomposed by treating the residue with
300 cc. of a one per cent sodium hydroxide solution. The so¬
lution was left standing in the cold for sixteen hours and was
then boiled for thirty minutes. This digestion, after the
alkali and the decomposition products had been washed out,
was followed by a digestion in the cold for twenty-four hours
with 200 cc. of 0.1 normal hydrochloric acid and then by di¬
gesting on the water-bath for four hours. The residue so ob¬
tained was washed with boiling water.
iz. angew. Chem. 25, 510 (1902).
^Ber, 28, 821 (1895).
3Z. physiol. Chem. 1©, 521-630 (1894).
^Arch. d. Fharm. 247, 282-307 (1909).
®Jahrb. Wiss. Bot., 36, 279 (1901).
®Ueber d. Organ, und Physiol. Cyanophyceenzelle, Jena, 1903.
Schuette— -Biochemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 611
The residues were then washed from the filters with 100 cc.
of ten per cent hydlocMorie acidj the acid saturated with potas¬
sium chlorate crystals^ and the beakers allowed to stand for
twenty-five days. Within twenty-four hours the residues had
turned white. At the end of this period the solutions were
diluted to about 700 ce. with distilled water^ the contents of the
beakers filtered^ and thoroughly washed. To remove the
last traces of chlorine and hydrochloric acid, the residues were
macerated for twenty-four hours with 500 cc. of 0.05 normal
ammonium hydroxide. The residues had lost their original
texture and filtered very slowly. An operation that ordin¬
arily required thirty minutes at the most now took a week
though filtered at the suction pump. The residues were col¬
lected on tared filter papers, washed with boiling water, and
then with alcohol and ether. They were finally dried at the
temperature of boiling water.
The residues were hard and brittle. They contained no
sulphur or phosphorus and it did not respond to the biuret or
to the xanthoproteic reactions. This indicated the absence
of a protein. Chitin was identified in these residues by
Zander’s test^. This test depends upon the brown colora¬
tion obtained when chitin-containing substances are treated
with a drop of a strong potassium iodide solution and then a
concentrated zinc chloride solution.
As in the ease of the crude fiber, these residues were found
to contain nitrogen and in fact in the proportion in which ni¬
trogen has been reported in chitin by various investigators.
While the values obtained were within the range of nitrogen
reported by others, still the method leaves much to be desired
both as to convenience and rapidity and because of the difficulty
of obtaining a perfectly pure product. We believe that this form
of nitrogen can be most expeditiously determined in the crude
fiber.
The Crustacea plankton only were examined for chitin. The
extracts obtained in the initial stages of the analysis of catch
were of such a slimy character that they were attacked
by a mold before they had finally passed through the filter,
and hence were discarded. The results follow:
iPfluger’s Archiv 66^ 545.
612 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Sample
Residue
4.41%
4.45
3.25
Nitrogen in the residue
A
B
154
5.91%
5.64
6.21
Summary
In the examination of seven typical plankton catches made
preliminary to and in part concomitant with an extensive
chemical survey of the plankton of Lakes Mendota and Monona,
it was found that from 40 to 87 per cent of the total nitrogen
was present in an available form, that is as protein nitrogen.
The remainder was non-protein nitrogen which included, among
other forms, that nitrogen entering into the indigestible chitin
molecule. The latter was present in larger amounts in those
catches which contain a preponderance of animal matter
(Crustacea) than in those catches which consist almost en¬
tirely of vegetable matter. Chitin was isolated from the
Crustacea plankton in which it is present to the extent of 5.9 to
6.2 per cent of the dry weight.
Nitrogen of the mono-amino acids was the predominant
form among the hydrolysis products with hydrochloric acid of
both the plant and Crustacea catches. Amide-nitrogen, di-amino
nitrogen and ‘‘humic” nitrogen made up the rest. The
nitrogenous constituents of the alcoholic extracts of the
Crustacea catches were almost all water-soluble.
The sulphur content of all the catches examined in this con¬
nection and that of two other catches selected at random from
the larger series of the survey showed a surprising constancy.
This constancy was not shared, however, to such a marked de¬
gree by the phosphorus.
An investigation as to the nature of the carbohydrates pres¬
ent was perforce only a preliminary survey in this direction.
Qualitative tests indicated the presence of only small quanti¬
ties of sugars. The amounts detected made it apparent that a
larger quantity of material would be necessary for a thorough
study than was available with present means of collecting.
The Crustacea catches did not show the presence of any re¬
ducing sugars either in the aqueous extract oi the extracts
with 95 per cent, 70 per cent, or 50 per cent alcohol. Those
catches in which plant matter predominates to such an extent
Schuette^Bio chemical Study of Lake Mendota Plankton 613
that the animal matter present can be neglected showed the
presence of reducing sugars soluble in 50 per cent alcohol. A
catch of blue-green algae and a mixture of diatoms and
Crustacea were found to contain carbohydrates soluble in hot
water. No pentoses were present although a qualitative test
with Fehling’s solution indicated the presence of some reduc¬
ing sugars. An amorphous precipitate obtained in the puri¬
fied and concentrated aqueous extract of the diatom-crustacea
catch with phenylhydrazine hydrochloride and sodium acetate
did not show the presence of an osazone soluble in hot 60 per
cent alcohol or in pyridine. A quantitative determination of
the reducing power of this extract with Fehling’s solution both
before and after hydrolysis with hydrochloric acid proved the
absence of disaccharides or glucosides.
No substance soluble in dilute sodium carbonate solution and
comparable to the algin reported in marine algae is present
in the catches examined.
All the samples examined yielded measurable amounts of
furfural which was collected as the phloroglucid and calculated
to pentosan. It was found that the difference in the average
yield of furfural obtained from a number of relatively pure
vegetable catches and animal catches was not sufficiently great
to warrant applying the determination of pentosans as a chemi¬
cal means of estimating the proportion of vegetable life in
mixtures of animal and vegetable forms.
The ether extracts of the Crustacea catches were found to
be oils. The physical and chemical constants obtained indicate
that they should be classed with the fish oils. The quantity
and the physical nature of the extracts obtained from the
vegetable catches did not permit of similar determinations.
Note: The author wishes to extend his thanks to Dr. E. A. Birge, Dean of the College
of Letters and Science of the University of Wisconsin and Director of the Wisconsin
Geological and Natural History Survey, for suggesting and making possible the study
of the problem outlined above. Thanks are also due to Mr. Chaney Juday of the Survey
staff for collecting the material used in this study and his interest in the work. To
Ptof. Richard Fischer he is also indebted for his timely help and suggestions.
614 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
A SECOND LIST OF ALGAE FOUND IN WISCONSIN
LAKES
Gilbert Morgan Smith
Notes from the laboratory of the Wisconsin Geological and
Natural History Survey XIV.
The following list of algae is a continuation of the study of
Wisconsin algae under the auspices of the Wisconsin Geological
and Natural History Survey. The collections of the past sea¬
son (1916) are from two lake areas that were not visited before;
the Southeastern part of the state in Walworth, Kenosha and
Kacine counties, and the Northwestern in Sawyer, Washburn,
Barron, Rusk and Polk counties. The scope of the work has
been curtailed since the publication of the first list and atten¬
tion has been confined to the phytoplankton.
Following the system used in the preliminary list, the exact
location of each new lake is given in the following table.
In citing the geographical distribution of the lakes they are
placed in three groups as follows : I, those mentioned in the pre¬
liminary list; II, the Southeastern lake area; III, the North¬
western lake area. In order to show the relative abundance of
each individual species the following symbols are used; (aaa)
very abundant, (aa) abundant, (a) fairly abundant, (ccc) very
common, (cc) common, (c) fairly common, (s) fairly scarce,
(ss) scarce, (sss) very scarce, (r) fairly rare, (rr) rare, (rrr)
very rare.
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
615
Lake
Amicoy . .
Bear. . .
Beaver . . . . .
Beaverdam .
Birch . . .
Brown’s .
Camp! .
Center .
Chetac . . .
Chetek .
Delavan .
Devils . .
Duck .
Dummy . . .
Eagle...... , — - -
Elizabeth . . . .
Granite .
Green .
Grindstone .
Hooker .
Horseshoe .
Island .
Lac Court Oreilles. .
Lauderdale (see Mil
Little Rice....
Mary .
Middle .
Mill .
Owen .
Number One..
Paddock .
Pine .
Pokegama .
Prairie .
Reserve .
Rice .
Shell . . .
Silver .
Silver... . .
Vermilion.
Whitefish..
Section
25
1, 2, 3
24
8, 17, 4, 34.
29
5, 6, 7, 8
32, 33
28
20, 29
1. 12, 13
28, 29
23, 26
17, 20
2, 12, 13, 19
5, 8
16, 21
14, 25
14, 15
12. 14
616 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Class PHAEOPHYCEAE
Order Chromulinales
Family EUCHROMULINACEAE
Genus CHRYSAMOEBA Klebs 1893.
Chrysamoeba radians Klebs.
Zeits. f, wiss. Zool. 55: 407, pi. 18, figs, la-lc. 1893.
I. Taylor (rr).
Family MALLOMONADACEAE
Genus MALLOMONAS Perty 1852
Mallomonas tonsurata Telling
Sv. Bot. Tids 6; 277. fig. 3. 1912
I. Waupaca (rr).
Mallomonas producta (Zach.) Iwanoff.
Bull, de PAead. d. Sc. d. St. Petersbourg, 5 Ser. 11: 250. figs. A*. 1899.
I. Catfish (sss), Cranberry (ss).
var. MARCHiCA Lemmermann.
Zeits. f. Fischeri. 106 1903.
I. Oeonomowoc (ss), Tamarack (sss).
Mallomonas caudata Iwanoff.
Bull. de. PAead. d. Sc. d. St. Petersbourg, 5 Ser. 11: 250. figs. B ^ -B ®. 1899.
I. Birch (rrr). Hill (ss). No Mans (ss), Rock (cc). North Turtle (r).
Genus CHRYSOSPHAERELLA Lauterborn 1896.
Chrysosphaerella longispina Lauterborn.
Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. 65: 381. pi. 18, figs. 12-16. 1899; Zool. Anz. 19: 16.
1896.
I. Lac la Belle (ccc), Oeonomowoc '(ss), Okauchee (r), Waupaca (sss).
II. Elizabeth (rr), Mary (ss). Silver (ss).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
617
Order Isochrysidales
Family EUHYMENOMONADACEAE
Genus SYNURA Ehrenberg 1838.
Synura uvella Ehrenberg.
Die lufusionsthierchen. 60. pi. 3, fig. 9. 1838.
I. Mendota (ss), Oconomowoc (ss), North Turtle (rr), Waupaca (r).
II. Camp (ss), Mill (ec).
Order Ochromonadales
Family EUCHROMONADACEAE
Genus UROGLBNOPSIS Lemmermann 1899.
Uroglenopsis AMERICANA (CalMns) Lemm.
Forsehungsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 7 : 107. 1899; Kryptogamenfl. d. M.
Brandenburg 3: Algen 1; 449. 444 figs. 1-6. 1908
I. Mendota (ss), Oconomowoc (rr), Okauchee (sss).
II. Browns (ss). Camp (ss). Eagle (sss), Mill (ss). Paddock (s).
Genus DINOBRYON Ehrenberg 1833
Dinobryon caliciformis Baehmann.
Arch. f. Hydrobiol u. Planktonkde 3: 82. fig. XI 1908.
II. Browns (sss) (On Microcystis)
Dinobryon setularia Ehrenberg.
Die Infusionsthierchen. 124. pi. 8, fig. 8. 1838.
I. Devils (ccc). Lost (ss). Lower Nehmabin (r), Eock (cc).
Dinobryon sociale Ehrenberg.
Die Infusionsthierchen. 125. pi. 8. fig. 9. 1838.
I. Green (sss), Oconomowoc (cc), North Turtle (rr), Waupaca (cc),
Trout (rr)
II. Green (ss), Mill (ccc), Silver (s).
Dinobryon stipitatum Stein.
D. Org. d. Inf. 3: 1. pi. 12, /. 5. Lemmerman Flagellata 2, in Pascher,
D. Siisswasserfl. Deut., Osterr. u. d. Sehw. 2: 73. /. 118. 1913.
I. Oconomowoc (ss), Waupaca (ss).
618 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Dinobryon bavaricum Imhof.
Zool. Anz. 13. 484 1890; Lemmermann, Bot. Not. 1903; 78. pi. 3, figs. 3-4.
I. George (sss), Harris (rr), Oconomowoc (rr), Speese (ss), Waupaca
(ss).
Dinobryon divergens (Imhof) Lemmermann.
Ber. d. D. Bot. Ges. 18: 517. pi. 19, figs. 15-20. 1900.
I. George (r), Green (rr), Hill (cc), Lac la Belle (ss), Meta (r),
Oconomowoc (cc), Eock (ss), Speese (cc), Tamarack (ss). Turtle,
North (ss), Waupaca (s).
II. Browns (cc). Center (ss), Elizabeth (cc), Mary (c). Mill (cc). Silver
(cc).
Family PHAEOCAPSACEAE.
Genus PHAEOCOCCUS Borzi 1892.
Phaeococcus planctonicus W. & G. S. West.
Trans. Eoy Soc. Edinb. 41: 496. pi. 6, figs. 15-16. 1905.
The margins of the chromoplasts of the Wisconsin form are
entire and not irregularly lobed as the Wests describe them.
I. Devils (cc), Mendota (sss).
II. Mary (s). Silver (s). "
III. Shell (sss).
Class MYXOPHYCEAE.
Order Chroococcales.
Family CHEOOCOCCACEAE.
Genus CHROOCOCCUS Nageli 1849.
Chroococcus dispersus (v. Keissler) Lemmermann.
Arkiv. f. Botanik 2: No. 2; 102. 1904.
C. minor var. dispersus v. Keissler, Verb. d. zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien 52:
311. fig. 6. 1902.
II. Browns (rr).
Chroococcus limneticus Lemmermann.
Bot. Cent. 76: 153. 1898: Forschungsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 7: 132.
pi. 1, figs. 22-23. 1899.
I. Beaver (Oconomowoc) (rr), Upper Nashotah (rr).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
619
II. Browns (sss), Camp (rr), Eagle (rr), Mary (rr)^ Mill (rr), Silver (r).
III. Birch (ss), Chetac (r), Chetek (rrr), Grindstone (rr), Horseshoe (r),
Island (rr), Lac Court Oreilles (rr), Pokegema (rr), Eeserve (sss).
var. DiSTANS Gr. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 481. pi. 26, /. 26. 1916.
II. Browns (sss).
var. SUBSALSUS Lemmermann.
Eorschungsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. 2.u Pldn 8: 84. 1901; Arkiv f. Botanik 2: No.
2. 101. pi., 1, /. 9. 1904.
III. Lac Court Oreilles (ss), Owen (ss).
var. elegans var. nov
Colonies of 8-64 cells in a copious, hyaline gelatinous envelop.
Cell contents olive green, without pseudovacuoles.
Diam. cells (with individual sheath) 20-26, /a; (without
sheath) 18-22, /x. Diam. colonies up to 225, pc.
The cells of this variety are shaped like the typical C. limneti-
cus, but their size is greater than any other variety.
II. Delavan (rr).
Chroococcus turgidus (Ktz.) Nageli.
Gatt. einz. Algen, 46. 1849; G. S. West, Brit. Freshw. Algae 352. f. 166b.
1904.
I. Beaver (rr).
II. Browns (rr).
Chroococcus giganteus W. West.
Jour. Eoy. Micr. Soc. 1892. p. 741. pi. 10, figs. 59-60.
II. Mary (rrr).
Genus RHABDODERMA Schmidle & Lauterborn 1900
Rhabdoderma lineare Schmidle & Lauterborn.
Ber. d. D. bot. Ges. 18: 148. pi. 6, figs. 8-11. 1900.
III. Whitefish (rr).
620 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Genus DACTYLOCOCCOPSIS Hansgirg 1892.
Dactylococcopsis acicularis Lemmermann.
Ber. d. D. bot. Ges. 18: 309. 1900; Kryptogamenfl. d. M. Brandenburg 3:
Algen 1. 51, 44. /. 5. 1907.
II. Browns (sss).
The cells of this species that have been observed have a parie¬
tal ehromatophore. Lemmermann does not state this fact in
his original description of the alga, but parietal chromatophores
have been described in the genus by G. S. West (Brit. Preshw.
Algae p. 348. 1904). The presence of a parietal chromato-
phore suggests that the alga is possibly a member of the
Chlorophyceae but since its color is a pale blue green it should
be placed in the Myxophyceae. ’(Plate 14, figs. 2-4).
Dactylococcopsis raphidioides Hansgirg.
Prodr. d. Algenfl. v. Bohmen 139. /. 49a. 1892.
III. Eeserve (rr), Eice (rr).
Genus APHANOCAPSA Nageli 1849.
Aphanocapsa grevillei (Hass.) Rabenhorst
Flora Eur. Algarum 2: 50. 1865.
Coccochloris Grevillei Hassall, Hist. Brit. Fresh w. Algae 318. pi. 78, figs.
7-8. 1845.
II. Camp (ss).
III. Beaverdam (rr), Birch (ss), Chetac (sss), Eice (ss), Whitefish (ss).
Aphanocapsa pulchra (Ktz.) Rabenhorst.
Flora Eur. Algarum 2: 49. 1865.
III. Beaverdam (sss). Lac Court Oreilles (ss).
Aphanocapsa elachista var. conferta W. & G. S. West.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 40: 432. pi. 19, /. 1. 1912.
II. Silver (rr).
Genus APHANOTHECE Nageli 1849.
Aphanothece nidulans P. Richter.
Bot. Not. 1884: 128.
I. Beaver (Oconomowoc) (ss).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
621
Aphanothece nidulans var. endophytica W. & G. S. West.
Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 40: 432. pi. 19, /. 14. 1912.
III. Chetac (ss), within colonies of CoelospJiaerium Naegelianum Unger.
Aphanothece stagnina (Sprengel) A. Br.
In Rabenhorst Algae No. 1572; Kiitzing, Tab. Phycol. 1: pi. 18, /. 3.
Ill, Whitefish (rr).
Aphanothece prasina A. Br.
In Rabenhorst, Flora Eur. Algarum 2: 65. 1865; Cooke, Brit. Freshw.
Algae 218. pi. 88, figs. 3a-3b, 1882.
III. Beaverdam (r).
Genus MICROCYSTIS Kiitzing 1833.
Microcystis flos-aquae (Wittr.) Kirchner.
In Engler & Prantl. nat. Pflanzenfam. 1: Abt. la: 56. fig. 49N 1898.
II. Browns (cc). Center (cc), Paddock (ss.)
III. Duck (ss), Horseshoe (rr). Shell (rr), Whitefish (ss).
Microcystis aeruginosa Kiitzing.
Tabulae Phycol. 1: 6. pi. 8. 1849.
II. Browns (cc), Delavan (sss), Elizabeth (cc). Hooker (ss). Mill (sss).
Silver (ss).
III. Bear (rr). Devils (rr). Grindstone (rr), Owen (rrr), Pokegema (ss),
Prairie (sss). Rice (ss).
var. MAJOR (Wittr.) G. M. Smith.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts. & Lett. 18 535, 1916.
II. Center (rr).
III. Vermilion (ccc).
Microcystis incerta Lemmermann.
Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 17: 342. 1903; Ber. d. D. bot. Ges. 19: 93. pi. 4,
fig. 8 1901. (as Polycystis incerta).
II. Camp (rr). Hooker (s).
III. Chetek (rr). Prairie (r), Whitefish (rr).
Microcystis pulverea (Wood) Migula.
In Thome, Flora v. Deut., Deutsch-osterr. u. d. Schw. 6: 36. 1907.
II. Browns (ss). Mill (rrr).
622 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Genus COELOSPHAERIUM Nageli 1849.
COELOSPHAERIUM KUETZINGIANUM Nageli.
Gatt. einz. Algen 54: pi. 1, f. C. 1849.
II. Browns (rr), Eagle (ss), ElizaLetli (s), Green (rr), Hooker (rr),
Mary (s), Mill (rrr), Paddock (ss), Silver (rr).
III. Bear (r), Beaverdam (ss), Grindstone (rr), Horseshoe (rrr), Island
(ss). Little Eice (ss), Owen (rrr), Pokegema (rrr), Eeserve (ss),
Eice (rr), Whitefish (s).
COELOSPHAERIUM NAEGELIANUM Unger.
Mitth. d. Naturw. Ver. f. Steiermark 2: h. 1: pi. 2; Borge, Bot. Not. 1900:
10. pi. 1, /. 5.
II. Browns (rr), Camp (ccc). Center (a), Elizabeth (r), Hooker (rr),
Mill (rr), Paddock (ccc). Silver (ccc).
III. Amicoy (ss). Bear (s), Beaverdam (ccc), Birch (aa), Chetac (aa).
Devils (ss). Duck (ss). Dummy (rrr). Granite (ss). Grindstone
(ss). Horseshoe (ss). Island (cc), Littlerice (cc). Number One
(ss), Pokegema (s). Prairie (ss), Eice (cc), Whitefish (ccc).
Genus GOMPHOSPHAEEIA Kiitzing 1836.
Gomphosphaeria aponina Kiitzing.
Decades 16: No. 151. 1836; Tabulae Phycol. 1: 22. pi. 31, f. 3. 1849.
I. Pine (rr). ;
II. Browns (rr). Center (rr). Eagle (rr), Elizabeth (rr), Mary (rr).
Silver (rr).
var. coRDiFORMis Wolle.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 9: 25. pi. 13, f. 11. 1882.
III. Beaverdam (sss).
Gomphosphaeria lacustris Chodat.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 6: 180. /. 1. 1898; W. & G. S. West, Trans. E. Irish
Ac. 33: sec. B": 112. pi. 11, figs. 24-27. 1906.
I. Mendota (s).
III. Beaverdam (c).
Genus MERISMOPEDIA Meyen 1828.
Merismopedia tenuissima Lemmermann.
Bot. Cent. 76: 154. 1898; Forschungsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 7: 132.
pi. 1, f. 21. 1899.
II. Camp (rr), Mary (rr).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
623
Merismopedia glauca (Ehr.) Nageli.
Cratt. einz. Algen 55. pi. 1, f. D 1849.
II. Mill (rr).
III. Lac Court Oreilles (rrr).
Merismopedia elegans A. Br.
In Kiitzing, Species Algarum 472. 1849; G. S. West, Brit. Fresliw. Algae
348. /. 162. C. 1904.
II. Center (rr).
III. Beaverdam (r).
Order Hormogoneales.
Family OSCILLATORIACEAE
Genus LYNGBYA C. A. Agardh 1824.
Lyngbya birgei G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 482. pi. 26, /. 28. 1916.
II. Elizabeth (ss), Mary (ss).
Genus TRICHODESMIUM Ehrenberg 1830.
Trichodesmium lacustre Klebahn.
Forschungsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. fcu Plon 3: 13. 1895; Flora 80: 271. pi. 4,
figs. 31-33. 1895.
The general manner of growth of this alga suggests Aphani-
zomenon, but a careful search has failed to demonstrate the
presence of heterocysts. It differs from sterile specimens of
Aphanizomenon in the shorter and relatively broader cells.
(Plate 14, .fig. 5).
III. Island (r), Eice (rr).
Family NOSTOCACEAE
Genus ANABAENA Bory de St. Vincent 1823.
Anabaena pIjANCTonica Brunnthaler.
Sitzbr. d. Kais. Ak. d. Wiss. Wien. 112^: 292. 1903.
II. Center (cc).
624 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts, and Letters,
Anabaena macrospora var. robusta Lemmermann.
Bot. Cent. 76; 154. 1898.
II. Camp (ccc).
Anabaena augstumalis var. marchica Lemmermann.
Forschungsbr. a. d. biol. Stat. zu Plon 12: 147. 1905.
II. Center (cc).
Anabaena lemmermanni P. Richter.
In Lemmermann, Forschungsbr. a. d. biol. Stat. zu Plon 10: 153. 1903.
III. Eeserve (r), Eice (sss).
Anabaena flos- aquae (Lyngbye) de Breb.
Mem. de la soc. Acad, de Falaise 1835: 36.
II. Browns (cc), Camp (ss). Eagle (sss), Green (sss), Hooker (r), Mary
(rr). Mill (ss). Paddock (ccc).
III. Lac Court Oreilles (ccc), Shell (rrr).
Anabaena hassallii (Ktz.) Witt rock.
Algae exsicc. Fasc. 21: 56.
II. Center (s).
var. MACROSPORA Wittrock.
Algae exsicc. Fasc. 21: 56.
II. Camp (sss).
Anabaena spiroides var. crassa Lemmermann.
Bot. Cent. 76: 155. 1898; Kryptogamenfl. d. M. Brandenburg 3: Algen 1:
188. 159. figs 15-16. 1907.
II. Hooker (ccc).
III. Granite (ccc). Vermilion (c).
Genus APHANIZOMENON Morren 1838.
Aphanizomenon FLOS- aquae (L) Ralfs.
Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 5: 340. pi. 9, /. 6. 1850.
II. The alga produced a bloom in Amicoy and the Chetek
group of lakes that filled the entire lake. The appearance of
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
625
a bloom of this alga is quite striking since, to the naked eye, the
lake appears to be filled with small pieces of macerated grass.
II. Camp (r), Center (rrr), Green (ss), Hooker (cc).
III. Amicoy (aa), Bear (rr), Beaverdam (rr), Birch (ss), Chetae (sss),
Chetek (a), Granite (a). Horseshoe (r), Island (ccc). Little Eice
(sss), Pokegama (a). Prairie (aa), Eeserve Xrr) j Eice (ss), ShelP
(rrr), Vermilion (r), Whitefish (rr).
Family RIVULARIACEAE
Genus RIVULARIA (Roth) C. A. Agardh 1824.
Rivularia echinulata (Smith) Born, et Flah.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 31: 77. 1884; P. Eichter, Forschungsbr. a. d. biol.
Stat. zu Plon 2: 31. figs.1-8. 1894.
III. Bear (rr), Beaverdam (rr), Birch (ss), Chetae (ss). Duck (rr).
Dummy (rr). Grindstone (rr). Horseshoe (ss). Island (ss), Lae
Court Oreilles (ss), Owen (rr), Eeserve (rr). Shell (rr). White-
fish (sss).
Class CHLOROPHYCEAE.
Order Volvocales.
Family VOLVOCACEAE.
Genus GONIUM Mueller 1773.
Gonium pectorale Mueller.
Vermium terrestrium et fluviatilum etc. 1: 60. 1773.
The mucus projections between the individual cells are more
fully developed in the plankton individuals of this species.
(Plate 10, figs. 1-2).
III. Beaverdam (rrr), Duck (rr). Island (r). Number One (rr).
Genus PANDORINA Bory de St. Vincent 1824.
Pandorina morum Bory de St. Vincent.
Encyc. meth. Hist. Nat. de Zoophytes 2: 600. 1824; G. !3. West, Brit.
Freshw. Algae 193. jigs. 76a-76h. 1904.
II. Camp (rr). Center (cc). Hooker (s).
III. Birch (rr), Chetae (rr), Chetek (sss). Duck (ss). Grindstone (s). Lac
Court Oreilles (ss). Little Eice (r). Number One (rr), Pokegama
(r), Prairie (r), Eeserve (rr), Eice (r), Whitefish (ss).
40— S. A. L.
626 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, A^ds, and Letters.
Genus EUDOEINA Ehrenberg 1832.
Eudorina elegans Ehrenberg.
Abh. d. Kgl. Ak. d. Wiss. zu Berlin Jahrgang 1831: 78. pi. 2, /. 10. 1832.
II. Camp (cc), Center (sss), Delavan (sss), Elizabeth (rr), Green (rr),
Paddock (r), Silver (ccc).
III. Bear (ss), Beaverdam (sss), Birch (ss), Bryer (rr), Chetac (ss).
Buck (s). Grindstone (rrr). Horseshoe (rr). Island (ss). Lac
Court Oreilles (rr). Number One (rr), Pokegama (ss). Prairie
(ss), Eeserve (rr), Eice (ss). Vermilion (rr).
Order Protococcales
Family PALMELLACEAE. '
Genus SPHAEROCYSTIS Chodat 1897.
Sphaerocystis schroeteri Chodat.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 119 pi. 9, -figs. 1-12. 1897.
II. Browns (rr). Camp (rr). Center (rr), Eagle (rr), Elizabeth (sss).
Green (rr). Hooker (rr), Mary (ss). Mill (sss), Silver (r).
III. Bear (ss), Birch (ss), Chetac (ss), Chetek (cc), Lac Court Oreilles
(rr). Number One (cc), Pokegama (ss). Prairie (ss), Eice (ss).
Shell (ccc).
Genus GLOEOCYSTOPSIS G. M. Smith.
Gloeocystopsis limneticus G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 475. pi. 24, fig. 12. 1916.
In the few colonies observed the chloroplast was distinctly
parietal with a single pyrenoid. The original description states
that the chloroplast is diffuse ; so should be amended to describe
the parietal chloroplast of the younger cells. This same condi¬
tion has been observed in Nephrocytium where the chloroplast
is parietal in young cells, but becomes indistinct as the cell
grows older.
III. Beaverdam (rrr).
Planktosphaeria n. gen.
Cells spherical, embedded in a copious, non-lamellated, hya¬
line, gelatinous sheath; at first solitary, later irregularly dis¬
tributed within the colony. Mature cells with several parietal,
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes 627
polygonal chloroplasts, each containing a single pyrenoid.
Reproduction by liberation of daughter colonies through break¬
ing down of gelatinous sheath.
Planktosphaeria gelatinosa n. sp.
Characters the same as genus. Diam. cells 25-4.5/x; diam.
colon, up to 150 /A (Plate 10, figs. 8-11 ).
The numerous parietal chloroplasts form the distinguishing
characteristic of the genus. At first glance this condition
might be considered a division stage in the reproduction of a
Sphaerocystis cell, but I am convinced that it is the normal state
of the adult cell. The very young cells have a single parie¬
tal bell-shaped chloroplast but as the cell grows the number of
chloroplasts increases.
I. Mendota (rr).
II. Browns (rr).
Genus ASTEROCOCCUS Scherffel 1908.
Asterococcus limneticus n. sp.
Colonies spherical, rarely ovoid, of 4, 8, or 16 cells widely
separated within a hyaline, unlamellated, gelatinous matrix.
Chloroplasts, star shaped, with 4-8 rays coming from a central
mass and ending in a disc at the cell wall. Pyrenoid, single, at
the center of the rays. (Plate 10, figs. 3-6).
Diam. cells 7. 5-23/x ; diam. colon, up to 125/x.
The genus Asterococcus was described by Scherffel (Ber. d. D.
bot. Ges. (26 A: 762. 1908.) because Fleur o coccus sup erhus Cienk.
differs so markedly from other species of that genus. The
two distinguishing characteristics of Asterococcus are a lamel-
lated gelatinous envelope around the cells, and a single star^
shaped chloroplast in which strands ending in discs run from
the center of the cell to the periphery. There is but one pyre¬
noid at the center of the cell. Scherffel’s figures for the vege¬
tative cells are not particularly good but Chodat (Bot. Ztg. 53:
pi. 5, figs. 6, 9, 19, 21, 1895). has given some very characteristic
figures of A. superhus (Cienk) Scherffel as stages in the life his¬
tory of Eremosphaeria.
The species that I have described above does not have the
628 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
lamellated gelatinous envelope but the star shaped chloroplast
is so characteristic of Asterococcus that' I believe it belongs in
the genus. The cells are also much smaller than those of A.
superhus.
III. Dummy (rr)^ Horseshoe (ss), Lac Court Oreilles (ss), Owen (ce),
Eeserve (r)^ Shell (ce).
Family DICTYOSPHAEEIACEAE
Genus DICTYOSPHAERIUM Nageli 1849.
Dictyosphaerium pulchellum Wood.
Smithsonian Cont. to Knowl. 19: No. 241 1 84. pi. 10, /. 4. 1872. (Botryo-
cocGUS pulcJiellus on plate).
II. Center (r). Eagle (rr), Elizabeth (rrr).
III. Amicoy (bs), Bear (ss), Chetek (ss), Duck (cc), Dummy (sss), Granite
(ss), Grindstone (rrr), Horseshoe (ss), Lac Court Oreilles (ss),
Little Eice (sss), Owen (rrr), Pokegama (c), Prairie (c), Ee¬
serve (rr), Eice (ss), Shell (cc), Vermilion (r), Whitefish (rr).
Genus DIMORPHOCOCCUS A. Br. 1849.
Dimorphococcus lunatus a. Br.
Alg. unicell. 44. 1855: Eabenhorst, Flora Eur. Algarum 3: 36. 6, /. a-e
1868.
I, Pine (rrr).
Ill, Bear (rr), Beaverdam (rr), Devils (r), Horseshoe (rr), Shell (rrr).
Genus WE STELLA de Wildemann 1897.
Westella botryoides (W. West) de Wildemann.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 532. 1897.
Tetracoccus 'botryoides W, West, Jour. Eoy. llicr. Soc. 1892: 735 pi. 10,
■figs. 43-48.
II, Mill (rrr).
III, Horseshoe (rr).
var. major var. nov.
Cells 8-13 ft in diam.
The size of the cells in this variety is much larger than > that
of the typical form. The cells are generally in groups of four
and the old mother cell wall that holds them together is incon¬
spicuous.
III. Whitefish (rr).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
629
Family AUTOSPORACEAE
Genus NEPHROCYTIUM Nageli 1849.
Nephrocytium agardhianum Nageli.
Gatt. einz. Algen 79. pi. 3, fig. 0. 1849.
II. Camp (rr), Mill (rrr).
III. Bear (rrr).
Genus OOCYSTIS Nageli 1855.
OocYSTis soLiTARiA Wittrock.
Bot. Not. 1879. p. 24. Figs, 1-5.
II. Hooker (r.)
var. MAJOR Wille.
ofvers. Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Fork. 36: No. 5: 26. 1879.
III. Rice (rr).
OocYSTis LACUSTRis Chodat.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 296. pi: 10, figs. 1-7. 1897.
II. Camp (sss), Center (s), Mary (r).
III. Chetek (r), Dummy (rr), Pokegama (r), Prairie (rr). Reserve (rr).
OocYSTis PARVA W. & G. S. West.
Jour, of Bot. 36: 335. 1898.
I. Beaver (rr).
OocYSTis ELLIPTIC A W. West.
Jour. Roy. Micr. Soe. 1892: 736. pi. 10, f. 56.
II. Amicoy (rr).
var. MINOR W. West.
Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1892: 736; W. & G. S. West, ibid. 1894: 14. pi. 2, f. 26.
II. Camp (sss).
OOCYSTIS BORGEI SnOW.
Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1902 : 379. pi 2, figs. 7 ‘-7 1903.
II. Camp (r). Green (rr).
630 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
OOCYSTIS GLOEOCYSTIFORMIS Borge.
Botaniska Studier tillagnade P. E. Kjellmann 23. pi. 1, /. 1. 1906.
III. Lac Court Oreilles (sss).
OocYSTis NOVAE-SEMLiAE var. MAXIMA W. & G. S. West.
Jour. Eoy. Mier. Soc. 1894: 13. pi. 2, f. 25.
III. Duck (r).
Oocystis eremosphaeria sp. nov.
Cells ovoid, 2-1% times as long as broad, solitary or in fam¬
ilies of 2-4. Chloroplasts numerous, lens shaped, each contain¬
ing a single pyrenoid. Cell wall thick, with a conspicuous
nodule at each pole. (Plates 14, figs. 8-9).
Cells 45-35 y long, 31-23 y wide. Families up to 100
x60 y.
The large size of the individual cells together with the num¬
erous chloroplasts at once distinguishes this from all other
species. Playfair (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 41: 106-147.
1916) has recently attempted to show that Eremosphaeria viridis
de Bary is merely a polymorphic condition of Oocystis and not
a distinct species. The species which is described above is much
more like E. viridis than any other Oocystis species but the cells
always have the ovid shape and polar nodule so characteristic of
Oocystis, There is, in my opinion, no evidence for regarding
E. viridis as a growth form of Oocystis.
III. Beaverdam (rr). Shell (sss).
Oocystis natans var. major var. nov.
Cells 38-31 X 25-16 /x. Families up to 120 x 90 y. (plate
15, figs. 6-7).
This variety has the typical star shaped chloroplast contain¬
ing a single pyrenoid but the cells are much larger.
III. Birch (sss), Chetac (s).
Genus MICRACTINIUM Fresenius 1858
Micractinium pusillum Fresenius.
Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 2: 236, pi. 11, -figs. 46-49. 1858; G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 479. pi. 25, f. 18. 1916.
II. Hooker (rr).
III. Chetek (rr). Island (rrr), Pokegama (rr). Prairie (rr).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
631
var. elegans var. nov.
Cells with 5~7 bristles. (Plate 12, fig. 4).
This new variety is justifiable since the cells of all the col¬
onies in the plankton of this lake possessed 5-7 bristles, whereas
cells ordinarily have but 2-4.
III. Eice (rr).
Micractinium quadrisetum (Lemm.) G. M. Smith
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 479. pi. 25, /. 17. 1916.
II. Camp (rr), Eagle (rrr).
Micractinium radiatum (Chodat) Wille.
In Engler u. Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenfam. (Nachtr) : 57. 1909.
GolenMnia radiata Chodat, Jour, de Bot. 8: 303. pi. 3, figs. 1-24 1894.
II. Green (rrr).
Micractinium paucispinum (W. & G-. S. West) Printz
Kristiana Vidensk. Skr. I. Mat.-Nat. Kl. 1913: No. 6: 55. 1914.
GolenMnia paucispina W. & G. S. West, Trans. E. Irish Ac. 32: sec. B^;
68. pi. 1, /. 18. 1902.
III. Prairie (rr).
Genus TETRAEDRON Kiitzing 1845.
Tetraedron muticum forma punctulatum (Reinsch) de Toni.
Sylloge algarum 1: 600. 1889.
Folyedrmm muticum var. punctidatum Eeinsch, Notarisia 3: 498. pi. 4, /.
6. 1888.
III. Beaverdam (rr).
Tetraedron minimum (A. Br.) Hansgirg.
Hedwigia 27: 131. 1888; G. S. West, Brit. Freshw. Algae 231. f. 101a. 1904.
I. Beaver (rr).
II. Camp (rr). Paddock (rrr).
Tetraedron caudatum (Corda) Hansgirg.
Hedwigia 27: 131. 1888; G. S. West, Brit. Freshw. Algae 231. f. 101b.
1904.
III. Eeserve (rrr).
632 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts, and Letters.
Tetraedron trigonum (Nageli) Hansgirg.
Hedwigia 27: 130. 1888.
III. Rice (rrr).
Tetraedron verrucosum sp. nov.
Cells four-angled, with convex sides, tetrahedric or with the
two sides crossed over one another. Angles obtuse, with a thick
projection 13-18 /x long. Wall thick, verrucose. (Plate 15, figs.
1-2).
Diam. cells 65-80 /x.
The shape of the cell is at times like T. re^gulare Ktz. but T,
verrucosum differs in its larger size and verrucose walls. The
warts on the walls are more pronounced than in any other species
of the genus.
III. Bear (rr).
Tetraedron proteiforme (Turner) Brunnthaler.
In Pasclier, D. Siisswasserfl. Deutschl., osterr. u. d. Sehw. 5: Chlorophyceae
2: 152. /. 177. 1915.
Polyedrium yroteiforme Turner, Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Haudl, 25: No. 5:
158. pi. 20, /. 24B, 1892.
Turner states that the cells may be either two or three-angled,
but no two-angled cells were observed in the Wisconsin collec¬
tions. This species forms a connecting link between the genera
Tetraedron and Cerasterias. (Plate 15, figs. 4-5).
II. Paddock (rrr).
III. Lac Court Oreilles (rr). Rice (rrr).
Tetraedron enorme (Palfs) Hansgirg,
Hedwigia 27: 132. 1888.
Stdurastrum enorme Ralfs, Brit. Desmidieae 140. pi. 33, -figs, lla-lle.
1848.
III. Devils (r).
Tetraedron lobulatum var. polyfurcatum Gt. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 480, pi. 26, figs. 21-22. 1916.
III. Beaverdam (rr), Rice (rr), Shell (rrr).
Smith— Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
633
Tetraedron limneticum Borge.
Bot. Not. 1900: 5. jpL 1, /. 2.
II. Chetek (r), Island (rr).
Tetraedron planctonicum G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 479. pi. 26, -jigs. 19-20. 1916.
III. Devils (sss), Granite (rr), Horseshoe (rr), Prairie (rr). Vermilion (r).
Tetraedron gracile (Eeinseh) Hansgirg. (Plate 6, fig. 3).
Hedwigia 28: 19. 1889.
Polyedrium gracile Eeinseh, Notarisia 3: 502. pi. 7, /. 1. 1888.
II. Elizabeth (rr).
Genus POLYEDRIOPSIS Schmidle 1899.
PoLYEDRioPSis SPINULOSA Schmidle.
Allg. Bot. Zeitschr. 5: 17. 1899.
Tetraedron spinulosum Schmidle, Allg. bot. Zeitschr. 2: 193. fig. 2, 1896.
The general tendency among phycologists has been to place
this alga in the genus Tetraedron, where it was first described,
and to consider Polyedriopsis unworthy of specific rank. The
bristles which are found on the corners of the cells are the same
type as those found on Lagerheimia and Micractinium and, in
my opinion, Poyledriopsis forms a genus parallel with Tetraed¬
ron just as Lagerheimia does with Oocystis. (Plate 12, figs. 2-5) .
III. Prairie (rr).
Genus ANKISTEODESMUS Corda 1838.
Ankistrodesmus falcatus var. acicularis (A. Br.) G. S. West.
Brit. Freshw. Algae 223. figs 94B-94C. 1904.
III. Beaverdam (rr), Eice (rr).
Ankistrodesmus falcatus var. mirabilis (W. & G. S. West)
G. S. West.
Brit. Freshw. Algae 224. fig. 94E. 1904.
III. Bear (rr), Bryer (rr). Devils (rr). Dummy (rr), Horseshoe (rr),
Eeserve (rr), Whitefish (rr).
634 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters,
Ankistrodesmus lacustris (Chod.) Ostenfeld. (Plate 11, fig. 1).
Hedwigia 46: 384. 1907.
II. Browns (rr).
Ankistrodesmus spirale (Turner) Lemmermann.
Arch. f. Hydrobiol. u. Planktonkde. 4: 176. 1908.
Eaphidium spirale Turner, Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 25: No. 5: 156. pi.
20. /. 26. 1892.
AnTcistrodesmus falcatus var. spiralis (Turner) G. S. West, Brit. Preshw.
Algae 224. 1904.
II. Silver (rrr).
Genus CLOSTEEIOPSIS Lemmermann 1898.
Closteriopsis longissima var. tropica W. & G. S. West.
Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 23: 31. pi. 1, f. 1. 1905.
Eaphidium longissimum var. tropicum W. & G. S. West, Trans. Linn.
Soc. Bot. 2nd Ser. 6: 198. 1902.
The dimensions of the Wisconsin material agree with those
given in the original description and not with those found in
the plankton from Scotland.
I. North Turtle (rr).
Genus SCHROEDERIA Lemmermann 1898.
ScHROEDERiA jUDAYi G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 474. pi. 24, figs. 9-11. 1916.
II. Camp (rrr).
III. Amicoy (rr). Prairie (rr).
Genus QUADRIGULA Printz 1915.
Quadrigula Pfitzeri (Schroder) n. comb.
AnTcistrodesmus Pfitzeri (Schroder) G. S. West, Brit. Preshw. Algae 224.
figs. 94G-94H. 1904.
Printz has recently founded the genus Quadrigula to include
those AnkisU'odesmus species whose cells lie side by side within
a common gelatinous envelope. He places Ankistrodesmus
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
635
Pfitzeri (Schroder) G. S. West SiS a synonym ot Quadrigula
closterioides (Bohl.) Printz but since it is an open question
whether these two organisms are identical or not the specific
name Pfitzeri is retained.
III. Beaver dam (rr), Lac Court Oreilles (rr), Eeserve (rr), Rice (rr),
Shell (rr), Whitefish (rrr).
Genus ELAKTOTHKIX Wille 1898.
Elaktothrix AMERICANA Wille.
Rhodora 1: 150. 1899.
Fusola viridis Snow, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1902: 389. pi. 2, figs.
VI "-VF. 1903.
I. Soft (rr).
Genus SELENASTRUM Reinsch 1867.
Selenastrum gracile Reinsch.
Die Algenfl. d. mitt. Th. v Franken 65. pi. 4, f. 3. 1867.
III. Bear (rr). Prairie (rr), Whitefish (rrr).
Selenastrum bibraianum Reinsch.
Die Algenfl. d. mitt. Th. v. Franken 64. pi. 4, /. 2. 1867.
III. Beaverdam (rr), Rice (rr).
Genus KIRCHNERIELLA Schmidle 1893.
Kirchneriella lunaris (Kirchner) Mobius.
Abh. d. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 18: 331. 1894.
II. Elizabeth (rr), Green (rrr). Mill (rr). Paddock (rr).
III. Bear (rr), Beaverdam (rr), Chetek (rr). Devils (rr). Duck (rr).
Dummy (sss). Horseshoe (rr), Pokegama (sss). Prairie (sss).
Shell (r).
Kirchneriella obesa (W. West) Schmidle.
Ber. d. Naturf. Ges. zu Freiburg i. B. 1893: 15 (82). pi. 7. f. 2. 1893.
II. Camp (rr).
III. Chetac (r). Lac Court Oreilles (ss). Reserve (r), Rice (rr). White-
fish (rrr).
636 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences^ Arts^ and Letters.
var. major (Bernard) comb. nov.
KircJineriella major Bernard, Protoce. et Desm. d’eau douce 179. pi.
14, jigs. 398-399. 1908.
The blunt apices and general outline of the cells resembles the
typical form, but the space between the apices is much broader
and deeper. The resemblance to K. oijesa is so close, however,
that this alga should be placed as a variety and not a distinct
species. Schmidle (Flora 78:44 pi. 7, /. 3. 1894) has figured
a K. ohesa that is identical with this variety. (Plate 10, fig. 7).
III. Lac Court Oreilles (r).
Kirchneriella elongata U. M. Smith.
Bull, Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 473. pi. 24, /. 7. 1916.
In the original description of the species I was uncertain
whether or not a pyrenoid exists. During the past summer
living material was studied with this point in view and none be¬
ing found, the description should be amended to state that no
pyrenoid is present.
III. Devils (rr), Lae Court Oreilles (rr).
Genus ACTINASTRUM Lagerheim 1882.
Actinastrum hantzschi Lagerheim.
Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Ak, Forh. 39: No. 2; 70. pi. 3, figs. 25-26. 1882.
Although the occurrence of this alga was noted in the prelim¬
inary list the multiple colonies have only been found in Chetek
Lake.
III. Chetek (rr). Prairie (rr).
var. elongatum var. nov.
Cells 33-37 x 5-4.5 /r. (Plate 12, fig. 3).
The cells of this variety are considerable longer than the typi¬
cal A. Hantzschi.
III. Bear (rr).
Smith— Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
637
Genus SCENEDESMUS Meyen 1829.
ScENEDESMus OBLIQUES (Turp.) Kiitziug.
Linnaea 8: 609. 1833; G. S. West, Brit. Freshw. Algae 220. fig. 92 A. 1904.
III. Eice (rr).
SCENEDESMUS BiJUGA (Turb.) Lagerheiiu.
Nuova Notarisia 1893: p. 158; G. S. West, Brit. Frsehw. Algae 220. fig.
92C. 1904.
II. Mill (rr). Silver (rr).
SCENEDESMUS AKCUATUS Lemmermann.
Forschimgsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 7: 112. pi. 1, figs. 2-4. 1899.
II. Camp (rrr). Center (ss). Paddock (rrr).
III. Beaverdam (rr). Lac Court Oreilles (rrr), Owen (rrr), Eeserve (rr).
Shell (rrr).
var. capitatus var. nov.
Cells with nodular thickening at poles. Dimens, cells,
11-23 X 5-11 /X. (Plate 11, figs. 4-5).
II. Center (rr).
var. PLATYDiscA G. M. Smith.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts. & Lett. 18^: 451. pi. 30, figs. 101-105, 1916.
I. Pine (rr.)
II. Camp (rrr). Eagle (rr). Paddock (rr).
SCENEDESMUS DENTicuLATUs Lagerheim.
Ofvers. Kgl, Vet.-Ak. Forh. 39: No. 2: 61. pi. 2, figs. 13-17. 1882.
II. Browns (rr). Silver (rrr).
III. Amicoy (rr).
SCENEDESMUS ACUTiFORMis Schroder.
Forschungsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 5: 45. pi. 2, figs. 4a-4b. 1897.
III. Eice (rrr).
SCENEDESMUS BRASILIENSIS Bohlin.
Bih. t. Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 23: Afd. 3: No. 7: 22. pi. 1, figs. 36-37. 1897.
III. Beaverdam (rrr), Prairie (rr), Eice. (rr).
638 Wisconsin Academy of. Sciences^ ArtSy and Letters.
SCENEDESMUS ARMATUS (-Chodat) G. M. Smith
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts & Lett. 18*; 460. pi. 29, figs. 90-93. 1916.
II. Browns (rr)^ Silver (rr).
III. Reserve (rrr).
ScENEDESMUS ABUNDANS (Kirchner) Chodat.
Mater, p. la flora crypt. Suisse 4*: 77. 1913; G. M. Smith, Trans. Wis.
Acad. Sci. Arts. & Lett. 18*: 465. pi. 31, figs. 137-140. 1916.
I. Oconomowoc (rr).
var. LONGTCAUDA G. M. Smith.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts, & Lett. 18: 467. pi. 30, figs. 121-125. 1916.
II. Camp (rr).
III. Rice (rr).
SCENEDESMUS LONGUS Meyen.
Nova Acta Acad. Phys.-Med. Leop.-Caes. Nat. Cur. 14: 774. pi. 43, /. 28.
1829.
II. Camp (rr).
SCENEDESMUS QUADRiCAUDA (Turp.) de Breb.
Mem. de la Soc. Ac. de Palaise 1835 : 66, G. S. West, Brit. Freshw. Algae
220, figs. 92D_92P. 1904.
II. Browns (rr), Camp (rr). Eagle (rr), Mary (rr)
III. Beaverdam (rr), Chetek (rr), Pokegama (rrr), Rice (r).
var. WESTii G. M. Smith.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts. & Lett. 18*: 480. pi. 32, figs. 177-180. 1916.
II. Camp (rr), Silver (rr).
III. Lac Court Oreilles (rr).
var. MAXIMUS W. & G. S. West.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 2nd. Ser. 5: 83. pi. 5, figs. 9-10. 1895.
II. Eagle (rr).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
639
Genus CEIICIGENIA Morren 1830.
Crucigenia rectangularis (Nageli) Gay.
Eecherches sur le dev. et la class, de quelques algues vertes 100. pi. 15, /.
151. 1891.
II. Mill (rrr), Paddock (rr).
III. Beaverdam (rr), Lac Court Oreilles (rrr).
Crucigenia irregularis Wille.
Biol. Cent. 18: 302. 1898; Nyt. Mag. f. Naturvidensk 38: 10, pi. 1, /. 15.
1900; W. & G. S. West, Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinburg 23 29, pi. 1,
figs. 6-7. 1905.
The cells of some of the smaller colonies from the plankton
of Browns Lake were regularly arranged in the coenobe. This
suggests a very large variety of C. rectangularis (Nageli) Gay
but I consider them colonies of C. irregularis. In addi¬
tion to differences in cellular arrangement, the two species differ
considerably in size so that the two need not be confused even
though the cells are at times regularly arranged. Although
most investigators state that pyrenoids are not found in the
chloroplasts of C. irregularis, I have generally found them pres¬
ent. (Plate 11, figs. 2-3).
II. Browns (rr), Camp (rr).
III. Keserve (rrr).
Crucigenia lauterbornei Schmidle.
Allg. Bot. Zeits. 6: 234. 1900; Chodat, Mater, p. 1. fl. crypt. Suisse 1^: 206.
fig. 127. 1902.
Cells 4. 5-9 /A, wide, 8-15 p. long. Coenobes 15-25 p in diam.
Multiple coenobia up to 150 p in diam.
In the formation of the young coenobia, there is a rupture
of the cell wall into two and not four parts as is generally stated.
The gelatinous sheath enclosing the colony is very delicate and
easily overlooked. The statement is generally made that the
coenobes are held together by the gelatinous sheath of the colony.
This sheath may play a part in holding the cells of the colony
together, but the remnants of the old mother cell wall are also
important and play the same role as in BictyospJiaerium,
Westella and I) imorpho coccus. (Plate 12, fig. 1).
III. Chetek (rrr), Pokegeraa (rr), Prairie (rr), Eice (rr).
640 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Genus COELASTRUM Nageli 1849.
CoELASTRUM MiCROPORUM Nageli.
In Braun, Alg. Unicell. 70. 1855; Senn. Bot. Ztg. 57: 53. pL 2, -jigs. 11-17.
1899.
II. Browns (rr), Center (rr), Elizabeth (rr), Mary (rr), Mill (rrr), Silver
(rr).
III. Bear (rr), Chetac (rr), Granite (rr), Island (rr), Prairie (rrr).
Shell (rrr), Vermilion (rr).
CoELASTRUM CAMBRicuM Archer.
Quart. Jour. Mier. Sci. N. S. 8: 65. 1868; W. West, Jour, of Bot. 31: 99.
pi. 333, /. 14. 1893.
II. Silver (rr).
III. Beaver dam (rr), Owen (rrr), Prairie (rrr).
CoELASTRUM RETicuLATUM (Dang.) Senn.
Bot. Ztg. 57: 66. pi. 2, -figs. 1-10. 1899.
II. Browns (sss). Camp (r). Eagle (rr), Mary (rr).
III. Bear (rr), Beaverdam (rr), Birch (rrr), Lac Court Oreilles (rr),
Eeserve (rr), Eice (rr).
Genus SORASTRUM Kiitzing.
SoRASTRUM AMERiCANUM (Bohl.) Schmidle. /
Engl. Jahrb. 27: 230. Lemmermann, Arch. f. Hydrobiol. u. Planktonkde.
5: 310. /. 5. 1910.
Little is known concerning the manner of reproduction of this
alga, the general assumption being that it forms autospores in
the same manner as Coelastrum, Many of the cells of the
colonies from Devils Lake had lost their contents through a
silt-like opening, while the very young colonies of the variety
undulatum were enclosed in a hyaline gelatinous envelope
(%. 6).
This suggests a formation of zoospores as in Pediastrum but
the genus is left in the conventional place until these have been
observed. (Plate 13, figs. 6, 8).
III. Devils (rr).
var. undulatum var. nov.
Sides of base of stipe forming central sphere undulate instead
of straight. (Plate 13, fig. 7).
III. Beaverdam (rrr).
Smith — Algae Found in 'Wisconsin Lakes 641
Family PLANOSPORACEAE.
Genus CHAEACIUM A. Br. 1849.
Characium stipitatum (Bachm.) Wille.
In Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1^: (Naehtr.) 45. 1909; G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 472. pi, 24, figs. 4-6. 1916.
This species is confined exclusively to Coelosphaerium Naege-
lianum Unger.
III. Amicoy (r), Beaverdam (sss), Devils (ss), Horseshoe (ss).
Characium curvatum sp. nov.
Cells lunar or recurved, with acute or sub-acute apices. Stipe
hyaline, thick, tubular or conical, frequently with an irregular
outline. Chloroplast parietal, with or without a pyrenoid.
(Plate 11, figs. 6-13).
Length of cell (with stipe) 13-22 /x, (without stipe) 8-18 /x;
Breadth 3-6 /x. Epiphytic upon Coelosphaerium Naegelianum
Unger, Victyosphaerium pulchellum Wood, and Phaeococcus
planet onicus W. & G. S. West.
The general manner of growth suggests 0. stipitatum
(Bachm.) Wille but this alga has curved cells and a much
broader stipe. Whenever the host colony contains the alga,
50-200 individuals are generally present. It has been found in
the sheath of colonial forms of the Myxophyceae, Chlorophyceae
and Phaeopnyceae, which further distinguishes it from C stipitor-
turn that is confined to a single alga.
III. Birch (ce), Chetac (a), Dummy (rr), Horseshoe (ss), Shell (ss).
Characium limneticum Lemmermann.
Bot. Not. 1903; 81. pi. 3, figs. 7-10.
The dimensions of the alga found in Browns lake agree in
general with those given by Lemmermann but the cells attain
a larger size, the largest being 110 /x long and 12 /x wide. The
chloroplast contains one and not two pyrenoids. The stipe of
the Wisconsin form differs from that described by Lemmermann
in being somewhat thicker and without a basal disc. Lemmer¬
mann thinks that the 4 band-shaped chloroplasts represents
stages in the cleavage of the cell contents to form zoospores. I
41— S. A. L.
642 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
have found that 4-8 chloroplasts are constantly present in the
larger cells and consider this presence of several parietal cylin¬
drical chloroplasts the normal condition of the vegetative cell
and not a stage in its reproduction. The species also resembles
0. gracilipes Lambert but only reaches the minimal dimensions
of C. gracilpes. (Plate 11, figs. 14-18).
II. Browns (r), Delavan (rrr).
Family HYDRODICTYACEAE
Genus PEDIASTRUM Meyen 1829
Pediastrum simplex var. duodenarium (Bailey) Rabenhorst.
Flora Eur. Algarum 3; 72. 1868.
Monactinus duodenarius Bailey, Smithsonian Cont. to Knowl. 7: Art. 3;
14. pi. 1, fig. 37. 1855.
Monactinus octonarius Baley, ibid: 14. pi. 1, f. 36.
Pediastrum enoplon W. & G. S. West, Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 2nd. Ser.
5: 81. pi. 5, figs. 1-2. 1895.
Pediastrum elathratum var. asperum Lemmermann, Zeits. f. Fischeri u.
d. Hilfsw. 1897: 180; Forschungsbr. a. d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 7: 114, pi.
2, f. 26.
Pediastrum elathratum var. punctatum Lemmermann. Zeits. f Fischeri
u. d. Hilfsw. 1897; 182. /. 5.
Pediastrum simplex var. radians Lemmermann, Forschungsbr. a. d. Biol.
Stat. zu Plon 7: 114. pi. 2, figs. 24-25. 1899.
Pediastrum elathratum var. microporum Lemmermann, Forschungsbr. a.
d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 7: 114, pi. 2, figs. 29-31. 1899.
Pediastrum elathratum var. Baileyanum Lemmermann, Forschungsbr.
a. d. Biol. Stat. zu Plon 7: 115, PI. 2 figs. 26-28. 1899.
Pediastrum simplex var. elathratum Chodat, Mater, p. 1. fl. crypt. Suisse
1": 225. figs. 149A-149D. 1902.
Pediastrum simplex var. annulatum Chodat. ihid. 225. fig. l4:9B.
Pediastrum elathratum Yar. major Schmidle, Bot. Jahrb. f. Syst. Pflan-
zengesch. u. Pflanzengeogr. 32: 84. pi. 3, /. 17. 1903.
The nomenclature of- the species of Pediastrum with single
spines is in almost hopeless confusion. West ( Journ. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 38: 135. 1907) states that ‘Gt is impossible to recognize more
than one species, and for the specific name I have retained
Meyen ’s old name Pediastrum simplex.^ ^ Lemmermann (Hed-
wigia 48: 131. 1909) takes exception to West^s statement and
holds that according to this reasoning the forms with two pro¬
jections on the cell should all be grouped in one collective species.
He recognizes four species P. simplex (Meyen) Lemmermann
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes 643
emend., P. clathratum (Schrot) Lemm., P. Sturmii Reinsch, and
P. ovatum (Ehrenb.) A. Br.
One horned forms were sufficiently common in the plankton
catch from Vermilion lake to afford ample material for studying
the range of variation. The typical P. simplex cells have con¬
cave sides and no, or very small, intercellular spaces between
them. I have never observed this condition in any of the Wis¬
consin material, the intercellular spaces- always being as large
as the cells. This form is commonly called P. clathratum
(Schrot.) Lemmermann, but since it differs from the typical P.
simplex in the same manner that the varieties clathratum and
reticulatum differ from P. duplex Meyen there is no reason for
considering it a distinct species. Bailey’s figures of Monactinus
diwdenarius is so clear cut that there is no doubt but that P.
clathratum is identical with it.
The punctation or granulation of the wall is so variable that
it cannot be used for distinguishing varieties ; while those var¬
ieties based upon arrangement of the interior cells of the coe-
nobe are also worthless. (Plate 13, fisg. 1-5).
II. Camp (rr), Mary (rrr), Silver (rr).
III. Bear (r), Eice (r), Vermilion (cc).
Pediastrum boryanum (Turp.) Menegh.
Linnaea 14: 210. 1840; G. S. West, Brit. Freshw. Algae 211. figs. 85F-85H.
1904. ,
II. Browns (rr), Camp (s), Center (s), Eagle (sss), Elizabeth (ss),
Green (rrr). Hooker (rr), Mary (ss), Mill (rrr). Paddock (rrr).
Silver (r).
III. Bear (ss), Beaverdam (ss), Chetac (rrr), Chetek (rrr). Granite (rrr).
Grindstone (rr). Horseshoe (ss). Lac Court Oreilles (rr), Owen
(r). Prairie (rrr), Pokegama (rrr), Eeserve (rr), Eice (rr). Ver¬
milion (rr), Whitefish (rr).
Pediastrum glanduliferum Bennett.
Jour. Eoy. Micr. Soc. 1892: 7. pi. 2, figs. 5-7. 1892.
III. Horseshoe (rrr).
Pediastrum araneosum (Racib.) G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 476. 1916.
III. Horseshoe (rr).
644 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Pediastrum duplex Meyen.
Nova acta Phys. Med. Ac. Caes.~Leop. Nat.-Cur. 14 772. pi. 43, figs. 6-8.
1829.
II. Browns (rr), Center (r), Eagle (r).
var. CLATHRATUM (A. Br.) Lagerheim.
ofvers. Kgl. Vet. Ak. Fork. 39: No. 2: 56. 1882,
II. Camp (s), Mary (r),
III. Bear (rr), Beaver dam (sss), Chetek (s), Rice (ss).
var. RETicuLATUM Lagerheim.
ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Fork. 39; No. 2; 56. pi. 2, f. 1. 1882.
II. Camp (s), Center (s), Hooker (rr), Paddock (rr).
III. Cketek (s), Island (sss). Little Rice (ss), Pokegama ss), Prairie
(ss), Rice (s), Reserve (rr), Wkitefisk (rr).
var. ROTUNDATUM Lucks.
Jakrb. d. Westpr. Lekrervereins f. Natiirkde 2: 31. 1907.
III. Horseskoe (rr).
Pediastrum biradiatum Meyen,
Nova Acta Ac. Caes.-Leop. Nat.-Cur. 14^; 775. pi. 43, figs. 21-22. 1829.
Lagerkeim, 5fvers. Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Fork. 39: No. 2: 53. pi. 2, figs. 2-7,9,11.
1882.
The few colonies observed were of the same irregular type
that Lagerheim has figured.
III. Bear (rr).
Pediastrum tetras (Ehr.) Ralfs.
Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 14: 469. pi. 12, /. 4. 1844.
II. Browns (rr).
II. Beaverdam (rrr), Cketek (rr).
Order ULOTRICHALES
Family APHANOCHAETACEAE
Genus APHANOCHAETE A. Br. 1851.
Aphanochaete vermiculoides Wolle (Plate 5, fig. 1),
Freskw. algae of U. S. 119. pi. 105, figs. 9-10. 1887.
Herposteiron Jiyalothecae Hansgirg, Sitzbr. d. k. bohm. Ges. d. Wiss.
Prag. 1891: 309. 1891.
III. Beaverdam (rr).
Smifh—Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes 643
emend., P. clathratum (Schrot) Lemm., P. Sturmii Reinsch, and
P. ovatum (Ehrenb.) A. Br.
One horned forms were sufficiently common in the plankton
catch from Vermilion lake to afford ample material for studying
the range of variation. The typical P. simplex cells have con¬
cave sides and no, or very small, intercellular spaces between
them. I have never observed this condition in any of the Wis¬
consin material, the intercellular spaces always being as large
as the cells. This form is commonly called P. clathratum
(Schrot.) Lemmermann, but since it differs from the typical P.
simplex in the same manner that’ the varieties clathratum and
reticulatum differ from P. duplex Meyen there is no reason for
considering it a distinct species. Bailey ^s figures of Monactinus
duodenarius is so clear cut that there is no doubt but that P.
clathratum is identical with it.
The punctation or granulation of the wall is so variable that
it cannot be used for distinguishing varieties ; while those var¬
ieties based upon arrangement of the interior cells of the coe-
nobe are also worthless. (Plate 13, fisg. 1--5).
II. Camp (rr), Mary (rrr), Silver (rr).
III. Bear (r), Eice (r). Vermilion (cc).
Pediastrum boryanum (Turp.) Menegh.
Linnaea 14: 210. 1840; G. S. West, Brit. Preshw. Algae 211. figs, 85F-85H.
1904. ,
II. Browns (rr). Camp (s), Center (s), Eagle (sss), Elizabeth ' (ss).
Green (rrr), Hooker (rr), Mary (ss). Mill (rrr), Paddock (rrr),
Silver (r).
III. Bear (ss), Beaver dam (ss), Chetac (rrr), Chetek (rrr). Granite (rrr).
Grindstone (rr). Horseshoe (ss). Lac Court Oreilles (rr), Owen
(r), Prairie (rrr), Pokegama (rrr), Eeserve (rr), Eice (rr). Ver¬
milion (rr), Whitefish (rr).
Pediastrum GLANDULiFERUM Bennett.
Jour. Eoy. Micr. Soc. 1892: 7. pi. 2, figs. 5-7. 1892.
III. Horseshoe (rrr).
Pediastrum araneosum (Racib.) G. M. Smith.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 43: 476. 1916.
III. Horseshoe (rr).
644 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Pediastrum duplex Meyen.
Nova acta Phys. Med. Ac. Caes.-Leop. Nat.-Cur. 14®: 772. pi. 43, ^igs. 6-8.
1829.
II. Browns (rr), Center (r), Eagle (r).
var. CLATHRATUM (A. Br.) Lagerheim.
ofvers. Kgl. Vet. Ak. Fork. 39: No. 2: 56. 1882.
II. Camp (s), Mary (r).
III. Bear (rr), Beaverdam (sss), Chetek (s), Eice (ss).
var. RETicuLATUM Lagerheim.
ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Fork. 39: No. 2: 56. pi. 2, /. 1. 1882.
II. Camp (s), Center (s), Hooker (rr), Paddock (rr).
III. Cketek (s). Island (sss), Little Eice (ss), Pokegama ss), Prairie
(ss), Eice (s), Eeserve (rr), Wkitefisk (rr).
var. ROTUNDATUM Lucks.
Jakrb. d. Westpr. Lekrervereins f. Naturkde 2: 31. 1907.
III. Horseskoe (rr).
Pediastrum biradiatum Meyen.
Nova Acta Ac. Caes.-Leop. Nat.-Cur. 14®: 775. pi. 43, iigs. 21-22. 1829.
Lagerkeim, ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Fork. 39: No. 2: 53. pi. 2, figs. 2-7,9,11.
1882.
The few colonies observed were of the same irregular type
that Lagerheim has figured.
III. Bear (rr).
Pediastrum tetras (Ehr.) Ralfs.
Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 14: 469. pi. 12, /. 4. 1844.
II. Browns (rr).
II. Beaverdam (rrr), Cketek (rr).
Order ULOTRICHALES
Family APHANOCHAETACEAE
Genus APHANOCHAETE A. Br. 1851.
Aphanochaete vermiculoides Wolle (Plate 5, fig. 1).
Freskw. algae of U. S. 119. pi. 105, figs. 9-10. 1887.
Herposteiron hyalothecae Hansgirg, Sitzbr. d. k. bohm. Ges. d. Wiss.
Prag. 1891: 309. 1891.
III. Beaverdam (rr).
Smith-— Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
645
Order CONJUGALES
Family DESMIDIACEAE.
Genus NETRIUM Nageli 1849 ; Liitkem. emend. 1902.
Netrium digitus (Ehr.) Itzigs. u. Rothe.
In Rabenhorst, Algen No. 508. 1856. W. & G. S. West, Monogr. of Brit.
Desm. 1 : 64. pi. 6, jigs. 14-16. 1904.
I. Squirrel (rrr).
Genus CLOSTERIUM Nitzsch 1817.
Closterium aciculare var. subpronum (W. West) W. & G.
S. West.
Monogr. of Brit. Desm 1: 175. pi. 23, jigs. 4-5. 1904.
Closterium suhpronum var. lacustre Lemmermann, Abh. Natw. Ver.
Bremen 16: 344. pi. 1, figs. 13-14. 1899.
The dimensions of the cells are those of C. subpronum var.
lacustre Lemmermann but since the Wests state that Closterium
subpronum var. lacustre should be relegated to this variety al¬
though the dimensions are a little larger, ’ ’ I have followed their
practice.
I. Green (r).
Genus MICRASTERIAS C. A. Agardh 1827.
Micrasterias pinnatifida (Ktz.) Ralfs.
Brit. Desm. 77. pi. 10, figs 3a-3b. 1848.
I. Kawaguesaga (rrr).
Micrasterias truncata (Corda) de Breb.
In Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 75. pi. 8, fig. 4; pi. 10, fig. 5. 1848.
I. Soft (sss).
III. Beaver dam (rr), Chetek (rrr).
Micrasterias sol (Ehr.) Kiitzing.
Species algarum 171. 1849; W. & G. S. West, Monogr. of Brit. Desm. 2:
95. pi. 46, figs. 1-2, 1905.
Micrasterias radiosa Ralfs non C. A. Agardh. Ralfs. Brit. Desm. 72.
pi. 8, fig. 3. 1848.
III. Beaver dam (rr).
646 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Micrasterias radiata Hassall.
Hist. Brit. Freshw. Algae 386. pi. 90, /. 2. 1845 ; W. & G. S. West, Monogr.
of Brit. Desm. 2: 113. pi. 52, figs. 1-9. 1905.
Micrasterias furcata Ralfs non G. A. Agardh. Kalfs, Brit. Desm. 73.
pi. 9, /. 2. 1848.
I. Kawaguesaga (rrr).
III. Beaverdam (rrr), Horseshoe (rrr).
Micrasterias Americana (Ehr.) Kalfs.
Brit. Desm. p. XIX. 1848.
Micrasterias morsa Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 74. pi. 10, f1 1. 1848.
I. Found (rr).
III. Horseshoe (rrr).
Genus COSMARIUM Corda 1834.
CosMARiuM CONTRACTUM Kirchuer.
Algen I, in Cohn, Kryptogamenfl. Schlesien 2: 147. 1878; Wille, Christ¬
iana Vid.-Selsk. Forh. 1880: No. 11; p. 33. pi. 1, /, 19. 1880.
III. Horseshoe (rr). Shell (s).
var. jACOBSENii (Roy) W. & G. S. West.
Monogr. of. Brit. Desm. 2: 171. pi. 61, f. 26. 1905.
I. Mendota (rr).
COSMARIUM MONiLiFORME var. uMNETicuM W. & G. S. West.
Monogr. of Brit. Desm. 3: 23. pi. 67, figs. 6-7. 1908.
III. Lac Court Oreilles (rr).
COSMARIUM BOTRYTis (Bory de St. ineent) Menegh.
Linnaea 14: 220. 1840; Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 99. pi. 16, f. 1. 1848.
III. Number One (rrr).
COSMARIUM PROTRACTUM (Nageli) dc Bary.
Unters. u. d. Fam. d. Conj. 72. 1858.
Euastrum protractum Nageli, Gatt. einz. Algen 119. pi. 7, fig. A^ 1849.
I. Okauchee (rrr).
Smith— Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
647
Genus XANTHIDIUM Ehrenberg 1834.
Xanthidium subhastiferum W. West.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 29: 166. pi. 22, f. 4. 1892.
I. Birch (ss), Catherine (rr), Catfish (sss), Cranberry (sss), Kawa-
guesaga (rr), No Mans (ss), Eock (r), Sishebogema (rr), Squir¬
rel (rr), Tamarack (rr), North Turtle (rr).
III. Bear (rr), Beaverdam (s). Horseshoe (s), Shell (ec).
Xanthidium antilop aeum var. depauperatum W. & G. S. West.
Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 23: 23. pi. 1, -figs. 15-16. 1905.
I. Otter (rr).
Xanthidium antilopaeum var. polymazum Nordstedt.
Acta Univ. Lunds 9: 38. pi. 1, /. 20. 1873.
I. Cranberry (rrr), Found (rr), George (rr).
III. Beaverdam (ss). Horseshoe (rr).
Xanthidium cristatum var. leiodermum (Roy & Biss.) Turner.
Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 25: No. 5: 99. pi. 12, /. 33. 1892.
III. Chetek (rrr). Island (rrr).
Genus ARTHRODESMUS Ehrenberg 1838.
Arthrodesmus incus var. ralfsii forma latiuscula W. & G. S.
West.
Monogr. of Brit. Desm. 4: 96. pi. 114, f. 5. 1912.
II. George (rr), Pardee (rr).
III. Dummy (rrr). Horseshoe (rr).
Arthrodesmus triangularis Lagerheim.
Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 42: No. 7: 244. pi. 27, /. 22. 1885.
III. Dummy (rr).
var, inflatus W. & G. S. West.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 33: 320. 1898; Monogr. of Brit. Desm. 4: 99. pi. 114,
j^gs. 14-15. 1912.
III. Horseshoe (rr).
var. INFLATUS forma robusta W. & G. S. West.
Monogr. of Brit. Desm. 4: 99. pi. 114, /. 16. 1912.
III. Shell (rr).
648 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Arthrodesmus quiriferus W. & G. S. West.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 542. pi. 17, figs. 9-10. 1903.
I. Speese (rr), Squirrel (rr).
Arthrodesmus subulatus Kiitzing.
Species algarum 176. 1849; W. & G. S. West, Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 2nd.
Ser. 5: 72. pi. 9, figs. 32-33. 1895.
II. George (rr), Meta (rr).
Genus STAURASTEUM Meyen 1829.
Staurastrum dickiei Ralfs.
Brit. Desm. 123. pi. 21. f. 3. 1848.
III. Beaverdam (rrr).
Staurastrum megacanthum Lundell.
Nova acta r. soc. sci. Upsaliensis. 3. Ser. 8: 61. pi. 4, f. 1. 1871.
I. South Turtle (rr).
III. Lac Court Oreilles (ss), Eeserve (sss), Whitefish (cc).
var. scoTicuM W. & G. S. West .
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 544. pi. 16, f. 8, 1903.
III. Horseshoe (rr). Shell (c).
Staurastrum orbiculare (Ehrenb.) Menegh.
Linnaea 14: 225. 1840.
III. Beaverdam (rrr).
/Staurastrum mucronatum var. debar yanum (Nordst.) Turner.
Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 25; no. 5: 105. pi. 16, /. 20. 1892.
III. Silver (rr), Whitefish (rr).
Staurastrum pilosum (Nageli) Archer.
In Pritchard, Infusoria. 4th. Ed. 739. 1861; Cleve, ofvers. Kgl. Sv. Vet.-
Ak. Forh. 20; No. 10: 490. pi. 4, f. 3. 1863
III. Dummy (rrr).
Staurastrum denticulatum (Nageli) Archer.
In Pritchard, Infusoria. 4th. Ed. 738. 1861: W. & G. S. West, Trans. R.
Ir. Acad. 33: See. B. 103. pi. 11, f. 11. 1906.
III. Bear (r), Beaverdam (rr). Duck (r), Granite (rrr), Horseshoe (rr),
Lac Court Oreilles (ss). Shell (ss), Whitefish (rr).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
649
Staurastrum brachiatum Kalfs.
Brit. Desm. 131. pi. 23, /. 9. 1848.
III. Dummy (s).
Staurastrum paradoxum Meyen.
Nova Acta. Phys.-med. Ac. Caes.-Leop. Nat.-Cur. 14 777. pi. 43, jigs.
37-38. 1829; W. & G. S. West, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 548: pi. 18,
/. 5. 1903.
III. Shell (sss).
var. LONGiPES Nordstedt.
Acta. Univ. Lunds 9: 35. pi. 1, f. 17. 1873; W. & G. S West Trans. E. Soc.
Edinburgh 41: 504. pi. 7, figs. 13-14. 1905.
I. Devils (sss), Fowler (rr). Lac la Belle (rrr).
II. Center (sss). Hooker (rr).
III. Chetek (rr), Dummy (r), Granite (ss), Whitefish (ss).
Staurastrum manfeldtii var. annulatum W. & G. S West.
Trans. E. Irish. Acad. 32: Sec. B: 56. pi. 1, figs. 30-31. 1902.
III. Dummy (rr).
Staurastrum gracile var. bulbosum W. West.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 29: 182. pi. 23, f. 11. 1892.
III. Duck (s). Dummy (ss).
Staurastrum leptocladum var. cornutum Wille.
Bih. t. Kgl. Sv.-Vet. Ak. Handl. 8: No. 18: 19. pi. 1, /. 39. 1884.
III. Horseshoe (ss).
Staurastrum leptocladium var. divergens Wolle.
Desm. U. S. 1st. Ed. 136. pi. 44, /. 5. 1884.
III. Lac Court Oreilles (r), Whitefish (sss).
Staurastrum ophiura Lundell.
Nova acta r. soc. sei. Upsaliensis, 3, Ser. 8: 69. pi. 4, f. 7. 1871.
III. Horseshoe (rrr).
Staurastrum arachnoides W. West.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 29: 186. pi. 24, f. 4. 1892.
III. Devils (rr). Horseshoe (rr).
650 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
Staurastrum fucigerum de Breb.
In Meneghini, Linnaea 14: 226. 1840.
Didymocladon fucigerus (de Breb) Ealfs. Brit. Desm. 144. pi. 33, f.
12. 1848.
Ill, Duck (c), Granite (rr).
Staurastrum leptacanthum Nordstedt.
Vidensk. Medd. d. naturh. Foren. i. Kjobenhavn. 1869: 229. pi. 4, f. 46.
1870.
III. Dummy (rr), Horseshoe (rr).
Staurastrum arctiscon, (Ehr.) LundelL
Nova acta r. soc. sci. Upsaliensis, 3, Ser. 8: 70. pi. 4, /. 8. 1871.
III. Silver (rrr).
var. GLABRUM W. & G. S. West.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 2, Ser. 5: 269. pi. 18, /. 14. 1896.
I. Devils (rrr), Muskallonge (rr), Soft (cc).
Genus COSMOCLADIUM de Breb. 1856.
CosMOCLADiUM SAXONicuM de Bary.
Flora 48: 321. pi. 4, figs. 1~3. 1865.
I. Devils (ccc), Squirrel (rr), North Turtle (sss).
III. Beaverdam (rr).
Genus SPHAEROZOSMA Corda 1835.
Sphaerdzosma pulchrum Bailey.
In Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 209. pi. 35, /. 2. 1848.
I. Nell (rr).
Sphaerozosma aubertianum W. West.
Jour, of Bot. 27: 206. pi. 291, /. 17. 1889; W. & G. S. West, Trans. E. Soc.
Edinburgh 41: 505, pi. 6, /. 7. 1905.
I. Devils (rr), Ea2orback (rrr).
Smith — Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes
651
Genus SPONDYLOSIUM de Breb.
Spondylosium planum (Welle) W. & G. S. West.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 40: 430. pi. 19, tigs. 5-8. 1912.
I. Catfish (rr), Cranberry (rr), Devils (r), Pound (r), Eock (rrr).
III. Beaverdam (rr), Horseshoe (rr), Lac Court Oreilles (r), Eeserve (r),
Shell (s), Whitefish (rr).
Spondylosium papillosum W. & G. S. West.
Trans. Linn, Soc. Bot. 2 Ser. 5: 43. pi. 9, /. 19. 1895.
III. Devils (rr).
Spondylosium monioforme Lundell.
Nova acta r. soc. sci. Upsaliensis 3 Ser. 8: 92. pi. 5, /. 16. 1871.
III. Beaverdam (rr).
Genus ONYCHONEMA WaUich 1860.
Onychonema laeve var. micracanthum Nordstedt.
Acta. Univ. Lunds 16: 3. 1880; Johnson, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 21: 286. pi.
211, f. 15. 1894.
I. Devils (sss), Soft (rrr).
III. Beaverdam (rrr). Devils (rr).
Genus HYALOTHECA Ehrenberg 1841.
Hyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) de Breb.
In Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 51. pi. 1, f. 1. 1848.
III. Beaverdam (r). Duck (rr).
Genus DESMIDIUM C. A. Agardh 1824.
Desmidium cylindricum Greville.
Scott. Crypt. PI. 5: 293. pi. 293, figs. 1-3. 1827; Wolle, Desm. U. S. 1st.
Ed. 25. pi. 3, figs. 1-4. 1884.
I. No Mans (rrr).
Desmidium swartzii C. A. Agardh.
Systema algarum 9. 1824; Ealfs, Brit. Desm. 61. pi. 4, figs. A-P. 1848.
I, Pound (rr).
III. Beaverdam (rr), Lac Court Oreilles (rrr).
652
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Desmidium baileyi Nordstedt.
Acta imiv. Lunds 16: 4, 1880; Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 22: No. 8: 27.
Vl. 2, jigs. 4-5. 1888.
I. Found (r).
Class HETEROKONTAE.
Order Heterococcales
Family BOTRYOCOCCACEAE
Genus BOTRYOCOCCUS Kiitzing 1849.
Botryococcus braunii Kiitzing.
Species algarum 892. 1849; Fresenius, Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 2:
239. pi. 11, figs. 27-33. 1858.
The identity of the organism that Kiitzing named B. Braunii
has been a matter of considerable discussion. Fresenius’ ac¬
count is of particular interest since he compared his material with
material sent him by Braun from the original station (Neuen-
berger Lake). His figures, although small, are quite character¬
istic.
This alga was listed as Ineffigiata neglect a W. & G. S. West in
the preliminary list, the B. Braunii of that list being B. sudeticus
Lemmermann.
I. Beaver (rr).
II. Browns (ss). Gamp (rrr). Center (s), Delevan (rrr), Elizabeth (rr).
Green (rrr), Mary (sss). Mill (ss). Paddock (r), Silver (r).
III. Bear (rr), Beaverdam (ss), Birch (rr), Chetac (rr), Devils (rr).
Grindstone (r). Horseshoe (rr). Lac Court Oreilles (sss). Little
Kice (rr), Eeserve (rr), Eice (rr), Shell (rr), Whitefish (rrr).
Botryococcus protruberans var. minor var. nov.
Cells half the size of the typical form. Length 8-9. 5/a,
greatest breadth 5-6. 5 (Plate 14, figs. 6-7).
The typical form of this particular species was described from
preserved material and the Wests were unable to determine the
nature of the chloroplast. I have collected it in abundance
from one lake and find that the chloroplast is distinctly parietal
and occupies the greater portion of the wall in certain cases.
Smith — -Algae Found in Wisconsin Lakes 653
The characteristic occurrence of small aggregates of four and
eight cells, which forms the chief distinction between this and
the other species of the genus, was also noted. Although I
have observed many thousand colonies I have never noted the
characteristic change to a yellowish color that the Wests de¬
scribe.
I. George (a), Pardee (rr).
Family CHLOROBOTRYDACEAE
Genus CHLOROBOTRYS Bohlin 1901.
Chlorobotrys limneticus sp. nov.
Cells ovoid, irregularly distributed within a homogeneous,
hyaline, gelatinous integument. 10-80 cells in each colony.
Chromoplasts disc-shaped, parietal, 3-4 in each cell, without
pyrenoids, pale yellow-green. (Plate 14, fig. 10).
Length of cells 6-8 /a, width 5-6 {i, Diam. colony 40-200 ju.
The general appearance of the colony is quite similar to
Phaeococcus planctonicus W. & G. S. West but the color of the
chromoplast is the typical yellow green of the Heterokontae.
I. Camp (rr).
654 Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters.
Figs. 8--11. PlanMospJiaeria gelatinosa G. M. Smithy x 1000.
Figs. 6-13. Characium curvatum G. M. Smithy x 1000.
Figs. 14—18. Characium Umneticum Lemmermann, x 1000,
N0.LS08 ’HNAVMOOD
HVOIV— H±ms
’X 3±Vld
XIX lOA aVDV SIM SNVaj.
'J
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XlX
PLATE XI.
SMITH— ALGAE
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE Xn.
f
i
SMITH— ALGAE
COCKAYNE.
BOSTON
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE Xni.
COCKAYNE. BOSTON
SMITH-ALGAE
COCKAYNE, BOSTON
TRANS. WIS. ACAD. VOL. XIX
PLATE XV
I
SMITH— ALGAE
COCKAYNE, BOSTON
1
i
•I i
I
!!
i
•i
!